;f 






:4i 











?>;•-. 






> I ; { ' ; : > < J i V . J ' - : ■ 






ill , . 



U!'": 



ni 



I ft 1 »\ t ; 






« . « '. ■ 5 ' « * r • 






■li = MU 



ft^aemai 









■linn- 









ia^tuii^uus 



■C . I i - ; f . . ; > I } : X f 1 • > c ; : T H r 1 T * ' ] ■ • : t J : r •' 
; ' I : J tt * t * ( I J Si 1 1 r I ! ; p : ; - ; • . • . * . : . ! : t ; i t ' » 




GIass5A2i:l. 
BookAni 



TIRST GREEK BOOK; 



ON THE PLAN OF THE 



FIEST LATIN BOOK. -—-^h 



BY THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M. A. 

RECTOR OF LYNDON, 
AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE; CAMBRIDGE. 



AREFULLY REVISED AND IMPROVED 

BY REV. J. A. SPENCER, M. A. 
I 

PROFESSOR OF LATIN AND ORIENTAL LANGUAGES 
IN BURLINGTON COLLEGE, N. J. 



NEW-YORK: 
D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 200 BROADWAY. 

PHILADELPHIA : 

GEO. S. APPLETON, 164 CHESNUT-STREET. 




1850. 










.A13 






Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1850, by 

D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New-York. 



fr©DO 
▲yrtl 1014. 



PREFACE. 



In presenting a new and improved edition of the First 
Greek BooKj the American Editor takes great pleasure in 
acknowledging the very gratifying success of the " Arnold 
Series," as issued under his supervision. He has not spared 
labor on his part, nor have the Publishers expense on their's, 
to render the various volumes of the series even still more 
worthy of the confidence and support of the public ; and he 
ventures to express the opinion that the present " First Greek 
Book" will be found to be admirably adapted to the ground- 
ing of the young student in the fundamental principles of 
the noble language of Greece, as well as a very considerable 
improvement on former editions of the same book. 

In this, as in the " First Latin Book," Mr. Arnold has 
prepared with great care, in both Greek and English, such 
Exercises as serve to illustrate those portions of the Gram- 
mar which are needful at the outset. Grammatical apparatus 
is supplied according as it is wanted ; difficulties are eluci- 
dated ; peculiarities of the Greek language are pointed out ; 
differences of idiom between the two languages are specially 
noted ; and, in accordance with the plan pursued by OUen- 



IV PREFACE. 

dorff in his excellent works on edviosition, frequent repetition 
of principles learnedj and of things already acquired, im- 
presses them upon the memory with surprising distinctness 
and force. 

It may not be deemed amiss here to say, that the educa- 
tional works of Mr. Arnold require activity and energy on 
the part of the teacher as well as the scholar. They are not 
meant to supersede the necessity of a competent and faithful 
instructor, who can take occasion to enlarge upon, render 
more full (as boys now and then need), and impress upon his 
classes, the admirably arranged and clearly and logically 
drawn out course of instruction contained in these volumes. 
On the contrary, the teacher must be active and hard-work- 
ing as well as his boys : if he be so, it is really surprising 
how rapid and yet how solid is their progress ; if he be not, 
this as well as every other good school-book will be of com- 
paratively little service in carrying forward the student to- 
ward the goal of his wishes and his efforts. It ought not to 
be necessary, in these days, to remind any one that there is 
no royal road to learning, and that the best of books and 
best of systems will not make thorough scholars, without 
good teachers, and studious, hard-working pupils. 

The American Editor has endeavored to do all in his 
power to improve the present volume : he has amplified the 
earlier Lessons and Exercises ; added simple and clear expla- 
nations where they seemed to be needed ; inserted " Ques- 



PREFACE. V 

tions," rather as suggestive of what may be, than as express- 
ive of all that should be, asked ; has referred frequently to 
Kiihner's valuable Grammar for fuller elucidation of diffi- 
culties or peculiarities, &c. He hopes, ere long, to be able 
to go still further, and in a '' Second Greek Book " to carry 
the pupil through the Yerb in fjuc (which is not fully treated 
of in this volume), the Irregular Verbs, and the principal 
rules of the Syntax. In that event, the apparatus supplied 
would be full and complete in all respects ; and by a faithful 
use of these works, the foundation would be laid, broad and 
deep, of sound classical scholarship in our country. 

J. A. S. 

Burlington College, 
Sept. 20th, 1850. 



CONTENTS. 



LESSONS AND EXERCISES. 

LESSON. PAGE. 

I. The Alphabet 1 

n. The Sounds of the Letters .... 2 

in. The Diphthongs. Breathings • . • . 4 

IV. Classification of the Consonants .... 7 

V. Syllables. Quantity 9 

VI. Accents. Enclitics, &c 12 

vn. Parts of Speech. Inflection, &c 16 

vm. The Verb. Present and Future Active . . 19 

IX. The Verb (continued) ' 22 

X. The Article ....... 24 

XI. First Declension of Nouns 26 

xn. Contracts. Masculines of the First Declension . 30 

xm. Second Declension of Nouns 34 

XIV. Contracts of Second Declension. Imperfect Tense. 

Augment 38 

XV. Adjectives 41 

XVI. Adjectives (continued). Future from Verbs in f©, eo), 

ao), 06) ........ 44 

xvn. First Aorist Active 47 

xvm. Attic Second Declension. Present Indicative of Depo- 
nent Verbs 60 

XIX. Third Declension of Nouns 53 

XX. Present and Future of Verbs in a©. Present Participle 67 

XXI. Third Declension. Adjectives in as, eis . . . 69 
xxn. Uas, anas. Participle of the Aorist ... 61 

xxm. Nouns that suffer Syncope 64 

XXIV. Adjectives of two Terminations. Kcpas, &c. . 67 
XXV. Substantives in rjs, oy. Adjectives inrjs . . .70 



VIU CONTENTS. 

LESSON. PAGE. 

XXVI. 'HpaKXrjs, &C 72 

XXVII. Substantives in evs. Participle of the Future . . 74 

XXVIII. Substantives in is, i, vy, v . . . . . 77 

XXIX. 'Hxwj aldSs 79 

XXX. Imperative. Adjectives in vs . . . . 81 

XXXI. Subjunctive of the Present and Aorist Active . . 84 
xxxn. First Future and Aorist of Liquid Verbs. Ov fxr) with 

Future and Subjunctive of the Aorist ... 88 
xxxm. The Tenses. The Subjunctive after ha, ottcos, ws. 

The Present Imperative and the Aorist Subjunctive 92 

XXXIV. Subjunctive and Optative of Present and Aorist . 94 
XXXV. Some of the Passive Tenses. Characteristics of Verbs. 

Augment of Verbs compounded with a Preposition 98 

XXXVI. Middle Voice 103 

XXXVII. ""Av with Imperfect and Aorist of the Indicative . 107 
xxxvm. Moods of Present Passive and Middle. First Aor. 

Middle. (On the Optative.) . . . .110 
XXXIX. Moods of Aorist Passive and Future Passive. (On the 

Subjunctive and Optative,) . . . .112 

XL. Perfect and Pluperfect Active . . . . 117 
XLi. Perfect and Pluperfect Active (continued). Sentences 

introduced by on, a)s 121 

XLIL Perfect and Pluperfect Passive . . , .124 
XLii.* Persons and Moods of Perfect Passive . . 128 
XLin. Contracted Verbs in dco. Present and Imperfect Act- 
ive 132 

XLiv. Contracted Verbs in €©. Present and Imperfect Act- 
ive 135 

XL v. Contracted Verbs in oco. Present and Imperfect Act- 
ive. (On the Infinitive of the Aorist.) . . 137 
XLVL Verbs in ao). Passive and Middle. (Aorist Infinitive.) 140 
XLvn. Verbs in eo>. Passive and Middle . . . 142 
XLvm. Verbs in o©. Passive and Middle . . . .144 
XLix. Tempora Secunda. Second Aorist . . . 145 
L. Second Perfect. Futurum Atticum . . .149 

Li. Comparative and Superlative 153 

LIT. Verbs in /xt. Tt3?//xt (Act.). . . . . . 155 

Liii. "idTrjyLL (Act.) 157 



CONTENTS. 



IX 



LESSON. PAGE. 

Liv. Aidcofxi (Act.). Accus. from Impure Nouns in is . 159 

LV. Verbs in vijll. AeUvvfiL (Act.) 161 

Lvi. Tt377/xf, Pass, and Mid 163 

Lvn. '^lo-TTjfjLL, Pass, and Mid 165 

Lvin. AidcofXL, Pass, and Mid 166 

Lix. AeLKvvfxai .....••• 168 
LX. The Verbs tTy/xt, ei/xt, and ct/xt • • . .169 



NOTES. 



1. On the Division of Syllables ... 

2. Accentuation of Verbs .... 

3. Quantity of a, G. as 

4. Quantity of a in Adjectives and Participles 

5. A short Vowel before a muta cum liquidd 

6. Usual Contractions 

7. Words, Cases, and Moods to be distinguished 

8. Euphonic Rules 

9. Irregular Substantives .... 

10. On the place of aV 

11. Crasis 

12. Correlative Adjectives and Adverbs . 

13. Irregular Comparison .... 



173 

ib. 

ib. 
174 

ib. 

ib. 
175 

ib. 
178 
180 

ib. 
181 
182 



PARADIGMS, &c 



1. The Article . .185 

2. Terminations of the Three Declensions ... ib. 

3. First Declension 186 

4. Second Declension ib. 

5. Adjectives in oy ib. 

6. Contraction of the Second Declension . . . 187 

7. Adjectives in (cos, oos, =) ovs ^"* 



CONTENTS. 



8. Attic (Second) Declension 

9. Adjective in ecoy, <ov (tXecos) . 

10. Third Declension .... 

11. 'Evdatficov ...... 

12. Comparative in cov . 

13. MeXas, 14. XapUis, 15. Ilay . 

16. Participle of Present Active 

17. Participle of First Aorist Active 

18. Uokvs, Meyers 

19. ILaTTjpi fjLTjTrjp, '^vydrrjp, dvrjp . 

20. Kepas, Kpeas, 21. Tpirjprjs, relxos 

22. Adjective in rjs 

23. UoXls, 24. n?Jxvs, 25. "Ao-tv 

26. Adjectives in vy 

27. Bao-iXevy, 28. 'ix^uy, 29. Bovs, ypavs 
30. UopTLS, Sl.'^EyxeXvs, 32. Ols 

33. Participle of First Aorist Passive 

34. Participle of Second Aorist Passive 

35. Participle of Perfect Active 

36. The first four Numerals 

37. Tls ; (interrogO 38. Tls (indef.) 39. Ovtls, 40 
41. 'Eyco, 42. 2u, 43/1 .... 

44. Reflexive Pronouns (ifiavroVi o-eavrov, &c.) 

45. Reciprocal Pronoun (dXXrjXcov) 

46. Demonstrative Pronouns : ''O^e, 47. Ovtos, 48 
49. Relative Pronouns : "'Os, 50. ^Ostls 

51. ^AXXoff, cKelvos ...... 

52. TocroOros, tolovtos .... 

53. Terminations of the Tenses of a Verb in the 

singular of the Indicative Mood . 

54. Terminations of the Moods and Participles . 

55. Conspectus of the Moods of a Barytone Verb 

56. Terminations of the Active Voice 

57. Terminations of the Passive and Middle Voices 

58. Regular Verb in od 

Accentuation of Verbs .... 

59. Table of Contracted Verbs 

60. Verbs in p.i (Tt^Ty/xt, &c.). Active 



PAGE. 

187 
188 

ib. 
189 

ib. 

ib. 
190 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 
191 

ib. 



Ovbels 



AVTOS 



first person 



192 

ib. 

ib. 
193 

ib. 

ib. 
194 

ib. 

ib. 
195 

ib. 

ib. 
196 

lb. 

ib. 
197 

ib. 
198 
199 
200 
202 
204 
206 
210 
212 



CONTENTS. XI 

PAGE. 

61. Verbs in /xt (Tbrjfii, &c.). Passive and Middle . 215 

62. Verbs in fxi (Tl^rjfjLi, &c.). Future, Aorist, Perfect, and 

Pluperfect 217 

63. Verbs with Second Aorist like Verbs in /xt . . .218 

64. Additional Examples 219 

65. Syncopated Perfect (Io-ttjko) ib. 

66. Other Syncopated Perfects ib. 

67. '^IrjfJ'L, — elfiL and et/xt, — <f)r]fjLL • . . . • .221 

68. Et/xt, et/xt 222 

69. ^rjfjLL , . 224 

70. Olda . . . . . . ... 225 

71. KeT/xat; rjfiai ......... 226 

72. Anomalous Verbs 227 

73. Futura Media of Regular Verbs ib. 

74. Deponents Passive (i. e. that have a Passive Aorist) . 228 

List of Numerals 235 

Differences of Idiom, Grammatical Hints, &c. 

A. Prepositions 237 

B. Miscellaneous 244 

Index. 

I. Greek and English ..... 249 
II. English and Greek 277 



NOTANDA. 

1. The small numerical references above the line of words refer 
to the Differences of Idiom, fcc, at the end of the work (p. 237). 

2. The pupil should be constantly practised in the Paradigms 
given at the end of the work. 

3. He should be required from the beginning (i. e. from the sixth 
Exercise) to accentuate his Greek. The rules for changing the ac- 
cents in the declensions are given after each declension. Those for 
the Verbs will be found at p. 206. 

4. The references to Kiihner are to the " Grammar for High 
Schools and Colleges," translated by Messrs. Edwards and Taylor : 
Andover, 1844. 8vo. 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



LESSON I. 

The Alphabet, 

1. The Greek Alphabet consists of twenty-four let- 
ters : seven of these are vowels, and seventeen con- 
sonants. 



FormS: 


Roman 

Letters. 


Names. 


Numeral 
Power. 


A 


a 


a (ahi 


Alpha 


"AXcfya 


1 


B 


13 


b 


Beta 


Brjra 


2 


r 


I 


g (hard) 


Gamma 


TdfjLfjba 


3 


A 


d 


Delta 


AeXra 


4 


E 


€ 


e (short) 


Epsilon 


*^JE y^rfkov 


^ 


Z 


X_ 


z 


Zeta 


ZrjTa 


r 


H 


V 


e (long) 


Eta 


^Hra 


8 


& 


% e 


th 


Theta 


Orjra 


9 


I 


i 


i (ee) 


Iota 


^Icora 


10 


K 


/€ 


k 


Kappa 


Kdinra 


20 


A 


^ 


1 


Lambda 


Adfi/3Sa 


30 


M 


f^ . 


m 


Mu 


Mv 


40 


N 


V 


n 


Nu 


Nv 


50 


S 


r 


X 


Xi 


m 


60 








o (short) 


Omicron 


"0 jJUKpOV 


70 


n 


TT 


P 


Pi 


m 


80 


p 


P 


r 


Rho 


'p& 


100 


S 


^J 9 


s 


Sigma 


^ifvixa 


200 


T 


T 


t 


Tau 


Tav 


300 


T 


V 


u 


Upsilon 


*r ^IrtKov 


400 


$ 


<!> 


ph 


Phi 


m 


500 


X 


X 


ch 


Chi 


XI 


600 


W 


$> 


ps 


Psi 


m 


700 


n 


CO 


6 (long) 


Omega 


"^fL fik^a 


800 



\ 



^ 



2 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [2 10, 

LESSON II. 

The Sounds of the Letters. 

2. The Greek being a dead or u7ispoken language^ 
we cannot determine how the ancients pronounced their 
words ; hence modern nations adopt a system of pro- 
nunciation suited to their own pecuUarities. In Eng- 
lish, we usually give the vowels and consonants the 
following sounds : 

3. a* has the sound of a in /ar, or like a in hat. 

4. € " " e in met, 

5. ?/ " "a in the words same^fame^ 

ifcc.j as yi^iqv (mane) ; others 
give it the sound of ee iu 
'meet. 

i in machine, or like i in bit. 

in not, dot, &c. 

u in tube, crude, &c. 

o in hope, note, devote, (fee. 

Rem. "Ei-psilon^ JJ-psilon : ^lX6v means simple^ that is, unaspirated 
(e or u) : the character H having been also used originally to 
mark the rough breathing (our h) ; and T to mark another 
breathing, that of the Digamma, or Latin Vau. 

O-mlcron. 0-mega : ixiKp6s, fxiKpSi/, little ; /acyas, /ieya, great. 

10. Sigma (a) at the end of a word takes the form 

of 9, as aeio-fio^, irpos, &c. 

This form is now sometimes used in the middle of compound 
words, when the first word in the compound ends in cr, as irpos- 
(f)€pcD, for 7rpo(rcf)€p(o. This is contrary to ancient authority. 

* In classifying the vowels, note that two of them are always short ; 
two always long ; and three doubtful, being sometimes lon^, sometimes 
short : 



6. V 


ii 


u 


7. 


ti 


a 


8. V 


(( 


u 


9. 0) 


u 


li 



short vowels, 


6, 0. 


long " 


7), (0. 


doubtful '' 


a, I, V. 



11—16.] 



SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS. 



3 



11. 7 before a vowel is sounded like g hard, as y^) 
(ge, like the English gay) ; when before another j and 
also before k^ yj^ f, it is sounded like ng in ring. Thus 
a<yye\os must be pronounced ang-gelos (Latin ange- 
lus) ; G-vyKOTTT], sung-kdpe ; ^Ajytar]^, Ang-chlses ; Xa- 
pvy^, larungx ; ifec. 

12. f has the sound of dz (nearly), as in the Eng- 
lish adze ; as ^ecw, dzeo ; fjueXi^co, melid-zo, 

13. ^ has the sharp sound of th in thin, thick ; never 
the sound of th in this, as ^eoXoyia, theology. 

14. T always retains its proper sound of t and is 
never pronounced like sh, as in some English words 
(propitiation, condition, &c.) ; thus, KpLrias, Krit-i-as 
(not Krish-i-as) ; alria, ait-i-a ; &c. So, too, o* never 
has the sound of sh, as ''Aala, As-i-a (not Ash-i-a). 

15. j^ has the hard, guttural souridj as cA, in cherrir 
ist, chaos, loch, &c. 

Exercise 1. 

16. Give the names and sounds of the following 
letters : 



a 


»? 


b 


f 


P 


^ 


Q> 


f 


i 


/3 


k 


X 


^ 


P 


f 


1/ 


TT 


X 


y 


o- 


P 


y 


J' 


i; 


X 


P 


X 


a 


c 


V 


1 . 


0- 


y 


^/^ 


s 


/^ 


€ 


y 


a 


T 


r 


»; 


0) 


r 


V 


c 


V 


J' 


<^ 


TT 


X 


P 


V 


e 


V 


P 


y 


^^ 


3 


V 


X 


^' 


O ' 


3 


A 


H 


A 


Z 


P 


^ 


Q. 


S 


I 


B 


S 


A 


* 


M 


z 


N 


n 


K 


r 


2 


P 


r 


N 


Y 


X 


P 


A 


A 


Z 


H 


S 


2 


r 


^ 


2 


M 


E 


r 


A ' 


T 


T 


H 


12 


T 


N 


z 


Y 


N 


^ 


n 


X 


P 


Y 


s 


H 


P 


r 


^ 





N 


X 


* 


O 


e 



4 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [17 19. 

17. Write the names of the letters in Greek : also 
write in Greek capitals these words, Xenophon, Pau- 

los, Matthaios. 

18. Questions.— How many letters are there in the Greek alpha- 
bet 1 How many and which are vowels '? How many and which 
consonants '? What do you mean by e-psUo7i ? u-psllon 7 Which is 
short or little 6 ? Which long or great o 7 When does y have the 
sound of ng ? Give an example. Do you ever give o- or t the sound 
of sh 7 Does the same rule apply to the English 1 



LESSON III. 

The Diphthongs. — Breathings, 

19. There are twelve diphthongs in Greek ; six of o 
these are termed proper^ six improper diphthongs. 

1) Proper diphthongs are : 

ai pronounced like ai in aisle^ e. g. ai^ 
av ** ou sound J vavs 

ev " ei height^ heivos 

€v " eu neuter, Zevs 

OL " Oi boil, KOLVO^ 

ov " ou youth, ovpav6<; 

Some prefer to sound av as au in laud, and ov as ou in sound. 

2) Improper diphthongs are : 

a pronounced like the simple vowel a. 



V 


u 


V. 


9 


u 


" 0). 


7]V 


it 


eu in feudal, or like the 
diphthong eu. 


VI 


ii 


whee in tvheel. 


(OV 


u 


the diphthong ov.* 



* The following examples will show how the Romans sounded 



20 25.] DIPHTHONGS. BREATHINGS. 5 

Rem. a, r), Cf) have the second vowel (t) of the diphthong written 
underneath. This is called Iota subscriptum, and is generally 
so written after a, 77, 00. But when capital letters are used the 
I is still written as a letter ; thus AE2nOTHI = Seo-Trorr;, 'AtS^js 
= aST^s, ^0.1^7] = (fd-fi. Iota is then said to be adscribed. 

20. Every word in Greek that begins with a vowel 
or diphthong, has a mark over this initial vowel or 
diphthong termed a breathing : it is placed over the 
second vowel of a diphthong ; as ej^to, a/f , ifcc. 

21. The rough breathing or aspirate (spiritus as- 
per) is a com/rna turned the wrong way^ and is sounded 
like an h before a vowel ; as, o, ho ; ol, hoi ; "EKTcop, 
Hector ; evpiaKoy, heurisko, 

22. The smooth breathing (spiritus lenis) is a com- 
ma^ and has no eifect on the pronunciation; thus, 
avTjp is pronounced aner^ 6po9, oros, &c. 

23. Every word that begins with v has, in Attic 
Greek, the rough breathing, as virip, huper ; vcj^iv, 
huphen (hyphen). 

24. The consonant p has also the rough breathing 
over it, when it stands at the beginning of a word, as 
'Pea, Rhea, 

25. In the middle of a word a single /5 has no 
breathing over it : of two p's, the first has the smooth, 
the second the rough breathing : eppcocro ! (In some 
modern editions the breathings over pp are omitted.) 

these diphthongs, and how they are represented in English : at is ex- 
pressed by the diphthong ce, et by I and e, v by y, ol by ce, ov by u\ e. g. 

^aTBpos, Phsedrus, MoDfra, Musa, 

VKavKos, Glaucus, YXXeibvia- Ilithyia, 

^ NetXos, Nllus, ©paK^s, Thraces, 

f AvKeiov, Lyceum, ®pyff(ra, Thressa, 

Eupos, Eurus, Tptt7^5Js, tragoedus. 

BoiftjTm, Boeotia, 



6 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[26, 27. 



Exercise 2. 
26. Write (with the proper breathings) the follow- 
ing words in Greek characters. 

03" Note that e, o stand for ;;, co : e, 6 for e, o : also that the ift 
represents the rough breathing. 



hen 


homoios rhabdos 




rhinos 


arrhabon 


hois 


hon 


hikanoi 




adunatos 


esti 


ego 


hos 


agathos 




houtoi 


echousin 


en 


aneu 


hosper 




hedu 


h5ti 


hun 


an 


hegemona 


rheuma 


rhachos 


aner 


anggelos rhipto 




ho 


rhetor 


hagia hoste 


ombros 




tode 


arrhetos 


he 


hon 


hebe 




alopex 


echo 


echo 


autos 


heauton 




6ro 


haima 


hiiios 


; aurion 


angkura 




hen 


hos 


ho 


he to 


to ta 


to 




hoi 


hai ta 


tou 


tes toil 


toin tain 


toin 


ton 




toi 


tei toi * 








tois 


tais tois 


ton 


ten to 








tons 


tas ta 



27. Read (and write down in English characters) 
the following words : 

ovTOS' avTo^, Tl<;, irore, TrcoTrore. rvTrret. ')(r}V. 
efe^. ^X^' ^Eariv. avrov, avrov. ptfii^a. /?X€(^a- 
pov. oro/jLa. x^tpe^;. tvittov(tl, jcyavre^. hopv. \afi- 
^aveiv. Nvv. rj/jiepa. vv^. XecfMcov. vecf^eXr). et09. 
Tap. €VLavTO<;, a^uovv. (paiSpo^;. 'y^^Lafxa. fjuepo^;, 
Kara. ^tXo9. cro(f>o<;, Mcov. 6. ^Pov<;. tovtcov. to- 
crovTO^. ^€V. Uo^ev, TraXaio^. yepa^. ovSeTrcoiroTe, 

[Cr This exercise should be lengthened and varied according to 
circumstances, till the pupil is thoroughly acquainted with the breath- 
ings and their proper places. 



* The iota is here to be subscript, [see 19. 2) Rem.] 



28 30.] CLASSIFICATION OF CONSONANTS. 7 

28, Questions, — How many diphthongs are there in Greek 1 How 
do you distinguish them 1 Name the proper diphthongs, and give 
their pronunciation. Name also the improper diphthongs with their 
sounds. What do you call the little straight mark under a,. ??, ^ 1 
TThy 1 When is iota "WTitten by the side of the preceding letter 1 
What do you call it then 1 Which words in Greek take a breathing 7 
Where is it placed when the word begins with a diphthong '? What 
is the rough breathing % What is its equivalent in English '? What 
effect does the smooth breathing have on the pronunciation 1 What 
do words that begin with v always take '? When does p have the 
rough breathing "l When not 1 How is it when two p's come toge- 
ther ? 



LESSONIV. 

Classification of the Consonants. 

29. The consonants are divided into semi-vowels 
and mutes, 

1) Semivowels \ ^'"^"^^^ ^' ^^ ^' P' 

i sibilant a. 

2) Mutes TT, l3j(l>: fc^y^x- ^j ^j ^• 

3) Double Letters ^, ^, yjr, 

30. The mutes are divided, 

a) according to their fundamental sound : 

1) TT, /S, <^, P-mutes. 

2) K, 7, %, K-mutes. 

3) T, S, % T-mutes, 

6) according to the breathing or aspiration with 
which they are pronounced : 

1) TT, /c, Tj smooth. 

2) /3j 7? S, middle. 

3) ^, ^, ^j asjnrate. 

Rem. The P-sounds are termed labials, because the lips {labium, 
lip) are principally concerned in uttering them ; the K-sounds 
are termed palatals or gutturals, because formed by the palate 
or throat {palatum, guUur, palate, throat) ; and the T-sounds 



8 FIRST GIIEEK BOOK. [31 34. 

are termed Unguals^ because formed by the tongue {lingua^ 
tongue). 

31. In the following table the mutes correspond^ 

both when taken horizontally^ and when taken per- 

peridicularly. 





Smooth. 


Middle. 


Aspirates. 


P-sounds 


. . IT . , 


. ^ . 


. . ci> 


K-sounds 


. . K . , 


• y • 


' ' X 


T-sounds . 


. T 


. l . 


. . 3 



32. The three double letters arise from the blending 
of the mute consonants with a : — 

^ = §9 (or a8). 

f = ajiy k sound with a {= kct, ya, or ^cr). 

yjr = any p sound ^^ a {= tto; ^a, or (/xj). 

33. A pure Greek word can end only in one of the three Hqiiidsy 
r, or, p. It will be remembered that ^ = tto; /So-, or (^cr, and ^ = ko-, 
yar, or ^o"? and so fall under the rule. The two words, ou*c, not, and 
€K, out of, form only an apparerU: exception, since they inchne so much 
to the following word as to become, as it were, a part of it. (See 54.) 

This law of euphony (says Kiihner, ^ 25. 5) occasions either the 
omission of all other consonants, or it changes them into one of the 
three liquids just mentioned ; hence, acofia (gen. <T(oixaT-os) instead of 
croi>fxar, yaka (gen. yakaKT-os) instead of yaXaicT, Xecoy (gen. Xeovr-os) 
instead of Xeour, e^ovKevov, instead of i^ovkevovr ; repas (gen. repaT- 
os) instead of re par, Kepas (gen. Kepar-o^) instead of Kepar^ /leXt (gen. 
fxeXiT'Os) instead of peXtr. 

Hence it follows that we find Greek words always ending in a 
vowel or one of the semi-vowels, v, p, or. 

Exercise 3. 

34. 1) Name and distinguish the vowels, diphthongs^ 
semivowels and muteSj in the Greek words following. 

2) In the case of the mutes distinguish them accord- 
ing to what you have learnt in 30, 31. 

3) Point out the double letters and show how they 
arise. 



35 37.] SYLLABLES. — QUANTITY. 9 

1. (j)p6V€9 dya^aL 2. evcoSla koI fivpov yxr^iv elatv 
alria ^avdrov. 3. to ^l(J)o<;. 4. ^(orj^ dp')(rj. 5. iv rfj 
XdpvaKL Aavdr]<^ /cat Uepcreco^;, 6. ^ovXevco, 7. 6 Xoyo9 
rod dv^pdoirov, 8. rj (j)\6^. 9. 809 ttov (jtcS, koI top 

KOapLOV KLVrjCTO), 

Questions. — How many consonants are there 1 How are they 
divided 1 Name the semivowels ; the mutes ; the double letters. 
How are the mutes divided '? {Ans. In two ways, according to their 
fundamental sound, and according to the aspiration with which they 
are pronounced.) Name them according to the former way ; accord- 
ing to the latter. Which are the labials ? TThy so called 1 Which 
the palatals or gutturals 1 Why so called '? Which the Unguals 7 
Why so called '? Which are the double consonants '? What does f 
arise from '? What | '? What ;|/ 1 What letters do Greek words 
always end in ? {Ans. Yowels, and the liquids v^ p, tr.) What two 
words are exceptions to this rule 1 



LESSON V. 

Syllables. — Quantity. 

35. A vowel, when uttered by itself, or in connec- 
tion with one or more consonants, is termed a syllable ; 
as, 7;, hrj^ 7rp6<;, dp^rj^ &C. 

36. A word is composed of one or more syllables. 
No syllable or monosyllabic word contains more than 
six or seven consonants ; as, in aTpdy^. A word of one 
syllable is termed a monosyUahle ; of two^ a dissyllable ; 
of three, a trisyllahle^ of more than three, a polysyl- 
lable ; as, fjurjVj TToXc^, /3pa')(^LC0Vj irpo(The')(opAjii. 

37. The last syllable of a word is called the ulti- 
ma ; the one next to the last, the penultima ; the one 
preceding the penult (or the last but two) the ante- 
penultima ; thus in the word KdTOTTTpov, irTpov is the 
ultima^ TO the penultima^ Ka the antepenultim^a. 



10 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [38 43. 

38. Division of Syllables.* — The fundamental rule is that syl- 
lables end with a vowel and begin with a consonant. When, there- 
fore, a consonant stands between two vowels, it belongs to the 
following syllable ; as, 7ro-ra-/xos, o-\/Ao-/iat, e-axov, e-pXa-yjra. 

Exception. — A compound word is best divided according to the 
elements of the compound ; as, cri;i/-e/c-(^a)i/7;o-i9, Trpo-o-Td-TT;?, npoa-' 

39. In the case of a consonant doubled (tttt, XX, yy, &lc.) a smooth 
and aspirate mute (ttc/), k^, rS, see 31) and a liquid before one or more 
consonants (the combination ^u excepted), the first consonant ends a 
syllable, the s^ond begins one ; as. rar-ra), aiz-Spco-Tros-, Bclk-xos, aX- 
yoy, tp-yovj 'i-p.vos. In all other cases, of course the general rule 
applies ; as /cXc-tttt;?, Kd-S/xoy, &c.t 

40. By quantity is meant the time Avhich is taken 
to utter a syllable. Syllables are either long or short ; 
the long are regarded as having double the time of the 
short. 

41. A syllable is short by nature when it contains 
a short vowel (e, o, a, T, v) followed by a vowel or sim- 
ple consonant ; as. 'evoixtcrdj 'eTTv^ero. (See 3, note *.) 

42. A syllable is long by nature when it contains 
either a simple long voivel (77, &>, d, i, u), or a diph- 
thong ; as, 'rjpm^ Kplvdo, yecpvpa^ lo-^vpov^^ iralSevfj^;, 
Hence those syllables are always lo7igj in which two 
vowels are contracted into one ; as, "d/ccov (from aeKcov), 
^oTpv^ (from /BoTpva'^). 

43. A syllable with a short vowel becomes long by 
position^ (i. e. by the place of the vowel) if two or more 
consonants, or a" double consonant (^, f, yjr) follow the 

* See Note 1. (The " Notes" are to be found immediately after 
the Lessons and Exercises.) 

t A more important distinction, however, is that which is made 
between the stem-syllables and the syllables of inflection or derivation. 
The stem-syllables express the essential idea of the word, the syllables 
of inflection or derivation, the relations of the idea. Thus, e. §. in 



44, 45.] SYLLABLES. QUANTITY. It 

short vowel ; as, 'e/ccrreXXo), Tv-^avre^^ Kopd^ (fcopa/co^) 

rpdire^a. 

Rem. The position of a mute with a liquid generally leaves a sJwrt 
vowel short ; as. iiTeKvos, ^7re7rA.09, ^aKfirt, ^orpvs, SiSpaxftoj, 76- 
pe^Xri, &c. Note, however, that in compounds, and. when 
middle mutes (jS, 7, 5) stand before \, fjL, r, the general rule 
holds good in respect to the lengthening of a short vowel by 
position ; as, ^eKv^fioo, j3r/8A.os, eijodiJLOs, TreirKey/xat. 

[t[3=' The pupil may omit, for the present, from 40 
to 43 inclusive.] 

Exercise 4, 

44, 1 ) Divide the following Greek words into syl- 
lables (38, 39.) 

2) Name each word according to the number of 
syllables of which it is composed. 

1. iryyi]. 2. earlv. 3. ava/jb(pt(T/37]T7]TO<;. 4. rrrpdo-crco. 
5. SaTTCpco. 6, e^co, 7. Eirihafivo'^, 8. 'At^ls^ 9. avv- 
rpi'^co. 10. LTTTTo^. 11. vav Kpapo<;, 12. aTrrco. 13. /xol- 
pa. 14. 7ra\iyK0T0<;. 15. crvve/jL/BdWa), 16. irdy^ic-- 
To^. 17. 7ra^r]TCK6<;. 18. MeXeaypos* 19. ')(apdhpa, 
20. reKvov. 21. iror/jbo^, 22. /iapy/r?/?. 23. oirrofiav. 
24. avve'xco. 25. al'f. 26. iroho'^, 27. tt/oo?. 28. z/ea- 

45. Questions. — What is a syllable ? What do you call a word of 
one syllable 1 Of two 7 Of ^Ar^e ? Of more than three % What name 
do yon give to the last syllable of a word '? The last but one 7 The 
last but two 7 What do you call a letter or syllable at the beginning 
of a word '? {Ans. An initial letter or syllable.) What at the end of 
a word 1 {Ans. A. final letter, &c.) What in the body of a word 1 
(-d?i5. A jnedial letter, &c.) Give the fundamental rule for the divi- 
sion of syllables. How do you divide the words irSrafios, efiXaxl/a, 
€<rxou 1 State the exception to the rule. What is the rule in 39 1 

y€-ypa<p-a, the middle syllable is the stem-syllable, the two others 
syllables of inflection ; in Trpay-fxa, the first is the stem-syllable, the 
last the syllable of derivation. See Kuhner's Gr. Gram. §26. 2. 



12 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [46 50. 

How do you divide into syllables Vttttos, c^jluSs, 'Ar^is, Ka5/xa$, a\yos 1 
What is the more important distinction quoted from Kiihner in the 
notel 



LESSON VI. 

Accents, Enclitics, (^c. 

46. a) The Greek accents are the acute (') and the 
circumflex ("). 

b) The acute stands on one of the last three syllables. It cannot, 
however, stand on the antepenult (last but two), unless the final is 
short; as Trot^cro), edcoKC, dpx^fj, av'^pcoTros. 

c) The circumflex can stand on either of the last two syllables : 
but it stands only over long vowels and diphthongs, and not over the 
'penult (last but one), unless the fmal is short ; as, rjpas, ravra. 

47. In comparison with the sharply accented syllable, the other 
syllables of a word have a depressed tone, which used to be called the 
grave accent, and marked by a stroke drawn to the right : Qeodcopos, 
, i. e. Seodcopos* 

48. From the acute and the grave (^) arose the 
circumflex. Thus a from da\ w from 6a \ i] from 



ea: &c. 



3 



But ad, 6d, (the acute being on the second vowel or diphthong) 
would be contracted into a, at, with the acute. 

49. When the penult is the tone-syllable, * and has a long vowel 
or diphthong, then, if the final is short, the accent is the circumflex : 
(j)evya>' but (pcvye. 

60. When a tone-syllable has also a breathing, the acute and grave 
are placed after the breathing, the circumflex above it. They stand 
over the vowel (rj, a>, 6) ; being, however, for convenience, placed a 
little before a capital (^'H, 'i2). For a (proper) diphthong their place 
is over the second vowel (Ovre, Ovv, ovre, ovv) : but an improper one, 
even when it is a capital, and, as such, takes its t into the hne of the 
letters, is treated as a single vowel: ''Aidrjs = adrjs. (19. Rem.) In 

* 1. e. the accented syllable. 



51 54.] ACCENTS, ENCLITICS, ETC. 13 

diaeresis,* the acute accent stands between^ and the circumflex above 
the points ; as : di'^ios, KkrflbL, 

51. Words receive the following appellations according to the ac- 
centuation of the final syllables : — 

Oxytones\ acute on the last syllable ; as, Terucjxjos, KaKos', ^rjp. 

Par-oxyiones " " last syllable but one ; as, tuttto), dv- 

Pro-par-oxyiones " " last syllable but two; as, ap?ip(07Tos, 

TVTTTOjJLej/OS^ 

Peri-spomena, circumflex " last syllable ; as, kukcos, iX^elv. 
Pro-peri'Spomena " " last syllable but one ; as, irpayiia, (fn- 

\ov(Ta. 

52. O" A non-oxytone is called a barytone,-\ because it has, not 
the acute, but the supposed grave accent (47) on its final syllable ; 
as, Xvo), TTpayiia, tt pay para, 

53. An oxytone is written as a barytone (i. e. the 

acute of an oxytone is written as the grave) when the 

word is in a sentence, except when it is the last word 

of a sentence, or immediately precedes a stop ; as, el fjurj 

fiTjrpvcr] TreptKaWrj^ ^Hepi^ota tjv. fjLevov/jiev avrov^. 6 

fjiev Kvpo^ eirepacre rov iroTa/jLov, ol he TroXe/JULOL aTre^vyov. 

Rem. The accent thus written over oxj^tones in connected dis- 
course is generally termed the softened acute. 

54. A few small words are without an accent : these 

are called atonies, from a, which means not, and rovosj 

'tone' or ^ accents 

Obs. The atonies (or proclitics) are the following : 6, t}, ol, at : «/, 
€<s {is), 6K (e|) : oos, et : ov {ovk, ovx)- 

The word ov = 'not,'' takes the acute, when it 
stands as the last word of a sentence. 

* When two vowels, which regularly form a diphthong, are to be 
pronounced separately, two points (called puncta diceresiSj ' points of 
separation' [Siaipecrts]) are placed over the second vowel (t, v), as : el', 
ol', av. 

t *0|vs, acutus : Trepio-Trcy/^ei/os, circwmfiexiis : ^apvs, gravis : rSvosj 
accentus. 



14 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [55, 56. 

55. Certain other small words (of one or two sylla- 
bles) are called enclitics. They are so closely joined 
with the preceding word, that their accent is generally 
placed upon it^ they themselves being pronounced with- 
out any tone ; as, <^6\o9 ti<; (pronounced as if written 
<f>L\oaTL^\. 

Se, ' ihee^^ ' you^ (sing.), is one of these enclitics. 
Me, ' me,' is another : but the longer form for ' me' (efte) is not 
enclitic. 

*Eo-riV, ' is,' is another enclitic.'*' 

56. 1) When an enclitic follows a proparo.vytone 
or properispomenon (51), the enclitic loses its accent, 
which is written over the last syllable of the preceding 
word. 

KpvTTTova-L (T€, fhcy hide you. \ (piKovaL /Lie, they love me» 

2) When an enclitic follows a paroxytone, 
a monosyllable enclitic loses 
a dissyllable enclitic retains 

KpvTTTc /Lie, hide me. \ (plXo^ ia-rlv, he is friendly. 

3) When an enclitic follows a perispomenon, it 
loses its accent, whether it is a monosyllable or a dis- 
syllable. 

^tXei fjL€, he loves me. \ clttKovs icmv, he is simple. 

4) When an enclitic follows an oxytone, the enclitic 
loses its accent, but the acute of the oxytone is then not 
written as the grave. 

KoKos io-TLV, he is beautiful. 

^r]p TLs, (t\s, ' a certain,* is an enclitic.) 

Rem. As the correct pronunciation of the Greek language is un- 
known (see 2), we are not able to determine the precise use 

* The other enclitics are mostly contained in the following list : 
the pres. indie, of cI/jlI and cprjfii (except el and (p/js) ; the personal pro- 
nouns, fioG, p,oi, (Tov, (Toi, ov, &c. ; the indef pron. rls, rl ; the indef. 
adverbs, -n-cSy, irci, ir-fj, vov, rrore, i&c. ; the particles, re, rot, yd, vvv, &c. 



its accent. 



57, 58.] ACCENTS, ENCLITICS, ETC. 15 

of the accents : their principal value to us is in their serving 
to distinguish words ; thus vofxo^, law ; vo^6s, pasture-ground, 
fiios, life ; ^ids, bow. ^rJH-os, people ; Btj/jlSs, fat. tis, who ? rh, 
some one. etVt, they are; elcri, he goes. ^oKos, a dome; ^o\6s, 
mud. &/JLOS, shoulder ; od/jlos, cruel; &c. 

57. Beside the accents, the Greeks have several 
other marks to assist the reader, some of which refer to 
words alone and others to the members of the sentence 
only. These are 

a) The apostrophe, which marks the cutting off 
(elision) of a vowel at the end of a word when the fol- 
lowing word begins with a vowel ; as, dir dXXxov for 
dirb dWooVj Kar ifie for Kara ifxe, dcf) eavrov for diro 
eavTOV, (fee. 

The coro?iis, which marks the blending (crasis) of 
two words, one ending the other beginning with a 
vowel, into one word ; as, rovvofxa for to ovo/jua, rdya^d 
for rd dya^dj ravrd for rd avrd, (fee. 

The diceresis which marks a division between two 
vowels ; as, dtcro-Go, ot?, (fee. 

b) The punctuation marks — 

The comma [,] as in Enghsh ; tovto, k. t. X. 

The colon (and semicolon) [•] a point above the line ; /ne • . 

The interrogation [;] like the English semicolon ; rls ; 

The period [.] as in English ; irpayfia. 

Exercise 5. 

58. Name the accents in the following sentences ; 
show whether they are placed according to the rules 
above given ; and point out the enclitics and atonies, 

1. 'O SetXo? €(7TL Tr]<; TrarpiSo^ irpoSorrj^;, 2. ^'Oprv- 
ye? elacv rj8v(pcovoL Kal fjLa')(7]Tt,Kol opvL^e<;. 3. otto)? Se 
eZSft) iidXtara, oirolo^ rk icrrt rrjv oyjrcv ; 4. ^PaScov ev- 
pelv diro ye tovtcov. 5. to re t&v TpcToovcov yivo^. 



16 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [59 62. 

6. dWa SleXi julov rrjv K€(f)aXr}v e? Suo Kareveyfccov, 

7. TM iXicpavTL icrrl hpoLKOVTO^ oppoySca. & /ca/coSat/Jiov 
Vi€ Tov Kaicohaijiovo<^ Upcdfiov. 8. Tvcj^cov vtto Zrjvo'^ 
eicoXda^rj. 9. ^apSavdiraXo^^, ev l3acrL\eloL<; Kara/ce- 
/cXeLa/jLevo*;, ovSev dXko eSlco/cep rj rjSovrjv. 

' 59. Are the accents rightly or wrongly placed in 
the examples following? if wrongly, then make the 
correction required. 

1. ^XaTTret tov i'^^pov. (46, c; 53.) 2. ti]V tov 
ryecofjueTpov cro(f)Lav ^avfjuatpfxev. (46, b.) 3. rfXetcj^e^ tov 
heaTTOTrjv, 4. eirec^e tou9 ^6vov<;. 5. ireiaopbev ae. 
6. e')^p6s icTTLV. 7. pliTTeL tov Slctkov. 8. (j^tXel aL 
9. KoXo^ eaTLV, . 10. /SXdTTTOvcrt ae, 

O" This exercise may profitably be lengthened according to the 
necessities of the learner, until he is thoroughly acquainted with the 
accents, their right places, the enclitics, &c. 



LESSON VII. 
Parts of speech. Inflection^ ^c. 

60. The parts of speech in Greek are, — the article, 
the noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the verb, the ad- 
verb, the preposition and the conjunction. The inter- 
jection is commonly ranked among the adverbs. 

61. The first five of these (viz., article, noun, adjec- 
tive, pronoun, verb) are susceptible of variation or 
modification in order to indicate their difierent rela- 
tions. This is properly termed inflection, 

62. The inflection of the article, nouns, adjectives 
and pronouns is termed declension ; the inflection of 
the verb conjugation. 



63 67.] PARTS OF SPEECH. INFLECTIONS. 17 

63. The other parts of speech (viz., adverbs, pre- 
positions and conjunctions) do not admit of inflection. 

64. The Greek, hke our own language, has three 
genders, viz., the masculine^ the feminine and tlie 
neuter ; as, 6 av^pcoTro^, the man ; 77 /jltjttjp, the mother; 
TO crvKov, the Jig* 

Obs. To mark the genders of substantives in Greek, the different 
forms of the article are employed ; as 6 for the masculine, tj for the 
feminine, r6 for the neuter, &c. (See 89.) 

Some nouns are both masculine and feminine, and are said to be 
of the common gender ; as 6, -^ ^e6s^ god or goddess ; 6, 7] rpocpos, nurse ; 
6, ri ^.u^pcoTTos, human being ; (fee. 

65. The Greek has three numbers, the singular, 
the plural^ and the dual which denotes two^ or a pair. 

66. It has also five cases, viz., the nominative^ the 
genitive^ the dative, the accusative and the vocative. 

Obs. 1. There is no ablative^ the place of that case being supplied 
mostly by the dative, sometimes by the genitive. 

Obs. 2. The nominative, accusative, and vocative neuter have the 
same form in all numbers, and in the plural they always end in a. 
The nominative, accusative, and vocative dual are alike ; the genitive 
and dative dual are also alike. The nominative and vocative plural 
are always alike. The dative singular always ends in t, but in the 
first two declensions it is subscript [see 19. 2) Rem.] 

67. There are three Declensions in Greek, the First, 
Second^ and Third, 

* The gender of nouns is determined partly by their meaning ; the 
following general rules may be noted to advantage : 

1) Names of males, of nations, winds, mo7itks, mountains, and most 
rivers, are masculine. 

2) Names of females, of countries, islands, most cities, most tree^ 
and plants, are feminine. 

3) The names of the letters a,n6. fruits, infinitives, diminutives in -op 
(except the proper names of females, e. g. t] Ae6uTiop), all indeclinabh 
words, and finally every word considered as simply tJmt word (e. g. 
rh iJiT}TTjp, ' the word mother'), are neuter. 



18 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[68. 



General Table of the Declensions. 





1. 


II. III. 


Sing. 

Norn. 


S rjs, aj, masc. 


Off, m. et/. 


'a, t, V, neuL 
^ oijem. 


( 7], a, a, fern. 


01/, neii/. 


J', f p, a;ylr,qfall 








genders. 


Gen. 


ov, T}s, or as*, 


ov, 


OS {(os), increases 
in gen. 


Dat. 


?7' ^ «j 


^» 


h 


Ace. 


r)v^ 07' av, 


ou, 


a, or J/, 


Voc. 


rj, or a, 


€, ov, neut. 


various ; neuL as 
nom. 


Plural. 








Nom. 


at, 


ot, a, new/. 


€s, a, neuL 


Gen. 


©»/,' 


0)1', 


(OV, 


Dat. 


ais, 


Otff, 


(Ti (o-ti/). 


Ace. 


dSi 


ovff, a, new^ 


ay, a, new^ 


Voc. 


at, 


ot. a, 7?ew^ 


€ff, a, new/. 


Dual. 








N. A. V. 


d, 


0), 


f, 


G. D. 


aiv, 


Oil/, 


oti/, 



* Contracted from awv, and therefore circumflexed (48). In 
repeating the table, let the pupil say " oov circumflexed." 



68. Questions. — Name the parts of speech in Greek. How many 
and which admit of inflection 1 What do you mean by inflection 1 
What term is applied to the inflection of nouns, adjectives, &c. ? 
What to that of the verb 1 What parts of speech do not admit of 
inflection ? How many genders are there in Greek ? How are they 
generally marked 1 What is the common gender 1 How many num- 
bers are there in Greek 1 What does the dual denote ? How many 
cases 1 Is there any ablative 1 Name the cases which are alike. 
Repeat the table of declensions. What are the terminations of the 
nominative of the first declension % What of the second 1 Of the 
third 7 What of the genitive of the first 1 Of the second 1 Of the 
third 7 (And so on, through all the table.) 



69 73.] THE VERB. 19 

LESSON VIII. 

The Verb, Present and Future Active. 

69. Greek Verbs are of two kinds, those ending in 
(o and those in jjll.* 

70. There are three Voices^ the Active^ the Passive 
and the Middle ; as, tvittco, I strike (act.) ; rvTrrofjuaCj 
I am struck (pass.) ; Tvirro/uLatj I strike rnyself. 

Rem. For the present we use only verbs in w in the active voice. 

71. The Moods of Greek Verbs are, the Indicative^ 
the Imperative^ the Subjunctive^ the Optative and the 
Infinitive. 

72. The Tenses are, 1) Principal Tenses, the 
Present^ the Perfect^ the Future; 2) Historical 
Tenses, the Imperfect^ the Pluperfect^ the Aorist, 

73. The Mutes, as we have seen (30, 31), are divi- 
ded into three sets of three : — 

Smooth. Middle. Aspirate, 

jo-sounds . TT . yS . ^ 

A:-sounds • '^ • 7 • % 

^sounds . T . S . ^ 

1) For any ^-sound with a (ttct, ^o-, ^cr), you must 
write -i/r. 

2) For any A:-sound with a {kct^ yo-, ;^o-), you must 
write f . 

3) For any ^sound with cr {ra, So-, ^cr), you must 
write a only : 

That is, the ^sound is thrown away. 

4) Also for TTT-o- you must write y^ : for /ct-9, ^. 



* They are so called from the ending of the first person sin^ar 
of the Present Indie, as ypd<pQ), xiyta, ex«, &c. (verbs in a?;, and 
ri^lJLL, %(TTnfjLL, &c. (verbs in ^C). 



20 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74_79, 



74. Thus 



1) ^e7r-9 


becomes 


^eyfr 


TpL/3-^ 




rptylr 


akeLcj)-^; 




aXecylr 


TimT-<; 




Tvyfr 


2) 7rXe/c-9 




TrXef 


Xey-? 




Xe| 


dpx-^ 




apf 


3) 7re6^-9 




7re69 


o-7r€uS-9 




0'7ref9 



75. The Infinitive (of the Pres. Act.) ends in etv ; 
aSj XeyetVj /3X€7r€tv, &c. 

76. The ?^oot of the Present (Active) is got, 

a) By throwing away the ecv of the Pres. Infin. ; 
as, TVTTTeiv, root^ tvttt. ap'^^ecvj root^ ap'x^. 

b) By throwing away the co of the first sing, of the 
Present ; as, ap^o)^ dp'^^. /SXeircOj ^Xeir. 

77. The root of the Future is got from the root of 
the Present (or Infinitive) by sigmating it ; that is, by 
adding 9; thus, ^evr, add 9, /3\e7r9= ySXe-v/r. 

78. The Greek language (see 65) has a form called 
the Dual, to denote two. The Active Voice has no 
dual form for the^r^^ person. 

79. In the Indicative, both the Present and the 
Future of the Active Voice end in co, and the termina- 
lions of the Persons are : 





1. 


2. 


3. 






EXAMPLE.* 

Present. 




^\ 


0) 


€IS 


et 


S. 


TWTO) 


TUTTTeiS 


TVTTTei 










F. 


TVTTTO^CV 


TV7rT€T€ 


TVTTTOVO-l 


p. 


OfJL€V 


€T€ 


ova-i 


D. 




TVlTTeTOV 

Future. 


TVTTTeTOV 


D. 




€TOV 


€TOV 


P. 
D. 


TU\j/-OIJL€V 


TV\j/€T€ 


TvyfA€rov. 



* See Note 2. 



80 82.] THE VERB. 21 

80. The second person sing, of the Imperative ends 
in e added to the root of the Present (or Infinitive). 
rpd(})-co, I write, Tpd^-e^ ivrite {thou). 

81. Vocabulary 1. 



To write^ ypdcp-cLv 
To look, iSXeV-etj/ 
To rub, Tpl'^'Civ 
To strike, tvttt-clv 
To anoint, aKelcji-eiv 
To weave, TrXeK-eiv 



To say, to tell, Xcy-eiv 
To rule, apx-€Lv (governs 

gen.) 
To persuade, ttcI'^-clv 
To cheat, ) , f^ 



To beguile. 

Exercise 6. 

82. a) Read and translate into English. 

[ You, in what follows, is to be considered sing, unless fl. is 
added.] 

1. rpdyfrco, 2. rpdcperov. 3. B\€7ro/jL6V. 4. Tpi- 
^ovcrc. 5. Tpi'\\rovai, 6. Aejere, 7. Aeye, 8. TvTrret. 
9. "Ap^et. 10. nelaovo-L, 11. WevaeL^. 12. BXifco. 

13. ^A\€L(l)€L^. 14. ^AXeiylrovcTL 15. A€y€t<i, 16. Ai- 
yofjLev. 17. ne/^ere. 18, Uel^e. 19. ilet^eroz/. 20, Ae- 
^erov, 21. n\e^(o, 22. Tpi^ei^, 23. Tpi^^rerov. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1 You * anoint. 2. He anoints. 3. We will anoint. 
4. You (pi.) anoint. 5. You [two) will say. 6. He 
will tell. ' 7. He will look. 8. You will beat. 9. They 
look. 10. You {pL) look. 11. You ( p/.) will cheat. 
12. - They will persuade. 13. He will persuade. 

14. Persuade. 15. Tell. 16. Look. 17. They {two) 
look. 18. They will rub. 19. You {two) will weave. 
20. You will persuade. 

* As in Latin, the nom. of the personal pronouns is not expressed 
except for the sake of distinctimi or empliasis^ They are to be left 
untranslated here. 



22 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[83—85. 



The pupil ought to write out, plainly and distinctly, his 
translations from Greek into English, and from English into 
Greek. In the latter case, too, he should accentuate the 
Greek words, bringing to bear, as far as he is able, the rules 
for accentuation, 46, &c. 



LESSON IX. 

The Verb, continued, 

83. If a root ends in 6, the terminations of the Pre- 
sent (79) will be contracted thns (see 48) : 



s. 


€-(0 


€-€lS 


€-€l 


0) 


(Is 


€L 


p. 

D. 


e-ofiev 


€-€T€ 

€'€TOV 


€-OV(TL 
€-€TOV 


ovfiep 


eire 
€7tou 


oval 

(Irou 



84. When a root ending in e is sigmated (i. e. is 
increased by an added sigma, 77\ the e is changed 
into 7], Thus, 

'^''^-^ I becomes \ <^'^^-' 
irote-^ ) ( 7rot7]-<; 

TTotico, I make ; Troirjo-o), I will make, 

^LXicOy I love ; (\>L\rjao), 1 will love. 

85. The pupil will recollect that — 

1) A verb agrees with its nominative case in nv/m- 
ber and person '* as, 

Kvpo<^ Tvirrei, Cyrus strikes, 

TCL fwa Tpe^et, The a?ii?nals run. 

r}fjL€L<; ae cj^tXovfjbev, We love you, 

2) A transitive verb is followed by the accusative ; 
as, 

Kvv€<; Tov<; e^^pou9 Sd/cvovatv, Dog's bite their 
enem^ies, 

* But a dual nominative is often joined with a plural verb ; and a 
meuter plural generally takes a singular verb. 



86, 87.] THE VERB. 23 

AvKos a/jLvov i8i(o/c€P, A wolf was pursuing a 

lamb. 
Tvvr) TL9 opvLv el^e, A woTuan had a hen. 

86. Vocabulary 2. 

To love, ((f)t.\€-€Lv =) (pikelv To hide, KpvnT-civ. 
To make, (noie-eLv =) iroielv 

Nom. /, iyo). Thou, av. We, rjfjLe^s, You, {i/xeis. 

Ace. Me, €/x€ or fie. Thee, o-e. Us, rjfjLas. You, v/xas. 

Him, avTov. Them, avrovs. 

This {neut. sing.), tovto. These things, ravra. 
Not, OX), (with the imperative, yLi}.) 

lUr MeV — be are indeed — hut. The ^ev is, however, mostly not 
translated in EngHsh. They cannot stand as the ^rsi word of 
a sentence or clause. 

Exercise 7. 

87. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^Ckovaiv avTov. 2. ^CkrjaovaL. 3. ^Ckel. 4. JJol- 
ovcrc ravra. 5. IIoteL^. 6. TLoLrjaei^;. 7. KpvTrrei^. 
8. Kpyy^ofiev. 9. 'JGyob* pbev KpvTrrco ravra, crv Se ov 
KpvrrreL^. 10. 'IIfjL6l<; /jl6v (pikovfiev avrov, v/jL6l<^ Se ov 
(piXelre. 11. Sv fxev -y^revaei^ avrov, eyco Se ov y^evaw. 
12. 'Hfjias fxev ireicrei^, avrov he ov. 

b) Translate into Greek. 
(Words to which ° are prefixed are not to be translated.) 

1. You love him. 2. I indeed love him, but you 
do not love (°him). 3. You^'t will love him, but I 
° shall not. 4. They will love them. 5. You love him. 
6. You {pi.) love him. 7. They are doing these 
things. 8. He is doing this. 9. We^^ are doing these 

* See not€ * on p. 21. 

t These numerals refer to the Table of "Difference of Idioms," 
&c. immediately preceding the Indexes. 



24 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[88, 89. 



things, but you [pL) are not doing °them. 10. I will 
do this. 11. I will do this, but you shall not do °it. 
12. We will hide this. 13. Ye shall weave. 



88. Questions. — What accent has (piXovaiul [48.] "What hence 
called 7 [51.] Why is avrSy written as smoxytone? [53.] Why are 
iyci}, fxeu, crv, Se written thus, and not iy(o, ^4v, av, U 1 Why has oh 
no accent in several places, but has the acute in the last sentence 
above? [54, Obs.] What case is raCra'? By what rule? [83, 2.] 
What cases are iy(i}, <tv and ^/xeTs 1 Give the rule for the agreement 
of a verb with its nominative case. [83, 1.] How is avT6v governed ? 
What case is ^/aSs ? Why 1 Parse the verb ij/euo-ets (thus : if/euo-ets is 
the fut. act. 2d pers. sing, from i|/eu5&j, root i/zeuS : the root of the fut. 
is got from the root of the pres. by adding y, which makes ;//6u5s : but 
by 71, 3, for any ^-sound with s you must write s only, which makes 
i//€uy, root of the fut.) What is the root of iroiets ? [74, 77.] If the 
root. of TTorets is Trote, why do you write iroi-narcis in the fut. ? [82.] 
What is the place of /xeV and Se in Greek sentences 1 Do you trans- 
late fjicy in the sentences above 1 In translating the English into 
Greek, do you insert the /xcV, or not, in 2, 3, 9, 11 7 (Obs. Imitate the 
order of the words in the Greek sentences.) 



LESSON X. 

The Article. 
89. The Article in Greek is prefixed to nouns in 
order to ascertain or define them ; as, 6 Trocrjrrj^j " the 
poet ;" 97 KopT], " the maiden ;" to yovv, " the knee." 
Rem. The Greeks have no indefinite article, answering to our "a" 



or " an.' 



PARADIGM OF THE ARTICLE. 

6j 97, TO, ^^theP 



SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 1 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 


m. 

e 


TOV 
TOV 


f. 

c 

V 

T?IS 
TV 

rrjv 


n. 
t6 

TOV 

It 


m. f. n. 
ol al TO, 

TCOV TCOV TCOV 
Tols TOLS T02s 
TOVS Tas TO, 


N. 
A. 
G. 
D. 


m. f. n. 

^ TO) Ta TCO 
> Tolv Tolv Tolv 



90—93.] THE ARTICLE. 25 

90. The pupil will observe that 6, 4 ol, al are atonic 
(54) ; the genitives and datives perispomena (51) ; and 
the other cases oxytone (51). 

Rem. In the dual the feminine is more commonly tc^, tolv^ than 
Ttt, TOLv. Ta (as fern, ditul) is very uncommon. 

91. The Article is often equivalent to a weakened 
possessive ; and is translated by my, youTj his^ her^ 
their ; as, Kvves tovs e^povs Safcvovaiv^ iyco Se tov<; (J^l- 
Tiou?, Lva acoo-coj " Dogs bite their enemies, but I my 
friends J that I may save themP 

Rem. " The chief employment of the definite article is to distin- 
guish the subject from the predicate ; for, from the nature of 
the case, the subject is considered to be something definite, 
of which something general is predicated or denied." {Doti- 
aldson.') 

92. Vocabulary 3. 

Poet^ 7roLr)Tr}s, 6 (ace, ttoltjttjv). 

Letter, epistle, eTrio-ToXrj, rj {ace, imo-ToXrjv), 

Young man, youth, veavlas, 6 (ace, veaviav). 

Tent, (TKrjvr], T) (ace, o-Krjvrjv), 

Sea, '^dXaorcra, rj (ace, ^iaXacraav), ^ 

Exercise 8. 

93. a) Translate into English, 

1. 'O 7roL7]Tr]<; rrjv eTTiaroXr^v jpcuy^et, 2, Tov veaviav 
(f)tXoviJL€V, 3. Mr] ypd(j)€ iTnaroXtjv, 4. ^H/juec^ fiev irei- 
aofjiev avTov<;, v/jl€L9 Se ov Trelcrere, 5. UoLrjcreTe aKrjvrjV. 
6. 6 veaviav Xe^ei, ravra, 7, Eyco fjuev ov (j^iXeco rrjv 6dX- 
acraav, <rij Se (piXel^;, 8. Kpvylreo rrjv eTTLaToXrjv, 9. A- 
\€i(j)o/ji€V TOV veaviav, 10. Tloi7]Trj^, 11. ^O 7rot7)T7]<^, 
12. ^Tjjbel^ fie (pLXelre, 13, Tavra avTov<; irelcreL, 
14. Ae^erov tovto. 15. ^fCTjvrjv iroiel. 16. HeidOfiev 
^e, 17. 'O veavlas Xe^ei Tr]v eTnaToXrjv. 18. ^e fiev 
2 



26 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [94, 95, 

ireia-ovcFiv* e^e he ov, 19. Kvpo<; rypdc})€LV einaTo\r]v 

b) Translate ifito Greek, 

1. The young man will persuade the poet. 2. He 
will hide the letter. 3. Do not strike the poet. 4. He 
loves us. 5. They are doing these things. 6. We 
will love them, but you will not love ( ° them). 7. The 
young man weaves. 8. These things beguile the poet. 
9. Do not persuade the youth to love the sea. 10. He 
loves a youth. 11. We will make a tent. 12. The 
poet does not love the sea. 13. Write your letters. 

94. Questions.— TThat is the use of the article in Greek 7 Is 
there any thing answering to our indefinite article 1 Which portions 
of the article are atonic ? Which perispovie ? Which oxytoiie 7 Which 
are the most usual forms in the dual 1 What is the article often 
equivalent to 7 Give the Greek for " Dogs bite their enemies." In 
the Exercise (sentence 3, Greek), how do you translate iTTKTToXrjp, 
without the article '? 4. Account for the acute on avrovs. 10, 11. Point 
out the difference. 12. What is yue 1 13. What rule applies 7 [85, 1.] 
14. Parse \€^€tov. 16. Account for the two accents on ir^iaoixiv. 18. 
What do you call the v in irelo-oucnv 7 To what words is it added 1 
In sentence 3 (English), do you use fXT^ or ou 7 8. Is the verb singu- 
lar or plural 7 13. How do you translate " your " 7 



LESSON XI. 

First Declension of Nouns, 

95. As we have seen above (67), there are in Greek 
three different ways of inflecting substantives, distin- 
guished as the^r^^, second, and third declensions. 

* The third singular and the third plural of verbs in cr^, e, or t, 
have sometimes an v added, when a word beginning with a vowel fol- 
lows. This p is also added to the dative plur. in o-l, and to some 
adverbs of place, &c. It is called v ^(peXKvariKov. But in reality, the 
V which is thus sajd to be added belonged to the original form of the 
word. 



96, 97.] 



DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 



27 



96. Nouns of the first declension end in a and 77, 
feminine ; as and 779, inasciiline, 

TERMINATIONS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 



N. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. ! 


DUAL. 


a, 


a or Tj 


as or 7JS 


aL 


a 


G. 


ris 


as T]s 


ov ov 


COP 


aip 


D. 


V 


9 V 


« 27 


ais 


aip 


A. 


av 


av Tjv 


av rjp 


as 


d 


V. 


a 


a rj 


a Tj,a 


at 


d 



Kem. The gen. ay and dat. a belong to nouns that end in pa, or in 
a preceded by a vowel {a pure), together with aAaAa, and some 
proper names in a : 'Aj/Spo/^eSa; Ai^Sa, &c. The rest in a take 
Tjs, y. The termination a, gen. tjs, is always short ; a, gen. as, 
is Tnostly long^ 

PARADIGMS OF FEMININE NOUNS. 







Muse. 


Shadow. 


Country. 


Honor. 


Justice. 


Sing 


N. 


77 Mo{}(rd 


o-Kid (d) 


X^pd 


TLflT} 


dlKTJ 




G. 


Tr\s Movarjs 


(TKias 


Xo^pas 


TLfXrjS 


dLKTjS 




U. 


Trj MOVITTJ 


(TKia 


Xcopa 


TLfirj 


BUv 




A. 


TTjv Movadv 


CTKLaV (d) 


Xcopav 


TLflTjV 


diKrjv 




V. 


Movrrd 


CTKld (d) 


Xcopa 


TlflT) 


dUrj 


Plur. 


N. 


al Movcrac 


(TKLal 


XO)pai 


TLfxai 


dUaL 




G. 


TCOV 'MOVO'COV 


(TKLCOV 


Xcopcop 


TLfXCi)P 


8LKa>P ' 




D. 


Tais M.ov(rais 


(TKLaiS 


X^opais 


TLjJLaLS 


dUais 




A. 


ras Mova-ds 


(TKids (d) 


X«p«^ 


TLfxas 


^Uas 




V. 


MovcraL 


(TKiaL 


XcopaL 


TLfiaL 


diKai 


Dual. N.A.V. 


TCL Movad 


(TKid (a) 


X<opd 


TifJLa 


diKa 


G. 


D. 


Talv MovcraLV 


o-KLalv 


XoapaLV 


Tifialv 


biKaiv 



97. On the accentuation.'] The accent remains, as long as the 
general rules (46, 5, c) will let it, on the same syllable ; with the 
exception of the gen. plural, which in this declension is always peri- 
spomenon. 

1) If the accent is on the last syllable, it remains indeed on that 
syllable, but is changed into the circumflex in the gen. and dat. of all 
numbers. Thus, nixr), Tifijjs', TLfxfj, rifiSp, rifials, Tip.a1p. 

2) In the nom. plural, at is considered sliort with respect to «ccew- 
tuation : hence if the penult has a diphthong or long vowel, an acute 



* See Note 3. 



28 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [98, 99. 

on that syllable is changed into the circumflex. For instance, yvcjfjLrj 
has nom. plural yi/w/xai, x^P^ ^^^^ ^^^^- pl^i'^l x^P^'" 

3) When the final syllable becomes long, the circumflex cannot 
stand on the penult (46, c) : o-^aipa cannot have (r(paipas. Hence 
the accent must be the acute, since that accent can stand on the 
penult, whatever the quantity of the final may be : acpalpa, gen. 
(rc^aLpas, Movo-a, gen. Movcrrjs. 

4) If the word be proparoxytone (which it cannot be, unless the 
final a is short), no accent can stand on the antepenult when the final 
becomes long. It is necessary therefore to move the acute one place 
to the right : cxL^va, gen. e^tSi^ff. 

98. The pupil will observe that — 

1) Abstract substantives (e. g. the names of virtues, 
vices^ (kc.) often take the article, which is not to be 
translated into Enghsh. 

2) Proper names often take the article when they 
have been lately mentioned ; or when they are the 
names of well known persons or places. 

EXAMPLES. 

(j)iXov^€v rrjv cro(f)Lav, ive love wisdom. 

Tj /xi^Tj fjLifcpa fjbavia eariv^ drunkenness is a brief 
madness. 

fiXdiTTovcrc TTjv ^Eperpiav^ they are injuring Eretria. 

6 HcoKpciTT]^ 7]v <pLk6ao(j)o<;, Socrates was a philoso- 
pher. 

Kvpov fjL€Ta7r6fji7r€TaL ' dva/3a(v€L ovv 6 Kvpo^^ He 
sends for Cyrus ; Cyrus thereupon goes up. 

99. YOCABULARY 4. 



Eretria, ^Eperpta, as. 
Philosophy, (l)L\o(ro(l)La, as. 
The soul, the mind, "^vxr], rjs. 
Virtue, dperrj, rjs. 
Benefit, profit ; a blessing, ax^e- 



Pleasure, rj^ovrj, rjs. 
Wisdom, o-o^la, as. 
Slavery, ^ovXeid, as. 
Ignorance (brutish), d/xaSia, ay. 
Madness, pavia, as. 



Xeta, as. \ Calamity, (rvpi^opd, as. 



100.] DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 29 



Loss, injury, penalty; a cala- 
mity, (rjixla, as (damnum). 
Hurt, pXdfirj, 77 y. 
Fate, iiolpa, as. 
Injustice, ddiKia, as> 



Justice (as habit), diKaioo-vvrjjrjs. Ball, acpalpa, as. 



Necessity, compulsion, dva- 

yKTJ, TJS. 

Damsel, Koprj, rjs. 
Force, violence, ^la, as* 
Anger, opyrj, ijs. 



To hurt, injure, /3Xa7rr-eti/. 

To flee or fly from, shun, (pevy- 

€LV. 

To pursue, dicjK-eip, 



To yield, c'U-clv, (governs the dO' 

tive.) 
To throw, plirT'CLV. 
Is, icTTi (Jo-TLv) ; are, elo-l, (elcrlv,) 



Both — and, Kai — Kai ; re Kal (re is enclitic, 55), or re . . . Kal 
(with a word or words between). Te /cat often = ' and"^ only. 
Himself, iavrov or avrov. Who 1 tLs ; 

Towards, rrpos (with accusative). 

Obs. 1) avrou (with smooth breathing) = him, 

avTov (with rough breathing) = himself. 
2) Tis; ' who ?' ret-ains its acute accent even in a sentence. 

Exercise 9. 

100. a) Translate ifito English, 

1. Mr] ^dirre rrjv ^Eperpuav, 2. Ov ySXevret 7rpo9 
(j>i\o(TO(f)iav. 3. ^'Ap^€ rrj^ i^f^?}?. 4. ^H dperrj ov 
^XesfreL rrpb^ oxpeXeiav. 5. 'Pl-kItco rfjv crcj^alpw. 6. 'H 
/jLoipa ap^et j3\d^ri<^ re fcoX wi^eXe/a?. 7. ^evje ttjv dht- 
Kiav* 8. Tr]v fJiev dhiKiav (f>6vy€, ttjv Se Stfcacoavvrjv 
Blo)K€, 9. EI/C6 rfj ^ta, 10. Mt] elfce ral^ rjhoval^* 
11. ^evje TY]v Tcov rjSovcbv SovXelav, 12. Tf) fxev ao^la 
et/ce, TTj be rjoovrj fir) €t/c6. io. ri fjuev aperrj aocpta ecmv, 
rj Se dhifcia d/jLo^la re /cat fiavla. 14. Tal^ aviJi<^opaiS 
eoKo/jLev. 15. Mr) ^SXaTrre ra (or to) Kopd. 16. 'H St- 
Kacocrvvr) dperr) ean, 17. ScoKpdTr)<; avrov (pcXel, efjue 
Se ov. 18. TtV Tr)v cr/cr)vr}v Trotrjo-et ; 19. 'Eavrbv icpv^ 
yjret, 20. Zrj[iia earlv. (See 56, 2.) 



30 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [1^1) l^^. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. We yield to force and necessity. 2. Pursue 
virtue. 3. You will look to profit. 4. Pursue both 
justice and virtue. 5. We will yield to necessity, but 
not to force. 6. Rule over your (say ^ the ') anger. 

7. We will yield to the compulsion of calamities. 

8. Do not yield to the slavery of pleasure. 9. Who 
will hide me? 10. He loves himself. 11. Who is 
looking towards the young man ? 12. They are throw- 
ing the ball. 13. It is a ball. 14. Virtue and justice 
are wisdom. 15. This is a loss to the poet. 

101. Questions. — How many declensions are there in Greek 1 
What are the terminations of the first declension 7 Which are femi- 
nine ? Which masculine 7 Which nouns have gen. as, dat. a ? What 
is the quantity of a, gen. -qs? Of a, gen. as? Go through with 
MoDo-a, (TKid, x^P^^ TifJ-V: Si/cr?. What is the general statement as to 
the accent 7 How is the gen. pi. always accented '? If a noun is oxy- 
tone in the nom., what is the accent of the gen. and dat. ? What is 
the quantity of ai with respect to accentuation 1 Suppose then the 
penult have a diphthong or long vowel, with an acute on it, what is 
that acute changed into when the termination becomes at ? Can the 
circumflex stand on the penult when the last syllable becomes long '? 
If the final of a proparoxytone becomes long, what accent do you give 
it 1 Give the rules for the use of the article in 98. In the Exercise 
(sentence 3, Greek) account for the genit. [81, 99.] 7, 8, 9, &c, ac- 
count for the article. [98. 1.] 15. Which is better, rd or rw nSpa? 
[90, Rem.] Sentence 9 (English), what is the Greek for who ? Does 
it retain its accent in a sentence 1 10. Give the Greek for himself. 
13. How do you express " it is " &c. in Greek 1 (By ia-rij/ simply.) 



LESSON XII. 

Contracts, Masculines of the First Declension. 

102. Some feminines of the first end in ^, a con- 
tracted from ea, aa. They are dechned regularly as if 
from 7/, a ; but every case is a perispomenon. {^v/cia 



103—106.] 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



31 



== ) o-VKTJj (TVK-r]<^j avK-fi^ &c. : [fivda = ) /Ltm, /.tm?, fJi^va^ 

(fee. 

PARADIGMS OF MASCULINE NOUNS. 





Citizen. Perses. 


Youth. Fowler. 


Sing. N. 


6 ttoXlttjs Ilep(rrjs 


veavias 6pvi?So'^r)pas 


G. 


Tov ttoXltov TIepa-ov 


vcav'iov opvL^o^Tjpd 


D. 


Tco ttoXltt] UepG-rj 


veavia oput^o'^Tjpa 


A. 


TOV TTokLTrjV Il€p(T1]V 


veavlav opvi^o'^rjpav 


V. 


TroXiTd UepcTi] 


veavla opvC^o'^ripa 


Piur. N. 


01 TToXlrai 


veaviai opvi^io^rjpat, 


G. 


TCOV TToXlToyp 


veavLccv 6pm^o'^r]pa)V 


D. 


Tols TToXirais 


veaviais 6pvC^o'^r]paL9 


A. 


Tovs TToXlras 


peavlas opvL^o^irjpas 


V. 


TToXlrai 


veaviaL opvi'^o'^TJpaL 


Dual. N. A. V. 


ro) TToXird 


veavla 6pvC^o'^r]pd 


G.D. 


Toiv TToXiraiv 


veavlaiv opviJio'^ripaiv 



103. Masculine nouns in t}s have the vocative in ?/, except the 
following", which have d : 

1 ) Those in rr]s- 

2) Those compounded of a substantive and a verb, that simply 
append r^s to the verbal root; as yecofierpr^s^ geometer; dpTOTrooXrj^i 
breadseller, baker. 

3) National names ; as Il€p(TT]s, a Persian, voe. EEepo-a, — but 
He par} s, Perses, voc. Hepoij. 

104. The rules of accentuation are the same as for feminines 
(97). — Aea-TTOTT^s irregularly throws back its accent in vocat. (« Se- 
a-TTora), and XPW'''^^^ usurer, has gen. pi. xPW"^^^'* 

105. Some nouns in ^9, contracted from ea?, are 
declined regularly, but every case is perispomenon, 
(Ep/jLea'i = ) 'EpijL7]<;, ov, f), rjv, &C. 

106. Several masculines in ds have the Doric gen. in d: viz. 7ra- 
TpaXolas^ d parricide, fxrjTpaXolas, a matricide, opvC^oi^rjpas, a fowler 
or bird-catcher : also several proper names ; as 2vXXas, gen. SvXXa, 
and contracts in as, Boppds (from Bopeas), gen. Boppd. 

* Three other nouns of the first declen. are paroxytone in the gen. 
pi, ; as acpvT), anchovy; erwiai, Etesian winds; x^ovvrjs, wild boar; 
which have gen. pi. acpvccv, irTja-icav, xP^ovvoav. 



32 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[107—110. 



107. A few proper names have the loiiic genit. in ew, even in the 
Attic dialect ; as TT)pr}s, QaXrjs, Tripeco, eoXeo). (Note the irregular 
accent.) 



108. Vocabulary 5. 

Persian, TJ^parjs. 

Perses (proper name), Tlepo-rjs. 

Land, earth, yi}. 

Domestic, olKerijs. 

Baker, dpTOTrojXrjS' 

Bookseller, PipXLOTroArjs. 

Geometer, yeoijjLerpTjs. 

Master, dco-iroTrjs (see 104). 

Laborer, cultivator, epydTrjs. 

Desire, €TrC^vp,ia, 

Disciple, pupil, fia'^rjrijs. 

Citizen, ttoX/tt/s. 

Sailor, vavrrjs. 

Minerva, 'AS/yr/a (a = da, 

Athene). 
Mercury, 'Epfxrjs (Hermes). 
Boreas, the north wind, Boppds 

(106). 
The Gelas, (a river in Sicily,) 

TeXds, a (106). 



Poet, TTOttJTrjS. 

Mina, (a coin,) fivd (= fxi/da). 

Weasel, yaXri (= yaXer)). 

Fig-tree, crvKrj (t; = ea). 

To chastise, Kokd^eiu. 

To have, fxeiv (tnkes rough 

breathing in the future.) 
To plant, (f>vT€V€iP, 
To hunt, '^Tjp€V€iu. 
To admire, '^avpd^civ. 
One ought ; we aught ^ xPV 

( = oportet.) 
Hail! x"^'P^ (imperat. of ;)(a/p(i)). 
" 5z/," in swearing by a deity, vr^ 

(with accus.) 
Not even, ovde (ne . . . quidem). 
Five, irevre. 
Was, Tfv : werey rjcrav. 
To speak ill (or evil) ofy Kakoas 

\ey€tv, (with ace. of person.) 



109. The Infinitive Mood with the article answers to 
our participial substantive : to Xeyecv, to say, or (the) 
saying ; rod Xeyecv, of saying ; rat Xeyetv, by saying, 
or (with governed case interposed) rS ravra Xejeuv, by 
saying these things. It maybe governed by pre- 
positions, &c., just like any other substantive : airo rov 
Xejetv T§ Tov Xeyetv pcopLrj, &c. 

Exercise 10. 

110. a) Translate into English, 

1. '^O JTepcTT;? ap')(€i^ ttjs re yrjg Ka\ tt]^ ^aXdacrrp;, 



111.] SECOND DECLENSION. 33" 

frevre /jLva^ ^X^^* ^' ^O IIpo/ji7f^€V<;^ KXiirrei ^A^rjvds 

T7}v crocptav. 5. ^fl lie par], /jltj ecKe rrj rod ap')(eiv iirt' 

^v/jila. 6. ^evye, S) Uepcra, 7. 'O ipydrrj^^ avKa<^ (pv- 

T€V6C. 8. 01 Uepaai <yrj^ ipydrai elaiv, 9. OrjpevcrofjLev 

Ta9 yaXd<;. 10. Trjv rod jeco/jberpov ao<pLav ^avfidi^ofjiev. 

11. Nrj rrjv ^A^rjvdv TTOiTjcrco ravra. 12. Xalpe^ & Se- 

Girora. 13. Xalpe koI av, & ^i^XcoTrcoXa. 14. To ovo- 

fjLO.'' Tjv diro Tov TeXd. 15. Tr}v rod opvL^o^rjpa'^ rk'^yrji^ 

^avfid^ofjLev, 16. OvSe heairora^ '^(pr] KaKoy^ Xeyeiv, 

^81. b Prometheus. (98, 2.) ^ rb oyo^jLa, a name ; a7r6, 

from^ (with gen,) d 106. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. The disciples of the geometer have five minae. 
2. The Persians are masters of the sea. 3. The labor- 
ers are planting a fig-tree. 4. O laborer, plant the fig- 
tree. 5. By Hermes, I will not do this. 6. They yield 
to the desire of having disciples. 7. The geometers 
have pupils. 8. O Geometer, do not yield to the desire 
of talking. 9. Do not speak-evil-of the citizens. 
10. Hail ! O baker. 11. By Athene, I will have the 
sphere. 12. By Hermes, I will plant the fig-trees. 
13. One-ought not to plant even a fig-tree. 

111. Questions. — How are femin. contracts declined 1 Go through 
with TroKir7}s, Tlepo-T/s, veauias, opvi^o^-hpas. What is the vocat. of masc. 
nouns in 77s '? ISTame the exceptions. What are the rules of accentu- 
ation % Give the vocat. of Zecnror-ns and gen. pi. of xpvo'rvs. How 
are nouns in rjs dechned 1 What peculiarity have several masculines 
in as 1 What is the genit. of such nouns as Tr]p7]s, SdKrjs, &c. ? How 
is the infin, mood with the article used 1 In the Exercise (sentence 
1, Greek), why has re no accent '? 2. Why is opy^ perispomenon '? 
[97, 1.] 8. Why is yvs without the article '? (Common nouns omit 
the article under certain circumstances, as here, yrj being used of the 
partiadar country of the Hepcrai.) Why does etViV retain its accent 
after ipydrai % [56, 2.] 10. What is the order of the words ? Is it to 
be imitated ? 13. What is the quantity of the a in ^i^KioiriaXa 1 Sen- 

2^ 



34 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[112—114. 



tence 1 (English), how do you translate "havel" Give the rule 
[85, 1]. 2. What case do you put "masters" in'? (The nom. after 
the verb.) 6. What case does eXKeiy govern 1 9. What case do you 
put "citizens" ml 



LESSON XIII. 

Second Declension of Nouns. 

112. Nouns of this declension end in 09, masculine. 

often feminine, and ov neuter. 

Kem. Fern, diminutive proper nouns in ov are an exception, e. g. 
7) T\vK€piov. (See 64, note *.) 

TERMINATIONS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 



N. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


OS 


OV 


OL 




d 


CO 


G. 


ov 






(idV 




OLV 


D. 


9 






OLS 




OIV 


A. 


ov 




ovs 




a 


CO 


V. 


OS, € 


OV 


01 




a 


a> 



PARADIGMS. 







Word. 


Disease. 


God. 


Fig. 


Sing. 


N. 


6 \6yos 


T) VOdOS 


o^ieos 


TO O-VKOV 




G. 


Tov Xoyov 


T-qs voo-ov 


TOV SeoO 


TOV O-VKOV 




D. 


T(o \6yco 


Trj voo-(p 


TCO 36C5 


TCO avKco 




A. 


TOV Xoyov 


TTjv voa-ov 


TOV Seoz/ 


TO O-VKOV 




V. 


\6y€ 


vo(r€ 


Seos 


O-VKOV 


Plur. 


N. 


ol XoyoL 


al vocroL 


ol ?i€OL 


TO. avKa 




G. 


Tcbv XoycDV 


rcov voo-cov 


TCOV '^€0i)V 


TCOV aVK(OV 




D. 


Tols Xoyois 


TttLS VOOrOLS 


To2s Seois 


TOLS O-VKOLS 




A. 


Tovs Xoyovs 


ras voo-ovs 


TOVS '^eovs 


Ta o-vKa 




V. 


Xoyoi 


VOO-Ql 


'^eoL 


CrVKCL 


DuAL.N.A.V. 


Tcb Xoyco 


TO. vocrco 


TO) Seco 


TO) O-VKCO 




G.D. 


Tolv Xoyoiv 


ralv voaoiv 


Tolv '^€0'lV 


Tolv aVKOLV 



113. The vocative of words in os (as will be observed) sometimes 
ends in os *. as © ^/Xe and w (plXos : always a) ?i€6s. 

114. On the accentuation.] — The accent remains on the syllable 
which is accented in the nominative, as long as it can : except in the 
/ocative adeX<^e, from dd€X(l)6s, a brother. The termination 01 in the 



115, 116.] 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



35 



plural, like ai in the first declension, is considered short with refer- 
ence to accentuation. The change of the accent is like that in the 
first declension (97), except that it is only oxytones (not all words, 
as in the first declension) that become perispomena in the genitive 
plural (larpos' larpwy). The rest are paroxytones. 



115. Vocabulary 6, 

Lecythus, A-qKC'^os, ^ (a fortress 
in Macedonia nearTorone). 

A temple, Upov, to, (prop. neut. 
adj. from lepos, holy,) 

A gift, hcOpOV, TO, 

God, Seoff, G. 

Word, speech, reason, \6yo^, o. 

Judge, juror, dLKaarrjs, 6. 

Work, action, epyov, to. 

Man, human being, av^ipconos, 6. 

Stranger, host, guest, ^evos, o. 

Physician, larpos, o. 

Sorrow, Xvttt], ^. 

Plain, ne^LOv, to, 

Targeteer, TreXTaaTrjs, 6. 

An enemy, TroXe/xtoj (prop, adj., 

hostile) ; cx'^pos, 6, 
Way, road, odos, rj. 
Army, o-TpaTia, rj. 
Running, race-course, dpofios, 6. 
To run, ^etv ( = Seetz/.) Apopco 

^elv is stronger ; to run at full 

speed ; to run to the charge (of 

soldiers). 
Quoit, discus, dia-Kos, 6. 



Drug, poison, (f)dpfiaKov, to. 
Tale, legend, jjLv^ios, 6. 
Garland^ o'Tl(pavos, 6. 



( = 606| 
o-Tadioi or 



Stadium, o-Tddiov, 

English feet) pL 

(TTadia, 
Rock, Trerpa, ^. 
Stone, Xbos, 6. 
Silver, apyvpos, 6. 
Gold, xp'^^<^s, 6. 
Mere talk, mere stuff, nonsense^ 

Xrjpos, 6, 
Fear, (f)6l3os, 6, 
Horse, lttttos, 6. 
Ass, ovos, 6. 
To care for, tppovTiC^iv, (governs 

the gen.) 
To lead forward ; to march for^ 

ward ; to advance (trans.) Trpo- 

dyEtv. 
To sow, cTTreipeLV, 
To restrain, kutcx^lv. 
Ten, bUa, 

As (as it were = ) about, wy. 
That, oTL, 
Slave, dovXos, 6. 

116. When a substantive with the article has a dependent geni- 
tive, the genitive usually either (1) stands between the article and 
its substantive, or (2) follows the substantive with a second article : 
thus, 

1. 7] Tcov IT aXa iu> V (Tocfyla. \ to t rj s dperrjs KdXXos, 

2. 17 (ro(t)ia rj t Sav 7raXata>i/. I to KdXXos to rri s dp iTris» 



S6 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [117, 118. 

a) In the first order (tj touv Trdkaioov o-o(f)ia) neither notion has any 
preponderance of emphasis over the other ; the order with the re- 
peated article (rj o-o^ta rj rcov TToKaicov), is used, when the speaker 
wishes to divell upon the notions separately. The reason may be, to 
add an ironical or contemptuous meaning to one of them. — /3) The 
following are rarer orders : — 3. *H aocpia rciiv naXaLcov. 4. Tcop ira- 
Xaicop ri (ro(f)la. 

117. Words that modify a substantive are interposed, in Greek, 
beiiveen it and the article ; or follow it with the article repeated. 
English. Greek. 



1. ol drro Trjs TToXcios (j)v\aK€s* 

2. Ol (j)vXaK€S ol OTTO TTJS TToXeojs, 

1. Of Tw jSacrtXet a.Kokov'^c'LV 7ra- 
paK€KKr}iJL€VOL (f)vKaK€S' 

2. ol (f>vXaK€s ol rw (BacnXel aKO' 
Xov'^eli/ 7rapaK€KXrjiJL€V0i. 

O" Let the pupil note carefully and imitate the Greek order 
in the Exercises following. 



The guards /rom the city. 



The guards summoned to at- 
tend the king. 



Exercise 11. 
118. a) Translate into English, 

1. ^'Eanv^ ev rfj ArjKif^cp ^A^yva^; lepov, 2. A Spa 
^€0^9 irel^et^, 3. Heiaeb tol<^ \6joi(i tou? StKaardf;. 
4. AiWKe TTjv apeTTjV re fcal (ro(f)Lav, 5. 01 ^eol tcop av- 
^pcoTTcov (ppovTi^ovacv. 6. Xalpe^ & ^eve, 7. Avttti^ 
larpos icTTLV av^pdyiroL^; Xoyo^. 8. 01 i/c rov TreSiov TreX- 
raaral Spo/iKp ^eovatv^ ol he TroXe/jLioL ol iirl rfi 6SS 
(j^evyovcTL. 9. Upodyeu 6 XeLpi(JO(^o<; rrjv arpaTiav 0)9 
hma arahlov^ rrrpo^ iroXepblov^, 10. Eh irerpa^; re koX 
Xl^ov^^^ fjurj airelpe. 11. Mr) elice rfj rod ^x^pvaov re Kal 
dpyvpov iTTL^v/jiia. 12. Aiyo/jiev €pyoL<;, ore Xrjpo'; 7r/)09^® 
'X^pvaov T6 Kal dpyvpov eariv rj dperrj, 13. UXi^o/Jbev 
Tot'9 o-T€(l)dvov<;, 14. Ta9 e7n^viJbLa<^ ov X6y(p Kari'^^et, 
dXX dvdyKj) Kal (j^o/So). 15. EXdirrei tov i^^pov, 
16. UXe^ovcTL TOV aTe(f>avov. 17. 'O SovXo^; Tpi^eu to 



119.] SECOND DECLENSION. 37 

(j)dp/jLaKov. 18. Top fJLev Sccr/cov pi'y^ro)^ rrjv Se acpalpav 

oif. 19. 2^ovX6<^ iartv. 20. 'O larpo^ tcjv tov TreXra- 

CTOv Scopcov ov (ppovTi^et. 

a TTiere is. In this sense ^(ttlu (at the head of a sentence) keeps 
its accent. b ;N'euter plurals usually take a sing. verb. See 85. 

b) Traiislate into Greek. 

1. The horse is pursuing the ass. 2. Do not yield 
to the enemy. 3. Restrain the desires of the soul by 
reason. 4. The citizens do not care-for the strangers. 

5. We will march- the army -forward '^ about five stadia. 

6. The enemy fly through fear.*^ 7. Yield not to the 
fear of the enemy. 8. In our words* pleasure is mere- 
nonsense to^ virtue, but by our actions we declare that 
virtue is mere-nonsense to pleasure. 9. Gifts persuade 
the souls of men. 10. The young-man will anoint 
himself 11. Who is weaving the garland? 12. It is 
a discus. 13. They will throw the ball, but not the 
discus.'*^ 14. There are ten men in= the temple of 
Minerva. 15. O Persian, restrain the desire of speak- 
ing evil of man. 

^ These hyphens mean that march-forward is translated by one 
word. d Use the dative of the noun. e Dativ^e of the 

noun, as in 12 (Greek) above. i "To" (= compared with). See 

29, " Diff. of Idiom." s eV with dat. 

119. Questions.— "What are the terminations of the second de- 
clens. 7 Go through with the table. Decline \6yos, v6<tos, kyjitos, 
^e6s, a-vKov. What is the vocat. of nouns in os ? What the rules with 
respect to accentuation 7 What is the order of the words when a 
noun with the article has a dependent genit. '? Discriminate the 
meaning, according to the order of the words. What are rarer orders 7 
Where do you place words that modify a substantive 7 Give the Greek 
(both ways) for " the guards from the city ;" " the guards summoned to 
attend the king.'' Can you point out any illustrations in the Greek 
sentences following! Sentence 14, (English) will the verb in the 
sense of " there are," be accented or not ? (It retains its accent when 
it stands at the beginning of a sentence.) 



38 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[120—123. 



LESSON XIV. 

Contracts of Second Declension. Imperfect Tense. 

Augment, 

120. Some few nouns in eo9, oos^ eov, oov are con- 
tracted throughout. 

PARADIGMS. 



sma. 


Mind. 


Circumnavigation. 


Bone. 


N. 


6 voos vovs 


6 7r€pL7r\oos rrepLTrXovs 


TO 6(TT€0V 6(fT0VV 


G. 


TOV VOOV VOX) 


TOV TTEpLTrXoOV TTEplTrKoV 


TOV 6o-T€OV oa-TOV 


D. 


rc5 voco vS 


Tcp TrepLTrXocp TvepLTrXco 


Tcp oo-Tecp ocrrw 


A. 


TOP VOOV VOVV 


TOV nepiTrXoov TrepLTrkovv 


TO OCTTeOV oaTovv 


V. 


voe vov 


TrepiTrXoe TrepiwXov 


6(TT€0V OdTOVV 


PLUR. 








N. 


ol VOOL vol 


ol TrcpinXooi TrepLnXoL 


TO. OCTTea OO-TCL 


G. 


T(OV VOCOV Vcbv 


Tcov Tre pLTrXocov TrepinXcov 


TCOV 6o-T€COV OO-TCOV 


D. 


Tols VOOIS vols 


To7s nepLTrXooLs TrepiirXoLs \toU oaTeoLs octtoIs 


A. 


Tovs voovs vovs 


TOVS TrepLTrXoovs TrspirrXovs to, oo-Tea oo-to. 


V. 


VOOL vol 


nepLTrXoot jrepLTrXoL ocTTea oo-tcl 


DUAL 








N.A.V. 


TO) voco vca 


TO) TTepLTrXoco TrepLTrXco 


TO) oo-Teco oo-Tot 


G. D. 


Tolv VOOLV Volv 


Tolv nepLTrXooLV TrepinXoLv 


Tolv OdTeOLV Oa-Tolv 



121. Obs, 1) The dual co is (irregularly) ozytone. Neuters con- 
tract ea into a (not ri) to preserve the distinctive a of a neuter plural. 
The gen. pi. from ^ov is generally open ; oa-Tecov (not oottwv). The 
substantive kolv^ov is accented kclvovv (though regularly it should be 
Kavovv). 

2) The compounds of voDs, ttAoDs are parozytone throughout. 

122. The Imperfect tense is formed from the root of 
the Present by adding ov and prefixing the augment ; 
as, \ej (root of pres.) Xey-ov (by adding ov), e-\ejov (by 
prefixing the augment) ; tvitt, tvttt-ov, e-rviTT-ov ; &c. 

123. If the verb begins with a consonant, the aug- 
ment is e prefixed ; this is called the syllabic augnlent, 
because it forms a syllable. Av-co, Imperf e-Xv-ov. 
TvTTT'OOj Imperf. e-rvTrr-ov. 

Rem. The Imperfect, besides its usual meaning, expresses con- 
tinued or repeated actions, taking place in past time ; as, "I was wri- 



124 126.] SECOND DECLENSION. CONTRACTS. 



39 



ting" (at some time past and while something else was goingon) : 4v ^ 
ffv eiraiC^Sy iy^ eypacpov, " while you loere playing, I was writing.'^ 

124. If the verb begins with a vowel, this vowel is 
changed (the changed vowel being called the temporal 
augment) ; 

1) e, a, o, are changed into the corresponding long 
vowels ?;, 97, ft).* 

2) The diphthongs av, at, at become t^u, y, ay] a 
becomes 77. 

3) l, V, are lengthened into i, v. 

4) €L^ ey, ov, and the long vowels «, v, rj, to, are 
unaugmented ; t P is doubled after the augment ; as, 

pLTTTCO^ eppLlTTOV, 

125. The terminations of the persons are : 







EXAMPLE. 


/S. OZ/, €9, 


€ 


>S. 6-TV7TT-OV, €-TV7rr-€Si 6-TV7rT-€ 


P. ofjuev^ ere, 


OV 


P. e-riJ7rr-0jLtei/, e-ruTTT-cre, e-Tvirr-ov 


D. erov, 


er7]v 


D. €-rv7rT-€Tov, i-TVTTT-errjv. 



126. Vocabulary 7. 

Voyage, nXovs. 

Stream, povs. 

Mind, reason, vovs. 

A passage (across), dLanXovs 

(121, 2.) 
A sailing round, a voyage round, 

nepLTrXovs. 
Grandson, vWovs. 
Entrance (into a port),€(r7r\ovs. 
Athens, 'AST^vat, ci)v. 
Cemcum, KrjvaLov. 
Euhcca, 'EvIBoLa. 



A LacedcBmonian, AaKcdaiiiovLos. 
The Nile, NelXoy, 6. 
Egypt, A'tyviTTOs, rj. 
Munychia, MowvxLa (a poet at 

Athens). 
Mob ; crowd, ox^os, 6. 
Love, dydnr]. 
Country, ;^copa. 
To reign ; to be king, Paa-ikeveiv, 

(takes the gen.) 
To be distantfrom, direx^Lv (with 

gen.) 



* There are eleven verbs which change e into ei instead of 77 : as, 
€xw, €1x01^; €\k(c, iT\Kov ; i^l(co, ei^L^ov ; eiro/JLai, elirSfirjy ; &c. 

t Sometimes, however, eu is augmented into t/v, and ei is some- 
times augmented in ei/cct^o;, Imperf. (sometimes) ^Ka^ov. 



40 



FIRST GP^EEK BOOK. 



[127. 



JEetes, AlrjTrjs. 

The Phasiani, ^ao-iavol, 

Sicily, StfceXta. 



To bar (a passage), ijjLCppdTTciv. 
To colonize, oIkl^clv. 
Eight, oKTO) (indeclin.). 



Exercise 12. 

127. a) Traiislate into English, 

1. 'JS^ ^A^rjvcov I3pa')(y<^^ ianv 6 htdrrXov^^ TTpo<; to 

KrjvaLov Trj<^ EvjSoia^, 2. AirjTov vlhov<; i^aa'Ckeve^ rcov 

^acnavcov, 3. ^LiceXia^ TrepLTfKov^ io-rlv a)<; o/crco r^fxe- 

pcov ", 4. 'H Movvv^ta ov rcov ^A^tjvcjv airkyei. 5. 'O 

0609 ajdirrj iaTLV, 6. '^H AiyvTrTO^ ho)p6v iari rov 

NelXov. 7. 01 AaKeSai/jLovtoc rjp'^ov^ rod i^ Movvv^iap 

eaifKov, 8. 01 AafcehaijjiovLOi ev vS eyovcrt tov<; e? rrjv 

Movwx^lav ecTTrXof? liK^pdrTetv. 9. 'EppLirre rov Si- 

aKov. 10. "Eirei^e tou9 ^ivov;, 11. ^ErvTrrere rov^ 

olfcira^. 12. 01 reXcovol oi/a^ov rrjv ')(copav, 13. "HXec- 

^69 Tov SeaTTorrjv, 14. 'O IIepar]<^ o)(Xov (^Ckel, ovfc e^ei, 

Se vovv. 15. Tov rod pov ScaTrXovv oi veavlat eiroLovv*. 

16. 'O TOV laTpov hovXo^ Scopa e^iXet, 17. ^O 8c/cao-Tr]<; 

TOV TOV ireXTaaToif (j)6/3ov KaTetj^ev^. 18. ^H djJLc&ia rj 

Tcov dv'^pcoTTcov^ AtyvTTTOV €/3Xa7TTev^, 19. 01 Hepcrat 

T7}9 Si/c€Xia<; d7re')(ovcru 20. 'E^Xeirov 7rpo9 ttjv ^dTuKT- 

aav. 

* Short (masc. adj.) b See Kiihner, 275. 1. c The genit. is 
used of the time withiii which anything happens or has not happened. 
•V. 274, 3, h. d See 124, 1) : from ^px^i-v- ^ Impf from ttol^Iv. 
f From Karex^iu. For augment, see 124, 1) note.* It is taken between 
the preposition and the verb. & See 115, a. ^ On the added v^ 
see 93, note.* 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. We are barring the entrance into the Munychia. 
2. He was teUing the legend. 3. We shall be masters 
of the entrance. 4. You {pL) were masters of the 
entrances into the Munychia. 5. Ye will hurl the 



128, 129.] ADJECTIVES. 41 

quoits. 6. The two-young-men were hurling quoits. 
7. You {pL) were looking towards profit. 8. We will 
not yield to the desire of looking after (irpo^) profit. 
9. You {pL) were reigning over the Persians. 10. You 
{pi') were colonizing the country of the Geloni. 11. I 
was admiring the temple of Minerva. 12. The gods 
of the Egyptians rule over the country. 13. By 
HermeSj I will chastise the Phasiani. 14. They re- 
strained the desire of speaking ill of (the city of) 
Athens. 15. O stranger, the slave had ten minse. 
16. The domestic was caring-for the horses and the 
asses of his master. 17. O brother, march- the army 
-forward about eight stadia. 18. The young-men were 
hunting weasels. 19. The targeteers were running (at 
full speed) towards the plain. 20. The physician's 
grandson loves gold and silver. 21. Do not yield to 
the desire for gold. 22. There is in Sicily a temple of 
Mercury. 



LESSON XV. 

Adjectives. 

128. Adjectives are words which describe a property 
supposed to belong already to the object spoken of (as, 
" a red rose "), or distinctly assert such property to be- 
long to the object (as, " the rose is red "). 

129. Adjectives agree with substantives in gender, 
number, and case : they are declined like substantives 
and are of three declensions. 

1) The j^r^^ comprises adjectives of three termina- 
tions. 

Rem. Most of the adjectives belong to this class. 



42 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[130, 13L 



2) The second^ those of two terminations, 

3) The third, those of one termination. 

130. Adjectives of three terminations in 09, 77, ov, 
and 09, a, ov are dechned in the masc. and newt hke 
nouns of the second declension, and in the femin. hke 
a noun of the first declension. Other adjectives of three 
terminations are declined like nouns of the third de- 
clension.* 

PARADIGMS. 





aya'^os^ rj, 6v, 


''good:' 


a^Los, a, ov, " worlhyJ^ 


Sing. 


N. 


dya^-6s 


-rj 'OV 


N. a^L-os -a 'OV 




G. 


dya'^-ov 


-rjs 'OV 


G. d^L-ov -as 'Ov 




D. 


aya'^-S 


i -f 

-■qv -OV 


D. d^i-co 'OL -0) 




A. 


dya?i-6v 


A. a^L-ov 'ttv -ov 




V. 


dya'^-€ 


-if} 'OV 


V. a^t-6 -a 'OV 


Plur. 


N. 


dya?i-OL 


-ai -d 


N. a^L-oi -at -a 




G. 


dya'^-G)V 


-0)1/ -cov 


G. d^i'oov -cov -GiV 




D. 


dyaS-otff 


-ais 'OLS 


D. d^l-ois -ats 'OLS 




A. 


dyaJi-ovs 


-as -a 


A. d^L'OVS -as -a 




V. 


dyo!^-oi 


'aL -a 


V. a^L-oL -at -a 


Dual. 


N.A.V. 


ayaSJ-G) 


-a '&> 


N. A. V. d|i-cw -a -0) 




G.D. 


dyaS-oIi/ 


'OLV 'olv 


G. D. d^i-oLV -aiv -oiv 



131. Obs. 1.) Adjectives in os have feminine a if the 05 follows a 
i;<9Z(;e^ or p : if not, the feminine is tj : e. g. 

iSios, tSm, tSioi'. ^riXos^ ^V^Vi StjKov. 

lepos, tepd, Up6v. (ro<p6s, (Tocp^, (T0(p6v. 

a^p6os, a^pSa, a^poou. Ka\6s, KaXrj, Ka\6v. 

2) But 00s, when not preceded by p, forms the femin. in 97, e. g. 

oydoos, oydoTj, oydoov. atrXSos. OLir\67]^ air\6ov. 



* Table of the different terminations of Adjectives of three endings. 
1. i OS 7) ov'h aya^-6s i) 6v 
\os a ovS ix^p-(is a 6v 


2. 


as 


aiva oiv 


/xeA-as 


aiva av 


3. 


€IS 


ecaa €v 


Xapi-eLS 


eaa-a €V 


4. 
5. 
6. 


us 
(lov 


eiua €V 
e?a i; 
ova a 6v 


rep-Tjv 

y\vK-vs 

eK-dov 


€iva €V 
eta 6 
ovcra 6y 



132j 133.] THE ADJECTIVE. 43 



132. Vocabulary 8. 

Base, disgraceful, alarxpos^ 
Wise, clever, aocpos. 
Friendlij, dear, (j)lXos. 
Empty, K€Pos^ 
Strong, Icrxypos. 
Long, fiaKpos* 
Bad, KQKos* 



Beautiful, koKos* 
Worthy, ci^ios. 
Good, dya^os. 
Sacred, Upos. 
Plain, evident, drjXos. 
Human, dp?ipa)7nvos* 
Divine, Saoy. 



Exercise 13. 

133. a) Translate into English, 

1. 'HSovrj KaKT] ovK ecTTL fiafcpd, 2. 01 iroXirai rjarav 

(TO(^OL, Kal KaXr) rjv rj %c6pa. 3. KaXa^ Scopa Trj<; cro(pLa<;, 

4. 'H rod TTOLrjTov rod dya^ov aocpla Tretcret rbv d^cov 

jecofMerprjv. 5. 'O \6yo^ icrrlv ala')(^p6<^, 6. "Ean lepov^ 

KaXbv iv ^A^Tjvai'^, 7. Mr) Sico/c€ rd ala')(^pd ^ 8. Tcb 

veavla erpijieTrjv to ^dpjxafcov. 9. IIpofir]6€V<^ ov/c rjv 

<^iko<; Tol<; ^eo?9. 10. 'H dyairr} tov Qeov TrelaeL dv- 

^p(07rov<^, 11. Xatpe, & SiaTrora, /jurj elice rfj tov dp'^ecv 

K6prj iTTL^v/jiia. 12. ArfKov eaTLV otl 6 Xoyo^ la^vp6<^ 

T6 Kal [JuaKpos* 13. ^Ia')(ypov^ 6')(Xo^ iaTiv, ov/c e^eu 8e 

vovv. 14. T/? TO) Kopa^ ^Xdy^ret ; 15. Al Kokal Kopai 

TOV ao(f>bv laTpov TreiaovaL. 16. ^O aT€(f)avo<; 6 tov iroLr)- 

Tov icTTLV iepos* 17. TcS^ TavTa Xeyeiv, e-^evhov avTov. 

18. ^H (T0(f)La iaTlv KaXr] /cal ^eia. 

«^ The copula icrri is often omitted. b a temple. « base (things), 
d nom. sing. neut. (after the verb). ^ See 90, Rem. f See 66, Obs. 

b) Tra?islate into Greek. 

1. Look, O Persian, towards the beautiful sea. 
2. Empty wisdom will persuade the citizens. 3. The 
poet was admiring the two-wise-geometers. 4. O 
young man, do not yield to base pleasures. 5. Who 
will hide base (things) 1 6. Sicily is beautiful and dear 



44 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [134 136. 

to its citizens. 7. The two young men were telling 
the legend. 8. Bad men admire bad (things). They 
do not love good (things). 9. The clever geometer 
will anoint himself. 10. They were weaving garlands 
in the garden of the good laborer. 11. We ought to 
admire the strong mind of ^etes's grandson. 12. Who 
is colonizing the country of the Geloni? 13. The 
Lacedaemonians were looking towards profit by barring 
the entrance into the Munychias. 14. The way is long 
and not good. 15. The long legend of the poet is 
empty and mere nonsense. 16. The good (man) is 
dear to God. 



LESSON XVI. 

Adjectives (continued). Future from verbs in ^co, eco, 

acoj 0(0. 

134. In the case of adjectives in eo9, ea, eov, and 009, 
orj, GOV, contraction takes place, which in some instan- 
ces deviates from the general rules (see Note 6), the 
distinctive terminations (as a in the neut. plur., a<; in 
the accus., and ul^ in the dat. plur.) being always left 
unchanged in contraction. From ^pvaeo^ the con- 
tracted forms are (irregularly) perispomena ; except 
(probably) c6 of the dual (as in oaTco), 

135. If another vowel or p precedes eos, the feminine is con- 
tracted, not into rj, but into a ; e. g. 

(^ipeeos =) ipeovs, epea, epeovv, woollen, 
(dpyvp€Os =) dpyvpovS) dpyvpd, dpyvpovv, silver. 

136. Such compound adjectives in (00s) ovs as are formed from 
contracted substantives of the second declension (vovs, nXovs), are 
accented throughout on the penult [cvvovs, evpov, &c. ; nom. pi. m. 
cvpoij undergo no contraction in the three similar cases of the neut. 



137—139.] 



THE ADJECTIVE. 



45 



plur. ; e. g. avoa (from avovs), airXoa (from airXovs, not seaworthy) ; 
but QTrXa, from dnXovs (simplex). 



PARADIGMS, 



Xpixre-os, XP^^^~^ 


, xp^o-e-oi/, golden. 


d7rX6-0Sid7rX6-r).d7rX 


o-oi/, simple 


SING. 
N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 


M. F. N. 

Xpy(T€'Os xP'^^^'^ XP'^^^'O^ 

contracted into 
Xpv(TOVS XP^^^ XP'^^^^^ 
Xpvo'ov XP^^^^ XP^^°^ 

xpv(T^^ xp^^n xp^<^^^ 

xpvorovv xP^^l^ XP^^°^^ 


M. F. N. 
dnXo-os dirXo-T] dirXo-ov 

contracted into 
dirXovs dTrXrj dirXovv 
dirXov divXris drrXov 
dnXca dTrXjj dnXS 
dnXovu dTrXrjp dnXovv 


PLUR. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 


XpvcTol 
Xpvcrcov 
Xpvo-ols 
Xpva-ovs 


Xpvo'cu XP^^^ 
XpV(TO)U xp^^^^ 
Xpv(Ta7s xP^^oI? 
Xpyords XP^^" 


QTrXot dirXiu 
dnXcou dirXcov 
dirXois dirXals 
dirXovs dirXd^ 


dirXa 
drrXtov 
dnXoTs 
dnXd 


DUAL 

N. A. V. 
G.D. 


Xpva-a) 
Xpvcrolv 


Xpvcrd XP'^^^ 
Xpvo-alv xp^^o-oli/ 


divXci dirXa 
dirXoiv dTrXalv 


drrXa) 
dirXolv 



137. From verbs whose root ends in f. the sigmated 
root is generally formed by changing ^ into 9 : as ^av- 

Rem. From verbs in afco, i(w, the futures ao-co, kto have the penult 
short. 

138. For verbs Avhose roots end in e, a, o, these 
vowels are lengthened into 77, 77, o), before 9 is added 
(84). A root ending in a doubtful vowel usually has it 
long in the fut. : Xv-o), \v-crco. 

Simple Root. Sigmated Root. Present. 



(f)L\€- (J)l\7j-o- 

TL/ia- TLfirj-cr 

o^vpo- 6')(ypa)-a 

139. Vocabulary 9. 

Simple^ fXTrXoof, dirXovs. 

Double^ StTrXooy, -ovs- 

Golden ; of gold, xp^creos, -ovs. 



(})L\€C0 

Tt/xdco 
6')(yp6(o 



Future. 

TL/jb7]CrC0 

6')(ypcoaco, 



Brazen, (of) hrass or bronze, 

XaXiceoy, -ov9. 
(Of) iron, o-idrjpcos, -ovs. 



46 



FIKST GREEK BOOK. 



[140 



(O/*) silver, dpyvpeos, -ovs. 
Bowl ; (shallow) cup, ^mX?? (= 

patera). 
Cup, goblet, KVTreWov. 
Barbarian, ^ap^apos ( a term 

used of all who were not 

Greeks). 
Door, ^vpa. 
Truth, akrfieia. 
Gate, TTvXrj. 
Bolt, bar, KXel'^pov. 
Ring, daKTiiKios, 6. 
Hoof, ottXtj 
Prick, goad, Kevrpov, 



Death, ?idvaTos, 6. 

House ; small house, olKidLov. 

Hollow, KoTXos", t;, ov. 

Senseless, avoos, avovs* 

Well disposed {towards) ; well 

affected (towards), evvoos, ev- 

vovs. 
Ill disposed, ill affected, dvcrvooSi 

To honor, np^deLV (= ripav). 
To love, (pCki^iv (=^ (^iKiiv). 
To make-fast, oxvpoeiv (= 6xv- 

povp). 
To kick (at), XaKTi^eiv. 



Exercise 14. 

140. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^Air\ov<^ iarcv 6 Trjs*a\7f^ela<; \6yo^. 2. To KvireX- 

\6v eanv apyvpovv. 3. 'O ^dvaro^ Xeyerat^ ')(aXfcov<; 

v'7rvo<^, 4. ^cdXa^ e^6t ')(^pvaa^ re Kal dpyvpa<;. 5. Ovk 

i^pov<; Tou^ QeaaaXov'^ StcoKO/juev dXX evvov<^. 6. Tol^ 

fjL€V evvoi^ TMV ^ap/3dpcov Svcrvov; r)fjid<; iroiovcnv, roU Se 

7ro\€/jLiOL<; o)(j}€\ifjbov<;, 7. 'O veavias i^avfia^ev lttttov 

'^oXkovv kolXov Kal 'x^pvaovv Sa/crvXtov, 8. Ta? irvka^ 

aihrjpol^ K\el^poL<; o'^vpcocro/Jbev, 9. 01 lttttol Xa/CTi^ovatv 

aX\i]\ov<;^ cnSrjpat^; 07rXat9. 10. ToL<i ^A^rjvaioi'^'' ovre 

ala')(^p0L icTfiev^ ovre hvcrvoi, 11. 'O hov\o<i iXaKTC^e 

7rpo9 TOL Kevrpa. 12. Trjv rov /Sl^loitcoXov ^vpav \aicTL- 

ao/juev. 13. AlttKovv icm to olklScov. 14. ^'Apod iart^ 

ra nraihia. 15. TojULrjao/jiev tou9 Si/caard^. 16. ^LKrjaco 

TO iraihiov, 17. "^O Sov\o<; Tpi^eu to ^dpfiaicov, 18. ^H 

AlyvTTTO^ iaTt ^i\rj Toh ^ap/Sdpoc^;, 19. AtifKa dya^d 

eaTiv • TCL fxev dv^pdomva, tcl Se ^eca, 

^ is called. b one another^ each other. ^ the Athenians. 

d we are (first pi. pres. oi elvai). ^ see 85, 1, note. 



141, 142.] 



FIRST AORIST ACTIVE. 



47 



b) Translate iiito Greek, 

1. The bowl is silver. 2. The cup is of gold, but 
the bowl not. 3. He has both gold and silver cups. 

4. You shall make-fast the gate with an iron bar. 

5. The horse will kick the ass. 6. We are ill-affected 
towards^ the Persians, but well-affected towards the 
Athenians. 7. They are not ill-affected either to the 
Athenians or the Lacedaemonians {Say: 'neither to 
the Athenians nor to the Lacedaemonians are they ill- 
affected '). 8. You will honor neither geometrician nor 
the judge. 9. O young man, admire the simple words 
of truth and justice. 10. By Minerva, I will march the 
army forward ten stadia. 11. There are eight golden 
goblets in the Nile. 12. The house of the poet has 
five doors. 13. O man, it is hard^ for thee^ to kick 
against i the pricks. 

f say, to (dat.) ^ (TKXiipov. h coi, dat. of pron. cv. \ irpSs. 



LESSON XVII. 

Fii^st Aorist Active. 
141. The first Aorist of the Active is formed by 
adding d to the sigmated root * (or root of future), and 
prefixing the augment (123, 124) : 



Root. 


Sigmated Root. 




Aorist. 


piTTT- 


^,y\r- 




€p-pLyj/-a 


iSXeTT- 


IBXeyJA- 




6'-/3Xe^/.-a 


Xey- 


Xe^ 




e-Xcfa 


7rei3- 


TTfto-- (for 


TTfiS?) 


€-7reicr-a 


apx' 


dp^- 




?ip^-a 



142. The Aorist expresses actions, indej)eiidcntly^ 

* i. e. root with s added. Sec 77. 



48 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[143_145. 



as completed in past time ; as. " the Greeks conquered 

[ivL/cTjaav) the Persians." 

Rem. Thus the aorist is used of actions conceived as single and 
definite (often momentary) actions, without any reference to 
their duration. The aorist is a narrative^ the imperf. a de- 
scriptive tense. 

143. TERMINATIONS. 



;s. 


a 


as 


€ 


P. 


afJL€V 


arc 


av 


D, 




arov 


aTTJV 



144. The accent is as far back as possible. It will 
therefore be on the antepenult of hyperdissyllables^ ex- 
cept in drrjv. 



145. Vocabulary 10. 

Orestes^ ^Opea-Trjs. 

Friendly; (as subst. a friend,) 

(piXos* 
Marrow, fiveXos, 6. 
Some, evLOL, eviai, evca (pi.)* 
A natural philosopher, t^vo-t/cos, 

6 (physic us). 
War, TToXcfios, 6. 
Enemies, the enemy, noXefiLOL 

(hostes). 
Resident-alien, resident-foreigner, 

fiiroLKOs, 6. 

At all (after a negative), oXcos (omnino). 

Not only . . . but also, ov fiovov . . . dXXa Kai (non solum . . . sed 
etiam). 

The one . .. the other, 6 fxiv ... 6 de. 

These . . . those f , 

Some ... others \oc ^e„ . . . olB,. 

The article 6 is here a pronoun, as it originally was in all cases. 
AvTos (ipse) : the oblique cases usually answer to his, him, their, 
them: avrov = ejus : eavrov (sui =) suns ipsius, or suus. 



General, a-rpaTijyos, 6. 

Soldier, (TTpaTLan-r^s* 

Animal, (coop, to. 

Head, K€(j)aXr]. 

Tongue, yXSaa-a. 

Queen, ^aa-lXLcrcra. 

To pay attention to; to attend to, 

TOP vovv 7rpoo-€X€iv (with dat.) 

= animum applicare. 
To steal, KXeTrr-eiv. 
To whet, to sharpen, S^y-eti/. 
To hide, KpvTTT-eip,* 



* Hence the crypt of a church. 



146.] FIRST AORIST ACTIVE. 49 

Exercise 15. 
146. a) Translate into English, 

1. Aeyere irpo<^ avrov ri (= ivhat) ev vS e^ere, &)9 (^t- 

\ov re fcal evvovv. 2. Ta rov 'Opkarov oard i/c Teyea^ 

CKXeyfre, 3. Tcop octtcjv ra jxev e^et [iveKov^ ra he ovk 

eyeu* evia Se ^coa^ ovSe e^eiv o\(o<; fjuvekov ev rol^ octtol^ 

Xeyovcriv ol (pvo-c/coL 4. 'O crTpaT7jyo<; ov [movov Tot<^ 

7roXefjLLOC<; rov vovv irpoae^et, aXka Kai tqIs eavrov arpa- 

TtcoTai<^. 5. 'H opyrj e^rj^e ra^ i^u;)^^^?. 6. 'O Uepcn]^ 

€Kpvylre rrjv rod apyetv ijri^vjJLiav. 7. 01 arpaTrjyol ra? 

Tcov arpartcoTcov ^lrv^a<; ek TroXepbov e^if]^av. 8. 'HXei- 

^Irare rrjv tt)^ ^aaikiaar]^ Ke<^aXriv. 9. 01 Hepaau eicpv- 

yjrav ra j(pvad KVTreXka ev tm rod Xecptcrocfyov fcrjircp, 

10. 01 ayo^ol TO Ka\6v (pcXovaiV, 11. 'O dproTrcokrjf; 

6 (70(^09 irevre tTTTrou? e^et. 

* Ace. c. Infin. is used nearly as in Latin : though \4y^iv is usually 
followed by on {that). 

Questions.— 1. Why has re no accent 7 2. Why is e/<:\6T|/e propa- 
roxytone 1 3. Why is the accent on the final of (puaiKoi not written as 
the grave accent '? 7. Why is a-rpaTLcoTau perispomenon 7 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. You were throwing the quoit. 2. They threw 
the balls. 3. Anger sharpened his tongue. 4. This 
will sharpen the young-man's anger. 5. I injured Ere- 
tria, but I did not injure the country of the Geloni. 

6. The just judge did not look to^® his own advantage. 

7. You said by your deeds, that justice °is idle-talk 
to 2^ profit ; but with your tongues you did not say this. 

8. They injured not only the resident-foreigners, but 
also the citizens. 9. You persuaded not only the 
resident-foreigners, but also the judges. 10. The two- 
niaidens admired the silver goblets in the poet's little- 

3 



50 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[147, 148. 



house. 11. Some (men) love good (things), others base 
(things). 12. Who planted the fig-trees in the baker's 
garden ? 13. We ought not to admire the citizen's bad 
desire of ruling. 14. O Persian, it is a base thing to 
strike a maiden. 



LESSON XVIII. 

Attic Second Declension, 
147. Several substantives have the endings co^; 
(masc. and fem.) and cov (neut.) instead of 09 and ov, 
and retain the co through all the cases instead of the re- 
gular vowels and diphthongs (112), subscribing l where 
the regular form has « or ou, 

PARADIGMS. 





People. 


Rope. 


Dining-Room. 


Sing. N. 


6 Xe-coff 


Tj KOX-COS 


TO dva)y€-(ov 


G. 


TOV \e-Qi) 


Trjs KoX'CO 


TOV avooye-o) 


D. 


tS Xe-ca 


rfj /caX-0) 


T(p dvcoye-cp 


A. 


TOV \€-0)V 


Tr]V Kok-cov 


TO dv(£>y€-cov 


V. 


Xe-co? 


KaK-(ii9 


avcoye-cov 


Plur. N. 


ol Xe-0) 


at KoX-cp 


TO. dvcaye'co 


G. 


TOiv Xe-wv 


TCdV KOlX-COV 


Tcbv dvcoy^'CdV 


D. 


Tols Xe-as 


TaL£ KoX-cos 


To2s av<x>y€-cos 


A. 


TOVS X€-a>s 


ras KoX-cos 


TCI dvcoye-co 


V. 


Xe-co 


KoX-CO 


avcoye-co 


Dual.N.A.V. 


TO) Xe-o) 


TO. KOlX-CO 


TO) dva)y€'(D 


G. D. 


TOLP Xe-au 


TOLV KoX-COV 


Tolv dvutye-cov 



148. Some adjectives follow this declension, having 

£09 masc. and fem., wv neut. Such are rXea)9, pi^opi- 

tiouSj €fjL7rXe(o<;^ full, (fcc. 

Obs. — Some of these substantives drop y in the ace. So the regu- 
lar ace. of ecas (t)), dawn, is ea?. Aayc^^ {hare) has raore frequently o 
than wv ; so "A^cos, Kews Kwy, Tews ; the adjeotiye i^yfipoi^ has oov or co 
in ace. masc. and fem. 



\ 



150, 151.] 



ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. 



51 



149. Accentuation. — Pr opar ox y tones in ccos, ecov retain the ac- 
cent upon the antepenuUimale through all the cases of all the num- 
bers ; the two syllables ccos, eajv, (Slc, being reckoned as one. 

Ox}i;ones in a>s remain such, even in the genitive singular, as 
Xea> (against 97, 1). 



150. Vocabulary 11. 

HalOf'^AXcos, T], 

Temple, vec^s, 6. 

Peacock, raoas, 6. 

Hare, Xa-ycoy, 6. 

Minos, MiVcoy, 6. 

Androgens, ^Avdpoycoas, 6. 

Dawn, €a)s, rj. 

Propitious, iXccos. 

Full, epnXecDS. 

Undying, (prop, not subject to 

old age,) dyrjpcDs* 
Circle, kvkKos, 6. 
Sun, rjXioi, 6. 
Moon, aeXrjurj. 

Heavenly body ; star, aarpov, to. 
Praise, enaLvos, 6. 
Juno, "Upa. 
Delphi, AeX(/)oi, S)V (pi.). 

Egg, WOV, TO. 

JEjtolia, AircoXia. 
Roman, 'Fcopalos. 
Trojan, TpcoV/coy. 
Palladium, UaXkddLov, to. 
Quirinus, Kvplvos. 
So7j, vlos, 6. 
Eagle, dcTos, 6. 

161. [Cr Deponent* verbs.] 
Deponents, a passive form (with 



Sepulchre, tomb, Td(l)os, 6. 

Vine, apncKos, fj. 

Tree, hevhpov, to. 

Whole, okas, rj, ov. 

Often, TToXXd/ciff. 

Bright, Xapnpos, d, 6v, 

A little, okiyov. 

Of every kind, iravTobairos, rj, ov* 

To come in being, to become, 

ylyv-car'^aL (fieri) 
To appear, to be seen, (^ialvctr'^ai.. 
To set out, TTop€V'€a^aL (profi- 

cisci.) 
To plot against, lie in wait for^ 

€P€^p€v-€Lv (insidiari). 
To receive, Xafx^dv-eiv. 
To build (a house), olKobop.€-€iv 

( = -elv). 
To lay (of eggs), tlkt-clv (pa- 

rere). 
To disembark, dTro^aiV'Civ. 
To rob, (Tv\d-€Lv (=-ai/). 
To nourish, feed (of birds), to 

keep, Tp€<p-€LP. 
To com£, tJk-€LV. 

Some verbs have, like the Latin 
some exceptions, to be afterwards 



* In Greek grammar such verbs are said to belong to the Middle 
Voice. The explanation of this term will be given afterwards. (See 
269, &c. infra.) 



52 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[152. 



explained) but active meaning. The Present Infinitive ends in ecrSat. 
The terminations of the Present Indicative are, 



Sing. ofjLai rj (or et) erai 

Plur. 6fX€?ia ecrSe ovrat 

Dual. OjJLC'^OV €(T?iOV €O^0V 



_ ■:':' 



Exercise 16. 

152. a) Translate into English. 

1. Tt}? a^o^ ^alveraL iroXKaKL^; kvkXo^ o\o<;^ koI ylyve- 

rac'^ Tvepl rfKiov koI cre\rjV7]v. kol irepl ra Xafjbirpa t&v 

acrrpcov^. 2. ^ AjafJirjhrj^; koX Tpo(j)a)vco<; rov vecov rov ev 

Aek(^oi<^ (pKoh6[Jir]aav. 3. Tl/croucn ol raw aya KaKa. 

4. " A^ia TTj eo) TTOpeveraL e? Tr]v Alrcokiav. 5. 01 ^A^rj- 

vatoL irpo TTjS €0) oklyov a7ro/3aivovat. 6. 01 ^Pcofiaiot 

TO TpcoLKOv HaXKdhiov icara'^ 7779 eKpv^av virb^ rep veco 

Tov Kvpivov. 7. Tov<; rcov ^ecov veco^ icrvXrjcrev. 8. ^Av- 

Spoyeo)^ rjv 6 tov Mlvco vl6<;. 9. 01 aeTol tov^ Xayoo^ 

iveSpevovcrcv. 10. 01 ^eol toIs dya^ot^ IXeco elaiv. 

11. 01 Sd/jiCOL TT) ^'Hpa KoKov^ Taco^ Tpe^ovaiv. 12. ^Hv ^ 

ev KikLKia irehiov koXov^ eTrlppvTOV^ kol SevSpcov nravTo- 

SaTTcov e/jLTrXecov koI d/jLTreXcov. 13. Ovtol^ tov dyrjpcov 

CTTatvov Xa/ji^dvovcrc /cal Td<pov iTrtarjfjLOTaTOV ^. 14. ^A- 

y7] po) ev/cXetav /caTaXeiirovo-iv. 15. Ei^ ttjv eTTLOvaav 

€0) i 7]^€C 6 Hepar]^. 

a Fit = is formed, or forms itself b The partitive genitive : ' the 
bright ones of the stars' = the bright stars. <^ Kara^ down from, down 
into (= in) with gen. It governs the accusative also. d ^Trb (with 
dat.) under. It governs the gen. and accus. also. « There was. 

i Well-Watered. ^ jTtee (persons). ^ Most famous. i By the 

following morning. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. They will have the deathless life in heaven ^s. 
2. From the desire of the deathless life he cultivates 



153 156.] THIRD DECLENSION. 53 

both virtue and justice. 3. They set-out before the 
dawn. 4. The boy keeps hares and peacocks. 5. The 
barbarians will pillage the temple of Minerva. 6. The 
eagle is lying-in-wait-for the hare. 7. We have the 
god in Delphi propitious (°to us). 8. We pursue the 
undying honors. 9. The gods are propitious. 10. Not 
only the senseless but also the clever admire the base 
speech of the Persian. 11. By Minerva, I will plant 
fig-trees in my garden. 12. We were writing letters to 
^etes. 13. He said that the barbarians were coloni- 
zing Egypt. 14. The physician's horses and asses are 
not far distant from the stream. 15. Hail, O Egypt, 
(thou) gift of the Nile. 16. We ought to make fast the 
gates and doors, for {jdp) the citizens do not love the 
stranger. 17. O bookseller, you are becoming not only 
wise but worthy of praise. 



LESSON XIX. 

Third Declension of Nouns, 

153. Nouns of this declension end in a, l, v, 7ieuter; 
o), feminine ; and v, ^, p, cr, yfr, of all genders ; that is, 
either masculine, feminine, or neuter. 

154. The oblique cases of nouns of this declension 
are longer by one syllable than the nominative, as ^rjp, 
^77/069, ^vph &G- • ^^^ the genitive singular always ends 
in 09. 

155. As in the Latin third declension, the nom. of 
this declension seldom contains the unaltered root ; it 
may generally be got from the gen. by throwing off o?. 

156. By the laws of eupJiony^ the ^sounds (r, S, ^) 
and V are thrown away before au in the dative plural ; 



54 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[157—159. 



ovTCTO, evTCTL, avTCTLj vvTcn, become ovaCj eicrt^ dac, vat. 
The P- and K- sounds with 9 become i/r, f, respec- 
tively : 

For example : Xeovra-i becomes Xcovctl (dat. pi. of Xecar, lio7i) ; 
Xet^^eVro-t becomes \€L(j)'^€2(n (dat. pi. of 1 aor. pass. part, of XetVco) ; 
ylyavTCTi becomes ylyacn (dat. pi. of ylyas, giant) ; ^cvyvvvTcri be- 
comes ^evyvvcTL (dat. pi. of part, (evyvvs). Root Xaikair with s 
becomes XaXkay^r ; Apa^ with s becomes "Kpay\r ; KarrjXKp with s 
becomes KarrjXLyjr ; KopaK with s becomes Kopa^ ; Xapvyy with s 
becomes Xdpvy^, &c. 

157. Termi7tations of the Third Declension. 



N. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


\ various, (a, t, v : 
} 0)1 V, ^, p, 0-, yjr) 


ey, a, new^. 


f> 


G. 


OS (cos), 


0)1/, 


OiZ/, 


1). 


t, 


onv or (Tt, 


OLV, 


A. 


a or V, 


ay, a, 72ew^. 


€, 


V. 


various, (neut as nom.) 


ey, a, Tzew^. 


€, 



158. Paradigms, 







Raven. 


Child. 


Mouth. 


Vein. 


Sing. 


N. 


6 K6pa^^ 


6,r) TTOLS 


TO o-Top^a 


Tj (pXe\j/ 




G. 


KopaK-os 


7raid-6s 


(TTOpiaT-OS 


</)Xe/3-o's 




D. 


KopaK-L 


Traid-L 


(rTop,aT-i 


(t)X€fi'[ 




A. 


KopaK-a 


TTold-a 


(TTop,a 


cj)X€0-a 




V. 


Kopa^ 


irai 


(TTop^a 


(fyXcyj/^ 


Plur. 


N. 


KOpaK'CS 


TToid-es 


o-Top^ar-a 


^X€(3-€S 




G. 


KOpaK-(DV 


Traib-cdv 


a-Top,aT-r£>v 


([)X€p-Q)V 




D. 


Kopa^L (v) 


7raLcn(y) 


CTTOpaUL (v) 


(l)X€\l/L (y) 




A. 


KopaK-as 


TTOL^-as 


(TTop,aT-a 


(piXe^-as 




V. 


KopaK-es 


TTOL^-es 


o-Topar-a 


^Xe'/3-es 


DuAL.N.A.V. 


KopaK-e 


TTold-e 


arop^ar-e 


(f)X€^'€ 




G.D. 


KopaK-otv 


Traid-oLV 


(TTOpaT'OlV 


(pXejS-OLV 




* R 


oots : KopaK, 


TTULd, (TTOfiar, 


(p\€^. Cf. 156 





159. Accentuation in Third Declension. 

a) The tone syllable remains unchanged, as long as the general 
rules allow it to be so ; as : to 7rpayp,a, an action, irpdyp^aTos (but 
TTpayp^cLTcov) ; 6 rj ;\;eXl§a)i/, a swallow, x^Xidopos. (The occasional 
exceptions will be given as they occur.) 



160—162.] 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



55 



b) Monosyllables are accented on the last syllable in the genitive 
and dative of all numbers ; and the long syllables cov and oiv are then 
circumflexed ; as : 6 3i7p, a wild animal, ?iTjp-6s, '^r^p-l, '^rjp-oiv, ^rjp- 
<Sv., ^Tjpa-L (v) : but '^rjpa, ^rjpes, &C. 

Exceptions, dabcov, dficcxov, Traidcop, Scoajv, ) So in G. D. dual (Trai- 
(pcodcov, (pcorcov, a>Tcov. Tpcowz/.* S doip, &C.) 

160. In addition to these may be mentioned the adjective Tray, all^ 
every, G. Trauros, D. TravTi, but TrdpTcov, irao-L (p) ; 6 Udp, G. Uapos^ 
but Tols Udo-t (p) . 

161. Vocabulary 12. 

Paid-laborer, ^rjs, Sryr-oy, 6. 
Old man, yepcov, yepopT-os, 6. 
Boy, TTols. Traid-os, 6. 
A written character; pi. (= ^it- 

erae) a letter ; an epistle, ypdp.- 

fui, ypajjip^ar-os, to. 
Elephant^ iXic^ias, iXecpapr-os, 6. 
Honey, /teXt, /leXtr-oj, to. 
Talon; claw, opv^, 6vvx-os, 6. 
Fox, aXcoTrr/^, dXcoTTCK-oy, rj. 
Chest; coffin, Xdppa^, \dppaK-os. t). 
Trunk (of an elephant), p,vKTr]p, 

fJLVKTjjp-OS, 6' 

Hand, x^^P:i X^^P'^^' ^• 
Neck, avx^v. avx^P-os, 6. 
Statue, dvbpids, dvdpLdpT'O^, 6. 
Fire, nvp, nvp-os, to. 



Hireling, mercenary, /xto-Scoroy, 6. 
Beginning ; commencing point, 

^pxh- 

Fodder, xopros, 6. 

Kite, lktIpos, 6. 

Bull, Tavpos, 6. 

Wagon, dpa^a. 

Tu'ice, 6/y. 

More powerful, KpelTTOdv, 

Of cypress, Kviraplo'crlpos, rj, op. 

Willing (masc. adj., to be ren- 
dered willingly), eKcjp, iKOPT-os. 

An insect, epTopop, to. 

I perform a service; minister, 
v7rT]p€T€co (with dat.). 

To send, irepiT'CLP. 

To dip, fidTTT-eiv, 



Exercise 17. 

162. a) Translate into English, 

1. 'H KapSia iarlv ap'^rj tmv <^\ej3oiv. 2. 01 jjucr- 
^coTol KOI ^TjTes iraacv vTrrjpeTovaLV. 3. Tg5 vcp 8t9 TratSe^ 
ol yipovT€<; ytyvovTac^. 4. O A\fa/3cdS7]<; Tre/xTret ypd/x- 

* From 7} Say. a torch; 6 S/xws, a slave; 6 i) Trats, a child; t) ^ws, a 
jackal; t) <p<fs (G. <p^>h6s). a blister caused by Incrning ; rh <p6o5 (G. 
<pa)T6s), lii^ht ; rh ovs (G. a>T(^s), the car ; 6 t] Tpws, a Trojan, 

t This word has x^p- ^or root in x^p-o^p, and x^p-<^'^' 



56 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



fiara e? rrjv ^djJLov. 5. Tov rov eXe^avro'^ ')(6pTov eh 
jjbeki ejSayfrav. 6. Tov K6pa/co<; KpeiTTCov ^ earlv 6 IktIvo^ 
Tot<i ovv^L'^. 7. AvKo<^ 6v(p icaX ravpcp Kai aXcoTreKU iroXe- 
fjLto<;^, 8. AdpvaKas Kvirapccrcriva^ dyovacv djia^at, 
9. Tol<^ i\e(f)aaLV 6 /uLV/crrjp dvrV ')(eipo)v • r&v S' evTOfJiwv 
ivLOL<i dvri GToixaTo^ t] ykoyrra. 10. *^0 irah fia/cpop 
e')(eL TOV avykva^^, 11. ^ Avev irvpos ovx ^^^^ '^'^^ eVrlp 
dvhpidvra ')(^pvaovv ^ ipydaaa^ai^, 12. Toi^ yepovatv 
eKovre^ elkofjiev. 

a become. ^ comparatives gt>vern the gen. which, of course, is to 
be rendered by than. ^ See 66, Obs. 1. d Supply iffri « avri, 
prep, with gen. = instead of; hence as good^ elvai ou/tI x^^R^^ {^o be for 
hands = ) ' to sei've for hands.' f ;^i;(roGs. ^ Inf. aor. to work ; 
to make. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. You {pi') did not honor even the old-men. 
2. Yield to old men ^^^ but not to boys ^''. 3. The boys 
wondered-at the elephant's trunk. 4. Elephants ^^ 
have long trunks. 5. The boy wonders-at both the 
eagle's talons and the lion's mane, and especially** 
the elephant's trunk. 6. Camels^'' have long necks, 
7. The Persians threw the quoit, 8. They were in- 
juring the good resident-foreigners by their speeches i. 
9. Who will say that*^ one ought not to minister to old 
men? 10. Boys love honey. 11. By Hermes, Andro- 
gens, the son of Minos, is willingly an enemy to me, 
12. Restrain, O general, the desires of (your) soldiers 
by reason. 13. Not only the son of the baker but 
Orestes also was looking towards the sea. 14. By Mi- 
nerva, O boy, the paid-laborers and the hirelings do 
not perform-service-for the old man. 

^ kolX . . . 5e, with a icord between. » Use the dat. See also 91. 
k cfrt. See 146 a) note a. 



I 



163—168.] 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 



57 



LESSON XX. 

Present and Future of Verbs in d(o. Present Par- 
ticiple. 

163. The Infinitive Present Active of verbs in day 
is contracted thus : a-etv = av. The terminations of 
the Present Indicative are : 



a-o) a-ets a-et 


0) as 


a 


a-ofxev a-€T€ a-ovcrt 


(OfJL€U aT€ 


Q)(rt 


a-€TOV a-€TOV 


arov 


arov 


(Observe the l subscript where the uncontr acted form 


has €1. 



164. In the sigmated root, the a is mostly changed 
into 77. Hence Fut. not nfidcr-co, but Ttfjuija-co, Aor. 
irLfjbrjo-a. 

165. The Present Participle of the Act. Voice ends 
in m. o)v, f. ovaa, n. ov. The masc. and neut, have 
Gen. oz/T-09, and are declined regularly after the third. 
The Fem. is declined regularly after the Jirst. 

166. Thus, from tvttt-o) the root of Present Partici- 
ple is TVTTTOVT- foT masc. and neut. : the nominatives 
being masc. tvtttcov (compare Xecov, XiovT-o^), and 7ieut, 

TVTTTOV. 

167. £C5^ With the article the participle is usually 
translated by a relative clause with he, they, &c. 'O 
irpdrrcov = he who does ; rev irpdrrovTo^, of him who 
does, (fee. — ^O ravra Trpdrrcov = he ivho does this. 01 
Tavra irpdrrovTe^ = tliose who do these things. 



168. Vocabulary 13. 

To leap-down, Kara-Trqdav ( = 

-deiv). 
To end, to die, riKcvrav ( =: 

-del I/). 
To honor, rifiav ( = -aeip). 
Phalanx, (f)a\ay^, (paXayy-os, r). 

3* 



To praise, eTraivelv ( = -Ulv). 
To he separated by an interval^ 

to he distant (from), dUx-^cu. 
To sing the Pecan (the Greek war 

song), 7raLavL^'€Lv. 
When, TjviKa. 



58 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[169. 



Chariot, dpfia, dpfxaT'Os, to. 
Not yet, not still, no longer, noW' 

not, OVK€TL. 

Ether, al'^rjp, ai'^€p-os, 6. 
Herald, K-qpv^ (or Krjpv^), KrjpvK- 

os, 6. 
A truce, (prop, libations), a peace 

(because ratified with libations, 

cnrevdeiv), (nrovhai, pi. 
Attempt, €7nx€LpT]pa, iTTLX^iprj- 

fxar-os, TO. 
Stroke, TrXrfyr). 
Wound, Tpavjxa, TpavpaT-os, to. 



To cast into (literally), e/x/3dXX- 

€ip ; to charge, ipPaXketv els 

( = ip^^aXkeiv TO crTparevpLa 

ets . . . to cast his men into = 

to charge.) 
To offer, make an offer of, vrro- 

<f>ep€LV. 

To belong to, to be the due of, 

7rpO(Tr}K-€LV. 

Goat, ait:, aly-os, ^. 

Coin, money, vofita-fxa, pop^lo'paT- 

OS, TO. 

Greek, ''^Xki]v,''EWrjp-os, 6. 
Other, dXKos, rj, ov. 

Exercise 18. 

169. a) Translate into English. 

1. To vofjuafia to tcov Hepaodv 6 aTparrjjo^ icfylXec, 
2. H hiKaioavvri aperrj eariv. 3. ^O Kvpo^ KaraiTTjha 
anro rod apfjuaro'^. 4. OvKen rpca'' t) rerrapa'' ardSca 
Sce^ovacv rco ^aXayye div dXkrjXcDV^ rjviica iratav trover lv 
OL ^ EW7]V€<;. 5. O (TTparriyo^ eh ttjv roiv AIjvtttlcov 
^akayja ifijSdXkeL. 6. Tov ovpavov ol TTOirjral ai^epa 
ovofid^ovaiv. 7. 01^ ApjeloL eirefju-^av hvo Krjpvica^;^ vtto- 
(j)6povTa<; a7rovSd<;. 8. Aljas aljSyv ap')(pVTa<; '^ ov irotov- 
fiev. 9. Tol<^ rrj^ jfj^ ap'^ovcrt ttjv nrpoorrjicovcrav TLfJirjv 
dTToSiSofiev'^. 10. 'O TOV y6co/jL6Tpov \6yo<; ovtco TeKevTa. 
^ Paradigms 36. b Observe that the dual is not necessarily used 
when two are meant. For 5uo see Paradigm 36. * rulers : properly 
participle, ruling, d we give or pay. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The Persians leap-down from their chariots. 
2. You {pi.) honor those who rule the land. 3. We 
honor him who rules the land with the honor that 
belongs to him. 4. We praise and honor him who 
rules well and justly. 5. The attempts of the Scy- 
thians will end in*^ this. 6. One ought to yield to 



Ih! 



170, 171.] 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



59 



those who rule. 7. He calls the attendant who is 
pounding* the poison. 8. The assistants honor him. 

« Use pres. partic. of rpi^-eii/. 



LESSON XXI. 
Third Declension. Adjectives in a?, 6t9. 

170. PARADIGMS. 



SING. 


Xeaophon. 


Lion. 


Bait. 


Nectar. 


N. 


6 A€VO(f)O^U 


6 Xecou 


TO deXeap 


TO veKTap 


G. 


A€VO(p(DVT'OS 


XeovT'^os 


d^Xear-os 


veKTap'OS 


D. 


A€VO(pSuT-L 


XeouT-i 


deXeciT-L 


VtKTap'L 


A. 


'S,€VO<P<^VT-a 


XeovT-a 


deXeap 


veKTap 


V. 


A€VO(f>CdU 


Xiov 


deXeap 


veKTap 


PLUR. 










N. . 


^€VO(pSvT-€^ 


XeovT-€S 


beX^ar-a 


veKTap-a 


G. 


A€UO(PcOVT-03V 


Xeovt-cdv 


dcXedr-cov 


veKTap'Cov 


D. 


^€PO(j)(D-(TL 


Xeov-CTL 


deXea-o-t 


veKTap-a-L 


A. 


A€V0(^<^VT-a9 


XeovT-as 


^^Xear-a 


veKTap- a 


V. 


^€PO(j)C0VT-€S 


XeovT-es 


d€X€aT-a 


veKTap-a 


DUAL 










N.A.V. 


A€VO(f)(aVT-€ 


\iovT-e 


^cXcar-e 


veKTap-^ 


G. D. 


A€VO(f)(Dirr'OLV 


XcovT-otv 


beXear-oLV 


V€KTap-OLV 



171. PARADIGMS. 



fieXas, p,eXaLva. p,eXav, black. 


Xapieis, x^P^^^o-fyo-, x^piei', lovely. 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


SINGULAR. 

peXas p.eXaLva peXav 
peXavos peXaLi/r]s p^eXavos 
p.eXavi fieXaivr) p,eXavt 
peXava peXatvav peXav 
peXas peXaiva peXav 


SINGULAR. 

XapL€Ls x^P^^^^^ x^P^^^ 
XcipL^vTos x^P'-^^^l^ X'^P''^^'^^^ 
XapievTL x^P^^^^U x^P^^^''''' 
XaptevTa ;(apiecra-aj' x^P^^^ 
Xaplev x^P^^^^^ x^p'^^^ 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


PLURAL. 

fxeXaves peXaivai fx^Xava 
peXdvcov peXaivcov peXdvoav 
p,eXaa-L peXalvais peXaa-L 
peXavas peXaivas peXava 
peXaves p^Xaivai peXava 


PLURAL. 

X(ipf-€VTes ;(apie(rcrat x^P^^^^^ 
XapievTcov ;(npieo-o-a)i/ ;(apieVra)i/ 
XapL€(TL x^P'-^^^^'-^ x^piVo-t 
XapievTas ;(apt6cr(raj x^P'-^^^^ 
XaplevTes ;(apie(r(rat x^P'-^^^^ 


N.A.V 
G.D. 


DUAL. 

. peXave peXalva peXave 
fxeXdvoiv fxeXaivaiv peXdvoiv 


DUAL. 

Xapi€VT€ x^P''^^^^ ;^apt6in-e 
XapUvTOLV xoptf'o'O'flt^ ;(api6zrroti; 



60 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[172, 173. 



172. Vocabulary 14. 

3ad, wicked, KaK-6s, 17, 6v. 
Demagogue, drjixay coy 6s, 6 (drj- 

jjios, people, ay-co, lead). 
People, drjfjLos, 6. 
Flatterer, KoXa^, KokaK-os, 6. 
Orator, prjTcop, prjrop-os, 6. 
Nightingale, drj^dyp, drjdov-os., rj. 
Swallow, ;(6XlSa>j^, ;!(eXt6oVoff, tj. 
Day, ^fjLepa. 

Night, pv^, vvKT'Os.f) (nox). 
Vulture, yvy\r, yvir-os, 6. 

Cuckoo, KOKKV^, KOKKVy-OS, 6. 

Color, xp^p-a, xp^f^^'^'OS, to. 

Foot, TTOVS, TTod-OS,^ 6. 

Rock, Trerpa. 

Difference, (of colors.) a shade, 

dLa(popd, 
Poor man, rrevrjs, TrivrjT-os, 6. 



Continuously, ivithout ceasing j 

avvex^s {avv & e;(ft>). 
Even (opposed to odd), of an 

even number, apriosi «? ov 

(par). 
The aspalathus, (a prickly shrub,) 

do'TraKa'^os, 6. 
White, XevKos, rj, 6v. 
Black, fjteXas, piXaiva, p,eKav. 

(jo peXav, black; to Xcvkov, 

white ; used as substant.) 
Opposite, contrary (to), ivavTios, 

a, ov. 
To sing, ab-€Lv (= delbetv). 
To change, peTajSdXX-etp. 
To hatch (its) young, to breedy 

to build its nest, vcottcv-civ. 



Exercise 19. 

173. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 icaKoi, TTjv rjSovrjv o)^ SiXeap ep^oz^re?, ^rjpevoV" 
criv rjiMtov^ ra^; ylrv^d^;. 2. ^O Srjjubaycoyo^ icrrt rod hrjijuov 
KoXa^. 3. Tov<^ cro(pov^ re fcal aya^oif^ prjTopa^ eTraiv- 
ovfjiev KoX TLpiSy/Jiev. 4. ^H arjScov aSec fjuev erf z/e^co? rjijue- 
pa^ KoX vvKrra^ SeKairevre*^ /jiera Se ravra aSec fjbiv, aw- 
€')(M<; S' ovKeri. 5. Mera/SaXXec Kal" 6 kokkv^ to ')(pa)fia. 

6. 01 7rev7)T6^ TToXkdKL<; Tol(; irevrjao virrjpeTovaLV, 

7. Tlavra ra ^(ba dpTLOV<; e'^ovcrt tov<^ 7r6Sa<; ^^. 8. ^O 
dairdXa^os /jiiXatvav ep^et ryv pii^av^^. 9. To fJieXav 
'^pcb/jid i(TTL' fcal Tov fieXavo^ TroXXal^ Scacj^opaL 10. ^O 
yvyjr veorrevei iirl irerpai^ dTrpoor^droi^.^ 11. Mrj dvoa 
Xeye, & Hevocf^cov. 12. Tk Xe^eu rov Ilepo-rjv KpvTrreLV 

* Grimm's law shows this to be the same word as the Gothic fotj 
English /<?^^; tt or p being changed into the cognate/; 5 (d) into t. 



174 — 178.] AomsT participle. 61 

rrjv Tov ap')(eiv eTTL^vfJiiav ] 13. 'O ravra Trpdrrcov icr- 

tIv a^Lo<; TOV eiraivov. 

a {of us =) aur. ^fifteen (indeclinable). Ace. denotes duration 
of time. <^ also (i. e. as well as some other birds). d many, fern, 

pi. from TraXus : supply the verb etVtV {there are). ® inaccessible (adj. 
of two terminations). 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Vultures ^^ lay two eggs ^^. 2. One [ixla) swal- 
low does not make a spring. 3. We admire the swal- 
low's young-ones. 4. We call demagogues flatterers 
of the people. 5. Virtue renders life happy. 6. White 
(° is) opposite to black. 7. I will tell you^ the wholes 
truth. 8. He rules-over all sensual pleasures'*. 
9. The gods rule-over all things ^ 

f epw vjilv. " Put the proper case of ttus before the article, 

h Say : ' all the pleasures about the body ' {-Kacrai at irepl rh (Tufxa TjBovai), 
Yerbs of ruling, &c. take genit. i all things are iravra. 



LESSON XXII. 
ITa9, aira^. Aorist Participle. 

174. JTa9 = quisque, unusquisque {every). 

175. ITa9 6 — ; 6 ttS? = totus {the whole : 6 iTa<; 
adds emphasis to the whole as opposed to its constituent 
j>arts). 

176. IIavTe<^ • 7ravT€<; oi — • = onines (the latter 
especially when there is reference). 

177. 01 7ravre<; = (1) omnes simul {all together^ 
altogether) ; (2) in universum {in all). 

178. Ilacra TroXtj, every city: iraa-a rj ttoXij, t] -ttoXls Trcicra, the 
whole city (also rj naa-a ttoXls, the whole city together) : nairra dya^d • 
TravTo. TO. dya?id (the article is usually expressed, when a definite 



62 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[179_182. 



class of things is meant) ; nacrai al KoXai npa^eLs • ra Tzavra fieprj, 
all the parts (together) • tols ttclo-lv opyi^eraf to. rravra c'Ikocti 
(in universum viginii), twenty in all. 

179. ''ATras = every (in the Sing.), is without the article; but in 
the sense of the whole, anas (= afxa ttcls) and o-vfjLTras or |u/x7ras (= 
all together), universus, are naturally more frequently without the 
article than Tray is in the sense of whole. Sometimes, too, o-vjjLTravres 
= in all is without the article [^vfxTravTcs iTrraKoaioi oTrXirat, Th.]. 

180. PARADIGM. 



was, Tracra, ttclv, every, all. 


SING. 


PLUR. 




DUAL. 


m. f. n. 


m. f. n. 


m. 


f. n. 


N. nas TTCLo-a ttclv 


TTavres TTao-ai TTavra 


TTavre 


Tracra tto-vt^ 


G. iravTos Trdcrrjs iravros 


TTavTcov TTaawv tto-vtcov 


iravTOLv TTLia-aiv ttclvtoiv 


D. TravTL TvdtTrj iravrl 


TTCLO-L{v)TTd(rais ttclo-l(v) 


TTavTOLv TTacraiv TTavroiv 


A. TTCLvra irao-av ttclv 


TTavras TTacras Trdvra 


TTavre 


TTaaa TTavre 


V. Tray Tracra TTav 


TTavres TTCLO-ai TTavra 


TTCLvre 


TTaaa TTavre 



181. The participle of the Aorist Active appends a9 
to the sigmated root (Xucr-a?, TV'\jr-a<;). 

N. a?, daaj av 

G. avTO<^j aarj^, avTO<^^ &c. 

(See Paradigm 17.) It is Englished by having — ed. 
But for verbs signifying einotioiis or states of ntind, it 
is often Englished by pres. participle, the emotion hav- 
mg been felt and continuing to be felt : e. g. 7naTevaa<^ 
(= confsus), trusting, relying on, 

182. Vocabulary 15. 



Zeal, earnestness, eagerness, 

CTTTOvhr}. 

Life, (Bios, 6. 

Leader, r]y€fxa)V, r^yep.ov-oS', 6, rj. 

Temperance, sobriety of mind, 

a-(o(f>poa-vvrj. 
Absence of government, anar- 

chy, licentiousness, dvapxla. 
To grow old, yi]pda-K-€iv. 



Lawlessness, dvopla. 

River, Troraposi ov, 6. 

Innocence, d^Xd^eia. 

Danger, Kivbvvos, 6. 

Low estate, raTTeLvorrjs, raTreivo' 

rrjT'Os, rj. 
Extreme, eo-xaTos, r), ov. 
Obscurity, ddo^la. 
To trust, TTi(rT€V'€Lv (dat). 



183.] AORIST PAP^TICIPLE. 63 



Hoplite (heavy -armed soldier), 
ottXlttjs, 6. 

To be the slave of, to serve, dov- 
\€v-€Lv (dat.). 

To complete, diaTcXcl]/ (= eciv). 

To bid, order, tell (to do any- 
thing), fceXeu-eti/. 



To do, TTpdrr-CLV (fut. 7rpa|-a)), 
to commit a murder, Trpdrreiv 
(povov. 

I am come, 7Jk(o (= veni). 

To dissolve, to dismiss (an as- 
sembly), break (a treaty, &c.)j 
repeal (a law), Xv-eip, 



Exercise 20. 

183. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^TTOvSr] Trdaa ecrraL (= erit) hia 7ravTo<; rod /Slov. 

2. ^'HSiCTTOV^ TTCLVTCdV icTrlv aXvTTco^^ hiareKelv top /3cov 

airavra. 3. A el /SXeTrecv 7rpo9 T7]v rrj^ avfJUTrdcrrj^ rjje/JL- 

ova aperrj'^ cro)^poavv7}v. 4. ^Ev nrdcrr) dvap')^ia /cal dvo- 

IXLct SiareXet rov ^lov. 5. Tlavra dv^pwirov ')(^pf] (^ev- 

^eiv TO acf)6Spa (fyckelv avrov. 6. 'O N€lXo<; jXvKVTaro^^ 

early iravrcDV rcov irorafjiow. 7. 'Hcrav ol nravTes eirraico' 

(TiOL oifklraL 8. ^O ^coKparrj^; Trccrrevaa^; rfj aifrov^ 

d^Xa/Seia eKivivvevcre rov ecr'^arov klvSupop'^. 9. Avo 

(TTpaTLcoTaL. rd ala^pd 7rpd^avTe<;^ (jyevyovcnv. 10. ^'H/cco 

Sevpo avv toI<^ iroXirai^ toI<; dya^Ql<;. 11. Tovs v6/jlov<; 

T0U9 69 TO irapov^ /3\d7rT0VTa<^ vfjid<; eXvcraTe. 12. Ko- 

Xdcrofjiev tou9 T7]V elprjvrjv \vaavTa^, 13. TLdv ^coov 

dvajKacov^ dpTiov^ e')(eiv tov^ iroSa^. 

^ most pleasant ; superl. of ?;5uy. b sweetest ; superl. of yXvKvs. 
c {of himself =^ his. ^ Kivhvueveiv kIj/^vvou = to incur {risk, expose 

oneself to) a danger^ K. 278, 2. ^ for t/ie present ; at the p?-esent. 

f Supply eo-Ti. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. The man is growing-old in extreme {say ^all') 
obscurity and low-estate. 2. Every man ought to fly - 
from being - the - slave - of anger. 3. Through the 
whole of life we ought to pursue virtue. 4. We are- 
pursuing virtue with all eagerness. 5. From '^ being- 



64 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[184. 



the-slave of sensual [173, b^ note A,] pleasures he will 
be a slave for his whole life. 6. The wagons °were 
in all seven-hundred. 7. We are angry with those 
who are breaking the peace. 8. We are enraged 
against ^ those who have broken the truce. 9. The 
geometer places himself before ^ all the Greeks. 

s To be enraged against — , er hpyri cx^iv (ace. of person). 
i» To place oneself before, Trporacrcreij/ avrou irpS (with gen.). 



LESSON XXIII. 
Noii7is that suffer Syncope,"^ 
184. To this class belong the following substantives 
in 7]p : iraTrjp^ father^ M'T'VP^ 7nother^ ^vydrrjp, daugh- 
ter , rj jacmfjp, the belly ^ ArjfjLTJrijp^ Ceres, and avTjp^ 
?nan : which have this peculiarityj that they omit e in 
the gen. and dat. sing, and dat. plural. They have 
voc. €p {avrjp^ irarrjp throwing back the accent), and in- 
sert d {cum acuto) before at in dat. plur. 'AvTjp, a man 
(root dvep)^ drops the e in all its cases except the voc. 
sing., but inserts a S to soften the pronunciation. 

PARADIGMS. 







Mother. 


Man. 


Father. 


Sing. 


N. 


h M-^ip 


r » / 

o avrjp 


6 iraTrjp 




G. 


jJLTJTpOS 


dp-d-p6s 


TTUTpOS 




D. 


fxrjrpL 


du-d-pl 


Trarpi 




A. 


fJLrjrepa 


av-b-pa 


Trarepa 




V. 


fiijrep 


av€p 


TTarep 


Plur. 


N. 


fJLr}T€p€S 


av-b-p€s 


Trarepes 




G. 


IxrjTepoiV 


dv'd'pcov 


Trarcpcov 




D. 


lxrjTpa(TL 


dv-d-pdo-t 


TTorpao-L 




A. 


fJiTjTepas 


av-d-pas 


7TaT€pas 




V. 


prjT€p€S 


av-d-p€s 


Trarepe^ 


Dual. 


N. A. V. 


p,rjTep€ 


av-b-p€ 


Trarepe 




G. D. 


prjrepoLv 


dv-d-poiv 


7raT€poiv 



* Syncope = the taking away of one or more letters from the body 
of a word. Cf. Paradigm 19. 



185—189.] 



SYNCOPATED NOUNS. 



65 



185. Words of this class have several peculiarities of accent. 
(1) The dal. pi. and the forms that retain the e, are always paroxy- 
tone : (2) the forms that reject the c have all the accent on the last 
syllable, with (3) the exception of voc. sing, in which the tone-sylla- 
ble is thrown as far back as possible. (Atjijltjttjp (see 186) is an 
exception to these rules.) 

186. *0 doTTTjp, epos, a star, has its dative plural aarpaa-i, but is 
not syncopated in any other case. Atjiitjttjp (Demeier or Ceres) has 
a varying accentuation, viz. ATip,TjTpos, ATjfxrjrpi, Voc. Arjprjrep, 
but Ace. Ar]p,r]T€pa. 

187. Obs. For ' many great men'' the Greeks usually said ' Tnany and 
great men:' and so in similar combinations of two adjectives. 



188. Vocabulary 16. 

Bad, toorthless, (pavXos, rj, ov. 

Happiness, cvhaiyiopia. 

Most disgraceful, basest, aio-xt- 

(TTOS. T], OV. 

Worthy, a^ios, a, op (with gen.). 
Liberty, eXcv^iepia. 
Insolent, v^plotlkos, rj, ov. 
(^Small) tunic, ;^tra)z^toi/5 to. 
Three, rpels, neat, rpia (Pdm. 

36). 
Nurse, Tpo(p69, rj. 
(Native) country, waTpls, TrarpiS- 

09,r}. 

Slaughter, (f>6vos, 6. 

Dice, KTVTTOS, 6. 



Arms, oTrXa, ra (arma). 
Absolute prince, tyrant, rvpav- 

VOSy 6. 

To measure, p.fTpe'iv ( = -eeiv). 

To love, (TT€py-€LV. 

To exclude, to keep away from, 
€'tpy-€iv. 

To desire, iTri'^vp.elv ( = -ecti/) 
with gen. 

To follow, attend (of a conse- 
quence), eTTco-^aL, with dai. 

To kill, to put to death, aTro-KretV 

€LV. 

To drag away from, aTroo'Trav 
( = -deiv). 



Exercise 21. 

189. a) Translate into English, 

1. 01 (j)avXoL rfi yaarpl fierpovaL /cal tol^ ala')(^LaTOi^ 
TTjv evSai/jLovcav. 2. "AvSp6<; eialv ayo^oX kol d^coL t?)? 
iXev^^epta^. 3. 'O zveo9, tol/? tov vraTpo? v/3pLaTC/cov<; fcal /jltj 
ao(f)ov<; \6<yov<; aKovcov, vy^nfKo^pwv'^ re earai (= crit) kol 
(l)c\6TCfjLos^ dv7]p. 4. "EcTTLV VLOV ^6*^ Tj ^vyaTpo^ 6 7TaTr]p 



66 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



irarrjp, 5. Tah Ke^rjro^ ^vjarpdcn 'y^Lrdovia Scoaco * ( ==: 

dabo) rpia. 6. Elcfl /jloc rpe?? Sruyarepe?. 7. Trjv jrjv 

dvSpcov jbLrjrepa re koX rpoipov ovo/md^ofMev. 8. 01 dya^ol 

coairep virep^^ /jL7]Tpo<; inrep Trj<^ 7raTplSo<^ KLvhwevovaLV, 

9. Tfj ArjiJb7]TpL TToWol Kol KcCkoi vecp rjcrav. 10. '^fl (f>iXi] 

^vyarep^ arepye rrjv fjur^Tepa,^ 11. '^/2 avhpe^ "EWrjve^;^ 

vofj^i^o} (Tocjiov^ re koI d^Lov<^ rrjs evSai/jLovia^ v/Jid^ elvac, 

12. 01 ^dpjSapoL rd alcr'^d (piXovcrcv. 13. Tov aTrovSt} 

ScoKpdrov^; d^la diravros tov eTraivov. 14. '^fl Uepaa^ 

rk ravra Xi^ec aevocj^covn ; 15. ^Ev rw tov dya^ov 

Krj7r(p icTTlv oIklSlov, 

^ high minded. ^ (^fond of ho7ior = ) ainbitious. c / kjUI give, 
^ See 91. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Fathers ^'' keep-away their sons from bad men. 
2. There ° was much^ slaughter of men, and {he) much 
din of arms. 3. The enemy's camp °was unoccupied 
{say : ' void of men '). 4. Man differs from the other 
animals in desiring honor. 5. Love {pL) your father 
and your mother. 6. Be- not -the-slave-of the belly. 
7. Great honor attends good men ^\ 8. Cyrus puts-to- 
death his mother's father. 9. Tyrants ^'' drag children 
from ° their fathers and mothers. 10. The man will 
spend his life in great glory. 11. The men are per- 
forming many great ^^ ^actions. 12. The many^ 
will measure happiness by gain. 13. Bad (men) love 
anarchy and lawlessness. 14. Who will say that great 
honor does not attend good men ? 15. There is a tem- 
ple of Ceres in Cilicia. 16. Many great men love not 
only the Greeks but also the Persians. 



® iroKvs. 



^ ol TToWoi. 



190, 191.] 



ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS. 



67 



LESSON XXIV. 

Adjectives of two ternmiatioiis* Kepa^, (fee. 
190. Adjectives of two terminations have only one 
form for the masculine and feminine^ as o, 97 evSo^o^, 
TO evSo^ov. They are declined' like nouns of the third 
declension (except 09, 09, ov, which is like the second 
declension). 



191. PARADIGMS. 


o-a(pr}s. (ra(l)€s, dear. 


evdai/jLcou, evdaifMov, happy. 


SINO. 
m. f. n. 

p S (ra(f)€~os 

' ( (Ta(j)ovs 

D. \ """f'- 

( (TacpeL 
. S craibi-a ) , , 

V. aa(f>es (Ta(f)es 


SING, 
m. f. n. 

N. evdalficov cvdaifiov 
G. evdaifJLov-os 

D. evBaLfxov-L 

A. evdaifjiov-a evdaifiov 
V. evdaLfjLou evdaifxov 


PLUR. 
j^ ^ (ra(f>€-€s S (Ta(j)€-a 

' ( o-acpels I (Ta(f)rj 
p S (ra(p€-cou 

' ( (raipcov 
D. a-a(f)€a'L(v) 
A S (ra(j)€-a9 S (ra(f)e-a 

' f (ra(f)€ls ( craiprj 
Y S (Ta(f)€-€s S cra(f)€-a 

' ( (racpcls f (Taiprj 


PLUR. 
N. evdalfioves evbaipiova 

G. evdaLfJLovcov 

D, €vdaLfji,o(n(v) 

A. cvdalfjiovos cvdaLfjLova 

V. €vdaLfxov€9 evbaiyiova 


DUAL. 

N.A.V. ^^^^r^ 
G. D. \ °-°$^':<'"' 

f (racpoLV 


DUAL. 
N. A. V. cvbaip.ov€ 

G. D. evdmfjLovoLV 



* Table of Adjectives of Two Endings. 





m. f. 


n. 


m. f. 


n. 


1. 


OS 


ov 


kSc/jlios 


KSa/ULlUl/ 


2. 


<av 


ov 


TreTTcoi/ 


TTcirou 


3. 


7]S 


€S 


a\7]^ris 


aArj^es (the most usual form) 


4. 


■nv 


€V 


6,p(rrju 


dpcrev (the only adj. of this form) 


6. 


IS 


I 


tBpis 


iBpi 



68 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[192—194. 



192. The nominative plural of repa^ usually drops 
the T, and is contracted into repa, G. repcov. To jepa<;, 
reward, to yyjpas, old age, ro Kpea<^. flesh, and to Kepa^, 
horn, omit the r in all the numbers, and suffer con- 
traction in the genitive and dative singular, and 
throughout the dual and plural (except the dative 
plural) : in Kepa<;, however, the regular forms with the 
T are found as well as the contracted. 

193. PARADIGMS. 





TO Kepas, 


the horn. 




TO Kpeas, the flesh. 




SINGULAR. 




SINGULAR. 




N. 


K€pas 






Kpeas 






G. 


K€paT-OS 


K€pa-os 


Ktpcos 


KpeaT-os 


Kpea-os 


Kpecos 


D. 


Kepar-L 


K€pa-e 


K€pa 


KpeaT'L 


Kp€a-i 


Kpea 


A. 


K€pas 






Kpeas 






V. 


Kepas 






Kpeas 








PLURAL. 






PLURAL. 




N. 


K€paT-a 


K€pa-a 


Kepa 


KpeaT-a 


Kpea-a 


Kpea 


G. 


K€paT'(OV 


Kcpa-cov 


Kepcov 


KpeaT-cov 


Kpea-cov 


Kpecov 


D. 


K€pa-(ri(y) 






Kpea(TL{v) 






A. 


K€paT-a 


K€pa-a 


K€pa 


KpeaT-a 


Kpea-a 


Kpea 


V. 


Kepar-a 


K€pa-a 


Kepa 


KpeaT-a 


Kpea-a 


Kpea 




DUAL. 






DUAL. 




N.A.V 


. KepaT-€ 


K€pa-€ 


K€pa 


KpeaT-6 


Kpea-€ 


Kpea 


G. D. 


K€paT-OlV 


K€pa-01V 


KCpCpV 


KpeaT-OLV 


Kpea-oiv 


Kpecpv 



194. Vocabulary 17. 

Horn, wing of an army, Kepas, 

KepaT-os, TO. 
Honorary privilege, yepas, ye- 

paT-OS, TO. 

Old age, yrjpas, yrjpaT-os, to. 
Prodigy, portentous-monster, Te- 

pas, Tepar-os, to. 
Alone, only,p,6vos. 17, ov. 
Stag^ e\a(f)os, 6. 
The bonassus, ivild ox, ^ovaa- 

aos, 6. 
Again, ttoKlv. 



On both sides, eKaT€pco?i€v. 
Horse = cavalry, lttttos, rj. 
(Of) twenty thousand, dia-fivpios, 

a, ov. 
Already, fjbrj. 
Fruit, KapTTos, 6, 
Child, TeKvov, to. 
Monument, pvrjfjLelov, t6. 
Weakness, da^eveLa, rj. 
Best, cipio-Tos, rj, ov. 
At once, apa. 
Most, TTXela-Tos, i], op. 



195.] ADJECTIVES. 69 



Solid, (TTcpeos, a, 6u. 
Throughout, di6\ov. 
To put to flight, to rout, rpiir- 

To cast away, to shed (horns), 

aTToQaSX-eiv, 
2b hear, (pip-^iv. 



To fut forth (some natural pro- 
duct, as horns, leaves, &c.), 

(pV-€LU. 
To butt, KVpLTT-€LV. 

Much divided, branching, noXv 
o'xi'^^Si €S (jroXvs, o-;(/^ci)). 



Exercise 22. 
195. a) Translate into English, 

1. Tm apiCTTepco Kepdri rpeTrovrat tov<^ 7roX€filov<;, 
2. A7ro/3aW€L TCL fcepara fjiovos o e\a(po(; Kar eVo? '^, kol 
irakiv (^vei. 3. 'EttI /cepco^^^ etcarepco^ev rj ltttto^;, Sto-- 
fivpta ovcra^. 4. KvpiTTOvcnv oXXt^Xov^ auhripol^ Kepa- 
(TLV. 5. O avfjp iv TTvXac^; 7]Sr] jTjpco^ iariv. 6. Ovt€ 
yrj /capTTOv^; (f>€p€t, ovre fxr^Tepe^; re/cva Ti/CTOVcnv, dWa 
repara. 7. 01 virep TrjsiraTpiho^ ^^ Ka\o}<; reXevTrjo-av- 
re?^ Td(f)cov re mat rcov dXXcov /JLvrj/jielcov fieyiara e^ovcn 
yepa, 

«• *'n^, ovffa, 6u, pres. part, of cI/jll, I am. b reAeuT^o-ovres, first aor. 
part, of TeAeuTaco. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. °It is necessary to yield t6 the weakness of old- 
age. 2. The geometer died of ^^ old-age, not {say : 
^ but not ') of disease. 3. This (tovto ye) is the best 
remedy for"' old-age. 4. The bonassus has at once 
both a mane and two horns ^^ 5. With "our right 
wing we are conquering the enemy's hoplites. 
6. Most horns [say : ^ the most of horns ') are hollow, 
and those (rd Se) of stags alone are solid throughout 
and branching*. 7. The citizens have honors and 
panegyrics from one another, and honorary-privileges. 

* TToAucrxtSr} ( = TroAvcrxtSea). 



70 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[196—199. 



LESSON XXV. 
196. Substantives in i??, 09. — Adjectives in ?;?. 



SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


N. 77s : OS, (neut.) 
G. €os, ovs 
D. eV, €L 

^[iy\ OS, (neut.) 


N. ees, €is '. ea, 77, (neut.)* 

G. 60)1/, 0)1/ 
D. 60-tW 

A. eas, €Ls : ea, rj, (neut.) 
V. €€s, eis : ea, j;, (neut.) 


DUAL. 1 


N. A. V. ce, rj. 


G. D. €OLV. olv. 



197. a) In Attic prose the open form occurs only in dual ce 
from adjectives in r^s, and gen. pi. ecov from oy. 

b) TpLr)pr)s (properly an adj.), with the adj. avrdpKrjs, and com- 
pound adjectives in rj^irjs (from rj'^os) remain paroxytone in gen. 
pi. It is not certain whether we should write rpirjpes, rptrjpoLv ; 
or Tptrjpes, TpLT^polv. K. adopts the former ; see his Gramm. 59. 

(Learn Paradigm 21.) 

198. SC3^ Observe that most adjectives in 779 are 
oxytone ; avrdpKT]^^ evrj^rjs, avviipf7)<^, 7r\7]pr]<;, are excep- 
tions. 



199. Vocabulary 18. 

One who pursues gain by base 
means, ala-xpoKcpbrjs, es. 

Gain, Kcpbos, Kepbe-os, Kep- 
dovs, TO. 

Reproach, oveibos (-cos, ovs), to. 

Character, disposition, rj?ios (-cos, 
ovs), TO (mores). 

Simple, €VTpr)s, €s (ev and rj'^os). 

Disobedient, 07761^17 y, es. 

Obedient, €VTreC^r}s, is. 

Summer, Jiepos (-cos, ovs), to. 

Year, ctos (-cos, ovs), to. 

Multitude, ttX^Soj (-cos, ovs); 
hence = democratical consti- 
tution. 



Mountain, opos (-cos, ovs), to. 

Wall, Telxos (-cos, ovs), to. 

Kind, yevos (-cos, ovs), to. 

False, yjyevdrjs, cs. 

True, dXrj^rjs, cs. 

Dicer, Kvpcvrrjs, ov, 6. 

Footpad, (prop, a filcher of 

clothes,) XcoTTodvTTjs, ov, 6. 
Robber, Xrjorfjs, ov, 6. 
Gentleness, irpaoTrjs, irpaorrjT- 

os, rj. 
Tameness, Tjficponjs, i^ficpoTrjT- 

OS, rj. 
Want of intelligence, stupidity^ 

civoLa, as, rj. 



200.] 



NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES IN TJ?. 



71 



Courage, avhpia. as, rj (dvrjp) . 
Cowardice, detXia, as, r) (§etXoy) . 
Sheep, TTpofiaTov, ov, to. 
Unintelligent, stupid, av6r]Tos, ov 

(a and voioa, vovs). 
Trireme, rpLrjprjs (-€os,ovs), rj. 
Useless, axpr]o-Tos, ov. 
I suppose, (opinor,) drjTrov. 
Army, o-TpaTcvpui, arparevpaT- 

OS, TO. 

Chase, hunting-expedition, "^rjpa, 

as, T}. 
Winter, ^^^M^^? x^^/^^'os, 6. 
Alike, SpoLcos. 
To endure, vTropev-eiv. 
To differ, Sta^ep-etz/. 



To plot against, iTri^ovkev-etp 

(with dai.). 
To value before or above, to 

prefer, TrpoTipav (= -detv) with 

ace. and gen. 
To show sobriety or seiise of 

mind, crcDcfypov-elv ( = -eeiv). 
Less, iXdrrcov. 
Lillle, pLKpos, a, ov : jj.iKpco, (by) 

a little (with comparative). 
Safety, (rcoT7)pLa, as, rj. 
Poetical, ttoltjtlkos, t], ov. 
Of earth ; hence, of brick, yrj'i- 

vos, ov. 
More than, rather ilian, paXXov rj. 



Exercise 23. 

200. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^O fcvj3€VTr)<; fcal 6\ci}7roSvT7]<; Ka\ 6\r)(TTr]^ alcr')^po- 
/cepSeZ? elcTL. 2. 01 /cv/Sevral /c6p8ov<; eve/ca ovelSr] vivo- 
fievovai. 3. Ta rj^rj tcov ^cowv hia<^epei (85, 1) Kara re 
heiXtav fcal Trpaorrjra Kal dvSplav teal rj/jLeporrjra Kal 
vovv re Kal avoiav. 4. To tcov 7rpo(3dTO)V rj^o<; evrj^e^ Kal 
dvorjTOV^. 5. ^Evrav^a ^AXKt/SLdSrj^ rjKev eK TOdv KXa- 
^o/xevcop avv irevre TptrjpecTL. 6. "A'^prjarov StJttov Kal 
olKeTTf^ Kal arpdrev/jLa avretS-e?. 7. Qrjpav Trotovvrat^ 
6iJLOLco<; ^epov^" Kal ^a/iwi^09. 8. 'O racos dira^ rov 
€TOv<; '^ TLKTei fjLOVov ' TLKTeL he ood Sco8eKa rj jjLtKp^ iXdr- 
Tft) *. 9. 'O Eeparj^ eTn^ovKevet tc3 ifKrfiifeL rS vjjberepcp. 
10. ^^(ppovovaL Tr]v acoTrjptav rod KepSov^ TrporifJLcovTe^ 
(== 7rpoTLpidoPT€<^). 11. 'O /36vacrcro^ yiyveraL ev rfj 
IlaicovLa, iv tc5 6 pec tg5 Meaaairicp. 12. Kara rov 
iroiTjTLKov XoyoVj '^oXkcl Kal auhripd hel elvai rd reL-^r) 
fidXXov rj yr]lva. 



72 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[201, 202. 



3- Supply the copula ia-rlu. ^ iroiovvrai (= iroie-ovTat) ^7}pav 

(lit. faciunt sibi venationem), go out a hunting ; hunt, ^ K. 273. 

4. b. d the partitive genitive stands with adverbs of tirrie and 
place : e. g. thrice a day^ rpls rrjs 7]/jL4pas. ® For iKdrroi/a, cf. Para- 
digm 12 {fiei^coy), 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. There are two kinds of lions. 2. He conceals 
the truth by a false tale. 3. Do not trust ( j^Z.) to walls 
and gates. 4. You (^/.) trusted to the bravery of the 
citizens, and not {say : 'but not') to walls and gates. 

5. The general of the Persians has well-disciplined 
soldiers ^^ 6. O boys, you are pursuing false pleas- 
ures, and not true ones. 7. The wicked forthemost 
partrdehght in '^ false pleasures, but good men 
(say : ' the good of men ') in true ones. 

f TCfe TTOWd. 



LESSON XXVI. 

^HpaK\7]<^, &C. 

201. When a vowel stands before the terminations 
7]^, €9, and 09, the Attics contract ea of the ace. sing, 
and neut. plur., not into t], but a ; e. g. k\€os {glory), 
plur. Kkeea — Kked, 

202. Proper names in Kker)^, contr. /CX759, undergo 
(in Attic Greek) a double contraction in the dative 
sing. ; e. g. e-el {= i-et) = ec. 



N. 


(^HpaKXerjs) 


^HpaKKrjs 




G. 


^HpaKkecos) 


'UpaKkeovs 






D. 


(HpaK\€€L 


*Hpa/cX6€t) 


'HpaKXcl 




A. 


(HpaKkeca) 


'Hpa/cXed [sometimes ^Hpa/cX?;*] | 


V. 


(llpdK\€€s) 


'HpaKkeis 


C'HpaKXeS: 


in exclamations.) 



* Plat. Phczd. 89. 



203, 204.] 



WORDS IN p^g. 



73 



203. Vocabulary 19. 

Soph^des^^ocpoKkrjs (see note 5). 

Ameino.dss, 'AficivoKkrjs- 

Eucles, EvK\r}9. 

Euthycles. Ev'^vkXtjs. 

Unwritten^ aypacpos^ op. 

Written, yeypaixfievos, rj, ov. 

The Antigone (a play of Sopho- 
cles), 7) ^AvTLyovq. 

Law, vofios, ov, 6. 

Accurate, aKpl^rjs, is. 

Full, TrXrjpTjSi €s. 

Fair, reasonable, iTrteiKrjs, cs- 

Expensive, costly, ttoXvt^Xtjs, es. 

Human, natural to man, hence 
(of sins) venial, av'^payirivos 
rj, ov. 

A sin, a fault, dfidprrjiia, dfiaprr]' 
fiar-os, TO. 

Procession, 7rop,7rrj, 17. 

Sacrifice, ^vaia, rj. 

Strong, Icxypos, a, op. 

Fifth, TrepLTTTos, rj, ov. 

Straight, right, op'^os, rj, ov 
(rectus). 

Rem. By 201, vyiia (from vyi-ns, 
vyirj is also found in Plato. 



It lefts, is becoming, Trpiiret, 
(decet.) with dat. 

To think, oUcr^ai. 

Not to transgress, (lit. fo remain 
within,) to observe (a law), 
€fipLev-€Lv (with dat). 

It is fitting or expedient, o-i;/x(^€- 
p« (= expedit), TO (Tvp,(j)€pov, 
( = id quod expedit, or utile 
est), the expedient. 

To pardon, crvyyiyvao-K-eiv (with 
dat,). 

To accept, aTrobex'^o-^ai. 

To court, to consult a thing, 
e. g. expediency, ^eparrev-cLv. 

To give in evidence, bear wit- 
ness, fiapTVp'Clv ( = -€€LV). 

Test, proof mode of examination, 
(of a witness, e. g. by torture,) 
eXeyxos, ov, 6, 

Judge, KpirT]s, ov, 6. 

Healthy, sound, vyirjs, es. 

(There) ivere, rjcrav, imp. 3d. pi. 
from et/xt. 

vyie-os) is contracted into vyia, but 



Exercise 24. 

204. a) Translate into English. 

1. Tavra ovk otovrau^^ QefJuaroKXel irpeTretv. 2. 01 
fiev aypa<poL vofiou ovheirore /jLera/SaXXovcrLV, ol Se ye- 
ypafifjuevoL iroKkaKL^^ coairep elprjrai^ iv rfj rod Xo^o- 
KXeov<; ^Avnyovrj. 3. To SUaiov^ iariv aXr]^6<; rc^ /cat 
avfjL(f)€pov. 4. Be\TLOvo<; dvSpo^^ to tol<; dypd(f)0L<; vo/jLol^; 
rj T0L<; yey pa/jLfjL6V0L<; e/jL/jLevecv. 5. To tol<^ dv^pcoTrlvoL^ 
df^apT7]/jLacn avyytyvcoaKetv i7rt€LK6^^. 6. 01 ^€ol ov/c 

4 



74 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[205. J 



a/Trohe')(pvTaL ra^ irdXvTeKel^; 7ro/jL7rd<; re koI ^vo-ia<;, 
7. '^Hcrav KOdfiai iroWal ifKrjpei^ iroXkSyv aya^cov iv rS 
irehlco rco irapa rbv Tiyprjra TrorajMov, 8. 01 Hvpafcov- 
aot aTpaTrjyov<^ e')(pvaiv 'HpafcXeiSrjv Kal Evickea koI 
TeXXlav. 9. ^rparyyo^ rjv Kopiv^icov 'BevoKXelSr)'^ 6 
Ev^vK\eov<^^ 7re[Jb7fT0<; avro^;^^, 10. ToXrf^h^ [=t6 
aXrf^ef;) la'^vpov iarc. 11. 01 ttoWoI, tov op^ov^ ovk 
aXrf^eL^; fcpiral ovre^, ^ to av/ju^epov [laXKov "^epairevov- 
cTiv, 12. ^Hyov/jLac^ iravraTrdcri ye^^ aXrj^rj elvav Kal 
vytd (or vytrj) koX irtaTov tov av^pcoirov. 

a ' has been said.'' b 'justice, rig/itJ See K. 244, 8. ^ ' some- 

thing J d the gen. with ia-ri is construed as in Lat. : it is the part, 

duty, &c. of; it is characteristic of, &-c. * supply icrri f ovtss 

(ei/ii). ^ = Tjyeofiai, I think. 

b) Translate into Greek. • 

1. We praise those who speak the truth (^ay; 
Uhe true things'). 2. You {pL) all gave false 
witness (say : ' gave-in-evidence the false «> things'). 

3. We will give-in-evidence what is true, not^^ what 
is false (say: 'the true nhings; ' Hhe false ^things'). 

4. You see the faithlessness of Tissaphernes. 5. Their 
general is Dercyllidas, the (son) of EiicleSj with two 
others *2^ 6. Who avoids such (^ay; ' so ') accurate 
methods-of-examination ? 7. I will give these things 
to Ameinocles the Samian. 



LESSON XXVII. 

Substantives hi €v<;. (Paradigm 27.) 
205. The termination eu? [oxytoiie) takes « in the 
genitive sing. ; and in the dat. sing, and nom. arid ace, 



206—210.] 



NOUNS IN svg. 



75 



IS €V 



plur. admits of regular contraction. The voc. 
[perispomenon) ; dat. pi. evaiiv). (Observe the accent.) 



SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


N. eys 

G. €Wff 

D. « 

A. ed 
V. eO 


€LS 
€COV 

€V(TL(y) 

eas (eiy) 

619 


N. ) 
A. } ie 

G. > , 
D. \ "°'^ 



206. Besides els- the old Attic dialect possesses a collateral form 
in ris (contracted from the Epic ^es) for the nom. and voc. plur. ; 
e. g. nXarat^s for nXarateiy. 

207. Most substantives which have a vowel before the termina- 
tion €V£, contract koas into ooj, ea into a, eay (seldom) into as ; e. g. 
Evfioevs (an inhabitant of Eubcea), gen. EujSocoy, ace. Et'jSoa, ace. 
plur. Ev^oas. So sometimes G. plur. ; e. g. ^lE.p€TpLa>v, Acopicov. 

208. Future Participle.] The fut. participle is formed by adding 
0)1/ to root of Future, fiXaTTTCD, fut. jSXdyjrco, participle ^\a\\t(t>v (-ovaa, 
-op). It. is declined like a participle of the Present (Pdm. 16). 

209. The future participle is often used to denote a 
purpose. 

(Eng.) I am come to do this. 

(Greek) I am come about-to-do this (^kco tt oir] cr (ov ravTo) 
(Eng.) I sent a man to do this. 

(Greek) / sent (a man) about to do this (€7r€p.\jra tto irja-ovra 
ravra [or, top Troirja-ovra]), 



210. Vocabulary 20. 

Interpreter, ipprjvevs, 6. 

King, ^aa-ikcvs, 6. 

Painter, ypa(j)€vs, 6. 

Priest, Upevs, 6. 

Horseman, Imrevs, 6. 

Scribe, ypapparevs, 6. 

Parent, yovcvs, 6. 

Abundant, a(f)?iovos, ov, (d, not, 
(f)'^6vos, envy, there being so 
much that none need envy 
another.) 



The Pirceus (port of Athens), 

UeLpaievs, 6. 
Mart, custom-house (at Athens), 

CfJLTTOpLOV, OV, TO. 

Superintendent, inspector, eVi- 
p,€\T]Trj9, ov, 6 (eTTijJL. ipiropiov 
= custom-house officer). 

Foot soldier, ttc^os, ov, 6 (pedes). 

Higher up, more inland, beyond, 
av(o (adv. with gen.). 

To dig down, Karao-Kdnr-eiv. 



76 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[211. 



f 



Twenty thousand, dio-iivpioi,^ 

m, a. 
Together with (dat.), dfia; afia 

Trj rjixepa, at day-break. 
To sacrifice, ?iv-€Lv. 
An offering, a sacrifice, SO/xa, 

^VfJiaT'OS, TO, 

To fut info the hands, to hand 

over, iyx'^LpL^-€LV. 
Priestess,, Upeta, rj. 
Holy, oaios, a, ov. 



To disobey, aTreC^-elv ( = -€€iv)j 
with dat. 

To make a likeness of, to copy, 
to draw, a7ret/caf-eti^. 

To imitate, /xt/xe-etrSai (/xt/xet- 
a'^ai). 

Serious or earnest in character, 
good, worthy, (nrovdalos, a, ov. 

I am come, tJkco ( = veni, ad- 
sum). 

To go away, direpx-ca^ai. 



Exercise 25. 

211. a) Translate into English. 

1. 'Eevo(j>cov SceXeyero avrols^ 8l ip/ji7]vico<; irepi 
(TTTOvScOV. 2. OvK €(7TL '^p7]/jLaTa rj/juv^, TOL<; Se TToXefiloL^ 
a^^ova irapa fSaaCKecd^, 3. AaiJbj3dvei to apyvpLOV 6 
jpaiJifiaTev<; 6 rod i/jLTroplov eTrc/JieXrjTcbv Ev^v8'r]/jbo<;, 
4. ^'Apua rfj rj/jiipci opcopiev LTnrea^; ttoXXou?, ire^ov^; 8' avco 
Tcop iTTTrecDV CO? hi(Tpbvpiov<^, 5. ''Hkco ^vacov, 6. Qvaov- 
T69^° Tot9 lepevai re Kal lepelai^ iy^eipii^opbev ra ^vpuara. 



7. Ovx 



oaiov 



TOVTO j€^^ TO T0L<; jovevaLV aireL^elv, 



8. Al(T')(^pov Toi)^ puev ypa(f)€L<; aireLKd^eiv tcl KaXa tcjv 

^a)a>v, T0U9 Se 7ralha<^ pirj papieta^aL tov^ aTTOvhaiov^ tcov 

yovecov. 9. UipLTropLev KaTao-/cd'\jrovTa<!; Ta t€l^7]. 

* ' conversed with them.^ b like est {sunt) mihi = ' 1 have^ 

in Latin. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. It is "^the mark of a bad boy to disobey his 
parents. 2. The painter will draw the insects. 3. O 
dear boy, you ought to imitate your parents. 4. The 
clerks receive money from ^^ the Lacedaemonians. 

5. We are come to sacrifice ^° to Athene [= Minerva), 

6. The Persian, having handed-over his offering to the 



212, 213.] 



wonDS IN ig, 4j vgj 



77 



priest, is-going-away. 7. Many of the cavalry fly. 
8. Many of the men from the Piraeus are digging-down 
the wall. 9. Those from the city are coming to aid ^^ 
those in the Piraeus. 10. We admire not only the city 
but also the Piraeus. 



LESSON XXVIII. 

Wo?^ds in i?, 6j U9j V, 
212. A considerable number of words with the ter- 
minations ^9, ^j 1^9, f, retain their proper vowel only in 
the ace. and voc. sing., substituting e for it in all the 
other cases. Words in ^9 and u9 take co in the genitive 
(i. e. 0)9 for 09), Avhich, however, in reference to the 
accent, is considered as short, like o) in the gen. plur. 
of these words. The neuters in l and v form their 
genitive in the usual manner. 



( ■ 

Sing. 


N. 


ty 


vs 


V 




G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


60)S 

6t 

LV 

I 


€(05 
6fc 

vv 

V 


€0S 
61 


Plur. 


N. V. 


€LS 


€LS 


V 




G. 
D. 
A. 


60)1/ 

6(rt(i/) 

CIS 


60) Z/ 

60-t(l/) 

€LS 


€(0U 

€(n(p) 


Dual. 


N. A. V. 
G. D. 


ioiv 


€€ 

€OLV 


€€ 

€OLP 



213. Vocabulary 21, 

Intelligence, o-vvccrts, rj. 
Intellectual act, intellect, vutjo-ls, tj. 
Elboiv, fore-arm, tttj^vs, 6. 
Prophet, fidvTis, 6. 
Insolence, v^pis, t] ; v^p€(os v6- 



Articulation of a joint, joint, 8t- 

ap3o)(rty, rj. 
Hatchet, axe, neXeKvSi 6. 

p,os = the law of assault. 
Power, bvvapLiS') rj. 



78 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[214. 



Gift, 'present, Soo-t?, 17. 

Nature, (f)v(TLs, rj. 

Seeing (the sense of sight), 

sight, oyJALs, rj. 
Smelling (the sense of) smelh 

o(T(f>pr]crLs, rj, 
(The sense of) hearing, aKorj, rj. 
Limb, fieXos, fieXe-os (-ovs), to. 
Between, fxcra^v (adv. with gen.). 
Wrist, KapTTos, ov, 6. 
Elbow, ajKcov, dyKwv'OS, 6. 
Hunting-knife, cutlass, fxaxaipa, 

as,r). 
Sword, ^L(j)os, $L(l)€'Os (-ovs), TO. 
Axe, d^LVT], rjs, rj. 
House, oIklu, as, 77. 

Saw, TpLCDV, TploV-OS, 6. 



Low-bred, ignoble, dyevvrjs, es. 

Tail, ovpd, as, rj. 

Breadth, TrXaroy, TrkaTe-os (-ovy), 



TO. 



Unbearable, d(j)6pr)Tos, ov. (Com- 

parat. dcj^oprjroTepos.) 
Prisoner of war, alxP'dXa)Tos, ov 

{alxMi cuspis, dXlcTKeiv, ca- 

pere). 

To cut off, dnOKOTTT-CCV. 

To surpass or be superior, virep' 

€X'€Lv, (withg-6?n.). 
To contemplate, behold, Sfeoop-eii/ 

{-€€LV). 

To read, dvayiyvoaa-K-eiv. 
Low, base, Taneivos, rj, ov. 



Exercise 26. 

214. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^O dv^pco7To<; (TvveaeL re vTT€pe')(eL toop aWcov ^wcov 
Kal Slktjv Kal^6ov<; vofiL^et^^. 2. UoXKa 7roXkd/a<; 
vorjaeu aX)C ovk^^ ofM/jbaacv ^ecopovjjbev. 3. Ut^^^u? /ca- 
XelraL ^ Kal to avfiirav yLteXo?, ocrov ^ icrrl /JLera^i) Trj<^ re 
Kara /capirbv Kal Trj<; Kar^ ajKOdva 8tap^ pco- 
creci)9*« 4. JJoWa^ fiev [Jba')(aipa^ e')(pvai, iroXka Se 
f/^775 nroXKov'^ Se TreXi/cec^; Kal a^ivas, 5. AvKovp<yo<; 
eKeXeve '^ Ta<; OLKca^ iroielv cltto TreXe/ceco? Kal Trptovo^; 
(jLovov. 6. ^evye eKjovov v^peco^ aScKLav. 7. Tol<^ cro(f)OL<; 
cocnrep fiavrecn TTLo-revofjiev naL^^. 8. 01 KoXaKe^ (pvacp 
ajewTj Kal raTretvrjv 6')(ovaLV. 9. 01 eKel ® Kal o-^ei ^^ 
Kal aKofi Kal ocrc^prjaet Kal iracn tol<; tolovtol^ ^ rroXv tcop 
ip^dSe ^ hia^epovaLp. 10. ^Ep rfj Svpia ra Trpo/Sara 

ra? OVpm^^ €')(€L TO TtXcLTO^ 7r7]'^6(0^^^. 11. 01 eK 

Tov aaTeo^ (f>evyovaL. 



215.] 



NOUNS IN fW AND (OQ. 



79 



^ ' is called^ ( = KaXe-erat). b ^ffov (== quantum) ' as much {of it 
as^). c ^ Kara Kupirhu Bidp^pcoa-is (the articulation at the wrist =) 

the wrist joint: so tj tear' ayKoova didp^pcocrLS. d sc. the Lacedcemo- 

nians. « K. 244. 10. f toiovtos = talis : understand ' things.^ 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. The man takes-his-estimate of ^ Alexander, not 
from^^ Alexander's ^'own nature, but from his own 
cowardice, 2. Nothing is more unbearable than inso- 
lence. 3. Read me^ the law of assault. 4, The 
power of the city is (K. 241. 2) great 11 .* 5. By his 
power of speaking he conquered his opponents. 6. We 
will aid the god with foot, hand, voice, and all our 
power ^of every kind^''. 7. Themistocles courted 
him with a present of money. 8. The soldiers cut-off 
(pres.) the necks of their prisoners-of-war with an axe. 
9. The walls of the city are beautiful II . 10. Insolence, 
and pleasure, and all ° manner of senselessness, rules- 
over those (° who dwell) in cities ||. 

s ^€cap-e7u ( = ieip), i. e. to contemplate hinu Alexander^ *AAe|ay- 
hpQs. ^ fMoi, enclit. 



LESSON XXIX. 

215. The terminations of nouns in c6 and 069 are as 
follows : 



N. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


(k) cas 


OL, &LQ,. as 2d 


(0, &c. as 


G. 


(00 y), 01) s 


Declension. 


2d Declension. 


D. 


(oi), ol 




. 


A. 


(pa)^ o) 






V. 


ol 







Obs. Note the peculiar vocat. ot. 



* This mark || means that this notion is to stand first in the sen- 
tence. 



80 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[216, 217. 



216. Vocabulary 22. 

Shame, reverence, alda)s, rj. 
Persuasion, obedience, Trei^co, r]. 
Goddess, Sea, ay, vj. 
Shamelessness, duai^ia, tj- 
Tlieiiispectorofboys (at Sparta), 

TraLdoifo^os, 6. 
A taxiarch (the commander of a 

Ta^LS or division), Ta^iapxos^, 6. 
Device, contrivance, enLvoea, as, t). 
Endurance, patience, Kaprepla, t). 
Toil, labor, ttovos, ov, 6. 
Lover, ipaa-Trjs, ov, 6. 



Opinion, glory, do^a, 77s, 7. 

Maker, author, hence (impro- 
prie) of a thing, the instru- 
ment, ^Tjp^iovpyoS', ov, 6. 

Oratory, prjTopiKr), rj, (rex^rji cirt, 
understood,) prop. fern. adj. 
oratorical. 

To receive, XapL^dveiv, 

To take one's work easily, to be 
lazy or idle, pabbovpy-elv ( = 
-eeti/). 

To supply, to bestow, vapix'^cr'^ai^ 



Exeixise 27. 
217. a) Translate into English. 

I. 01 AaKeSac/jiovcot ^eav ov rrjv ^AvaiSetav aWa rfjp 

AlScb vojJbl^ovaL. 2. 'O fcoXa^ iroWa y^prjijuara irapa '^ 

^ AfjieivoKkeov^^ ireu^ol \a/jL/3dv6L, 3. ^Ev Aa/ceSaifjLovt 6 

TraiSovofio^ rovs 7ra28a<; tov<; f)aSioupyovvTa<^ {= paStovp^ 

yi'OVTa^) la')(ppo}^ /coXat^et, ooare iroWrjv fJbev aiSco, iroXKr]v 

he TreL^o) etcel o-v/JLTrapetvai.^ 4. 'O Kvpo<; rov ^xev ra^L- 

dpypv rrjv iirivoiav, tS)v Se arpartcoTcov rrjv Tre^^o) eiraL- 

V6L, 5. OvTcos ^(^pr] Kol TO XoLTTop ^ dvSpa<^ aja^ovs eivaL, 

rytyvdoaKovra^, ort ras fJieyaka^ "* rjhova^ /cal ra aya^a to. 

fjueyaXa rj Trec^co kol rj Kaprepla /cal ol iv tcS Kaipco TTOVOt 

KoX KivhvvoL 7rape')(ovTaL. 6. Tijjirjf; ipaarai elaiv fiera 

aojcf^poavvr]^ re Kal alhovs Ka\ aXrf^Lvrj^ B6^7]<;. 7. Tiyvciy- 

c-K(o on ireu^ovs Sr}/jLiovpy6<; icmv rj prjropc/o], 

* ^AfA€ivoK\7js, 207. ^ = slmul adesse^ to be present there at the 

same time : Sxrre, so that, with infin. (to be rendered by a finite verb), 
c == in posterum ; for the future, henceforth : kuX, also ; i. e. as you have 
hitherto been. ^ fxiyas. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Deem that Persuasion, not Force ^^, is a goddess. 
2. Hermes (= Mercury) conducts to ^^ mankind Rever- 



218—220.] 



IMPERATIVE. 



81 



ence and Justice. 3. The bad call shame silliness. 
4. Tellias, the son of Eucles, called reverence and 
shame a divine fear. 5. We ought to surpass others 
in ^^justice and reverence. 6. Bad masters teach the 
young not by « persuasion, but by violence. 7. Nearly ^ 
all will yield to persuasion, but very few to force. 

* U7r(j with gen. f crxeSoV t«. 



LESSON XXX. 
Imperative. Adjectives in vs. 
218. The terminations of the Imperative are : 





PRESENT. 




AORIST. 


S. € 


ero) 


S. OP 


aTco 


P. ere 


€Tco(rav, or (more 


P. aT€ 


arocxrav 




commonly) ovrcov. 




or avTcov. 


D. €TOV 


eTiOV 


D. arov 


arcov 



219. EXAMPLES. 



PRESENT. 


AORIST. 


S. Xv-€ Xu-ero) 


S. \v(r-ov Xva-drco 


P. Xi;-ere Xv-ercocrav 


P. X^cr-are \v(T-dT(0(rav 


or \v-6vTcov. 


or Xvo-'dirrcov. 


D. \v-€TOV Xv-€TCOP 


D, Xv(T-arov Xv(T-dTcov 



220. a) The Imperative of the Present is used, as 
in other languages, in requests, commands, exhorta- 
tions, permissions, and the like. 

It is used in general precepts, and when the action commanded or 
advised, against which we are ivarned, &c. is either considered as 
continuing (lasting, that is, for some time) or being repeated from time 
to time. 

b) The Imperative of the Aorist is used when the 

action commanded, advised, permitted, (fcc. is considered 

as a single, definite action (not as being continued for 

any length of time, or being repeated). Thus iravaov 

4* 



82 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[221—224. 



Tov XoyoVj end your speech (by a single effect of the 
will, &c.). 

221. This distinction is often but small : and it disappears when 
the verb has only one of the forms in use. — The Aorist Imperative 
may be used of an action that really has (and must have) duration, 
but then it does not indicate this : it speaks of it simply as one, defi- 
nite action. 

222. The negative with an Imperative is firj, but the Aorist Impe- 
rative is hardly ever used with firj (the Aorist Subjunctive being 
used, as we shall see) instead of it. 

223. Adjectives in vs are contracted in the dat. sing, and the 
nom. accus. and vocat. plural.* 

224. PARADIGMS. 





yXvKvs, 


yXvKcla, yXvKv, 


siveet. 






SINGULAR. 






m. 


f. 


n. 


N. 


yXvKvs 


yXvKe^a 


yXvKv 


G. 


yXvKe-os 


yXvKeias 


yXvK€-os 


D. 1 


yXvK':-i ) 
yXvKel ^ 


yXvKela 


S yXvK€'i ^ 


A. 


yXvKvv 


yXvKeiav 


yXvKv 


V. 


yXvKv 


yXvKcIa 


yXvKv 






PLURAL. 






m. 


f. 


n. 




1 yXvK€-€S ^ 

' yXvK€7s y 


yXvKciaL 


yXvKea 


G. 


yXvKecov 


yXvK€LWV 


yXvK€COV 


D. 


yXvK€(TL{v) 


yXvK€Lais 


yXvKeari 


A. < 


1 yXvK^as i 
' yXvKeis ( 


yXvKelas 


yXvKea 


( yXvKels S 


yXvKeiai 


yXvKea 






DUAL. 






m. 


f. 


n. 


N.A.V. 


yXvK€€ 


yXvK€ia 


yXvK€€ 


G.D. 


yXvKeotv 


yXvKeiaLV 


yXvK€OLV 



1^" Nor yXvtc-€€, nor yXvK-ea, 
Nor yKvK-ioiv contract you 
So y\vK-eos and y\vK-€cov 
Contraction ever let alone. 



may 



225, 226.] 



ADJECTIVES IN Vg. 



83 



225. Vocabulary 23. 

Sweet, pleasHrahle, ijdvs. 
Quick (also mentally), o^vs* 
Sloio, ^paBvi. 
Short, small, ^pa^ds. 
Appetite, ope^is, ewy, ^. 
Ready-vntted, clever^ shrewdy «yX*" 

vovs (see 136). 
Having a good memory, of a re- 

teiUive memory, fjLin)p,(av, pn'-qpi- 

ovos (see 191). 
Prone (to) o^yppcmos, ov (from 

o^vs and perreLv). 
Fond of gain, (j)L\oK€pdr]s, es. 
Part, fiopLov, ov, to. 
Again, rraXiv. 
Confession, opokoyla, a?, rj. 
Confidently, boldly, '^appcov, (par- 
tic, of "^appfiv : lit. '• feeling 

confidence.") 
Sycophant, informer, o-vKocpdvrrjs, 

ov, 6. 



Otherwise, oXXooy . 

To commit injustice, dbiKelv (= 
-ecLv.) 

To deliberate, to decide, fiovXeveij/, 

To hear, to listen to, uKov-eiv (with 
gen,) 

To abide by, e/x/xeVeti^ (with dat,) 

To wail, p,€v-€Lv. 

To make to cease, put a stop to, 
7rav'€ip : Traveiv riva rrjs apx^js, 
to stop a man from his goxern- 
ment or magistracy = to de- 
prive him of his magistracy. 

To define, 6ptC-€iv. (Hence the 
horizon = the boundary-line of 
earth and sky.) 

To test, prove, doKtpid^-Etu, 

To examine, i^erd^-civ. 

Participation, KOLvcovia, as, tj. 

To snatch at, to seize, dprrd^-civ 
(rapere). 



Exercise 28. 

226. a) Translate into English, 

1. 'U eirCisvfMia rod rjSeo^ iarlv op€^t<;, 2. 01 6^el<i 
Kot cv^iyjvoi /cat fjLvrj/JLOve<; co? ra TroWa fcal 7rp6<; Ta<i 
opyas d^vppoTTOi eicTLV. 3. 01 (f)Lko/c€pSeL(; evetca K6pSov<; 
^pa')(eo<; dScKovo-c, 4. ^Ev ^pa')(el piopicp ri/jb6pa<; ire pi 
TToWcop o-co/jlcltcop koX ')(^pr] /jbdrcov Kol TToXecov Kal S6^?;9 
(BovXevoiiev, 5. II p6^ tou? ^A^rjvalov^ Tre/jLTrere irepl'- 
HoTihaia^^, 6. Aeje rov vopuov [^sch,). 7. ''On 
dXrf^rj Xiyco,^ aKOvaare tmv -^In^iptcr/Jbdrcov (jEsch,), 
8. Aeye Srj ttoXlv o {= quod) Arj/xoa^evrj^; Kara Ay/jLO- 
a^€vov<; eypayfre' Trpocre^j^erej c5 dvhpe^, 9. Mrf Xeye- 
TO) TO opo/jba dXXa to irpdyfxa, 10. Trjv /J^d'^V^ pLO^ ecfyrj 



84 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[227. 



6 Kvpo^^ \e^ov eKaarcov, rjTL<^ ia-rL" 11. B 07]^i]aaT6 

fjboc, Kol /jlt) SiSdaKere rov^ o-v/co(f)dvTa^ fiel^ov v/jLcov 

avTcov Svvacr^ai,^ 12. ©appayv ifijjieviTco ry 6/10X0- 

yia, 13. ^E/jb/jbevovrcov^ rol^ 6pKoc<;, 

* ' on the subject of:' lit. about. ^ a sentence with ' thaf (Jiri) 

often depends on a suppressed notion ; such as, to see, to convince your- 
selves, &c. ^ the Aorist impHes one definite statement. Ae|or fxoi, 
t)]v fiax- kKdcTTwv ^TLS iari == riris icrrlp tj fidxn eKcia-TCiov. The ace. IS 
here placed as the object of Xe^op, instead of as the subject {nom. case) 
to iffri. -^Tis is fern, of octtis {qu<s, qualis), what, of what kind. 
^ fi€7Coy dvj/aa-^ai ( = plus posse or valere), to have more power, to be 
stronger. ® see 218. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Stay, and do not do otherwise. 2. Of boys, some 
are quick, and others slow. 3. Hear, O Athenians, the 
decrees against ^schines. 4. Remove him from '^ his 
command. 5. Define for me (yito/, enclit.) up to ^how 
many years we ought to consider men young. 
6. Prove your friends by their participating °with 
you in danger. 7. Bring them hither^, and ex- 
amine what ^ they say. 8. Do not snatch-at the hon- 
ors of the state. 

f ti^xPh ^- S^'^- (Sf^ot = irScroi, -ai, -a, -av). Define single definite 
act. ^ to bring . . . hither, devpo irapdyeij/. Say : ' brhiging 

them hither . , . examiTie.^ ^ ^t = quid (it retains the acute). 



LESSON XXXI. 

Subjunctive of the Present and Aorist Active. 

227. The Subjunctive, Hke the Principal Tenses 
(242), has third dual ov ; third plural (tl. 

It has the long e and sounds (77, co) where the In- 
dicative has the short ones (e, o). 



228—231.] SUBJUNCTIVE. 85 



Terminations of the Subjunctive. 


S. CO 


279 v{='V-f''^,V-i) 


P. (Ofxev 


rjre wab • 


D. 


7;toi/ t^toi/. 




EXAMPLES. 




{Subjunctive Present ^^ 


S. TVITT-CO 


TVTTT-rjS TVTTT-rj 


P. rvTrT-cofxev 


rvnT'T^re TV7rT-<o(n 


D. 


TV7rT-T)T0V TVTTT-TjTOU 


P. Tvyjr-ooiJLev 


(Subjunctive Aorist.') 

TV\j/-T]T€ Tvylr-coa-L 
TV'^-T]TOV Tvyjr-TjTov. 



228. The Subjimctive of the Aorist does not (Hke 
the Indicative) denote past time^ but a single^ definite 
action considered as standing alone : whereas the Sub- 
junctive of the Present denotes a continued or repeated * 
action. 

229. Thus with ottco?, ha = ut (' in order that '), 
the Present Subjunctive is used of general p)urposes^ 
and the hke, and wherever duration is to be pointed 
out. — It must, however, be remembered, that the Aorist 
fSiibj. may be used of an action that really does and 
must continue for a considerable time ; but then the 
tense does not imply this, but considers it as one action, 
complete in itself 

230. On the other hand, the Present Subj. cannot 
be used of a single, definite action, performed once, 

231. But with those particles of time that are com- 
pounded with av (e. g. orav, quum, quoties, iTretSdv, 
postquam) the tSubj. Aor. = the Latin futurum ex- 
actum. 

* By a repeated action is meant an action spoken of indefinitely ; 
such an action, whenever it takes place; sv/:h a state, whenever it 
exists. 



86 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[232, 233. 



•mi 



232. Examples (for imitation). 

a. Temporal Particles. 

orav Troths = quum (quoiies) facias, when (lohenever) you 
do (of a habit, general truth, &c.). 

orav 7roLr]o-r}s, quum (quoties) feceris, when you shall have 
done ; when you have done. Often = when you do (from 
the difference of our English idiom). 

eTreidav rroLija-rjs = postquam feceris, 

h. Final Particles. 

iva (oTTcos) TTOLTJs, ut facias ; that you may do (habitually). 
ha (oTTcos) 7roLT]a7]Sy ut facias, that you may do (once). 

c. Conditional Particle. 

iav TToifjs, si facias ; si quando facias. 

iav 7roLr](rrjs, sifeceris ; si quando facias (semel). 

d. O" All these particles take /x?;, not ov, for not ; firjbsisi not 

ouSe/y, for nobody. 



233. Vocabulary 24. 

In the loay of ifiTro^oiv, (adv. 

with dat.) 
Any wild animal that is hunted, 

^rjplov, ov, TO : ra '^rjpla = 

game. 
Young animal, o-KVfjivos, ov, 6 : 

ol o-KvjjLvoL, the young (ones). 
Dog, Kvcov, Kvv-os, 6 et 17. 
Female, '^rjXvs. eta, v. 
Young bird, veoTTiov, ov, to. 
Viviparous, ^(ootokos, ov. (fcooy, 

vivus ; T€K, root of tlkt€lv, pa- 

rere.) 
Four-footed, TeTpairovs, TeTpd- 

TTovv, (gen. TeTpdiTodos, &c.) 
Herb, grass, noa, as, rj. 
At any other time, ciWoTe. 
Wax, Krjpos, oVi o. 



Pitch, TTLTTa (Attic for nlo-o-a). 

Oil, Tkaiov, ov, TO. 

Healthy, vyieivos, 17, ov. 

Water, vdcop, vdaT-os, to. 

Without pleasure, drjdojs. 

To hinder, kco\v-€lv (fut. wco). 

To counsel, advise, avix^ovXev- 
€iv, (with dat.) 

To make plain, to show, drfKo-eiv. 

Right time, Kaipos, ov, 6. Op- 
portunely, at the right time, els 

KULpOV. 

To hind^ to tie up, hi-eiv. 

To cease, leave off, Trav-ea-^ai (== to 

stop oneself). 
To sing, a-beiv (== dclbciv). 
To sit (of a bird), eWaf-eti/. 
To dream, iwirvid^-cLv. 



234.] SUBJUNCTIVE. 87 



To he suffering, to he ill, Ka^veiv 

(laborare). 
To eat, €(r?5L-€iv. 
To he in pain, akye^p (= eeiv). 

Less, TjTTOV. 

To he strong, l(rxi>'€Lv. 
Fit, Uavos, 7], 6u (idoneus). 



To colled (in a heap), d^polC-eiv. 
Dung, manure, Konpos, ov, 6. 
To din£, bcLTTveiv (= eeiv). 
To drink, ttlv-clv. 
Being present, irapcDV (= prae- 
sens, part. pres. of napelvai). 



Exercise 29. 
(Learn Paradigms 29, 32 : /3of}9j oh.) 

234. a) Translate into English, 

1. Aeo/jiev*- tov Kvva^ 67rco<; fjurj dpTrd^rj tou9 rSyv^rjpi- 
(OV aKvixvov^, 2, 'H ^7]\6La dr]hcbv iraverai aSovaa^^ 
orav iirwd^rj KoX rd veoma e')(rj, 3. ^Evvrrvidl^etv (pat- 
vovrau ov ybovov dv^pcorroiy dXkd koX Ilttttol koX Kvves Kal 
ySoe9 • €TC 8e TTpo/Bara /col alye^ Kal irdv to tmv ^cootokcov 
Kal rerpaiTohwv ryevo<;, 4. 01 Xvkol 7r6a<; dWore [xev ovk 
ia^iovacv, orav Se KdfivcoaL,'^ 5. 01 yS6e9 rov^ ir6Sa<; 
rJTTOv dXjovcTLv,'^ idv Tt9 rd Kepdna akei^rj Krjpcp rj ttltttj 
Tj iXalo), 6. 'TjceLvorepaL o'ie^ rcov aljcov • la')(yovaL he 
jjidXkov at al<y€<; tcop otcov, 7. Tov^ \vkov<^ (paalv, orav 
ireivcoatVi^ ecr^ieuv TLvdjrjv, 8. ^ErretSdv diravra dKov- 
arjrej KpLvareJ 9. Av^h croi crvfji/SovXevcro/xev, idv /jlt) 
K(o\vcrr) fjie TO yrjpa<^, 10. Eh Katpov rjKeiSy 07rco<; Tr]<; 
SUr/^; aKOvaT]^ Trapcbv Tr]<; d/jL(j)l TOV 7raTp6<;, 11. Eoirj- 
o-co TavTa, Xva StjXcoo-co tov<; i/jLTroSayv 6vTa<^ tj} tcov 
EXXrjvcDV evSac/JLOvla. 

"^ In the Present Indlc. dissyllables in ew do not contract 4otiev and 
4ov(n. b TravojJLai ttoicou rt = I leave off doing any thing. But in 

English doing is participial subst. in oa^c. ; in the Greek it is a present 
participle agreeing with subj. '/ doing iV ( ^=who am doing it) 
leave-off. c Supi)ly ' tkc?i they do^^ or prefix ' only ' to *6rav^ when. 

^ iX-yCiv TO us 7r<i5as, to feel pain as to their feet = feel pain in t/ieir 
feet. ^ = irciud-oDcri, from ireij/deiv, esurire. f cKplva, Aor. of 

Kpivajj to judge. Imperat, Kpc'uou, drct), &c. 



88 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[235. 



b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Speak, that I may hear {single action), 2. I 
say this, that you may remove (one definite act) Tel- 
has from his command. 3. We say this, that nobody 
may trust those who have done such things. 4. When 
(= after) you have made him fit to govern, let him 
govern. 5. A good husbandman iscarefulstocol- 
lect {say : 'provides how [otto)?] he may collect,' 
i. e. habitually) his manure. 6. When you have col- 
lected the manure, you shall dine. 7. Do not think 
that they drink without-pleasure, when (= whenever^ 
if at any time) they drink water. 8. It is a custom 
with the Persians {dat.) to kiss relations, when' 
« that is (ye) they see ^ them after a long time.^ 

ff eTrt/ieAerrai ( = eTTi^eAe-erat). h The subj. of opaw is (irre- 

gularly) rSco, -77S, -r?, &C. 



LESSON XXXII. 

First Future and Aorist of Liquid Verbs,* 
235. Short root.] Many verbs are strengthened 
forms of simpler roots. — To obtain the short from the 
strengthened root, we must retrace the step or steps by 
which the strengthening was effected : 

1) By changing the radical vowel or diphthong into 
the short vowel from which it arose. 
at becomes a. 

€t before a mute must be changed into c. 
€L before a liquid must be changed into e. 
ov becomes o, 
7] (when it has arisen from a) becomes a, 

* i. e. verbs whose root ends in a liquid. 



236, 237.] 



FIRST FUTURE.^ LIQUID VERBS. 



89 



EXAMPLES. 



(f)aiu 
aKov 



(pav 



XetTT 

Xrj^ 



Xltt 



T€LV T€V 



2) By rejecting the latter of two consonants : refiv, 

T€fJL, 

a) Since ttt = any P-sound + t, the short root may 

end in tt, /S, or 0. 
J) From ^ (=: o-S) \\\q former is ejected : ^pa^, ^paS. 

c) But a strengthened root in f has sometimes arisen 

from a short root ending in y : oifxcD^^ olfjbccty, 

d) Her, TT, are mostly strengthened roots from short 
Toots that end in a K-sound (/c, y, or ;>^) : but 
sometimes from roots that end in a T -sound : 

irpaacr, irpay, (pptcrcr, (j)pL/c, TTTUcra; tttv^. 

ipecra, ipeT, Kopvacr, fcopv^, 

236. In the Active Voice, liquid verbs have only 
Avhat is called the Second Future. It is formed by 
adding w to the short root. 

237. The Aorist Act. of liquid verbs is without a : 
it lengthens the vowel of the Future ; and for that pur- 
pose changes 

€ into €L ) aTrepS, eo-ireipa 
a into ?; ) (pavcbj €(}>7]va.* 



PRESENT. 


FUTURE. 


AORIST. 


o-</)dXX-a), to trip up 


(r(f)d\-a) 


€-o-<pr]\-a 


<^atV-a), to show 


(pdv-cb 


€-(f)7JV-a 


fxev-co^ to remain 


fJi€P-(0 


€-p€tv-a 


a-TTctpo), sow 


O-TTCp-CO 


€-(rTr€Lp-a 


TiXX-co, to pluck 


tI\-(o 


€-TlX-a 


afxyu-co, to defend 


ap,vv-(D 


rjp,vv-a. 



* But the following take Aor. 1. in ava: — 

a) All in paluco, laivco (except Tcrpaipco. junahco). 

b) icrxpaiyco^ K^pbaivco, KOiXaivoo, \€VKaipca, hpyaivoj, imraiuou. 

c) arjfjLali/(i), (raiyco, have --qpa or -dua. Ko^aipco has -7]pa, or -apa. 



90 



FIRST GRE«K BOOK. 



[238—240. 



The terminations of the Future of liquid verhs are w, fTyfet | 
ovfiev, cItc, ov(n(v) \ elrov, cItov. 

238. Tl ttolS) = What am I to do ? what shall I 
do ? (called the ^ deliberative subjunctive.') 

239. Ov fii] with Fut, and Aor, Subj.] 

a) Ov firj rypdyjr€t<i ; (cum interrogatione). Will you 
not not-iorite ? = ' don^t write ;' ' don^t ivrite, I tell you.' 

b) Thus ov fjbT]. used interrogatively with the Sec- 
ond Person of the Future, is virtually a strong prohi- 
bition : but ivithout interrogation it is (with any Per- 
son of the Future or (more commonly) the Subjunctive 
of the Aorist) a strong denial : 

ov fjLT) ypd'\}rco (fut.), -et?, -et, &c. ) I (you, he) will 

ov /jiT) rypd^lrco [aor. subj.), -779, -rj, &c. ) not write. 

c) The last idiom is explained by an elHpse of deos iarrl (jnelus 
est) or deivou iari (verendum est). So that ov fxrj ypdylrcis, or ypd- 
\jr7js = ov (deos €o-tI) fir) ypdyj/-€Ls or ypdyf/rjs, [there is no fear lest^ 
you should write = you will certainly not write. 

d) Sometimes instead of the simple ov /jltj, there is a compound 
of one or both (e. g. ovroi, ovdeis, ovttotc • fjLrjbeis, p^rjirore). Render 
as if it were ov firj, adding the additional force of the compound. 



240. Vocabulary 25. 

To sow, (r7r€Lp-€LV. 

To wait, and (like manere) to 
wait for (a person, ace.) fxev-eiv. 
To distribute, allot, j/e/x-eti/. 
To gain, KepBalv-eiv. 
To reap Ca hRrvest), gather fruit, 

&C. ?i€pL^-€LV. 

To fear, deid'ccv. 
To insult, v^p'i^'CLv. 
To scoff, jeer at, crKcoTrT-eiv. 
To talk nonsense, \-qpelv (= eeiv.) 
Laid waste, (of cities, &c.) ru- 
ined, avdardTOS, ov. 



To disagree (lit. to sound differ- 
ently), to dissent, to make a 
different statement, hia<^(iivfiv 
(= eetz'.) 

What kind of, ttoIos, 77o1a, ttoIop 
(quahs). Uolos tls has nearly 
the same force, but adds a no- 
tion of indefinite magnitude to 
it. 

Assuredly not, ovtol (non sane). 

Who in the world ? tls Trore ; 
(= quis quidem.) 

More, nXcicov, (compar. adj.) 



241.] FIRST FUTURE. LIQUID VERBS. 91 

Exercise 30. 

(Learn rk, rh, Paradigms 37, 38.) 

241. a) Translate into English, 

1. Tavra iroccoUy ov /jltj heicrrj^ tov<; 7ro\efiiov<^, 2. Oif- 
TOi a ^A')(a[(ov fJLrj tl<; v^piarj, 3. Ov /jurj a/ccoyJr€t^ ; 4, 
Ov fir) \rjprjaeL<; ; 5. Ov fjurj ae Kpvyjro)^ ravra, 6. Tov<; 
irov7]pov^ ov pLTjiTOTe IBeXriov^ iroirjaeTe, 7. Aeica errj 
fjLeLvavT€<; ^A'^alov rrjv Tpotav avdaTarov eTToirjcrav, 8. 
Mevov/jiev avTOV<;. 9. Ty ofJuoXoyia irorepov^ i/bL/jbevovfiev 
Tj Sia(f)covi]cro/jL€V ; 10. JJolov nva ekTri^eis Kapirbv &v^ 
ea7reipa<^ ^eptaeiv ; 11. "AWcov o-Treipavrcov Kal c^ureu- 
advTcov, Tov fcapirov vjxeh i^epicrare. 12. Mp' ov')(^'^ ol 
^eol iToWols dya^ol^ 8v(TTV')(^ia<; re kgX fiiov KaKov evei- 
jjLav ; 13. Ti TTOLcofiev ; 14. Uorepov^ Kephavovcnv ol 
KaKol Tocavra 7roLr)cravT€<;, r) ov ; 15. 01 (j)c\o/cepS6l<i 
€7rf!^vfjLovo-tv dp'^ecvy tva ifKeico ® /cepSaivcocrL, 

^ K. 280. 4. b Gen. pi. of 5s, qtd (Pdm. 49) : Kapirhu . . . dov 

= Kapirhv . . . TovTO)v, a ; the relative being put in the case of the 
antecedent rovrctiv ( = eorum) by attraction. <^ dtp" ov or ap' ovx- 

d Tr6T€pov — ij. ® for irXeioua, neut. plur. (more things = ) more. 

Pdm. 12. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. What am I to do? 2. They will not remove 
him from his command. 3. Did they remove him from 
his magistracy, or not ? 4. Who in-the- world will re- 
move them from their command ? 5. He will not reap 
the fruit of what <" he sowed. 6. Who in-the- world will 
sow on 25 rocks and stones ? 7. Will you sow on ^^ the 
water? [°No.]e 8. What am I to say ? 9. Will you 
abide-by your oaths, or not ? ^ 

f S)v by attraction for L 010. s Spa /a^. h vSrepou . . . ij. 



92 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [242 ^244. 

LESSON XXXIII. 

The Tenses, 

242. The Tenses are divided into principal and 
historical tenses. 

Principal Tenses. Historical Tenses. 

PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 

PERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 

FUTURE. AORIST. 

243. After ha, 07ra)<;, w? {=ut)j ^thatj' 'in order 
that^ the Subjunctive answers to the Latin Present 
Subjunctive^* and follows the principal tenses, (See 
229.) 

Mr] fc\€7rT-€, do 7iot steal (forbids stealing gene- 

rally), 
Mr] Kke^^r-ys tovto, do not steal this (forbids stealing 

in a particular instance), 

244. As a general rule, in prohibitions with /jli], the 
Imperative of the Present is used, or the SubjvMctive 
of the Aorist, The Present Imperative is used in ge- 
neral precepts^ and whenever the action forbidden is 
considered as continuing or being repeated, — The Sub- 
junctive of the Aorist (whether with fir], or after ha, 
•&c.) does not denote past time (like the Indicative of 

the Aorist)^ but a single definite action ; an action done 
once^ without any reference to deration or repetition,\ 
Cf 229. 

* The present subjunctive denotes continuance or repetition. 

t Such an action (as has been observed in 229) may have duration 
(even necessarily), but then the Aorist Subj. considers it as one action^ 
without any reference to this (necessary) duration. 



245, 246.] 



THE TENSES. 



93 



245. Vocabulary 26. 

To reproach, 6v€LbiC-€iv. 
Calamity, misforlune, o-viicpopd, 

as, T], 
To blot out, expunge, i^ake [({)-€ lv. 

To cut off', iKKOTTT-CLV. 

A vexatious information, avKo- 

(^avria, as, tj. 
Nourishment, food, Tpo(j)r), rfs, r) 

(Tp€(f)-€Lv, nutrire). 
Juice, ^vfios, ov, 6 (x^^? fundo). 
Experience, ip.iTeipia, as, rj. 
Strength, lo-)(ys, laxv-os-, rj. 
To be strong, to avail, laxv-^^v 

(valere). 
To diversify, to relieve, to deco- 



Wall of a house, r^lx^^-) ^^5 ^ (= 

paries). 
lam here, Trdpeifii. 
Spirit, cvyJAVxia, as, rj. 
Being lifted up (= with pride, 

with exultation), iivaipopivos, 

TJ, ov (participle). 
Capable of being taught, that can 

be taught, didaKTos, rj, 6v : also 

OS, 6v. 
To grudge, to envy, (^^ovelv (= 

-eeti/). 
Unseen, invisible, dopdros, ov. 
The future, what is to be, to /xeX- 

Xov (== quod futurum est). 



rate, 7roiKi\X-€Lv. I 

(Eng.) To reproach a man with any thing, 
(Greek.) To reproach any thing to a man, {oveibl^ciu tI rivi \ 
cf. exprobrare alicui paupertatem, &c.) 

Exercise 31. 

246. a) Translate into English. 

1. MrjhevX au/jLcj^opav ovethtcrTjf; • kolvt) yap rj Tvyr^y 

/cal TO fiiWov aoparov. 2. ^E^aXel'^o/jiev rbv v6/jlov, iva 

Ta<; avKO<pavTLa<; eK/coylrcofjiev. 3. 'H fxeXcTra ')(^priTaL^ 

Tpo(f)f] ovSefjLLa aW' rj^ rfj yXvKVV i'^ovar] '^v/jlov, 4. Mr) 

TTOLTjarj'^ TOVTO, 5. Tov hrjixov fir] aTroXvarjre, 6. ^Avei) 

exry\rv^Las ovSe/jbla re^vrj 7rpo9 toi;9 Kivhvvov<^ layveu 7. 

Mt) Tol^ i^ Ev/3oia^ koX S7rdpTr]<; Xl^ol<; tov<; toI')(ov<; 

TTOLKtXXe, 8. "Orav Xeyrj^; eiraipofjievo^;^ on ^ Ittttov fcaXbv 

€xc*y, ^Xt^fco? el. 9. El e'X^6L<; "^ rjfjLiv eirihel^ai '^ ct)9 ScSuktop 

ioTCV Tj aperrjy fir) (p^ovrjay^ aXXa iiriheL^ov.^ 

a = Xpd-€Tai, from xRVo-^at ( = xp^'^^^^O- ''^^^j which contracts ae 
into 71 instead of a. It governs the dat. : xpV^'^oLt rpocpy (literally) 
{cibo uti = ) to take (any) food. b ^w jj (literally ' but than') 



94 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[247, 248. 



= nisi or prceter after ouSels &\\os, or ovdels only. ® on {that) 

precedes the quoted words of another person, and is then not to be 
translated. d have = have it in your power ; can. ^ iiriBei^ov is 
Imper. Aorist (2nd person), and iiridel^ai, Infin. Aorist of iTriBeiKPvvaiy 
to show ; to prove. 

h) Translate into Greek. 

1. Do not wonder-at the strength of the giant. 2. 
Do not reproach the just man with the misfortunes 
•sent from the gods. 3. Do not admire external ^ 
goods. 4. The soldier's spirit will avail against^ dan- 
gers. 5. The arts of the general availed nothing against 
the spirit and experience of the enemy. 6. I am here 
to remove {say : 'that I may remove') them from 
their command. 

f b (j], t6) e|cy = external. €|aj, adv. without ; outwardly. 



LESSON XXXIV. 

Optative of Present and Aorist. 

247. In these tenses, the Optative (like the other 
moods) drops the augment of the Indicative. 





Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Infin. 


Present 


0) ijs n 

(OfieV r)T€ COCTL 

rjTOV rjTOV 


OijJLL 

oLfxeu 


OiS 

OLTe 

OLTOV 


OL 

OL€U 

OLTTjV 


€LV 


Aorist 


(as Present) 




aLT€ 

aiTov 


aL 
aLev 

aLTTjV 


aL"^ 



248. Besides the Aorist Optative in acfxt, another is 
in use (called the JEolic Aorist) in eta. In the second 
and third sing, and third plur. this is far more com- 
mon than the other form. — eta?, ete. — plur. euav. 

* With accent on penult. 



m 



249—251.] 



OPTATIVE. 
249. EXAMPLES. 



95 



PRESENT. 


AORIST. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Subjunctive. Optative. 


Xv-(o 


Xv-OLflL 


Xv-crco Xv-o-aifxi 


Xv-r]S 


Xv-OLS 


Xv-dTjs Xv-aaLs (Xv-(T€Las) 


\v-rj 


Xv-OL 


Xv-arj Xv-orai {Xv-cr€L€[p]) 


XlJ-(t)fX€V 


Xv-OLIJLEV 


Xv-(T(jd}X€V Xv-(TaL[X€V 


Xv-T]T€ 


Xv'OLTe 


Xv-ar]Te Xv-o-care 


Xv-ci)crL(v) 


Xv-OL€V 


Xv-(TCdO-L(v) Xv-(TaL€U (Xv'(r€Lav) 


Xv-Tjrov 


Xv'OlTOV 


Xv-CTTjTov Xv-craiTov 


Xv-r)TOV 


Xv-OLTTjV 


Xv-crrjTov Xv-craLTTjV 


Subj 


unctive. Optative. 


So, 


PRESENT. 


TVTTT-CO^ 


T/y, 77, &C. 


TVTTT-OlfJLL, OLS, 01, &C. 


Xey-co, 


Tjs, 77, &C. 


Xey-OLfiL, OLS, ot, &C. 


7r6i3-o), 


77S-, 77, &C. 


Trei^-oLiJLi, ois, ol, Sic. 


Sav/xaf-o), rjs, rj, &C. 


Sav/xa^-ot/xt, ols, ol, &C. 




AORIST. 


Tv-yj/'O), 


77$', 77, &C. 


Tuyp'-aifXL, aty, at. &c. 


Xe|-a), 


77s', 77, &C. 


Xe^-aLfiL, aLs, aL, &C. 


7r€Lcr-co. 


77$-, 77, &C. 


TreLo-'aLjJLL, aLs, aL, &C. 


^iavfJiaa-'d), rjs, 77, &c. 


'^avfida-aLfU, aLS, at, &C. 


TlfirjCT-CO 


, 779, 77, &C. 


TLfXTjcr-aLfXL, ms, m, &:c. 


(Opt. 


Aor. also rv^-eia. as &c. Ae|-€ia, as, &>C.) 



250. a) In the Optative (as in the Sicbjuiictivej 
244), the Present refers to a continued or repeat- 
ed action ; the Aorist to a single, definite one. 

6) The Optative (hke the Latin Imperfect 
Subjunctive) follows iva,- 67r(o<;, co? {=iit) Avhen 
they depend on an historical tense (242). 

c) 33^ ''Iz/a, 07ra)9, co? are followed by firj (not 
ou), fjLTjSek (not ovSek)^ &c. 



251. Vocabulary 27. 

Talked about every-iohere, irepi^o- 

TjTOS, OV : TT€pL^6r]T0V €LVaL, tO 

he the common talk. 
Quietness, rest, Tjavx^a, as, 17 : 
r)(rvxLav ayiLv, to keep quiet. 



Recompense, punishment, ripcopia, 

as, T). 
Act of impiety, an impiety, da-i' 

^Tjpa, dae^rjpaT-os, to. 
Manifest, evident, drjXos, 77, ov. 



96 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[252, 253. 



Place ^ TOTTos, ov, 6. 

Destitute of, iprjjjLoSi rj, ov (with 

gen.) : it may be translated 

' without.^ 
Possessing a right, Kvpios, a, ov : 

KvpLos clfii, woulv Ti, I have the 

right to do any thing. 
Windy, full of wind, vTrrjvefjLLOs, 

ov : v7rr}V€fxLov diov, a wind-egg, 

which produces no chicken. 
Yesterday. ^^€s (adv. eras). 
Lycurgus, AvKovpyos, ov, 6. 
To hid, tell, order, KeXev-eiv. 
To remain (in a country, Slc), 

Karafiev-eiv. 
Hither, here (= hither), dcvpo. 



To perceive, to discover, Karavoelv 

(== -€€LV). 

To be present, irapfivai (Imperf. 
TTaprjv, rj9, rj, rjfxev, rjre, rja-avj 
rJTov, rJTTjv. Partic. Trapoav, ov- 
(Ta, ov. Gen. TrapovTos, &c.). 

To call, KoXclv ( = -€€LV) I fut. 

and aor, with e, not ?/ : kqXc- 

Dinner, dclnvov, ov, to : koKcTv 
eVt delnvov, to invite to dinner. 
To hope, eX7rif-€ti/. 
To commit a fault, sin, cLfiaprdv- 

€LV. 

To seek, to look for, Cl'^elv (= 

'€€iv). 



252. PARADIGMS. 





Present. — Emi, / am. 


Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


S. elfJLL 


et €(Ttl{v) 


o) rjs rj 


€'l7]V 617; 9 fXr) 


P. eVfteV 


i(TT€ €l(Tl(y) 


atfjiev rjT€ oi)(n(y) 


€Lr]fJL€V €ir)T€ €Lr)(rav 
and cUv 


D. 


iarrov iarov 


rJTOV rJTOV 


e'lrjTOV €lr}Tr]v 




Imperfect.— ^Hi/, I was. 




Sing. 


Plur. 


Dual. 


^v 


Tja-'^a Tjv 


rjiiev rJT€ rjcrav 


rjo-TOV T](TTr)V 






or rj(TT€ 


or ^Tov or rJTYjv 



Exercise 32. 

(Learn Paradigms 41, 42, 43, 45.) 

253. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^Eycb Tore, Iva fjur) 7r6pc/367]ro<; etrjv, r]crv')(^iav rjyov, 
2. 'H '^VXV ^yeJ^Ta^ TLficopiav ol (= sibi) rj^ecv rwv aae- 
^r^fjidrcov, 3. Mevcov 6 QerraXo^ 817X69 iaruv^^ iin^v- 
ficov"^ ap')(eiv, otto)? TrXeico^ Xafi^avrj, 4. Mevcov 6 
&€TTa\b<; Srj\o<; r]v iTTL^v/Jicop rt/Jida^at,'' iva ifXeiw /cep- 



OPTATIVE, 97 

Saivoc. 5. Sev^^]<^ ire/jLTrec tov eavrov epii'qvea tt/do? 

Sevocfycovra, /ceXevcop avrov KarajjielvaL'^ irap eavrco %tX/- 

0U9 oirXira^; e-^ovra,'^^ 6. 01 Trephtfce^ gvk ev Tcp avrco 

TiKTOVGL Kol eTrcod^ovat, Xva fxi] tl^ Karavoi^arj rov tottov, 

7. AvKovpyos, Q7rco<; //.?; eprjfjbot irore^ ol iralhe^ elev ap- 

')(0VT0^, e7roLr]ae rov ael nrapovra rcov ttoXTtcov^ 

Kvpiov eivai KoXd^ecv, et rc^ d/JLapTajJOcev. 8. ^fi ^ApLcrTO- 

&rjfjL€y Kol j^k^ i^7]Tovv^ (76, tW KaXecrat/jLL Sevp* im 

SecTTvov. 9, '^Arrep (Pdm. 49) avrol a^d<; avrov^ ov/c 

eireiaav, v/jud'^ eXirli^ovaL ireiaeiv {fut. iiijin,). 10. Tlapi]- 

aav KOL ol pi]Top€^ Xva rov Stj/jlop to?9 cro^ol^ Xoyoc^ irei- 

cretav. 

a = ivi^fjL€-(cv, pres. particip. (nmn. m.) b Note 7. <^ = rifid- 
ecr^ai, to be honoured. d to renuiin (Aor. Inlin.) : irapa. {by) here 

= with. ® irore {ever), indefinite, is enclitic, ip-qixos^ gen. f rhv 

roiv iroKiruv dei irapoyra = ilium ex cwiJms, qui quovis tempore prccsens 
esset. In this way ad {semper) = at any given tiTue. Hence d del 7ra- 
pu)v Ta>v TroXiTQjv ^= any citizen v:ho happened to be present at the time, 
ffNeut. ofris. oLfjiapTaveLv Ti = to co^nmit any fault. ^ =^ iCrjre-oy. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. They expunged the law, that they might cut-off 
the vexatious-informations. 2. The young-man is ad- 
miring his (own) horse. 3. The boy evidently ad- 
mires^^ the Hoplite. 4. The orators had evidently 
not persuaded even themselves. 5. The orator was- 
there, that he might persuade the people of the Athe- 
nians. 6. The generals were-there, that they might 
sharpen the passions of the people. 7. The peacocks 
lay wind-eggs. 8. Who saw the men from the Piraeus ? 
9. Most men (say : 'the most of men') love honors 
and honorary-privileges. 



98 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[254—257. 



LESSON XXXV. 

Some of the Passive Tenses. 
254. Passive. 

Present. Imperfect. Future. Aorist. 

ofjbat ofjuriv ^rjaofJuaL ^tjv 

255. The Imperfect and Aorist take the augment ; 
the terminations beginning with ^ will affect the final 
consonant of a mute root^ because tC5^ when two mutes 
come together J they m^ust he of the same order of breath- 
ing (i. e. both sm^ooth mutes, both middle^ or both aspi- 
rate). Hence to retain the ^, we must change the 
final consonant of the root (called the characteristic) 
into the corresponding aspirate. Thus 

any j9-sound with ^ = ^% 
any A:-sound with ^ = p^^. 

256. Hence, {a) rpL^-'^rjo-ofiai = TpL<p?iTj(TOfJLaL : TrefiTr-^rja-ofiaL = 
7r€fx(l)'^r](ToiJLaL. — ^AX€L(p-?irj(TOfxaL requires no change. 

h) liXeK'^rjarofxat = 7r\€X''^r)(T0jJLaL : ^Xey-S^o-o/xat = 0X€;^-2J7}oro- 
fiai. — Bpe;(-S7Jo-o/xat requires no change. 

c) A ^sound before S is changed into s. Hence ^ev^-'^ria-oyiai 
= ylreva-^rjo-ojJLaL : 7T6L^-?ir]crofJLai, Treicr-^irjo-ofxaL. 

257. a) Verbs whose root ends in ttt, kt, ^, era, tt, 
are lengthened forms from simpler roots. The final 
consonant of that simpler root is called the true cha 
racteristic. 

b) The true characteristic of verbs in ttt is a j9-sound 
(tt, /3, or ^). 

c) The true characteristic of verbs in kt is a A:-sound 
(/c, 7, or %). 

d) The true characteristic of verbs in ^ is usually S 
(a ^sound) : but sometimes a A:-sound (235. 2. c). 

e) The true characteristic of verbs in aa, tt, is usu-^ 



I 



258—262.] 



PASSIVE TENSES. 



9$ 



ally a A:-souDd : but sometimes a ^sound (235. 2. d), — 
Hence 

258. a) Verbs in ttt follow the ^^-soimds, and have 
fut. and aor. (jy-^rjcro/jLaL, cj^-^rjv, 

b) Verbs in kt, and usually those in aa, rr, follow 
the A:-sounds, and have '^(^-^rjcrofjLac, X'^V^- 

c) Verbs in ^ usually follow the ^soundsJ and have 

d) Verbs in aco, eco, oco, lengthen the char^acteristic 
vowelj as in the Future Active, by (usually) changing 
a, €y 0, into 97, 77, co, respectively. 

259. EXAMPLES. 



Present. 
p-SOUnds < TrefiTT-oixai 

( TVTrT-OjiaL 

C TrXeK-ofiaL 

A;-SOUnds < Xey-ofiau 

( ap)(-oiJiaL 

( 7rei3-o/iat 

f. ^iavfid^-ofjiai e 

^ rd(T(T-o}jiaL 
( TaTT-OfJLat 



crcr. TT 



Imperfect. 
i-TpL^-ojJL-qv 

€-TV7rr'6[JLr)U 

e-Xey-ofxrjv 

€-^€v8-6fir)U 

€-7r€L?i'6fJLT]V 

■JiavfJLa^-ofxrjv 

€-ra(T(T'6fjir]v 
i-Tarr-oixrjv 



Future. 
Tpi(^-'tjri(TOjxaL 
7r€p(p-'^r)(TopaL 
TV(j)-'^r](ropaL 

7rXe;(-S77o-o/xa« 
\€X-'^'r](TopaL 
dp-)(-'^r](Top.ai 

yj/evcr-^rjcropat 
7r€L(T-?i7](rop,at 

'^av}xa(T-^r](TopLaL i 



Aorist. 
€-7r€p,(f)-'^r)v 

rjpX-'^r^v. 

i-7T€L(T'^r]V. 

■?iavfxd(r''^r)v. 



Tax-'^rjaopaL i-rdx-'^^jv. 



260. Pure Verbs : 



<pL\€-(0 


(j)i\ovpai.'^ i-cpiKovprjv 


cf)L\7)-?irj(ropai 


i-cpiXrj-'^rjv 


TLpa-co 


TLpcopaL-f i-Tipcop-qv 


Tipr}-?ir)aopaL 


€'TipT]-'^7]V 


BovX6-(o 


bovkovpaiX i-dovXovprjv 


dovXa)-?Jr](TopaL 


€-dovX(0-?iT]V 


Xvco 


Xv'OpaL €-\v-6pr}v 


Xv-?ir](TopnL 


i-Xv-^rjv. 



261. Note. The verbs whose characteristic is a liquid j have 
more peculiarities, and will be treated of separately. 

262. Terminations : ofjiac, both in Present and Fut., 
as in Pres. of deponent verbs (77, erai, &c.). Cf 151. 

* =: (piXe-ofiai, i-<piXe-6/J.7]y. t =^ TL/jLa-ofxaL, i-TLiia-6pT]V. 

\ = hov\6-o^ai. ( douKo-6iJLT}v. 



100 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[263—266. 



IMPERF. OfJLTjV, OV, €T0 

AOR. rjv, rjs, rj 



OjLteSa, €0"Se, ouro 



d/xe^oi/j ea'^ov, ea'^rjv 



263. Note. The other persons of the contracted forms (ovfirjv, 
cDfirjv) will not be used at present. 

264. The terminations of the participles are : 
Pres, Put, Aor. 

ofjbevos ^7]a6ijL€vo<^ ^ek (cum acuto) 
(^7](;')6-/jL€vo<;, -fievTj, -fjuevov, regular 

.^e/9, -^e?o-a, -^ei^, G. .^ei;T09, (fee. (Pdm. 34.) 

265. On the augment of verbs compounded with a 
preposition, 

a) The general rule is, that the augment follows 
the preposition, 

b) The final vowel of the prepositions that end in 
a vowel, is eUded, except in Trepi and irpo, Upo-i is- 
often changed by what is called crasis [Note 11] into 
Trpov (the breathing being marked over the v) : airo- 
^dWco, air-e-^aXkov : but irepL-^dWco, irepi-e-^aXkov, 
irpo-^aXX-co, 7rpo-e-j3aXkov = irpov-jSaXkov. 

c) The prepositions ev, avv, have often undergone 
a change by being assimilated to the initial consonant 
of the verb according to the following laws : 

V before a j9-sound, or \/^, becomes /a. 

V before a fc-sound, or f , becomes y. 

V before a liquid becomes that liquid. 

266. When iv, avv, have been thus assimilated, 
they will resume their natural form before e. 

(by assimilation) (Imperf.) 

€V-l3dXK(o = ejLt-/3aXXo) iv-e-^aXkov 

(TVV'^aXKoa = (n;/x-/3aXXa) (rvv-e-^aWop 

€V-k\€lco = iy-KKcloa iv-e-Kkaov 

€V-x^co = iy-x^co iv-€-)(€OV 

iv-fxevoa == ifx-fjuevco iv-e-fjievov 

ev-XecTro) = iX-XeiTrco ev-e-Xcnrov, 



267, 268.] 



PASSIVE TENSES. 



101 



d) 'Ek will become e| before a vowel : eic-^aXK-a), 



267. Vocabulary 28. 

To educate, Traibev-eiv, 

Mars^s hill, the hill of the Areopa- 
gus, "Apeios 7rdyo9 ('^Apcios = 
Marti us). 

Kindly, evfxcvcos. 

To receive, vTrodex-ccr'^ai, 

To worst, KaKL(-€LU. 

TJie Mede (= Xerxes), 6 Mrjbos. 
Retreat, dvaxcoprjo-is, coos, rj. 
Circuit (of walls, &c.), Trepl^o- 

Xoy, ov, 6. 
Every-where, on all sides, rravra- 

xri (or xn)' 

To carry farther out, to extend, 
i^dy-€iv. 

To send down (to a country near- 
er the coast), KaraTrefiTr-eiv. 

Satrap, o-aTpdnrjs, ov, 6. 

To torture, put to the rack, ^aaa- 
VL^-€Lv : (^d(Tavosy touch-stone, 
test; torture.) 

Marriage, ydfios, ov, 6. 



To keep silence, hold one's tongue, 

o-Lcoirav (= dciv). 
To dissolve, to destroy (i. e. a form 

of government), KaraXv-eiv. 
Democracy, dijfioKpaTia, a?, jJ. 
Oligarchy, oXiyapxtci, ay, rj. 
To slay, to murder, (f)ov€v-€Lv, 
Tyrant, Tvpavvos, ov, 6. (In the 

Greek sense, one who ruled 

by his own will, not by law ; 

usually after having obtained 

absolute power in a state that 

ought to be free.) 
Teacher, diddo-KoXo?, ov, 6. 
To be tempest-tossed, to be tossed 

by a storm, xft/xaf-ecrSat. 
To put in at, land at, Trpoarp^lay^ 

eiv (with dat.). 
Tarentum, Tdpas, -avros: 6. 
More quickly, more easily, Sarroz/. 
To acquit, aTroXv-eiv, 



Exercise 33. 

268. a) Translate into English, 

1. 'O Kvpo^ eiraihev^T] iv rol^ Uepacov v6/jlol<;, 2, 
^Atto tov ^IXiacrov" Xeyerac 6 Bopea^; rrjv ^Slpei^vtav 
apirdaai • ^ Xeyerat av kuI 6 X6yo<;, a><; i^ ^Apelov irayov 
rjpTrda^rj, 3. Ka/aa^evra^ vjbLd<; ovSeU ev/juevcb^; viroSe- 
^erac, 4. Mera rrjv rod Mij8ov dva'^copr]cnp /jbel^cov 6 
irepi^oXo^ 7TavTa')(i) i^f]')^V'' '^V^ ™^ ^A^r]vaLcov TroXew?. 
5. Kvpo<; KaT-€-7r6/jL(f)^r) vivo tov Trarpo^ aarpdiTT]^ Avhia<^ 
T6 Kal ^pvyla^ fcal KairTraSoKLa^i, 6, ^Ap" ovk e^aaavi- 



102 FIRST GREEK BOOK, 

a^rjaav ol SovXot ; 7. Tt^v ev ^Eperpia oXtyap'X^iav rrjv 
tS)V LTTTricov ALay6pa<; Sr]^^ /cariXvaev dSt/crf^eh ire pi yd- 
fJLOV. 8. 'O Kpcrrj^; vjSpLcr^eh vtto tovtov ov (ncoTra, 9. 
'O "EicTCDp VTTO Tov ^A^LWeQ)<; €(f)ov€v^7], 10. Tcb dSeX- 
^o) VTTO TOV avTOV ScSaa/caXov eTraLhev^rjTrjv, 11. UoX- 
Xal Sri/jLo/cparlat vtto tcov rvpdvvcov KareXv^rjcrav. 12. 
Weva^rjo-ofjuaL tcov iXTrlScov, 13. 'O TiiXLiriro^ '^et/jua- 
cr^et9 6 9 TOL fJbdXccTTa^ tS TdpavTL Trpoa/jblo-yec, 14. 
El vvvl (Tov^ d/cov(Ta<; iX^etv^ Treia^rjaofiaL, ttoXv ^clttov 
VTT avTOv KCLi ttoXlv iX^etv ireta^ijao/jLaL. 15. 01 tov 
ficfiXLOTTcoXov SovXot i/3acravi^ovTO, 

* The Ilissus, a river in Attica. For the fable of Boreas and Ori- 
thyia, see Keightley's Mythol. ^ =^to have carried off. ^ ^et- 

((tiv i^-fjX^V, lit. was carried out larger^ i. e. was carried further out, and 
so became larger. Hence fxei^ccv is a proleptic (= anticipative) predi- 
cate ; as in /x €7 a y r)v^7]^7i (' he was increased great ^ =) he grew great. 
d The adv. fMaXio-ra (== maxime) is here used adverbially with the 
article and prep. Translate, ' with extreme violence,^ ' most violently.^ 
« (TOV J gen. after clkovciv = to listen to (an adviser). f iK^eiv, to go, 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. O slaves, you will be examined-by-torture. 2. 
His slaves having been examined-by-torture, he will be 
acquitted. 3. You were both taught by the same mas- 
ter. 4. You will all be insulted by these persons. 5. 
I will not be persuaded to do this.' 6. The Mede was 
disappointed of his expectation. 7. Gylippus, being 
seized by the wind, is carried-out to sea. 8. The gar- 
lands shall be woven. 9. The slaves of Xenophon 
were insulting the wise geometer. 10. We were all 
taught wisdom by the same teacher. 



269—272.] 



MIDDLE VOICE. 



103 



LESSON XXXVI. 

Middle Voice. 

269. Besides the Active and Passive Voices ^ the 
Greek language has a Middle Voice, which denotes an 
action (1) do7ie by the agent to himself; or (more com- 
monl}^) one which (2) he does for his oivn benefit ; or 
(3) gets done for his own belief t. 

The relation, however, to oneself is often much more distant and 
obscure. 

Middle verbs may be considered Deponents, when their middle 
force is so slight, that they appear to have the simple meaning of 
active verbs. 

Obs. The Middle Voice does not belong to all the verbs that are 
capable of receivings the meanings just mentioned. — The pupil must 
never assume its existence without authority. 

270. D3=" It is only for the Futures and Aorists 
that the Middle Voice has forms of its own. For the 
Present^ Imperfect, Perfect, and Pluperfect^ it does 
not differ inform from the Passive, 

271. Such Middle Verbs as may be considered De- 
ponents, are divided into 

1. Deponents Middle = those with Future and 

Aorist of the iniddle form. 

2. Deponents Passive = those whose Aorist is of 

the passive for?n ; their Future is mostly of 
the middle form. 

272. The terminations of the Future and Aor, Mid- 
dle are (for all but liquid verbs : see 274) : 





FUT. 


AOR. 


Indie. 
Infin. 


(To/iai 


O-dfJLTJV 

craa'^at 


Particip. 


(TOfJLeVOS 


aayievos 



104 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[273—276. 



273. These terminations are appended like aoy, aa, 
in the Active (141) ; the Ao?\ taking the augment (123, 
124) in the Indicative^ but not in the Moods and Parti- 
ciple. 



fxera'TrefXTrofjiat 
de^OfJiai 
dXet(^o/xai 
dovXo-ojJLat 



fieTa-Trejiylrofiat 

de^ofxai 

aXeiyJAOfJiaL 

dovXoiaofJLai 

\ovaofiai. 



e-dc^djJLTjv 
TjXeLylrdfirjv 
i'dovXccxrdfjLTju 
i-\ov(rdyiriv 



Both for Act. and Mid. a after any of the letters in pei (i. e. p, e, 
or i) is lengthened into d (not 77) ; but xpc^ofxai, xPW^H'^h is an ex- 
ception. ^AKpodofiai makes ci/cpoacro/xat. 

274. Yerbs whose roots end in a liquid, have for 
the terminations of the Fut. and Aor. Mid. ov/jbac and 
dfjbrjv, the radical vowel being shortened in the Future 
and lengthened in the Aorist, as in the Active Voice 
(237). 

275. The terminations of the Fut. Indie, (except 
for liquid verbs) are the same as those of the Present 
Indie. (151). 



Imperf. 


OfJLTJV 


ov 


€T0 




djLteSa 


eo-Se 


OVTO 




d/zeSoi/ 


€(T^01/ 


io-^-qv 


Aor. 


((r)dfxrjv 


(a-)a) 


((T)aTO 




((r)diJL€?ia 


((r)a(T'^€ 


{(r)avTO 




{(r)dfjL€?iov 


{(r)a(r'^ov 


((r)d(T^r}V 



276. The Fut. of the liquid verbs is : 



OVfJLaL 


T) or €L 


ovfjie'^a 


elo-'^e 


OVfJLC^OV 


elcr^ov 



eiTai 
ovvrat, 



277.] 



MIDDLE VOICE. 



105 



277. Vocabulary 29. 

(Learn eXvofxrjp, Xvcro/xat. 

Provide myself with, irapao-Kevd^- 
ofxaL (jrapaaKevd^-d), to prepare, 
provide). 

Enslave to myself, subjugate, dov- 
Xov/iat (= SofXo-o/xat) : dovXco 
TLva TcS /SacrtXet. 

To wage war (from one^s own 
resources, &c.)j ttoXc/xoi/ ttol- 
elcrSat : noXefjiov TTOLelv = to 
cause a war. 

TTotelo-^i, 1) sibi facere ; 2) sibi 
faciendum curare ; 3) putare, 
credere ; e. g. in dctvov ttouI- 
(T^iai, to think it a terrible thing. 

To make it for oneself (i. e. in 
one's judgment) of less value 
than = to thiiik any thing of less 
importance than, nepl cXcltto- 
vos TToteTo-^at rt. 

(I give myself to taste =) / taste 
(of), gen. yevofiai. Teveiv = 
to give another to taste. 

I wash (myself), Xov-ofxai. 

To anoint myself, aXei(/)-eo-3at. 

To brighten, to polish, Xainrpyv- 
€iv : Xap7rpvV'C(T?iai, to polish 
(any thing of one's own). 

To cease, leave off, nav-ea-'^aL 
(nav'O), stop another, make to 
cease). 

To begin (to do any thing, i. e. 
by applying my own strength, 
&c.), ap^'€(T'^ai. 

I advise a person, o-vplBovXevcj 
TLvi : 1 consult with him, crv/x- 
^ovXevofiai tlvi, 

5* 



iXva-dpLrji/. Paradigm 58.) 

(Give counsel to myself =) de^ 

termine, resolve, ^ovXcv-ofiai. 
(I make trial of myself =) iry^ 

endeavor, Treipd-o/xat. 
/ hide, conceal myself, diTOKpvTTT' 

opLai ( ipavTov, Plat. ) : also, 

(nearly as in the Act.) to hide, 

conceal. 
To go through, relate, 8ir)ye-ofxai. 
To revenge myself on, to punish, 

TLfxa>p€-opLaL. 
To serve in the field, to serve, to 

march, (TTpaT€v-op.aL. 
To strike, Tral-etv : Mid. if to strike 

part of oneself 
Thigh, prjpos, ov, 6. 
Shield, dorTTLS, d(T7rid-os, rj. 
Companion, iroLpos, ov, 6. 
To transgress, Trapa^aiv-eLV. 

Jail, l(TTLOV, ov, TO. 

Rudder, tttj^oXlov, ov, to. 

Pilot, KV^epvrjTrjs, ov, 6. 

To ward off, dpvv-civ : Mid. to 
ward off from one's self; also 
to revenge oneself upon any bo- 
dy (ace. of person : on account 
of or for any thing, vir^p tlpos). 

To enjoin, to command, cWeXX- 

To rush, opfxap (= -dciv.) 

(To show forth from oneself = ) 

to declare, d7ro(/)atV-ecr3at. 
/ prepare, KaTaa-KevdC-o : I pre- 
pare for myself ^= I build, I 
equip (vessels), fcarao-Ktvctf- 
ofiai. 



106 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[278. 



(1) A middle verb may take a reflexive pronoun, i/jLavr^, 
-6v, kavr^, -6v, &c. (2) The Active may be used with the reflexive 
pron. : acpdrr^iv kavrSv^ 

Exercise 34. 

278. a) Translate into English, 

1. TeXajuLcov 6 Ala/cov yLce^ ^HpaKkeov^ iirl Aaofii- 

Bovra earpaTevaaro, 2. ^OXlyov^ irpo tcop Mr)dLKCt)V^ 

KaX Tov Aapeiov ^avdrov, 09 fjiera Kafji/3v(T7jv Uepaoov 

i/3a(7LX€V(T€V, ol Trepl Trjv XnceXiav rvpavvoL TpirjpeL<i 

Karecr/cevdaavTO, 3. Upoyrov Sirjyrjcracr^aL /SovXo/jLac ra 

7rpa')^6VTa rfj reXeurala rjfiepa, <^ A, Ov/c iyclo ere 

diTOKTevS), dXX 6 Tr]<; vroXeo)? vofJLOs, op cri) irapa/SaLVcov 

Trepl eXcLTTOVO^ rcov rjSovcov eTrocTJcrco. 5. OvSev diro/cpv- 

'\jrd/ijL6vo<; diravra ScrjyijcrofjiaL vfuv ra Treirpay/jieva, 6. 

Tleipdaofjiat yLte^ v/jlcov^ tov dvSpa nfJicoprjaaa^aL, 7. 

IldvTe^ iXovcravTO. 8. El<; fiaXavelov rjica) XovcrofJievo^;,^^ 

9. TavT dfcovaa^ o Kvpo<; iiraicraTO tov firjpov. 10. 'O 

Kvpo<; iraaav ttjv Aaiav KaT-e-aTpe^^aTO, 11. ^Ayt<; 

ov/c i/c irapepyov^ tov iroXefjuov eiroLrjaaTO. 12. 01 aTpa- 

TL&Tau eXafJbirpvvovTO tcl^ dcr7riSa<;. 13. ^Ev tS e^co^ 

8p6/jL(p r}X€L(f)0VT0 eTalpoi re Tive^ avTOV teal avTo^, 14. 

01 TToXiTat T0U9 TToXe/JLLov^; virep iroXXcbv dhiicr]fjbdTwv 

d/bivvovvTac* 15. ^O aTpaT7]yo<^ toIs aTpaTCcoTat^ iveTei- 

XaTO iirl tov^ iroXefilovs op/jurjaac* 16. 'O KptTr]<^ ttjv 

yvco/jL7]v direc^rjvaTO, 

* a little. b T^ MrySi/ca {the Median affairs =) the Persian 

Invasion. ^ Dat. of time : ^v is expressed when there is no adjec- 

tive or other attributive. d with you = with your assistance. 

^ e/c irapepyov iroieTo'^aL, to make it a bye-business ; to treat it as a thing 
of little (or secondary) importance. f 6 e|ft; (= exterior), the outer. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. The enemy will march against our city. 2. We 
will deliberate about the safety of the citizens. 3. The 



279, 280.1 INDICATIVE. MIDDLE. 107 

Greeks marched against the Persians. 4. All men 
wish to taste of honor. 5. The pilot provided himself 
with sails and rudders for his ship* ^that were good 
for nothing. 6. His companions having anointed-them- 
selves are coming hither. 7. The Mede will not en- 
slave Europe. 8. After he had washed,^^ the children 
were brought ^^ to^^ him. 9. We will declare our 
opinions. 10. We revenged ourselves on the Lacedae- 
monians for their invasion of Attica. 

s ship, vavs : see Irregular Substantives, Note 9. ^ <p4p€iv 

(ferre), to bring (= carry) ^ has irreg. aor. pass. ijyex^V' See List 
VII., Pdm. 74, 



LESSON XXXVII. 

^Av with LniJerfect arid Aorist of the Indicative. 

279. The particle av has a conditional force (= si 
forte). With the Imperfect Indicative this particle is 

usually translated by ' would ;' the Aorist Indie, 

by ' woidd have .' 

280. But sometimes the Imperfect with av is trans- 
lated by ' would have .' This is when continu- 
ance or repeated occurrence at a past time is to be inti- 
mated. 

e-\v-ov dv, solverem [I woidd loosen), 
e-Xva-a av, solvissem {I would have loosenect), 

1. el e/ceXeue?. iiroiovv av (si juberes, facerem), if 
you ordered T/ze, / ivould do it. 

2. el eiceXevaa^y eiroirjaa av (si jussisses, fecissem), 
if you had ordered me, / would have done it. 



108 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[281, 282. 



3. el fJbfj eKekevaa<^, ov/c av eTroirjaa (nisi jussisses, 

non fecissem), if you had not ordered 7ne, I ivould not 

have done it. 

Obs. {a) that the Aor. with el is rendered by the English Pluper- 
fect : ip) that ' not ' with ct is fjui). 
On the place of tv, see Note 10. 



281. Vocabulary 30. 

To care for, Kr^d-ecr'^ai. 

To be on one's guard, fpyXdrr- 
fo-Sfat (cavere) : Troielv tl, lam 
on my guard against doing any 
tiling ; 1 am careful not to do 
it. 

To deprive (ace. of person, gen. 
of thing) , d7ro(TT€p-€7v (= -efti/) . 

To hinder, kcoXv-clv. 

Consideration, reputation, digni- 
ty, d^Lcofia, -aros, to. 

To differ, dtaipep-eiv : hence (to he 
distinguished favorably/rom=) 
to excel, to surpass (gen. of per- 
son, ace. of thing, or eV nvi). 

Dreadful, terrible, deivos, rj, 6v. 

To value, rifidcr'^aL (= -deo-^ai) : 
eTLfJLrjcrdixrjp hv irpo ttoWcov xPV' 
p,aT(Dv, answers to our ' I would 
have given a great deaV (lit. 
• would have valued beyond 
much money'). 

So large, ttiXlkovtos (tantus), 
Pdm. 62. 



To be able, Svmo-Sat (irreg. inf ) 
= posse, with adjectives of 
quantity (like multum, plus, 
minus, tantum valere, &c.), 
= 'to have much (more, so 
much) power.' 

Sophist, (TO(f)t(rTrjs, ov, 6. 

To conquer, KpaT-elv (= -ecip), 
with gen. 

To wall in, to wall round, Tex^C' 

€(T?iai: epvfxa (lit. to wall 

round a stronghold =),to con- 
struct a fortified camp. 

Brazier, coppersmith, ;j(aX/coTu- 
TTos, ov, 6. 

Worker in iron, blacksmith, o-ibr)- 
pevs, €Ci)s, 6. 

Worker in leather, shoemaker, 
saddler, o-KVTevs, €(ds, 6. 

To work, perform, €pyd^-€a^ai 
(=z operari) : it changes c into 
€1 in the augmented tenses. 

Workshop, ipyacrrripiov, ov, to. 

Carpenter, TeKTODP, -ovos, 6, 



Exercise 35. 

282. a) Translate into English, 

1. Et TV ifjiov i/C7]Sov, ovSevb'^ av ovt(o<; pu aTToare- 
petv icfivXarrov, &)9 a^cco/maTO^ Kal TCfjir]<i, 2, El pur) 
vfjb€l<; iK(o\v€T€y eTTopevo/jbe^a av iirl /Sao-tXea, 3. El 



INDICATIVE. MIDDLE. 109 

TO €)(ecv ovTco^, &(Tir€p TO Xafx/Sdvetv, rjSif rjv, ttoXv av 
Siicfyepov evhatfiovia ol ifKovcnoL tmv irevrjTwv. 4. ^O 
^dvaTO<; ovSev heivov, eirel^- koX ScoKpaTei av ec^aiveTO. 

5. 'jEyO) TTpO TTOWCJV av '^pTJ/jbaTCOV iTtfJL7]0-dfl7)V T7]Xc- 

KOVTOV hvvaa^at tyjv (^Ckoao^iav, oaov ol aoc^LCTTal Xeyov- 
acv. 6. El jjbT] /jid'^r] €KpdT7]crav, to epvfia tS o-TpaTOTreSco 
ovK av iT€C')(^Lo-avTO, 7. 01 ')(aXKOTV7roL /cal ol Te/CTo- 
ve<; /cal ol atSrjpec^ Kal aKVTei^ /cal jpa(f)6C<=; Traz^re? TroXe- 
fjic/cd oifXa KaT€cr/ceva^ov' &crT6 ttjv ttoKlv ovtco<; rjyijo-a} 
av iroXefJLov epjacTTrjpLov elvat, 8. 01 TralSe*^ 7rpo<; (f)L\o- 
aocplav dpLCTTa^ eiraihev^rjaav, 9. Kovvo^ o MyTpo/Scov 
ifiov /cd/clov^ iirai^Sev^T], 10. K\€6(pavT0<; TroWd /cal 
^av/jbao-Ta elpyd^eTo, a 6 iraTrjp avTov eiraihevaaTO.^ 

* eTret, since; a conditional clause is implied: since ifit were 
so; or, ^ since otherwise;^ ^ else.'' b Keuter adj. ^picrros, best: 

KaKicop, worse. Neuter Adjectives are often used adverbially : the plv^ 
ral of the superlative is the more common ; the singular of the compa- 
rative. ^ The Middle Voice sometimes means to get a thing 
done (269, 3). Hence 7rai5euecr<^ai = to have a person taught (erudien- 
dum curare). The Aor. has here the force of Pluperf, 

h) Translate into Greek, 

1. In this way (ourco?) you would have been 
well trained to virtue. 2. Let them rejoice ° in being 
trained to virtue. 3. Let no one suppose you to say, 
that we ought to look to advantage, and not to what 
is just. ^ 4. If we had not been excellently trained- 
up to virtue, we should not ever have conquered our 
desires. 5. If these things were true, I should not 
hinder you. 



110 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[283—287. 



LESSON XXXVIII. 

283. Moods of Present Pass, and Mid. First Aorist 

Middle. 



Indicative. 


Imper. 


Subjunc. 


Optative. 


Infi 


nitive. 


Participle. 


Pres. Xv-OfJLGL 
Aor. i-Xv(T-diiriv 


Xv-ov 
Xva-GL 


Xv-COIMGL 

Xvcr-OifiaL 


Xv-olfirjp 

Xv<T-aLfJi7]U 


Xv-€cr'^aL 
Xv(T-a(T'^aL 


Xv-6ll€V0S 
Xv(T-tlfJi€VOS 


PRESENT. 




Indicative. 


Imperative. 


Subjunctive. 


02)tat.ive. 


S. Xv-oiiai 
Xv-rj 


Xv^nv 


Xv-(o^ai 
Xv-T] 


Xv'OLyLr)V 
Xv-oio 


Xv-€TaL 


Xu-tVSo) 


Xv-rjraL 


Xv-OLTO 


P. Xv-o/zfSa 
XiWo-Se 


Xv-€(t'^€ 


Xv-co/xeSa 

Xv-T]iT?i€ 


Xu-oi/xcSa 
Xi;-oi(73e 


XvovraL 


Xv-€(T^co(rav 
or Xv-ea^cov 


Xv-0)VTaL 


Xv-OLVTO 


D. Xv-6lJL€'^0V 

Xu-eo-Soi/ 


Xi;-eo-3oi/ 


Xv-co/xe^oj/ 
Xv-Tja^ov 


Xv-OLpLe'^ov 
Xv'OLcr'^ov 


Xv-€cr'^nv 


Xv-€(T'^(t)V 


Xv-rja'^ov 


Xv-oia'^rjv 



284. {First) Aorist Middle (in liquid verbs witliout 9). 



Indicative. 


Imperative. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


S. e-Xv-o-cijJLTjv 




Xv-crcofxai 


Xv'crcuiJLrjv 


€-Xv-aco 


Xv-crai 


Xv-o-rj 


Xv-crato 


€-Xv-(TaTO 


Xv-o-ao-So) 


Xv-arjTai 


Xv-aaiTo 


p. e-Xv-o-a/xeSa 




Xf-o-a)/xe3a 


Xv-(raLfX€'^a 


e-Xu-crao-Se 


Xv'cracr'^e 


XL;-o-/;o-Se 


Xu-o-ato-^e 


€-Xv-(ravTO 


Xv'(rda'^(jd(Tav 
or Xv-crao-Scoz/ 


Xu-o-coi/rat 


Xv-craLi/TO 


D. e-Xv-crd/xeSoi' 




Xv-cra)/xeSoi/ 


Xv-(raifX€'^ov 


i-Xv-o-aa'^ou 


Xv-a-au^^ov 


Xv-(T7]Cr?iOU 


Xv-craLcr^ov 


i-Xv-o-dcr'^-qv 


Xv-crao-Scoi/ 


Xv-crrju-'^ov 


Xv-o-aia'^rjv 



285. ^^ BovKofjLai (velle) and otojjLai {putare) take et (not 77) in the 
second singular of the Present Indicative. 

286. The Optative, in principal sentences, stands 
in wishes (whence the name Optative) : \v-oLfit, may 
Iloosen (habitually) : \vG-ai\xi, may I loosen (once). 

287. With el'^e {=utinam) the Optative refers to 



288, 289.] 



FIRST AORIST MIDDLE. 



Ill 



the present ox future^ the Aorist Indicative to the past, 
which, being j^ctst, is unalterable, 

eC^e \v-oLev, \va-aiev (utinam solverent), would that 

they would loosen, 
d^e eXvaav (utinam solvissent). would that they 

had loosened. 



288. Vocabulary 31. 

To he henejiied^ to derive advan- 
tage^ dxpeXcla'^ai, (= e-€(j'^ai). 

A fed animal^ ^oo-KrjjjLa, -aros, to. 
Plur. cattle (as fed for the 
butcher). 

To make rich, likovTi^-civ : pass. 
to grow rich or he enriched. 

Ungrateful, dxdpLo-ros, ov. 

Elder (=rr senior), an aged per- 
son, TTpea^vrepos, ov, 6. (A 
compar. adj.) 

Brother, dd€'\(l)6s, ov, 6, 

To receive, aTrodex-eor^Sai. 

Flute, avXos, ov, 6. 

iir(with suhj.), idv (= et av). 

Native, national, iy)(copLos, ov. 



To work, ipydC-ear^ai. ^ 

To go, epx-eo-'^ai. 

Quiet, T)(Tvxos, ov. 

To he concealed from, escape the 

notice of, Xav^dv-civ (latere), 

with ace. 
To rail at, XotSopeto-SJat ( = 

e-€cr^at)) with dat. 
Middle, in the middle, fiea-os, rj, ov 

(medius). 
To he poor, neveo-'^aL. 
To do. fare, rrpdrT-eiv (with adv.) : 

€v TTpdrreiv, to fare well, to be 

prosperous. 
To delight, ^b-€a?iaL (delectare). 
To think, o'i'ccr^ai. 



Exercise 36. 

289. a) Translate into English, 

1. 'HSea^co VTTO Xoycov o)(f)€\ovfjb€Vo<; 6 veo^, 2. Mrj^ 
Set? olecr^co fie Xeyecv, ox; ecrri ScfcaLocrvvr] StSaKTOv, 3. 
El airb /3ocr/crj/jidTcov oXet helv TrXovTi^ea^at, rcov ^oafcr)- 
/jbdroov iTTL/jieXov, 4. Aeivov toI<^ 7rpeG-^vTepoL<; XocSopT]- 
aaa^at, 5. "^O j^aaCkevs iviKrjcre tou9 rekcovov^ avro^ 
iir avTov<; aTpaTevad[Jbevo<^, 6. Tevvaio)^ /Jia')((oijL€^a irepl 
Ti)9 7raTplSo<;, 7. ^AvajKalov icrrt tov vlov iret^ea^aL tS 
TrarpL 8. UoWol dya^ol Trivovrac, 9. N6fjiOL<; rocs 



112 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [290. 

iy)(^copLOL<; eirea^ai koXov eanv, 10. Mr] a'Trohe')(ov tS)V 
(f)LXo)v Tov^ 7rp69 ra (pavXd aoL ')(^apL^ofievov<;, 11. '^Efca- 
aro^ 7]av'^o^ /jiicrrjv rrjv oSbv ip')(^e(T^co. 12. 01 iroXlrat 
Tol^ vofjLOL^ Tret^ia^cov, 13. Too dSe\(f)(o jjlol eirea^ov. 
14. El iSovXec KoXoi'^ Trpdrreiv, ipyd^ov. 15. 'Edv 
^ovXrj kcCKm^ TTpdrreiVy ipyd^ov, 16. WevSo/juevo^ ouSel? 
Xav^dvet iroXvv ^^povov, 17. 01 AafceBat/jLoviOL fjuer av- 
Xo}v iarparevovTO, 18. Ei^e irdvre^ dvev 6pyrj<^ jSovXev- 
OLVTO. 19. Avo /caXoo 'Linray eU Tr]V ttoXlv rjXauvea^rjv, 
20. ^Edv irevrj, oXljol cf)lXoc, 21. Ec^e ttjv yvoofMTjv koI 
av diTO<^i]vaLO* 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. If iidv) the soldiers fight courageously, they will 
be admired. 2. Sons should obey their fathers. 3. Let 
not an ungrateful man be deemed a friend. 4. Would 
that you would go -on -the -expedition yourself! 5. 
Would that the king had himself marched against the 
Geloni ! 6. Let us obey {say: 'follow') the laws of 
the state. 7. Let nobody rail-at an aged °man. 8. 
Let nobody rail-at this old man. 



LESSON XXXIX. 
Moods of Aorist Passive^ and Fut. Pass. 
290. Indie, Imp, iSubj, Opt. Inf, Particip. 

TjV Tf^L CO €L7]P TjVaL €49 



291—294] 



AOR. PASS. FUT. PASS. 



113 



291. EXAMPLES. 





Indicative. 


Imperative. Subjunctive. 
FUTURE. 


Optative. 




Xv-?i7]0'0fJLaL 


(none.) (none.) 

FIRST AOR. 


Xv-?i7](rolfir]V 


s. 


i-Xii-'^rjv 
i-Xv-'^Tis 

i-Xv'^T) 


Xv-'^co 
Xv-'^rjTL Xv-^fjs 
Xv-'^rjTco Xv-^7J 


Xv-'^€LT)V 
Xv-?i€LT]S 

Xv-'^elrj 


p. 


i-Xv-'^rjfjLev 

i-Xv-'^-qre 

€-Xv-?ir](rav 


Xv-?ia)fi€V 

Xv-'^r}T€ Xv-'^JJTC 

Xv-?jr]Tco(Tav Xv-^a)(n(j/) 
or -^ievTcov 




D. 


i'Xv-'^rjTov 
i-Xv-'^r}TT]V 


Xv-'^rjTOV Xv-'^rjTOV 

Xv-^1]T(0V Xv-'^rjTOV 





292. AvoLfjbL av, solvam. \vaaifxi av, solvam, solve- 
rim : both in English, I would.^ should^ or (sometimes) 
may^ raight loosen. This Optative with av is often 
used (as credam.^ crediderim^ &c. in Latin) to give a 
com'teous tone of doubt and diffidence to an opinion 
positively entertained. It is often translated by the 
future : \vol/jlc av, I will loosen. 

293. The Present Optative with av denotes a continued or re- 
peated action ; the Aorist Optative a single, definite one, considered 
by itself, and without any intimation of its duration. 

294. In dependent sentences, the Present and Fu- 
ture are regularly followed by the Subjunctive ; the 
Historical tenses usually by the Optative (but with 
many exceptions). Mav^dvo/jiev {/jLo^rjao/jLe^a) iva (co?, 
OTTO)?) TTaiSevco/jie^a [TraiSev^cofjiev), discimus {discemus) 
ut enidiamur (eruditi simus) ; e^av^dvofjiev (Aor. ifid- 
^oaev*) Iva (w?, oiro)^) TraiSevol/jie^a {TracSev^eiTj/jLev)^ 
discebamus {didiciinus), ut erudiremur {eruditi esse- 
mus). Just so : eav {orav) fiav'^dv7]T€, TratSevea^e (Trat- 

* ifia^ov is what is called a Second Aorist from fxau^dvo) (List IV. 
Pdm. 74) : its fut. is of Mid. form, fxa^-hcroixai. 



114 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [295 298. 

S€v^7](7€a^€\ si {qiium) discatis (discitis), eriidimini 
{erudieniini) ; but e^ (pre) ^av^dvouevy eiraihevovro, si 
{quum) discerent {discebant\ erudiebantur. 

295. The Subjimctive and Optative of the Aorist, 
when connected with particles of time and condition^ 
and with the relative used indefinitely or hypothetically 
(when, that is, icho = ivhoever, whosoever^ or if any 
one\ answer to the hat'mfuturum exactum : iav, orav, 
09 av fJbd^Tjj etaeraty si, qimm, qui (= quicunque) didi- 
cerit, intelliget ; elwev ore, el, ore, 09 fid'^oL, eincTTrjaeTau 
(or eTTiaTrjaoLTo), dixit, si, quum, qui {== quicunque) 
didicisset, intellect iiriuii esse. 

296. The pupil should observe that, in the exam- 
ples just given (which are intended for his imitation), 
the relative 09, and the adverbs of time [ore) and condi- 
tion (el), take civ when they are connected with the 
Subjunctive ; and that the el and ore are combined 
with this av, and thus assume the forms edv, orav. So 
eireL, eireihrj [quuni, postquani), coalesce with av into 
the forms eirdv or eirr]v, and eireihdv. The av does not 
coalesce with ottou, lohere ; ottol, whither, &c. 

297. The force added by av to relative pronouns 
and particles (see Note 10), is that of the Latin cunque^ 
the English -ever, -soever. Thus oirov av crrparoTreSeV' 
covrau (= where they encamped, if haply they did en- 
camp = ) wherever they encamped. — With the Optative 
without av they have this force in such sentences as 
those in 295. 



298. Vocabulary 32. 

To throw around themselves, to 
surround themselves with, irepi- 
pd\\'€(r^aL. To entrench them- 
selves, 7rept/3aXAeo-Sat rd^poi/. 



To encamp, orparoTreSeu-co-Sfat. 
Trench, rdcfypos, ov, rj. 
Multitude of hands or of ivork- 
men, TroXvp^etpta, ay, rj. 



299.] 



AOR. PASS. FUT. PASS. 



115 



Easily^ evTTCTcos. 

Naturally, reasonahly^ clKorays. 

Cowardly, deLkos, rj, 6v. 

Absurdity, akoyla. as, r}, 

I asked, rjpofji-qv. See epofxai, List I. 

Exemption (from taxes, &c.)j 

areXeta, as, rj. 
To compel, avayKci^-civ, 
Quiet, rjo-vxiCLi as, rj. To keep 

quiet, r^o-yxf-civ ex^iv. 
To converse, dtakey-ecr^iaL (with 

dat.). 
Younger, veayrepos, a, ov, 
I sail, take a voyage, TrXe-co (Aor. 

e-Trkev-aa) . 
A seed (of a pomegranate, &c.), 



KOKKOS, OV, O. 



Pomegranate, paid, as, rj. 

To open, dvoiy-eiv. 

I said, cIttov (-es, -e). 

To judge, pronounce a judicial 

sentence, Kplv-eiv. 
To be worsted, r)TT-d(T?iaL Q= d- 

ca-^iai). 
To leave, XetV-ctv. 
Supreme, valid, Kvpios, a, ov. 
To hold an (dpxrj) office or ma- 

gistracy, apx-^i'V. 
Wealth, ttKovtos, ov, 6. 
Receptacle, grave, ^r]Krj, r}s, rj. 
To move, to disturb, Kiv-elv (= 

-€€LV) . 

Insatiably desirous (not to bejill- 
ed), airkqa-Tos, ov (with gen.). 



Exercise 37. 

Obs. In Example 4, rav^\ ov^\ are for raina, ovrc. The short 
final vowel being elided by apostrophe, the smooth mute (r) is changed 
into the aspirate (3-), because the next word begins with an aspirated 
vowel. 

299. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 ^dp^apoc, OTTOV av crrpaTOTreSevcovTaL, rdcfypov 
Trepo^dWovrai euTrerw? Slol rrjv TroXv^eLptav. 2. Ov/c av 
elfcoTCd^ heCKo'^ vo/jll^olto 6 tocovto<; ; 3. IIoWt] av d\o- 
ryca eirj, el (J>o^olto'^ tov ^dvarov 6 tolovto<;, 4. Tav^^ 
0)9 ov irapa tov vofjLov iariv, ovr av ^AvSporicov e^oc^ 
Xeyeiv, oi;^' vfjuel^; TreLa^eirjTe. 5. ^IIS6co<; av eycoye 
€poL/jL7]v^^ AeiTTiV7]Vy TL^ avTT] 7) drekeid icmv. 6. 'E- 
aKOTTovv [= i'CTKOTre-ov^ tlv av rpoirov^^ riavyjav eyeiv 
^A^r]v6So)po<; dvaytcaa^elr]. 7. 01 dv^pcoiroi tovtol<^ fid- 
Xcara i^eXovcn Tret^ea'^aty 01)9 av"" rjycbvrai ^eXri- 
arov^ elvai, 8. El vecorepo^ rjv, ovk, av eTTLaroXrjv eTrefJb- 
TTov, dXX avTO<^ av aoL irXevora^ '^ ivrav^a 8L€Xe')^7]v. 9. 



I 



116 FIRST GREEK BOOK. 

Aapetos poiav /JieyaXrjv avol^a^y^ irv^ofjuevov^ rtvo^ tl av 

€'^€LV /3ov\oLTO ToaovTov, oaov earl rcov kokkcov to ttXtj- 

^09, elire • Zcoirvpov^; • ^v Ses dvfjp aya^6<; fcal (^Cko^ 6 

Zco7rvpo<;. 10. Kav j3aat\€V<i tl TrpocrTa^r] Kplvac to)V 

/jlt) hiKamVy ov KpLvovjJiev, 

a = <po^€-oiTo. b ex^iv sometimes = to have in one's power ^ 

to be able. ^ We should render rourois . . . ots &v . . . by ' those 

whom ;' but the meaning is, those, whoever they may be, tvhovi : in 
Latin, parere iis, quos putent (not quos put ant). ^ irKe-ciu 

{navigare) makes Aor. cTrAeixra. ® having opened . . . ■^j/oi|a, Aor. 

of avoiyw (in the more classic Greek Aor. avic^^a). f irv^ofieyos, 

having asked. ^Eirv^Simrjv is a Second Aorist from irvi/^dj/ofxaL. List IV. 
8^ In Latin, crat autcm Zopyrns, &c. we should use ' noio {Zopyrus 
was . . .).' — See 5€iA.os. toiovtos, Pdm. 52. Give I^'^ut. and Aor. {Act.) 
of vofMi^a), and go through them. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. We will do this, that all the citizens may obey 
the laws. 2. We did this, that all the citizens might 
obey the laws. 3. If the Greeks are worsted 
{p)* none will be left [Opt. ivith av), 4. If you punish 
those who commit-injustice {p)^ your laws will 
be good and supreme. 5. If you do not punish the 
boy, he will be wicked. 6. How would the soldiers 
march ? 7. It is necessary, wherever «men hold-office 
from 'their wealth, that this should be an oligarchy. 

8. If you were not a bad man, and insatiably-desirous 
of wealth, you would not disturb the graves of the dead. 

9. He^ said that the barbarians, wherever they en- 
camped, easily entrenched their camp by reason 
of {hid, c. ace.) their multitude-of-hands. 10. Would 
you wish to injure rather than to be injured ? 

t See Example 1 in a ; but make the change as in 295 : entrenched 
may be either Present Optat. or Present Indicative. 

* (^) means that the preceding clause is to be translated by a par- 
ticiple. 



300 305.] PERFECT ACTIVE. 1 17 

LESSON XL. 

Perfect Active, 

300. Rediii^lication\ The Perfect takes a reditpli' 
cation^ when the verb can receive one. 

301. The reduphcation is a syllable prefixed^ made 
up of the initial consonant of the verb and e (tutt, re- 
Tvir). But if the verb begins with an aspirate mute, 
the smooth mute of the same organ is used for the redu- 
plication : ^euy, 7r€(f)6vy, 

302. The Perfect does not take the reduphcation, 
but the simple augment instead of it, when the verb 
begins with p ; with a double consonafit (32) ; with 
two consonants not being a rtiute and liquid ; or with 
jv, j\, /3\. 

yjroXk'i i-yjraXK'. yvco-, i-yvco-. /^i^/x-, i-fivrjfJL-. 

a) Of those in ^X, jSkdirTco, ^Xacrcprjiieco, and sometimes jSXao-ra- 
j/o), take the reduphcation. 

h) Those beginning with y\ now and then take the reduplica- 
tion. yXv(f)co, yeyXv/x/Ltat. — cyXyfifiai is more classical. 

303. When the Perfect does not take a reduphca- 
tion, it takes an augment : l^rjre-co, i-^7]rr]-Ka. 



The reduplication or augment of the Perfect remains through 
the moods and in the participle. 

304. When the Perfect takes a reduplication, the 
Pluperfect prefixes the augment to it. But when the 
Perfect takes an augment, the Pluperfect makes no 
fmther change : 

T€'TV(f>a, i-T£TV(^€LV. 
^"C^TT/Ka, i-(T]Tr]K€LV. 

305. Verbs that begin with p, double p after the 
augment ; and the Perfect and Pluperfect take the syl- 



118 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[306—308. 



labic augment (123), not the reduplication : paTrrco, 
€ppa(pa, €ppa<p€LV. 

306. The termination of the Perfect Active is tea or 
a ; that of the Pluperfect k6lv or elv : the rough breath- 
ing over the a and et being used to indicate, that the 
Jinal consonant of the root is to be changed into its 
aspirate* if it is a smooth or middle mute. 

307. I. Mute Verbs :]t 



a) P-roots -f those in ttt 
h) K-roots + those in kt 

c) T-roots (^mute thrown 

away) 

d) f-roots: mostly as c, 258 

e) (T(r- (tt-) roots : mostly 

as b, 258 


Term. 
d 
d 

Ka 

Ka'l 

«5 


Pres. Perf. Pluperf. 

TVTTT'CO T€-TV(p-a i-Te-TV(^-€LV 

7r\€K-(o Tre-TrXex-d e-7r6-7rXe;^-eti^ 
Tre/S-o) iri'ireL-Ka i-Tre-Trel-KCLv 

KOfXL^-CO Ke-KOflL-Ka €-K€'KOlJLL-K€lP 

TCLcro'-co T€'Tax-a i-TC-Tdx-^iv 



308. II. LiauiD Verbs : characteristic \ [jl, v, p] 
or X\.] Termination Ka, the vowel of the root being 
shortened as in Future. (Hence ^aiv-y (j>av-,) But 

a) Monosyllable roots with e oy* eu change their 

vowel-sound into a, 

b) Roots in v change v into y before /ca. 

* By ' its aspirate ' is meant the aspirate of the same organ. See 
80, 31. 

t Roots are called pure or impure, according as they end in a vowel 
or in a consonant. — Impuo'e roots are divided into mute or liquid roots^ 
according as the characteristic (that is, the last letter of the root) is a 
mute or a liquid. 

Mute roots are divided into roots ending in a P-sound ; roots ending 
in a K-sound ; roots ending in a T-sound (30) ; which may be called, 
for the sake of shortness, P-roots. K-roots, T-roots. 

X The ^-roots that are softened from an original K-root (see 257), 
form their Perfect like the K-roots. — Of these however (v/hich are 
principally verbs expressing some sound), the Perf, Act. is hardly ever 
found. 

<^ The (T(T- (tt-) roots that are strengthened from an original T- 
root (257), form their Perfect like the T-roots. 



309—311.] 



PERFECT ACTIVE. 



119 



c) But some in v throw away the v : especially, 
/cpivco {judge), fcXtvco [bend)^ reiv-co (stretch\ 
reject the v (the vowel being shortened, and, in 
the case of reiv-co, changed into a by rule a)* 



Pres. 


Put. 


Perf. 


Pluperf. 


crreXX-o) 


(TTeX-Q) 


6'O-TaX-Ka 


i-(TTdX-K€LP 


^padvp-cd 


<pdp-cd 
^padvp-o) 


7re-(})ay-Ka (^rare) 
^6-^pdbv-Ka 


i-TT€-(pdy-K€LP 

€-^€-f3padv-K€ip 


KplP-(0 

kXlp-co 


KptP-(0 

kXIp-q) 


Ke-Kpc-Ka 
Ke-KXi-Ka-f 


€-K€-KpL-K€LP 
€-K€-kXl-K€LP 


T€LV-<j} 


T€P'(0 


Te-ra-Ka 


e-T€-Ta-K€LP 



(With the exceptions of KeKpiica, reriKa, riraKa, the Perfect Active 
from verbs in pcd is hardly found in good Attic writers. Kr.) 

MeVo), P€fi'(o, form their Perfects as if from /xei/eo), pefxeco : /xe/xe- 
VTjKa, P€P€p,r]Ka. 

309. III. Pure Verbs : .termination Ka with vowel 
(if short) lengthened. 



Pres. 


Put. 


Perf. 


Pluperf. 


TLfia-co 
(piXe-o) 
dovX6-co 


TLp.7](T-(0 
(j)iXr](T-CO 

dovXa>-(ra} 


re-TLprj-Ka 
7r€-<p IXrj-Ka 
de-^ovXco-Ka 


€~T<E-rLpr]-K€LP 
€-7r€-(j)LXrj-K€LP 

e-d€-dovXo}-K€LP 


daKpv-co 


daKpii-crco 


de-ddKpv-Ka 


i-d€-daKpv-K€LP 



310. Terminations of the Perf. and Pluperf. Indie. 



Perf. a, as, e 

Pluperf. €LP, €(,S, €L 



dpcp, drC) dcri{p) I drop, drop 

€LfX€P, €LT€i €(Tap (less commonly I ^ltop, eir-qp 

eiaap) . 



311. Moods. 








\ 


Indie. 


Imper. 


Subj. 


Opt. 


Infin. 


Partcp. 


XeXvK-a 


6 


0) 


OC/JLC 


evat 


C09 


(paroxytone) (oxytone) 
6, ercoj &c. ^ 


(o, 7]<;, 77, &c. V as in Present. 


OL/JLLy Oi<;, OL, &C. j 1 


0)9, vlay 0? ] CI r» -,. or 7 i 
V See Paradigm 35, b, \ 

OTO^y VCa^y 0T0<^ ) 



pO Tr\vpoi>, KTelvco. 



t In Polybius, &c. 



120 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[312,313. 



312. Vocabulary 33. 

Belonging to women, yvvaiKclos, 

a, ov. 
To go into, put on, ivdu-ctv. 
To pursue, enLdiij^K-cLv. 
To go under, to set (of the sun, 

Sic), KaTa8v'€LV. 

To loosen, destroy, KarciKv-eiv, 
To he about or going to do any 

thing, ^eW'CLv : to fieXkop, tlie 
future. 
To prophesy, 7rpo(f)r)T€v-€iv. 
To bring forth, (pv-eiv : 7r€(f)vKa 

= natur^ comparatus sum. 
Concord, unity, opovoia, as, rj. 
Attire, dress, oroXr;, rjs, rj. 
To govern (a state), ttoXltcv-clv. 



Word, eiros, ovs, to : pi. epic po- 
etry. 

To be in earnest, (pirovMC-eiv : 
perf. icTiTovbaKa = / am in 
earnest, as a fixed, permanent 
state ; / am eager or in a hur- 

Tragedy, Tpaycdhla, as, fj. 
Making, composition, iroiTja-Ls, 

€(OSi h' 
To pollute, pLaLV-€LV. 

To deny, apvclo-^ai, (= -teo-Sat), 
Dep. pass. (i. e. with aor. of 
pass, form in S?;!/). 

To practise to premeditate (a 
speech), fifXcrav (= -ae«/). 



Exercise 38. 

313. a) Translate into English, 

1. OcTroXipLiOL Ikutov 7ro\LTa<i 7r€(f)0V€VKdcrtv, 2. $e- 
pefcvSr)<; eXeye, fiiihevl ^ecS re^VKevac, 3. Neo<^ 7r€(pij/c(t)<; 
TToWa '^Tjara jxdv^ave, 4. 'O pidvTLS ra fxeWovra Ka- 
Xw? 7r€7rpo(f))]Tev/c6v, 5. Td reKva ev TreTralSevKa^, 6. 
M)]B€ia rd reKva TrecpovevKvla e^^atpev, 7. 01 AaKeSac- 
fiovLOL UXaracd^; /careXeXv/cecrav, 8. XaphavdiraXo^ aro- 
Xr]v jvvaiKelav iveSeSvKet. 9. ^'Ore 7]Xco<; KareSeSv/cet, ol 
TToXi/jLLOL CTrXTjorLa^ov, 10. Il6(pvKaaLv diravre^ kol IS la 
Kul hrjfjioaia dpLaprdvetv, 11. ^Avev 6/jLovola<; ovk dv ev 
TToXiTev^eLT] 7r6Xi<;, 12. 'JEttI /xev iircov iroLrjaet^' O jjirjpov 
eycoye /jbaXiara re^avpLaKay eirl he rpaycphla So(f)OKXea, 

13. Tov a(0(f)pova /3lop tov aKoXdarov rjSico Kefcpl/capbev, 

14, ^EycD TOV Xoyov puepieXeTTjfcevao cj^rjpbl ical ovk, dv dpvrj' 
^elrjv, 

QuES. What is the English of Troi^o-af/ti au 1 Decline en-os, iroi-nffLs. 
Give the Tenses of ^av/xdCco, /^eAeraco. 



314 317.] PERR AND PLUPERF. ACTIVE. 121 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Haive \ve not judged the temperate ° to he happier 
than the intemperate ? 2. I have often wondered-at 
the geometer's wisdom. 3. I have sent you the notes* 
«that I have by iirapa) me. 4, This °man has 
polluted the temple of Hermes {= Mercury). 5. The 
sycophant has not kept his oaths. 6. If we had done 
this, Philip would not have been behaving insolently 
^for so long a time (ace). 



LESSON XLI 



Perfect and Pluperfect Active.^ continued. Sentences 
introduced hy on, m, 

314. KXeiTTQ), Tr€fjiiT<D, TpiTTQ} [stcal^ send, turn)^ take 
o in the penult of Perfect and Pluperf. Act. So \ey(o 
(^gather) in its compounds., with irregular augment el. 

Hence K€KXo(pa, Trenofxcjia, T€Tpo(j)a, ^vv-eCKoxci, e|-e/Xo;(a. 

315. The Perfect Participle with 5, ecTjv {Subj, and 
Opt. respectively, of elfjui, sum) is often used as the 
Subjunctive and Optative of the Peifect and Pluper^ 
feet. They denote a still continuing state more 
strongly than the regular forms. 

316. The Peifect Participle is also used with eao- 
fjbai {ero) to form a Future Perfect : ireTroirjKcos ecro/jbat, 
fecero. 

317. Liquid verbs whose characteristic is /jl, and a 
few whose characteristic is v or \, undergo metathesis 
(that is, a transposition of letters) before the Ka, Keiv^ 
9,re added ; the short vowel of the root is then length^ 

6 



^1 \ 



122 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[318—320. 



Present in use. 


Short Root. 


By metathesis. 


KdfAV'Ci> Qahoro) 


KajjL' 


K/JLa- 


T€fjLV'(i> (cut) 
^pr)(rK-cD (die) 
iSaXX-o) (casl) 
KaXe-Q) (call) 


re/x- 
pak- 

KoX- 


0Xa- 
kXq- 



ened as for joz^re verbs. — Several such verbs must be 
considered irresrular, because either the Present has 
been irregularly strengthened, or they form their Future 
or Aorist irregularly. Such verbs are : 

Perfect. 

Ke-Kiirf-Ka 
Te-Tfxrj-Ka 
T€-'^prj-Ka 

Ke-KXrj-Ka 

TLypcdo-KO) forms its Fut. and Perf. as if from yvo- ; its Future is 
of Middle form. TLyvojcnc-o), yvbdcroiiai^ tyvoDKa. 

318. The Optative of the Aorist has the meaning 
of a j^rceterituni in dependent sentences introduced by 
oTLy ft)9 {^that^)^ and in dependent interrogative sen- 
tences^ e. g. those with el {if=) ' whether,^ 

319. In these sentences the Indicative is used after 
a principal tense. After an historical tense this Indi- 
cative becomes regularly the Optative ; but very fre- 
quently this change does not take place, the Indicative 
being retained after a past tense just as after a present 
one.* 

320. The Future of the Optative is strictly confined 
to the office of taking the place of the Future of the 
Indicative in oblique narration (that is, when a per- 
son's sentiments, words, &c. are related by another 
using a past tense). Hence it may be used in the sen- 
tenpes we are now speaking of, when they are depend- 
ent on a verhum declarandi in a past tense. 

He said that he would 
come, 



He says that he will 
come, 
\ejei on ij^ec 



eiTrev 



or eXe^ev ) on rj^eu. 



on 



:0L 



^ The Present tense is usually retained where we should rathey 



321 323.] PERF. AND PLUPERF. ACTIVE. 123 

321. Qir From many verbs, and especially from many mute 
verbs of the P- and K- sounds, which have a monosyllabic root, no 
Perfect and Pluperfect Active can be produced. (jKt.) 

322. Vocabulary 34. 



To steal, Kkkirr-^iv. 

To throw away, diro^dXk-cLv. 
To call, Kokelv (= -eet//). 
Intemperate, dKparrjs, es (with 

gen.). 
Wailing, crying, icKavfia, -aros, 

TO. KXavfia yiyverai tlvl = 

he, any body, will cry, or have 

reason to cry. 



To consider, o-Koire^a'^aL (= -ee- 

(T^iai). 
Madness, Xvo-aa, t}s, tj (rabies). 
To fall upon, e/xTriVr-eti/, with 

dat. : perf. TreTrroDKa (as if from 

7rro-ti)), verb, irreg. List VII. 
Violence, imfetuosity, cr^obpoTrjs, 

rjTOs, rj. 
Hope, expectation, iXms, Idas, rj, 
(For the Opt. of dixl see Pdm. 68.) 

Exercise 39. 

323. a) Translate into English, 

1. IVLcov ov KeKko<^a^ rrjv vl/cr]v ; 2. Elirev on ol 
G-rparccoTaL aTro^ejSXrjKore'^ elev ra OTrXa. 3. OvSe tov<; 
iralha^ opyrj y^prj KoXd^ecv rov^ rbv T779 aXcoTre/co^ aKVfivov 
K€K\o(f)6Ta<^, 4. TacTTpo^ aKparrj fce/cXijfca/Jiev rbv dvSpa 
Sia T7]p a(poSp6T7jTa rcov irepl iScoSrjv iTTL^v/jUcbv Ka\ iro- 
a IV, 5. ^ Orav 01 SeairoraL iairovhaKccxTi, KXavjJbaTa tol<^ 
8oii\oL<; yiyverai. 6. El, pa^v/jLovvrcov rj/jLcov, 6 ySacr^Xeu? 
0)9 ael TC fiel^ov rcov viTap')(0VT0)v Set Trpdrreiv iyvcoKcb<^ 
ecrrac, cr/coTreca^e 66? r/ ttot' iXirh ravra reXevrrjcrac. 
7. ^'Eheiaav ol KepaorovvTioi /Jbrj Xvcrcra tls coairep kvolv 
rjfuv i/jbTTeTTTco/cou 8. Tfj varepaia^ rJKev ayyeXo^ Xeycov, 
CO? 6 Trarrjp ri^vrj/cev. 9. Aeyei {prces. histor.) on irevre 
rj/jiepcov a^ei (or a^ou) avrov^ o'^ev o^^ovrau rfjv ^dXarrav, 
10. ^Hp6iJi7]v avTov^ el pbeXXovcnv (or /jueXXocev) tou? Tral- 

Sa9 KoXdcrac. 

^ The next day ; rj/jLepa understood. 

expect it to be changed into the Imperfect : ripSix-qv rives elaiy, more 
frequently than rives ijaav, rogabam qui?iam essent. 



124 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [324 326. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Has he not invited you to dinner ? 2. Are you 
not angry with those who have stolen the game ? 3. 
He said that the king had cut off the prisoner's head. 
4. He said that Aristodemus was dead. 5. He told me 
that the soldier had thrown away his arms. 



LESSON XLII. 

Perfect Passive, 

324. There is only one and the same /brm for the 
Perfect Passive and the Perfect Middle : their redii- 
j)lication and augment follow the same rules as the 
Perf Active (301, sqq.). 

325. (The pupil must by no means suppose that a 
Perfect in fiau is both Passive and Middle. It is only 
some verbs that are used in a Middle sense.) 

326. The terminations of the Perf and Pluperf of 
the Passive and Middle are respectively iiai, /jltjv : but 
the initial fi causes certain euphonic changes of the 
characteristics^ according to the following laws : 

a) Any jt^-soun'd (or ttt) with fi^fjufju] '^^-'^P^f^-f^^^ 

i =T€-TpLfJb-IJbaL 

Tre-TrXeK-fiac 



b) Any A:-sound (or kt) with ii^rya . , ^ 
^ ( =7r€-7r\€y-/jLaL 

c) Awy ^sound with fji = (Tfi I , 

i =TTe-7reLa-iJbai 

d) (1) The ^ roots usually follow the ^sounds, and 
take o-jjiaL, (t/jl7]v ; but (2) the few whose roots originally 
ended in a A:-sound take y^at, y/jbrjv, 

e) The aa- (tt-) roots usually follow the Z:-sounds, 
and take y/jiaL, yfjbi^v ; but the few whose roots origi- 
nally ended in a ^sound take aixai, (t/jltjv. 



327, 328.] 



PERFECT PASSIVE. 



125 



/) The liquid roots require no change except in 
those in vo). Of these (1) verbs in acvo), vvco, generally 
reject the v, and make compensation for its loss by 9 : 
but (2) a few assimilate the v to the fi (that is, take fjufju 
for vfijj (3) a very few reject the v, and make compen- 
sation for it by lengthening the vowel of the penult : 
(4) Kpivco, kXIpco, reivco, reject the v (as in Perf. Act., 
308j c : the last with the same change of ec into a) ; 
and retain the short vowel of the FatiKe. 

327. Pure verbs usually lengthen a short or doubt- 
ful vowel. 





Present. 


Perfect. 


Pluperfect. 


a) 


Tpl^-(o 


T€'TpLjJL-fiai 


i-T€-Tpip.-p,rjv (rub) 


b) 


dex-ojJiaL 


d€-d€y-fiat 


i-^€-bey-p.r)v {receive) 


c) 


yjreud-co 


e-y\rEV(T-pLai 


i'-\\r€v(T-ixr]v (deceive) 




7r€iS-a> 


7T€-7T€l(T-jXai 


e-TTe-Treicr-piTjv (persuade) 


«{i. 


aTTjpiC-co 


T€-'^avfxa(T-[mi, 
i-o-T-qpLy-fxaL 


€-T€-'^aviJLd(r-fxr)v (wonder-at) 
i-crrrjpiy-fjLrju 


e) 1. 


pLLaiv-co 


IJL€-fXLa(T-IJiaL 


€-fX€-IJLLd(T-fJiT]V (pollute) 


2. 


aicrxyv-cD 


rj(TKVfi-piai 


'^(TKvfJL-pLTjv (shame ; -ofiai, am 


3. 


Tpa-)(y-V(o 


re-Tpaxv-p-ai * 


€-T€'Tpaxv-P'r]v [ashamed) 


4. 


^ Kplu-(o 
i Teiv-co 


K€-Kpt-fJLaL 


i' K€-Kp i-fXT] V f (judge) 


Te-Ta-fxat 


i'T€-rd-fJLrju (stretch) 


5. 


o-TeXX-co 


e-o-TaX-jJiaL 


€-a-TdX-p,T]p (send) 


/) 


TTOte-O) 


Tre-TTOLTj-fxaL 


i-Tre-Troirj-jjLTjv (make) 




TLpia-co 


T€-TLfirj-fXaL 


e-Te-TLfJLrj-fJLrjv 



(Observe that ai of Perf. Pass, is considered short m accentuation.) 

328. The terminations are : 



Perfect. 

fjiai, aai, rat, 
/jie^a, (t'^6, vrat, 
/jue^ov, a^op, a^ov. 


Pluperfect. 
flTJV, CO, TO, 
fJb€^a, a^€, VTO, 

IJbe^ov, a^ov, a^rjv. 


Xi'Xv-^ai X€-Xv-fjLe?ia 
Xe-Xv-crat Xe-Xv-a^e 
Xe-Xv-raL Xe-Xv-vrai 

iXe-Xv-fXTjv eXe-Xv-jxe^ia 
eXe-Xv-aco iXe-Xv-cr^e 
iXe-Xv-To iXe-Xv-PTO 


Xe-Xv-jxe^iou 

Xe-Xv-cr3oy 

Xe-Xv'cr'^ov 

iX€'Xv-fX€?iOV 

eXe-Xv-a'^ov 
iXe-Xv-cr'^Tju 



* Also Te-Tpdxv(T-ixai. 



t So KXii/W. 



126 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[329—331. 



The terminations that begin with /x will of course all cause the 
same euphonic changes : re-ru/x-jaat, re-ri'/X'/ieSa, &c. ; but those 
that begin with or, r, will cause oilier changes (which will be given 
in the next Lesson). The pupil can, at present, only be expected to 
form all the persons of pure verbs and of some liquid verbs. 

329. The participle is -^evo^ {paroxytone\ -fjuevrj, 
-fievov. 

330. TpeTT-co {turn), arpe^-a) {twist), change e of the 
root into a in the Perf. and Phiperf. Passive {reTpa/jL/jbac, 
eo-rpafifjLai). Tpecj^-co, to bring up (nutrio), also under- 
goes this change : its root is ^p€(f> : the ^ is changed 
into T, to avoid the proximity of the two aspirates (^ 
and (p) : but when the ^ disappears, the ^ returns : 
hence Perfect Pass. Te-^paji-fiai, 



331. Vocabulary 35. 

Lawgiver, vofxo'^eTrj^, ov. 6. {v6- 

jjLos, rC^evai, ponere). 
To adorn, to arrange or order, 

Koo-^elv (= -eetz/). 
Perfectly, TravreXcjs. 
Thing learnt, lesson (learnt), /xa- 

?iT]fjLa, arcs, to. (/>ta3-, short 

root of IJidv?iaV€LV.) 

To pollute, fjLLaiv-eiv. 

To juggle, yor]T€ li-€LV, 

To fay court to, '^epaTrev-eiv. 

To set free, dTrakXdrr-eLv. Pass, 
or Mid. to be released from or 
to set oneself free from = to 
remove or depart from (with 
gen.). 

Unclean, impure, aKa'^apros, ov. 

Brutish, '^■qpididrjs, e?. 

/ sit still, Kd?iT)p,aL (sedeo), a perf. 
form. Pdm. 71. 



Irrational, senseless, aXoyos, ov. 

Music, fxova-LKT) {Texvrj, art, un- 
derstood). 

'Gymnastics, yvfivao-TLKrj {rexvij, 
understood). 

To be divided into factions, to be 
distracted by factions, o-Tao-Ld^- 

€LV. 

To disiU7'b, rapda-cr-eLv, or rapd- 
TT-€Lv. Pass, to be in a state 
of disorder or anarchy. 

House, family, olKia, as, rj. 

Of or belonging to a rvpavvos ; 
royal ; of their tyrant, Tvpavvi- 
Kos, rj, ov. 

Panihea, ILdv^^eia, ay, f]. 

To order, arrange, appoint, rdo-o-- 
€iv or rdTT-€Lv (fut. -^0)). 

To move, Klvelv (= -Uiv). 



332."! PERFECT PASSIVE. 127 

Exercise 40. 

332. a) Translate into English. 

1. 'H it6\l^ vtto tov vofjLO^erov €u re /cal Traz/reXw? 
KeKoaiMT^rai. 2, ^AvdyKT]^ to fMo^rjiia ev avrfj rfj ^Irv^fj 
Xa^ovra^ airtevaL^ rj ^efiXafifjuevov t) axj^eXyfjievov. 3. 
Tcov TTOVTjpcov fjb€/jLLa(T/jLevi] 7] '^V'^T] Kal cLicd^apTO^ TOV aco- 
jjbaTO<^ diraXKcLTTeTaL, aTe ^eparrevouo-a '^ tovto Kal jeyoij- 

T€VfJL€V7] VTT aVTOV VTTO Te TCOV ilTl^VjUilCOV Kal TjSoVCOV. 4. 

riepl TCL KeKpv/jL/jCepa tmv Trpay/jbaTcov dvdyKT]^ ttoWou? 
<f)6/3ov^ ylyvecr^aL. 5. 'i? Hdv^eia Ta')(p irdw Kal rra- 
crcov i(fjaLP€TO Siacpepovcra^ tojv aXkcov Katirep^ Ka^rjfievrj 
K€/caXv/jL/jL6vi] T6 Kal €69^^ yqv opcocraJ 6. ^H ov Ka\co<; 
TTpoaeTaTTOv ol iirl tovtoc<; ^^ TeTayfjuevoL vofioij irapayye- 
WovT€^ TO) iraTpl to) cro3 ere iv /jLovacKfj Kal yv/jLvaa-TLKrj 
vraiSevecp ; 7. ^i\LiT7ro<^ OeTTaXoU o-Taaid^ovcrt Kal 
T€Tapay/jL€i>oc^ eirl ^ ti]v TvpavvcKrjp OLKiav i^OTj^rjaev, 8. 
IIoW'}] irov ** KaKta iroXiTeias ovtco^ aZcr^pco? ra? yvvat- 
Kas elvau T6^pa/jL/ji€va<;, 9. 'O aKpaTr^s to awfJia Tjj ^tj- 
pLcoSec Kal dXoycp r^hovfj eTTLTpe'y^a'^ ivTav^a T€TpafjL/jL€VO<; i 

^ sc. eo-Ti. t having 7'ecewed : ace. partcp. from AayScor, 

\afi^dj/eiu, List TV. *^ to go away (^ir-cifu : airS, el^i, ibo, Pdm. 

68). Supply as ace. to the Infin. ' a onan.^ d S.re ^epaTrcvovcra 

= quippe qum colat. ® hLa<p. governs gen. f Kalirep = 

quamvis with participles : very seldom with finite verbs. s = 

opd-ovaa. h ttov (enclit.) = opinor. i lit. : ^will live 

turned (here — ) klther,^ i. e. laill live with reference to this. 

QuKs. AVhat is the difference between ahrhi 6 ^acriXevs and 6 aurhs 
fiaffiKevs ^\ Why is ttoWtj printed with the acute? 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. We have the times of our hfe appointed by the 
gods. 2. Thus the whole would be both a well-ordered 
and well-appointed thhig. 3. These things have not 



128 FIUST GREEK BOOK. [333 336. 

yet been moved. 4. The damsel has her face covered. 

5. The city had been adorned with very excellent laws. 

6. The souls of the wicked have been juggled by sen- 
sual pleasures. 7. Alas ! I have been deceived of my 
hopes. 8. Some go-away injured, and others even 
benefited. 



LESSON XLII.* 

Persons and Moods of Perfect Passive, 

333. The same changes that take place before fiaty 
will of course take place before fie^ov, fjue^a : 

Te-TV/jL-fiaLy ^e-^pey-fjbaLy ire-ireLcr-ybaLy 
re-Tv^^e^ay ^e-^peyfjue^a, Tre-TreicrfjLe^a. 

334. From the terminations beginning with a^^ the 
a is thro%vn away^ when the root ends in a consonant. 
Hence the p and k mutes^ being conformed to ^, will 
be the aspirates : 

T6-TpL(f>-^0Vy Xe-Xe^-^OJ/y ^€-/3p€)(^^0Vy (fee. 

for Te-rpi^-a^oVy \e-\ey-<j^0Vy ySe-ySpep^-o-^oi^, &c» 

A ^-mute will become cr, or, which is the same things 
the ^-mute is thrown away before a^ov {Tre-irei-cr^ov 
for ire-TreL^-a^ov), 

335. The changes for v before jx have been already 
given. The v can be retained before both a^ r, and ^. 
Hence 7re(pav-aaL^ 7r€(f>av-TaL^ Tre-^az^-^oz^, (fee. 

336. By applying, in this way^ the rules for the 
euphonic changes [Note 8], we shall find that, when 
the root ends in a ?nute or v, these letters assume the 
following forms when combined with the initial conso- 
nant of the termination. 



337—340.] 



PERFECT PASSIVE. 



129 



p-sounds. 


A;-sounds. 


^solmds. 


v. 


S. ^fX, yjr, TTT, 

p. /x/x, (^3, — 
D. /x/x, <^3, (/)3. 


7^5 ^5 f^T^ 

7^' X^» — 
7/^' X^' X^- 


0-/X, 0", or, 
0-/X, 0-3, — 
(T/LX, crS, cr2f. 


/X/X or (TfJL, vo-, VT, 

fxp. or (T/x, 1/3, — 
/x/x or cr/x, j/3, 1/3. 



Of course the 2nd pers. singular (being a or termination) will have 
the same consonant as the Fut. ; the 2nd and 3rd dual, and 2nd plur. 
(3 terminations) the same as the Aor. 1. Pass. 

337. The termination of the third person plural, vrai, cannot be 
attached to mute roots. A circumlocution is used instead of it : the 
Perfect Participle with elai^p), are. So the Perf. Partcp. with rjaav 
for third plural of the Pluperfect. 



338. 




SINGULAR. 


, 




XciTTO), leave. 


/3pe;)^Q), wet. 


^evdcoy cheat. 


atpo), lift up 


. (jyalvco, show 


XeXet/x/Ltat 
XeXetTTrat 


pe^pcyixai 
^e^pe^at 


e\j/€VcrpiaL 

€yj/€V(TTaL 

PLURAL. 


^pfiai 
TJpa-aL 
rjprai 


7re0ai/(7at 
7re<papTai 


XeX€t/x/xe3a 
XeXet(/)3€ 
XeXet/x/xez/ot ) 


/3e/3pe7/x€3a 

/3e/3p.xS^, 
/3e/3pey/x€Vot ^ 


i-\\r€V(Tpi€VOL \ 

clalu j 
DUAL. 


rjpfxc'^a 
Tippivoi } 

eLCTLV ^ 


7re(^ao-/xe3a 
7rec^az/36 

7r€(f)a(Tfl€V0L 

ela-LV 


XeXe//x/x63oi/ 

XeXeKfi'^ov 

XeXetc^Soi/ 


/3ei3p€y/xe3oi/ 

(Se^p^x^ou 

/3e/3pex3oi/ 


e'v//'eucr/xe3oz/ 

eAZ/'efcrSoi/ 

€'vi/'eucr3oz/ 


fjppL^'^OV 

rip'^ov 
rjp'^ov 


7T€(f>d(Tfl€^0V 

7re0ai/3oi/ 
7re(j)ap?iou 



So Pluperfect : eXeXet/x/xT/i/, €XeXet'v//"Oj cXeXetTrro, &c. 

339. Moods. 



Indie. Imper. 



fjLai 



ao 



Siibj. 

partcp. 

with & * 



Opt. Irifin. Partcp. 

partcp. J 



340. In the Imperative, Infinitive, and Participle, the forms are 

produced, as in the Indicative, by the ejection or change of conso- 

■ — — • 

* There occur, however, a few Subjunctives and Optatives of the 
Perf. Pass, from verbs whose characteristic is adapted for receiving 
the termination of the Subjunctive, and the t of the Optative. It is 
only, however, from Kraofiai, p.ifxvi](TKU3, and KaKeco. that such forms are 
at all common. 

6* 



130 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[341, 342. 



nants. The Participles (as /it terminations) follow the Indie. : reVpt/x- 
^ai,T€Tpifi'fjL€Pos,T€Tay-fjLaiyT€Tay-fjL€vos. They are Paroxytone (341). 

Imperative. — Singular. 



TTCTraiBevo-o 


T€Tpl\jrO 


T€Ta^O 


77677610-0 


rJYyekcro 


Treiraideva-'^io 


T€TpLCl>^CO 


Terdx'^co 


77677610-30) 


r)yyeKJi<o 


&C. 


&C. 


&c. 


&C. 


&c. 



Infinitive. 
7r677atS6i}o'Slat | r6rpi(^3at | md^fiai | 7r6776to-3at I ^yyeXSat 

I 7760di/3at. 
Participle. 

TreTTaibcvfxepos \ Terpififxevos \ reraypevos \ 776776to'/x6z/os | r^yyikpevos 

I TT€<^acrp€vos. 

341. The Infin. and Participle of the Perf. Pass, 
have the accent on the penult. Hence the Participle is 
"paroxytone ; the Infin. pi^operispomenon, if the penult 
is a diphthong or long vowel (the ac being considered 
short in accentuation); if not, paroxytone: ireiraL' 
heva^aUy fyeyevrja^ai. rerv^^ai, rj^avLcr^ai. — t€tv/M' 
fjLevo<;, 



342. Vocabulary 36. 

Trace, 'lXvos, cos, to. To track, 

lXV€V-€LV. 

To leave, KaToKeLTr-cLv. 

CEnoe. Olvot], rjs^ rj. 

Borders, pe^opia, rd (prop. neut. 
adj.). 

To surround with a wall, to for- 
tify, T€LxiC-^tu. 

Neck, throat, rpdxri^os, ov, 6. 

Temple (of the head), Kporacjyos, 
ov, 6. 

To stretchy tight, KaTaTctp-eLV. 
Pass, to be stretched; hence, 
of veins, to be swelled. 

Passionate, dva-opyrjros, op. 

Olive, olive-complexioned, peXl- 
x}^(opos, op. 



To dry up, diro'^vx-^t'V. Part, 
of perf. pass. d7r€yjrvyp€Pos== 
cold (indifferent). 

To snow, PL(p-€LP. 

To cause to disappear, d<paPL^-€LP. 

— Trjp yrjp=to cover the earth. 
Embassy, rrpeaPcla, as, rj. 
I fear, S6Sot/ca=vereor (Perf. of 

deidco, with meaning of Pres.). 
Forgetfulness, \rfir}, rjs, rj. 
To cause in , to cause, ip- 

ttolcIp (ace. of nearer, dat. of 

remoter object). 
Pledges, security, Tna-rd, rd, 

Q faithful things.') 77to-ra '^ecop 

77ot6To-3at TLPL=to swear to any 

one by the gods) . 



343.] PERFECT PASSIVE. 131 



To Shut{^ kK€L-€LV. 

A summit, a castle, aKpa, as, rj. 
Freedom, self-government, avro- 

vofila, as, ^. 
To implant, eficfyvTcv-CLP. 
To build, found, Idpv-eiv. 



To shut, lock-up, KaTaK\€L-€lP. 

To be said, Xey-co-Sat (dici). 
A robber, Xj^a-rrjs, ov, 6. 
A treaty, (rvv'^rjfCTj, tjs, rj. 
Cube, — die, kv^os, ov, 6, 



Exercise 41, 

343. a) Translate into English. 

1, Jlij ravra nrdvTa e^ets, a ol oXkoL ovk e'^pvac* 
TreTralSevaat yap lfcavo)<^. 2. "Etl koX vvv^ L')(yos Trj<; 
Tov ©rjaico^; irpaorrjro^ iv rol'^ rf^ecriv ^ A^rjvaiwv Kara- 
XeXevTrrat, 3, Oh^oy ovo-a iv /j.€^opioL^ ttj^ ^ATrLKr]<; /cal 
BoicoTLa<; irerei'X^LaTO, 4. TerpnTTai to <f>dp/jLa/€ov. 5. 
Oh^ ra Trepl tov Tpd')(7}\ov koX tov<^ KpoTacj^ovs al 
f^X€^e9 KaTaT&TayukvaL elai, Svo-opyrjTOL, 6. 01 fieXL' 
'^copot cLTre's^rvjiLevoL eUiiv. 7. ^I^vevojJbev tov<; Xayco?, 
OTav vl(f)r] 6 ^€0^" MCTTe rjcpavLCT^ai tjjv yrjv, 8. To %po- 
vov yeyevi)a^aL fieTa ttjv irpeaj^eiav ttoXuz// SeSocKa jxr] 
TLva \rf^7]v vfjLiv ifiireTroirjfcy. 9. UeTravao,^ 10. M6- 
vov (TV tj/juv TTcaTa ^ecov Trerroiriao,^ 11. Al ttvSxli 
eKeKkeiVTO kol iirl tcov t6L^S)v oirXa icj^alveTO. 

* Eve?i now ; even at the present day (lit. still even now). b qid- 

bus. ra irepl rhu rpax- = if^ t/ie parts about the n^ck ; a local accusative, 
c lit. when the god snovjs = when it snows, since the Greeks re- 
ferred atmospheric phenomena to Zeus, as the god of the air. ihar^ = 
so that, c. infin. ^ '^^ XP- y^y^yria-^ai iroKvu {= tJie circumstance 

that the time has become long =) the circumstance that much time has 
elapsed : this clause is the subject of the verb i/xir€iroi7)KT). On de^oiKa 

fiv cf K. 318. 8. « Here the Imperative of the Perfect 

commands the immediate performance of the things commanded. 



Remember that in Uhe house is built' {domus cedificata est), 
* is built ' is the Perfect ; so whenever ' am ' with the past participle 
denotes a permanent state as the result of a past action. 

* Perf Pass. K€K\€i(Tfjiai and KiKXeifiai. 



132 FIRST greek: book. [344, 345. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. The earth is covered. 2. A cloud veiled and 
hid {say : having veiled^ hid) the sun. 3. The soldiers 
have been slaughtered. 4. Two brothers have been 
educated by the same master. 5. The monarchy has 
been destroyed by the people. 6. Many temples have 
been built for the gods by the Athenians. 7, Let the 
door be shut » immediately. 8. Before action deli- 
berate well. 9. ^ There is implanted in all men || a 
desire of self-government. 10. Let the prisoners-of- 
war be slain. 11. The enemy are said to be shut-up 
in'^ the castle. 12. The ^two sons of Zenophon, 
Gryllus and Diodorus, had been educated in Sparta. 
13. Let the die be cast. 

f Trpo-KoXviTT'eLy. ^ 



LESSON XLIII. 

Contracted Verbs in dco, Pres. and Imperf. Act, 

(Learn rt/xaco, Pdm. 59.) 

344. Contract Pure verbs are such as .have for 
their characteristic a, e, or o, which are contracted with 
the following vowel or diphthong. Contraction takes 
place only in the Present and Imperfect of both Voices, 
because it is only in these two tenses that the charac- 
teristic vowel is followed by another vowel. 

345. The contractions for verbs in dco are these : 

I being subscript 
a before an e-sound becomes a J if the e-sound 
a before an o-sound becomes co ^ is et, 97 ; or the 

o-soundj DC, 



346—349.] 



CONTE.ACTED VERBS. 



133 



ao 


= 


CO 


aco 


= 


(0 


aoL 


= 


9 


aov 


= 


ft). 



Thus, ae =^ d 
a7] =^ d 
a€C= a 
arj =a 

346. Ae and aet are contracted into 77 and 77 (instead 
of into a and a), from [^detv) ^fjv^ to live ; {ireivdehv) 
Trecvfjv, to be hiaigry ; (SLyJrdetv) hL'\\rfjv, to be thirsty; 
(xpdea'^at) ^pw^^h ^0 use. These are also the regu- 
lar contractions from Kvaco, scrape ; crfidcoj smear ; 
y^doy^ rub, 

347. Contracted Verbs have very frequently (in- 
stead of oifit^ oL<^, &c.) the Optative 

olrjTOV, oltJttjv 
or oItov, olttjv 
so that the form 



OirjV, OLT]^, Oil] 



oi7]fjbev, otrjre, otrjcrav 
olfjiev, aire, olev. 
For verbs in aco, the a-oc = co : 
becomes cor^Vy oir;?, ciyq, &c. 

348. The Present Optative in oi7]v (for e-oirjv, o-otrjv), 
and cmjv (for a-oi7]v), is the prevailing form in the Sin- 
gular, at least for the first (and second) Persons : in 
the Plural it is rare ; cprjaav is nowhere found, olrjaav 
hardly ever. (Kriiger.) 



349. Vocabulary 37. 

To love ; also, to be contented, 

ayairav (=d€Lv), with ace. or 

dat. 
Immortal, cC^avaros, ov. 
Miserably, unfortunately, aSXio)?. 
To deceive, i^airarav (= afij/). 
To love, ipav (with iren.). 
Age ; especially youth or rnan- 

hood, TjXiKLa, as, rj. 
Boldly, ^iapfjaXecjs. 
Appearance, outivard figure, Idea, 

ay, fj. 



To sound, ^Seyy-eo-Sai. 
To conquer, vlkuv (=d€Lp). 
To pity, 6Xo(f)vp€o-'^aL (with ace). 
To see, 6pav (see List VII). 
Point, height, full power, vigor ^ 

' aKfirj, r]s, rj. 
To lighten, da-Tpdnr-eLv. 
To thunder, ^pourav {=d€Lv). 
To do, act, bpav. 
To rush, opfjLav. 

Before, irplv (with infin. K. 337). 
How ? TTcof ; 



134 FIRST GREEK BOOK. ' [350. 



To Stir up together, throw into 

confusion, crvyKVKav. 
Fighting with, fellow-combatant, 

ally, iTvfifjLaxoSi ov. 



To end, die, reXevrdv (=^d€iv). 
Dare, venture. roXfiav. 
To be silent, (tlcott^u. 



Exercise 42. 
350. a) Translate into English. 

1. UoWaKL^; jvco/jLtjv i^aTrarcoacv ISiac, 2. M'^ ere 
VLKaro) K^pSo^, 3. ZToWa/c69 VLKa /cat KaKos dvSpa dya- 
^6v, 4. 01 dya^ol iptScrc tcov KaXcov. 5. IToWol^ 
dv^pcoTTOL ev rfj t?}? rjXiKla^ dicpbrj reXevrcocnv. 6. 'H 
aidcura, rj \eje dfieivova.^ 7. ^AvdyKT] earl nrdvras 
dv^pcoTTQV^; reXevrav, 8. Nov<; opa fcal vov<; dKovei, 
9. QappoXew^, & (TTpariCdTaL, opfMoyfJiev eVl rov^ iroXe- 
fjbLov<;. 10. Uplv /JL6V ireivfiv, iroXkol eo^lovai, irplv he 
hL^\rfjv^ TTLVovatv. 11. Ov/c ean rol'^ firj Spcoat crv/ji/jLa'^o<; 
TV'^7}, 12. TIepiK\r}<; rjaTpairrev, ijSpovra, avveKVKa rrjv 
'EXkdSa. 13. Ec'^e Trdvres tov<; yovia<; dyair&ev. 
14. El^e riy air Tier ajxev tol<; irapovaiv. 15. JTw? dv 
To\fJi(pr]v TOP (f)L\ov /SXdirreLV ; 16. To fiev acopba iroX- 
XdKC<; /cat 7r€Lvfj kol hi'y^f) • r] Se '^VXV '^^^ ^^ V ^^'^^ V 
iretvciyq ; 17. ^VXV d^dvaTO<; /cat dyrjpco<; ^fj htdiravTo^ 
(sc. ^poz^ou). 18. Kpelrrov^ to /xfj ^yv iartp, rj ^fjv 
a^X/o)?. 19. OXocjyvpo/jie^a top iv rfj rrj^ rjXcKia^ dKfxy 
TeXevTMvra. 20. ^'Orav 6 avXb<^ cl)^eyyrjTac3 TravrdiTacn 

aLC07rC0/jL€V, 

^ TToXv?. b Note 13. 

QuEs. — 7. Why does the enclitic iarri retain its accent here '? 10. 
Give the tenses of irli/eiv, List VIL 11. Account for the accent of ecrn. 
18. Is ov or fjL-fj the usual word for ' not ' with an Infin. 1 

h) Translate into Greek, 

1. Time conquers and changes all things. 2. An- 
ger compels many men to do evil. 3. Do not keep- 
silence, if you see any persons ill-affected towards the 



351—353.] 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



135 



government. 4. Neither hear nor see Avhat you ought 
not. 5. We honor those who brave-dangers for their 
country. 6. I trusted : I was utterly-deceived. 7. 
You {pi.) were deceiving the stranger. 9. Deceive no 
body. 



LESSON XLIV. 
Contracted Verbs in ico. Present and Imperf, Act, 
351. Ee becomes et. 
60 becomes ov, 

€ is thrown away before long vowels and diph- 
thongs. 

Thus, €7] = 7] 



eo) 



(W 



eei = €L 
eoi = oL 
eov = ov 



352. Before the Opt. in ol7]v (347), the e will dis- 
appear throughout ; TroL-e-ocrjp = ttol-olt]!/, 

353. Vocabulary 38. 



2h be dispirited, despair, dSv- 

To neglect, afxcXelv (with gen.). 

To flow away, airoppilv. 

To practise, acrK^lv. 

To want, delv (=z€€iu, gen.) ; Sel, 
there is need, it is necessary, 
one must (with ace. and infin.). 

To he unfortunate, dvarvx^lv' 

To sell, TTcoXeTi/. 

To be fortunate, happy, eurv- 

X€lv. 

To approve, praise, inaii/elv. 
To will, be willing, SeXeii/, eSe- 
Xeti/ (velle). 



Request, prayer, cvxq. r}s, rj. 

To take trouble, to ivork, irovelu 

(laborare). 
To expect, presume, irpoadoKav. 
To accomplish, reXeti/. 
Bundle or mats of reeds, rushes, 

&C. piyj/, piTT-os., rj. 
To do in common with any one, 

help, assist, avWap^av-eLv 

(with dat.). 
To ivork with any one, help, as- 

sist, (Tvpnovelv (with dat.). 
To think, be sensible, (f)pop€7v. 
To confess, to profess, SpoXoyelp. 
To be a retail trader, KaTrrjX^vciu. 



136 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [354. 



Even if, even though, kclv {=Ka\ 

€av). 
To he high-minded, proud, jxiya 



(j)pOV€'LV. 

To demand (money, &/C.) irpdrr' 



Exercise 43. 

354. a) Translate into English. 

1. TifjiCJ/JLep Toijf; dya^ov<;, cva ajxa to3 rcfiav acTKco- 
liev. 2. 'O Treca^eU rj/jucbv tm Xoyco evrv^el re Kal el^ 
')(^p6vov airavra evrv^^oi, 3. ^Avfjp irovripos hvarv^et, kclv 
evTV^fj, 4. Styav [xaXkov, rj XdXelv irpeirei. 5» "O rt^ 
av Troirjre, vofjui^ere op ay ^eov. 6. ^i\o<^ (jyiXcp avfJUTro- 

VCOV aVTM TTOVel, 7. 01 dv^pCOTTOi ^VrjTol fJUT] (ppOVOVVTO)V 

[Note 7] virep ^eou?. 8. 'O /bLaXtara evrv^cov firj fxeya 
(ppoveiro), 9. Ovheiror a^v/jbeiv rbv KaKcb<; TTpdrrovra^ 
hely rd ^€\tlco [Note 13] Se irpoahoKav del, 10. Tc3 tto- 
vovvTL ^eo<^ avWa/jL^dv€i, 11. Ancaioavvrjv dcriceiTe Kal 
epycp Kal Xoycp, 12. ^Airo tt]^ Nearopo^^ yXcoTrrj^j &airep 
fjbikt, 6 \6yo^ direppei, 13. ScoKparrj^; rod acofjLaTO<; ovk 
rjfjbeXei, tov^ Se diJie\ovvTa<^ ovk eirrjveL, 14. E't^e, & ^e- 
09, T6Xoir}<; /JLOL rrjv €V)(7]V. 15. Et^e €VTV')(OLr€, c5 (plXov. 
16. 060V ^eXovTO^, Kav eirl pLiro^ 7rXeo69. 17, Ovk d^v- 
fjiov/jiev Tot^ irapovai irpdypiaaLv, 18. ^vcrei virdp'^eL 
T0L<; e^iXovat TTOvelv Kal KLvhvveveiv rd r&v diJueXovvToav. 
19. 'Eariv ot" dfJueXovvre^; rcov oIk€lcov twz/ dXXorpmv 
iirtfJieXovvTai, 20. Ttjv SiKaioo-vvTjv Kal rrjp dXXrjp dpe- 
rrjp dcrK€LT6, 21. Td avrd eTTolovp, ore ^evyopTe<; iSv- 

(TTV')(OVP aVTOL 

a Neut. of offTLs (Pdm. 50) : printed o n or '6,rL, to distinguish it 
from oTij that. b KaKcos irpdrr^ij/ = to he doing ill ; to he unfor- 

tunate, b avTos (give the English of it). ^ k. 331, Rem. 4. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Are we not with-reason most angry with ^'^ those 
who are most able^ (p) not to act-unjustly.^ 2. In^^ 



355 358.] CONTRACTED VERBS. 137 

such things they are poor, but you are rich. 3. Those 
who bring [p) to you kings' garments, or wrought 
copper or gold, sell them more artfully than those 
who profess [j)) to be-retail-traders. 4. I would not 
praise such persons. 5. Did you not sell [imperf,) 
vegetables ? 6. Reason is the remedy for the soul 
when it is sick [p), 7. We think that °the man 
who is fortimate [j)) is also wise. 8. Honor your 
parents, love your friends, obey rulers. 

d Bvyd/jL€vos. ^ fJL-r] is more nsual than ov with the infin. 



LESSON XLV. 

Contracted Verbs in oco. Present and Imperf, Act. 

355. Oe, 00, oov, become ov, 
07], oci), become &>. 

orj (subscript), o€i, ooo, become oc (but o€l = ov 
in Infin.). 

356. Oo and oe are contracted into co (instead of 
into ou), and orj into S (instead of into ot), in pcyooy, pt- 
yco, to freeze. Inf. pcycov and pijovvy Part. Gen. pcycovTo<; 
and piyovvTOS, Subj. ptyoy, Opt. pcyarrjv, &C. 

357. On the Imperfect and the Aorist of the Indie] 
The Imperfect Indicative answers, not only to our 
Imperf (with teas — ), but also to our (and the Lat.) 
Perfect, It then denotes a continued or repeated 
action ; the Aorist, a single, definite one, stated with- 
out any intimation of its lasting. — It may necessarily 
have a duration even of indefinite length, but the tense 
does not intimate it. 

358. Infin. of the Aorist,^ The Infinitive of the 
Aorist is usually not a jjra^teritum, except after verba 



138 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[359, 360. 



declarandi et putaiidi^ and in the construction of ace, 
c. Injin. loith the article : with these exceptions it is 
usually construed by the English Present^ but denotes 
single, definite actions : the Infin. of the Present being 
used of continued or repeated ones, 

^ A, f r^ \ - \ = dicor (credor) 

a) Aeyofjbai (yofJiiL^oiJLai) TTOLr]aaL I ^ ' 

i fecisse, 

■D r^ /s^/ \ « \ = volo (possum) 

jDOVKofJiai [ovvafjiai) iroiriaai I ^^ ' 

i facere. 

b) To ae 7rotr]crat tovto, tene hoc fecisse ! 



359. Vocabulary 39. 



To darken^ destroy, weaken, blunt, 

dfjLavpovv (=6€LP). 
Carelessness, a/xeXeta, as, rj. 
To live in, reside in, cfx^tovv 

(=oety). 
To trick, entraj), hoKovv (=oetz/). 
To enslave, subjugate, bovKovv 

(=0€ll/). 

To set free, iXev'^epovv (==6€lv). 
(To raise up again =) to amend, 

to correct, inavop'^ovv (= oeiv) . 
To think right or fair, to claim, 

to expect, a^Lovv (=6eiv). 
To make equal, e^to-ovv (=6eLv). 
To emulate, ^rjXovv (=6€lv). 
To seek, strive, CrjTelv (=€€lv). 
Life, C(or], rjs, rj. 
Divine, godlike, ?i€2os, a, op. 
Hunger, Xl^xos, ov, 6. 

Exercise 44. 

360. a) Translate into English. 

1. AoXovauv 5? dypiov<; irXeyfiaai /cal opvy/naau 
2. Aeyerac ovro^ 6 /3acrt\€v<i rrjv AtyvTrrov iXev^e- 
pcoaac. 3. Kai cre /SovXoifjirjv av aTTOcpyvacr^ac rrjv 



Pit, opvyfia, aros, to (opvTTeiv, 

fodere). 
Thing 2voven=: snare, 7rXey/xa, 

aros, TO. 
Communion, intercourse, koiv<o- 

via, as, T). Seta KOLV0i>VLa= 

communion with the Deity. 
Desire, striving, opc^is, ^oas, fj. 
Intimate, oIk€1os, a, ov ; also, os, 

ov. 
To make straight, erect, 6p?iovu 

(==6€iv). 

Neither — nor, ovt€—ovt€. 

To make equal, o-vve^ofioLovp 

(=z6€iv). 
Violent, acpodpos, d, 6v. 
To make blind, tvcjAovv (=6€lv). 
With difficulty, j^^aXeTrwy. 



J 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 139 

yvco/jLTjv, 4. 01 AafceBaL/jiovcoc rjXev^epovv rovs ^'EXKt]- 
va<;. 5. ^Eirel r] aakiTLj^ icj^^ij^aro koI eiraidvL' 
^ov ol "EXkrjves, ivrav^a ovtceri iSe^avro ol TToXe/jLiot 
dXX! ecpevyov. 6. Al (pfXiat rd e^rj ^r^rovcn avve^o/jLOiovp. 
7. XaXeirw civ rals tcov dya^cov dperal^ e^iaoir]^ tov<; 
i7raLPov<;. 8. Zi]\ov, & iral, tov<; eo-^Xov<^ koX acocppopa^ 
dvhpa^. 9. 'H Tv^rj iroXkovs KaKcos irpdrrovra^^ op'^ol. 
10. ri\r]^o<; KaKcbv rrjv dv^pcoTrivrjv ^corjv dfjbavpol. 11. -4 6 
irepL TO cr(j}oSpal 6pe^eL<^ TV(j)Xovcnv eZ? rd dXKa rrjp 'xfrv- 
'X/jv. 12. Tr)v dperrjv kol ttjv ao^iav ^yXco/juev, 13. Xpva6<; 

icTTLV 6 Sovkcbv ^VTjT&V (pp€Va<;. 14. 01 TToXe/JiLOL TO CTTpd- 

Tevfjua rj/jLcov iSoXovp. 15. 01 veavlai ttjv ao(j)iav i^rjXolev. 
16. 01 TToXe/jbcot eTrXrjaiatpv, Xva tov^ al')QJiaX(ji)Tov^ iXev- 
^epoiev, 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Strangers were not allowed to live-in Sparta. 
2. The Ephori are empowered to punish whomsoever 
they please (297). 3. The Ephori were empowered to 
punish whomsoever they pleased. 4. Idleness destroys 
the excellence of natural-disposition, but instruction 
corrects its badness. 5. Emulate the good man and 
the sober-minded "one. 6. Do not telb even^ to your 
most intimate ° friend what you wish to be concealed. 

7. It is right to give {irapexeiv) to others whatever {say : 
as many things as 5^) you expect to receive *= from them. 

8. What is sudden and unexpected (sai/ : the sudden 
and unexpected) enslaves the spirit. 

a ^Xovv = ostendere. b K. 318. 6. ^ xajSeTv, Inf. 

Aor. 2. from Aa/ijSavw. See Irr. Verbs, List IV. 



140 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[361, 362. 



LESSON XLVI. 
Verbs in aco. Pass, and Mid. Aorist Injin, 
361. Vocabulary 40. 



To accuse of, charge with, alTia- 
o-3at (=a6cr3at) ; rivd tl (as 
here) is rare, except in case 
of neut. pron. Also with 6ti 
=to blame — because. 

Introduction, commencement, icrr}- 
yrjCTLs, eo)?, r]. 

At once, rjbr]. 

Better, Xcocov (=\(OL(i)v), Note 
13. 

To proclaim, ktjpvtt-clv. 

To hear, listen to, aKpoao-^iaL 
(=a6crSat,) with gen. 

To devise, contrive, yLJixovacr'^aL 
(=aeo-3aO« 

Not befitting, disgraceful, aet- 



One running through the ivhole 

day, a courier, rjfxepobpoyios, 

ov^ 6 (T)p€pa, dpafxelp, to run). 
To endeavor, to try, ireipaa'^ai 

(=a6(r3at). 
The buying of a horse, tTTTrooz^eia, 

as-, T] (jLTTTToSi Q)V€lcr^aL, to buy). 
To be raised-in-price (of corn), 

to be rising, eTnfiiJLaa-^ai. 
To give over, Xrjy-eLv (used with 

the participle). 
To acquire, KTaa^iai (=d6(r2Jai). 

Perf. KeKTrjfjLaL (I have ac- 

quired=) I possess. 
Sandal, shoe, vnodrjfia, aros, to. 
To use, employ, ^/y^o-^at (==d€(r' 

Sat). 



362. For the meaning of the Aor. Infin. cf. 358 : and for that of 
the Aor. Opt. and the construction of clauses introduced by 6Vt, ©s, 
cf. 318, 319. 



1. He says, that Ae has 
done it, 
\ejei, on eiroLriae (or 
^r}al TTOLTjo-ac) 



He said, that he had 

done it, 
elirev ) ore iroLrjaeiev 
{eke^ev) > on iiroirjcrev, 

6(1)7] TTOiTjaaL. 

j^ovXeraL KXi-yfrac (n) = vult furari {aliquid). 

(j)rjal KXe^^raiiTi) = dicit se (aliquid) furatum 

esse. 

3. "^avjUia&TOp to Tretcr^rjval nva^, co? — , it is 

strange that some persons should have been persuaded 

that — , &c. 



363.] VERBS IN aO). 141 

An infinitive or participle dependent on a prcBteritum, is consi- 
dered as a praeteritum. 

Exercise 45. 

363. a) Translate into English, 

1. 01 AaKehaifJLovLOL yncovTO avTov<; rrjv re icrrjjrjaLV 
Tov TravTO^y kol €(f)a(rav^ avrov^ rjSr] dSi/celv, ort ov Se- 
'^ovrat^ ras ^A^Tjvaicov airovhds. 2. Xo^fcpdrrj^ clkov- 
cra9 rjTLaro avrov, on ov tovto irpojrov rjpooTa,'^ irorepov 
\(hov etrj avro) iropeveor^ai t) fieveiv. 3. ^Eirel ravra 
ifcrjpy-^Tjy eyvcoaav"^ ol arparLcoTaL on Kevos o (p6/3o<^ 
elrj.^ 4. Kvpo<^ /jL€Ta7r€fxylrdiJL6vo<; tov9 o-rparrjyov^ roov 
^EXKrjvcoVy ekeyev on rj 6S6<; eaotro Trpo^ jSaaiXea 
IJieyavel<; Ba/SvXcova, 5. '0/j.olco<; d/xipolv aKpodaaa^ai 
hel. 6. ''EXeyev on ofjLolcj^ d/jL(f)0iv dfcpodaaa^at 8eoL 
(or Set). 7. Evvov<^^ \6yo^ Xvtttjv larau. 8. nepLicXrj<; 
VTTO Tcov ^A^rjvaioyv rjyairdro teal injbidro. 9. 01 T^/xepo- 
Spo/jLoc ovfc i'^payvTO vTTohrjfjiacrLV Iv rats oSol^. 10. Ovk 
d€LK:e<;, edv n^ vtt i)(^^p(!ov i^airaTarai [Note 7]. 11. Eire 
VTTO ^IXcov e^eXei^ dyairda^aiy rov^ (piXov^ evepyereu • 
elVe viro nvo<; iroXeco^ i7rt^v/jL€L^ n/jida^at, rijv itoXlv 
od^eXeL* elre vtto rr)? 'EXXdBo<; 7rdarj<; d^Lols iir dperfj 
^av/jid^ea^ai, rrjV ^EXXdSa Tretpco ev TroLetv. 

* Pdm. GO. ^ or d€xoiuTo. ^ or ipoor^o-eie. Ob- 

serve the Imperf. d Pdm. 63. ^ or eVri, or (less 

commonly) •?»/. f etyovs (explain its accent). 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Those who confer-benefits [p) never cease 
to be loved {say : continue ^ being loved). 2. We do 
not obtain our friends by being treated*^ well, but by- 
treating ' °thcm well. 3. We will first write howi^ 
a man may be least deceived in buying-a-horse. 4. We 
see the corn raised-in-price in the Pira3us. 5. (Why 



142 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[364. 



have not you declared =) declare at once your 
opinion about what is now asked (jt?). 6. They 
will not give-over devising and preparing all ° manner 
of contrivances, until i you are willingly deceived. 
7. You the injured II °party do not at all accuse 
him, but are blaming some of yourselves. 8. These 
persons are devising and preparing the death of their 
neighbors {say : death to their neighbors). 

ff SiareAery. t Say suffering {TracrxovTcs)^ i. e. being the 

recipients. i cd dpay, c. ace. k ^5 &^ (= quomodo 

si ita forte sit, c. subj.). i eas Uv (c. subj.). 



LESSON XLVII. 
Verbs in eco. Pass, and Mid. 



364. Vocabulary 41. 

To he ashamed before any one. 
reverence, esteem, atSetcrSat 
(=€6o-3at), with ace. 

To distrust, aTno-Tciv (7=ieiv), 
with dat. aTria-Tela^iat, to be dis- 
believed. 

To want, Seto-2Jat (with gen.). 

The year, eros, eos, to. 

Strong, powerful, Icrxvpos, a, 6v. 

To break into (ht. to dig through), 

dlOpVTT-€LV. 

To despise, KaTacj^povelv (with 
gen.). KaTacjypove'io-^aL, to be 
despised. 

Talkative, XaKos, ov. 

To hate, pXa-eiv (=€€iv). 



To move, Ktvelv. Mid. to move 
oneself, to move (intrans.). 

To hum, ^op^elv (==€€lv). 

As, in order that, oncos (subj. after 
a principal tense ; opt. after a 
historical tense ; after verbs of 
care, endeavor, &c., indie, fut. 

Near, ttXtjo-los, a, ov. Ol ttXtj' 
(TLov (adv.), those near, our fel- 
low-men. 

To besiege, iroXiopKelv. 

Having undivided wings, oKo- 
7rT6pos,ov: ra 6X67rT. = insects 
whose wings are undivided. 

To frighten, (po^elv (=€€lv). 
Mid. to be frightened, to fear. 



365.] VEUBS IN SCO. 143 

Exercise 46. 

365. a) Translate into English. 

1. '' Ore ifKovatos rjv, icpo/Sov/jCTjv fjurj tls fMov rrjv olfciav 
Siopv^a^; KoX ra ^p-^/nara Xd/3oL /cal avrov ri /jue /ca/cbv 
epjaaacTO, 2. Oh aL(j^r}cn<^ virdp-^^ei, kol to Xvirelcr^aL 
Kol 'x^alpecv. 3. Uavrl to3 Trecpv/con KLvelcr^aL /jlt) Svva- 
/Jievo) S' del Kal crvveyco^ Kivela^aL fie^^ rj8ovf]<^ dvay/calov 
elvai Kol o:i(f)€\L/xov rrjv dvdTravaLV. 4. Bo/ju^ovvra (pai- 
verai rd oXoirrepa, orav Kcvrjrai, 5. AlSov tov<; ^eou?- 
6. Tov dya^bv dvSpa iroiov kralpov. 7. ^iXovvre^^ (pt- 
Xovvrai, fJULaovvre^; /jbiaovprai. 8. Tov layypov Set irpdov 
elvai, oTTco^ ol TrXrjaLov alScovrac fidXXov, rj (po/ScovTao. 
9. AlSela^at, Bel (f)iXov<;. 10. AiriaTovvrai ol XdXot, 
fcav dXrf^evodaiv, 11. 01 Tlepaat virb rcov ^EXXipcov 
i/jLtaovvTO Kal /carecppovovvro, 12. 'O /jLrjSev dScKcov 
ovSevb^ Seirac vo/jLov. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Do not only praise the good, but also imitate 
them. 2. In Thymbriam there was a fomitain called 
that=^ of Midas. 3. Cyrus did not suffer *= the evil- 
doers and unjust to laugh-at ^him, but punished 
them {= used to punish : imperf.) all most-unsparingly. 
4. That which is held-in-estimation at anytimeMs 
practised. 5. Some "persons move whilst they 
are asleep (/?), and do many waking "actions. 
6. We who were then delighted (p) are now 
grieved. 7. Troy was besieged ten years [ace.) by the 
Greeks. 8. The citizens feared lest the city should be 
besieged. 9. Let nobody fear death. 



Say : ' the.^ b i^u _ id-eiu, sinere, takes for its augment 



I after the € : imperf eiwv, &c. « ^^( ^_ semper). 



b' 



144 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [366, 367. 

LESSON XLVIII. 

Contracted Verbs i?i 6co, Pass, and Mid. 
366. Vocabulary 42. 

Strength, aX/cjj, ^s, ^. 



To make proud, yavpovv (=6€iv). 

Mid. to be proud of, exult in 

(ace. or with eVt and dat.). 
To oppose, resist, thwart, ivav- 

TLova^ai (with dat.). 
To obscure utterly, to blot out, 

annihilate, i^afiavpovv. 
Custom, manner, character, ^3os, 

COS (^OVs) TO. 



To part, divide, ficpl^-^iv. 
Flesh, crdp^, o-apKos, r). 
Haughty, proud, vTreprjcj^avos, ov. 
To bring low, to humble, ranci- 

vovv. 
To worst, subdue, subjugate, x^i' 

pova^aL. 
To convert into blood, i^aipLa- 

TOVV. 

To punish, ^-qpnovv. 



Exercise 47. 

367. a) Translate into English. 

1. Ovfc dvafjuevo/jLev eco? av rj rjfieripa %ct)pa /ca/cco- 
rat. 2. AovXov/jieira rfi crap/d Kal rol^ ird^eatv. 3. 
Tiro Trj<^ dvdjicr]<^ irdvra hovKovrai Ta'^v. 4. ^H (f)t\ia 
€69 TToXXou? fiepL^ofjiepT] i^a/jLavpovrat. 5. Tov<^ <pL\ov<^ 
iXevirepcofMeVi tov<^ Se e^^^poi)? ^(etpddiJbe^a. 6. Mr] yavpov 
ao(f)ia, jjLTjT dXfcfj, fxrjTe ifKovrcp. 7. To rf^o<^ fidXcara e/c 
Tcov epycov hrfKovrai. 8. 'O VTreprj^avo^ raireivolTO, 
9. Ov KoXov iarCy eirl rfj ao^ia javpova^ai. 10. 01 
Tot^ dya^o2<; ivavrcovfievoi d^toi elai ^7]fjLtova^at, 11. 01 
arpaTLcorac vtto tcov /3ap/3dp(ov iSoXovvro. 12. TIdvT€^ 
Kaicol ^rjfJiiolvTO, 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The Greeks are enslaving themselves.^ 2. How 
would a man be less punished by the state, or how 
would °he be more honored than if he were to obey 
[el with Opt. Pres.) the laws? 3. This °man is doing 
what he pleases, and enslaving the cities of the Greeks. 



368 — 371.] SECOND AoiiisT 145 

4. The secreted-esseiice '^ of the food is changed (p) 
and converted-into-biood, 5. Alas ! we are enslavmg 
ourselves, 6, Tliey said.^ that the citizens had en- 
slaved themselves, 

^ Oneself, themselves. As ipse in Latin is often prefixed to sihi, se, 
so avTos. in Greek, to eavr-ep, -6v. -ovs : avr-cp. -6y, -ovs. ^ aua- 

^vfiiaais, tj, properly, a vapor rising, an exludation : probably considered 
here as a subtle essence extracted from the soHd food. ^ i^eyey. 

A67« takes mostly on : ^/u mostly ace. c. injln. 



LESSON XLIX. 

Tenijoora Secujida. Second AorisL 
368. The Second Aorist is an Aorist formed from 
the short root (235) by augmenting it, and adding the 
following terminations : 

Act. Mid, Pass. 

ov 6yir]v 7]v 

(ov, ofjLTjv being conjugated like the Imperfects with those terminations ; 
r)p like the First Aor. Pass,), 

369. Comparatively few, and those mostly primitive (many of 
them irregular) verbs, form the Second Aorist. It is not formed from 
any with the derivative endings aw, eco, o<o, cvco, alvco, vvco, d^a> : 
hardly from verbs whose true characteristic is a t-sound; nor when 
such an Aorist would be identical in form with the Imperfect 
(whether distinguished from it by quantity or not). Thus not 
€ypa(j)ov ; but the pass. iypd(f)r]v is formed. 

370. Very few verbs have both a First Aorist (as we must hence- 
forth call it) and a Second Aorist in the Active and Middle. The 
co-existence of the two forms is less uncommon in the Passive. 
Tpend) is the only verb that has all the possible Aorists. 

371. Besides the changes given (in 235) as tho 
necessary steps for obtaining the short root (rj and at 
iiito a ; ety T into t : ev into u), the e of ^nonost/llable 



146 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[372, 373. 



roots is always changed into a for liquid verbs, and 
sometimes for 7nute verbs. 

EXAMPLES. 





ACT. 


MID. 


PASS. 


^aXXco (cast) 


e^akov 


epaXofirju 




rpeVo) (turn) 




eTpaTrojirjv 


€Tpa7rrjv 


^euyo) (fly) 


e(f)vyov 






Tpi^co (rub) 






irpX^r^v 


KkeTTTO) (steal) 






CKXaTTTjU 


Tefivco (cut) 


eTeiiov"^ 






Xaipco (rejoice) 






exaprjv 


TrXeKco (weave) 






€7rXdKr)V 


XeiTTo) (leave) 


eXiTTOV 


[iXlTTOfJLrjv] 


[eXiTrrjv] 



372. The following are very common Second Aor- 
ists from irregular verbs. 



EXAMPLES. 





ACT. 


MID. 


XapL^avco (Xr]^-) 


Tka^ov 


cXafSofjLTjv 


(capio) 






Xav^dpco (Xt]'^') 


eXa'^ov 


iXa?i6fxr}v 


(lateo) 






fiav'^dvco (pLT]^-) 


efia^ov 




(disco) 




• 


Tvyxdpco, (chance; hit) 


ervxov 




7rvv'^dvop,aL (jrev^') 




inv'^oixT^v 


(inquire, learn by inquiry) 






daKViD (bite) 


edaKov 




Kdp,vco (laboro) 


€KaiJLOV 





Aav?idvco TTOLCDv TL = J do it unconsciously (to myself) or without 
being observed (by others). 

373. Some Second Aorists have not the short pe- 
nult. Two such, of very frequent use, are rjX^ov, veni, 
and evpovy inveni (see ep')(^ofjLaL, List VII : evplo-Kcoy List 
V). EVkov (eXe, &c.) is Aor. 2. from obsolete root eX-, 
used to supply the wanting tense of alpeco (List VII). 
d/jLaprdvo), 7]/jLapTov (List III). 

* Observe the e : it has era/jLov once in Thuc, ; the only instance 
in Attic prose before Aristot. (Kr,) 



374—378.] 



SECOND AORIST. 



147 



374. [Hr Tpeyj/acT^iat = infugam convertere (e. g. hostes) : rpa' 
Treo-Sat = se convertere {to turn oneself; to go). 

375. The Moods of Aor. 2. for the Active and Mid. 
have the same terminations as the Present Act. and 
Mid. ; those for Aor. 2. Pass, the same as for Aor. 1. 
Pass. 

But 

a) Infin. Aor. 2. Act. is perispomenon : civ. 

h) Partcp. Aor. 2. Act. is oxytone : Sv, ovcra, 6v (optos, &c.). 

c) Imperat. Aor. 2. Mid. is perispomenon : oO. 

cZ) Infin. Aor. 2. iWw?. is par oxytone : eVSai. 

376. Remember that when you find a participle in d>v, 6v, oxytone 
(or in ovrosi ovri^ ovra, &c. paroxytone), you may conclude it is the 
participle of a Second Aor. 

377. The Subj., Infin., and Partcp. of Aor. 2. Pass. 
are (as in Aor. 1. Pass.) do [perisioomenon)^ rjvac [pro- 
perispomeno7i), 6l<^ (emu acuto). 



ekalBop Xa/3e* Xd/3a) 

iXapoiJLrjv Xa^ov Xdl3ci>p,aL 

iypd(t)r)P ypdcjirjTL ypa(j)co 

378. Vocabulary 43. 

To aim at, a-ToxdC'^o-^ai (with 
gen.). 

To chance, to hit (gen.) rvyxdv- 
€Lv : hence, to obtain, attain to. 
Tvyxdvco TTOLcov TL = I happen 
or chance to be doing it : often 
but little stronger than I am 
doing it, especially rvyxdvio 
cov. 

To miss (a mark, ^e??.), to err, 
sin, dp,apTdp-€Lv : aor. 2. r]p.ap' 

TOP. 



Xd^otpL Xapelp Xa^cop 

Xal3oLpr}P Xa/3ecr^at Xa^opepos 
ypa(p€Lr)P ypa(f)rjpaL ypa<p€LS. 



To light upon, meet (with), eV- 
Tvyxdp-€Lp (with dat.). 

Defiled, impure, vile (of persons), 
piapos, d, OP. 

To make drunk, KarapLc'^uo-K-eiv. 

Fut. KaTap€^V(T(0. 

To take up, dvaLpelp (aor. 2. dpel- 

Xop, List VII). 
To grow weary, dnoKapp-cip (aor. 

2. diTiKapLov) : aor. (in moods) 

to he ivearied, tired, &lc. (used 

with partic). 



* etVe, €vp€. e'A^e, and in Attic AajSe, /Se, are oxytone : but in their 
compound forms the accent is tlirown back : e^cK^e • a'!r6\a^€. 



148 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [379. 



To fling into, e/x/3aXX-eti/. 
By night, vvKrcop (noctu). 
To cut the throat (of any body). 



Book, (3l13\lov, 0U5 TO. 

A windfall, lucky discovery, Ip- 

ixaiov, ov, TO (supposed to be 

sent by Hermes), 



dfiapTcivco, dfxapTr)(roiJLai, &C. Aor. 2. ^fxapTOVf List III. 

Exercise 48. 

379. a) Translate into English. 

1. Nvv Srj afieivov av fid^OLS o dprl ypcorcov. 
2, ^'Orav ottKol^ Sey'^ 7rpo9 oirXa ')(^prjcr^ac, hLa(^ep€L 
TrdfiTToXv 6 /jba^oyv rov /xfj /jba^6vT0<;. 3. ^'AXKov aro- 
')(a^6iJbevo<^ erv^e tovtov, 4. ^JJcr/oSo? o TroLrjrrjf; Xe- 
yerao virb r&v ravry^ diro^avelv. 5. Twv aTro^a- 
vovTCOv rd ocTTd dve\6vT€<; i^i^aXov. 6. Ilo^ev 
TOVTO TO epfjuauov evpirrjv ; 7. Xv j-iot, & ^eve, fjLr]8a/iid)<; 
a7roKd/jbr)<; '^api^6(jbevo^,'^ 8. Tavra d/covcov a(p6Spa 
€')(dpr]v, 9. 'O f^capo^ ovro^; Karafjue^vcra^ rov ^evov, 
ijUL/SaXoov 6t9 dfjia^av, vv/crcop e^ayajcov^ dTreacf^a^ey 
/cat ravra dhiKiqaa^ eXa^ev eavrov d^XccoraTo^ yevofjue- 
vo^, 10. 5'%€S6z/ TL fjioi o)pa rpairea^ai irpo^ to Xov- 
Tpov, 11. T/? fydp dv TTore pTjTcop ive^v/uuTJ^T] rj vofjio- 
S-er?;? rjXinaev dpLapTrjaea^al Tiva tcov ttoXltcov Toaav- 
TTjV d/jLapTtav;^ 12. ^fl EvfcXetSrj, el /jbecpaKiO) tlvL 
ez/eru^e? d^icp Xoyov, T^Seo)? dv Trv^oLjJbTjv, 13. Uat, 
Xa/Se TO jSi^Xiov Kal XiyeJ 14. Ovk e^co oiroi Tpdirco- 
jjbai, s 

^ §€?, oportet : Subj. de-p, SeoL, Se?j/, Seoj/ : Fut. Se^crei — de'f}(roi. 

b 01 ravrr} = the men here^ the people of this neighborhood. ^ How 

are jjA] and its compounds used in prohibitions '? (K. 318. 3.) cnreKOL- 
ixov TTOLcoi/ ri = I am 'Lcearied (or tired) of doing it. (K. 310. 4.) 
d A Second Aorist Participle (with what is called the Attic reduplica- 
tion) from el-ayco. Aor. 2. i^-7]yayop. ® afxaprdi/eLu afxapriap 

(to sin a sin =) to commit a sin, K. 278. f Observe Aa)8e, 

single completed action (Aor.) ; X^ye, continued one (Pres.). 
s z= non habeo quo me vertam. 



380 — 382.] SECOND perfect. 149 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The ambassadors of the Thebans did not receive 
these things. 2. The money slipt-away without 
his knowing it.^- 3. It is a very great thing, to at- 
tain-to preservation. 4. If you (pZ.) had done this, not 
one of you all would have attained-to safety. ^ 5. Let 
him pay what he has stolen (p) twice over.^ 6. Did 
you not fling the corpse into a cart? 7. This °at least 
is not an easy thing, to hit that mark. 8. The boy, 
like some mad dog, bit his companions. 9. Whence 
did you learn so accurately what was done (/?) by 
them ? 10. I should like to learn Geometry. 11. He 
is said to have missed the mark. 

^ Any thing slips away from any body without his knoiciiig it. Xav- 
^avei rivd tl diappvcu {iieut. partcp.), from Aor. 2. BL-eppv7]v (from Sta- 
ppe7u). Pdm. 63. i K. 260. 2. k To pay any thing 

twice over, or restore it tioofold, iKriueij/ tl dnr\d(nov. 



LESSON L. 

Second Perfect. 

380. The Second Perfect and Pluperfect are 
formed from' the short root ; their terminations are a, 
€Lv (the change for the other persons, and the rules for 
augment and reduplication, being the same as for the 
First Perf and Pluperf ). — ire-cpevy-a {(f)€V'yco). 

381. These tenses change the short a, e, t of the 
root into 77, o, oc respectively: ^dW-co [^a\-), re^rjXa: 
(j^aivco (</)az/-), 7re<^i]va'. (f>^€ip-co (c^'^ep-), €(f>^opa: \ev7T-(o 
(XiTT-), XekoLira. 

382. For roots which have ei in the Present, liquid 
roots have o in Perf. 2 (because tlicir short root has e) ; 



150 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [383 386. 

mute-roots ol (because their short root has l) : (j^^elpco, 
Kreivco, €(l>^opa, eKTOva ; XeiTro), Trei^cOy \eXoL7ra, Tre- 

383. Long a remains unchanged in ireirpaja {irpda-- 
aco) and Ke/cpaya (/cpd^co), 

384. The partiahty of the Perf. 2. for the o-sounds 
is shown in the irregular Perfects olBa (novi), / know 
(Pdm. 70) ; eoc/ca, I resemble^ or am like {eiKoy) ; eppw- 
ya, / am torn (p'jjyvv/jii, List IX) ; dco^a (sohtus sum), 
I am^ accustomed or wo7it (e^o)). 

385. From verbs that have a causative meaning 
(i. e. that signify to cause to do any thing), the Perf. 
2. has usually the im^mediative meaning (i. e. the 
meaning of beijig caused to do), which is an intransi- 
tive meaning : hence many of them have the meaning 
of a nev; Present (e. g. those in the last rule) with an 
(immediative) intransitive meaning. Thus Tryryvvfio, 
I fix (i. e. cause a thing to remain unmoved) : Treirrjya, 
I am fixed (i. e. am caused to remain unmoved). — It is 
in this way that some Second Perfects appear to be- 
long to the Middle Voice, since the {causative) Perf. 
Act. is not in use, but the Middle (in an immediate 
sense) is : thus yiyvopuai = fio ; Perf. 2. ryejova [= ] 
have been caused to exist), / do exist, I am, (also as 
Perf. to eljjbi : KaKa yeyove, Kal earc, /cal eo-rac) : /naLvo- 
fiai, I am becoming mad; pukp^^va (I have been rendered 
mad = ) /am mjad (the verb pbalvoy, insanumfaciOy be- 
ing obsolete). 

386. Futurum Atticum.] When aco is preceded 
by a short vowel, the a of Fut. Act. and Mid. is some- 
times left out in the Attic dialect, and the two vowels 
contracted, so that the terminations become w, ovp^ac : 
TeXicOy Attic Future reXco ; Mid. reXovpLaL, 



387, 388,] 



SECOND PERFECT, 



151 



From verbs in eo), d(co (Fut. eo-co^ da-co) this Fut. occurs often 
(not always) only in KaXeco, reXeo), /St^a^ca. In Mid. ^axovfiat. (from 
fjLaxofJiaL) . 'EXaJ. as, a (= eXao-co, from iXavvoi) is also the usual 
form : and crKcbco, as, a. &c. (= orAceSao-o), from a-Keddvvufu, List X), 
probably the only Attic form. 

387. When the short vowel is Cj the two vowels 
are not capable of contraction ; but the co is circumflexed, 
and conjugated as if 3. contraction had taken place. 

Thus (vO/jiLO-O))^ VOjJbLW, €t^, &C, 



> et I ovfjiep, eTr€, ov(tl(v). \ €ltov, ^Itov 



reXeaco — reXo), reXeiy, 

VOflLO-Oi T/Oflifo, POjJLLcls, 

/3i/3(icrco — i3i/3aj, ^L^ds, jStjSa | Sfiep, arc, t^cniy). \ drov, drou 

So in the Mid. KOfii^cOi Koixiao^ai, Att. Fut. Koynov^iai, et, 
drat, &c. 



This form, of the Fut. never occurs in the Opta- 
tive : e. g. reXoi, reXelvy reXcov : but Opt. rekeaoiiML {K.), 



388. Vocabulary 44. 

To speak rciih frankness, Tvapp-q- 
atd^-ca-'^aL. koKojs napp. to 
speak with an honorable frank- 
ness. 

To spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, 
bia<pt>€Lp-€iv. 

To contend for a 'prize, dycovi^- 

To burn (up), KaTa<p\€y-€Lv. 

To trade for profit, to make mo- 
ney by tradp, xpilP-ci^TL^-ea-^iaL. 

(To write upon=) to inscribe, 
to entitle, €nLypd(f)'€Lu. 

To throw beyond = to exceed, 
surpass, v7r€ppd\X-€a?iaL. 



Renown, reputation, evKXeia, as, fj. 

Pugilist, boxer, ttvkttjs, ov, 6. 
To knock to pieces, to batter, avy- 

KOTTT-eiV. 

To awaken, i. e. cause to wake, 
iy€Lp-€Lv : iyprjyopa = / a7n 
awake (an irreg. Perf. 2). 

To quit, to desert, dTToXein-^iv. 

To leave behind, KaraXeiTr-eLu. 

Suggestion, vno^irjKT], r)s, rj. 

To break, ciyvvpi (List IX). 

To break (of bones, &c.), Kardy- 

WfJiL. 

Wrist, Kapnos, ov, 6. 



152 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [389. 

Exercise 49. 
389. a) Translate into English. 

1» KcCKw iTrappTjcndcraTO 6 Xpkoov irpo^ Kpotaoi? 
vir evTV')(^ia<^ Sieip'^oporay to reXo^; opav iceKevwv. 2. 
^OvTjTcop /3l/3\lop i^eSco/cev^ iTrtypacpo/jLevov 'El '^pTj/jua- 
rtelrai 6 ao(f)6<;,'^ 3, 01 irvfcrai ra &Ta avyKetcoixfJueva 
^IX^^ ^^^ ^ajora,^ 4. ^ApiaTorekT]^ rfjv iXTriBaijpTjjo- 
poTO^ eLTTev evvTTVLov, 5. AlSa><=; ica\ Ne/jLeat'^ rov av^pco- 
iTivov jSlov aTToXeXoLTraaiv. 6. Hez^ft) aiyav /cpelrrov^ 
Tj K€fcpayevai. 7. Nofjuovfjiev ofjuoioy^ aaejBetv rov^ re to. 
yJrevSri Xeyovra^; ire pi rcov ^ecbv /cat tovs Tnarevovra^ av- 

TOI'^. 8. ToyV TTOLTJTWV TiVe^ lJ7r0^7]/Ca<^ ft)9 XPV ^W V/^'f^^ 

fcaraXekoLTracnv, 9. Aejerac 7r€7ro/ji(j)6vaL Kpolcrov e^9 
AaKeSaifjLOva irepl av/ii/jiaxici^» 10. Mrj vo/jLi^ere rep ^l- 
Xlttttw ra irpdyixara TreTrrjyevaL d^dvara. 11. Sco/cpd- 
Trj<;, aTpe-yjravTO'; Avria^evov^ to Bceppcojb^;'^ tou 
Tpij3oovos ek TovfJbc^avhi^ 'Op(o aov, e^)^, Sid tov TpL 
^Q)vo<; TTjv KevoSo^iav. 

* Aor. 1. of iK-Bi^wiJLL, to put forth ; to publish. b Perf 2. of 

^ypvfii, List IX. e Note 13. d di-€ppwya., Perf. 2. of 

diap-priyuvfjLi. rh dieppooyos = the torn part. p'f]yw^t, List IX. 
® = els rh ifKpaves (lit. to the visible =1) so as to let it be seen. 

b) Translate ijito Greek. 

1. It is a benefit from the gods, that some alli- 
ance has appeared for us. II 2. They say^ that 
the general himself fled. 3. They said ^ that the gene- 
ral himself had fled. 4. The boxer has his wrist 
broken. 5. Is the boy asleep or awake ? 6. You are 
more like ^a man asleep than ^one awake. 7. You 
Avill not rightly deem that your "prosperous affairs 
are fixed for you immutably (say : ^ °as immortaP). 

f Use Key 03 (ws or qtl). 



390 392.] COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE. 



153 



LESSON LI. 
Comparative and Superlative, 

390. The comparative and superlative (1) from 09 
are orepo^, oTaro^;, or, if the preceding syllable is short, 
a)T6/)09, coTaTo<; [but here a mitta cum liquidd is consi- 
dered to lengthen the syllable : a(j)oSp6<;, acpoSporepo^;, 
crcj^oSpoTaTO^], — (2) from 7j<;, earepo^, eararo^; [cra^|7^9, 
aacpicrrepo^;, &c.] — (3) from v^, vrepo^;, vTaro^ [y\vK-v<;, 
j\vK-vT€po(;, (fcc. — (4) from cov, ov-eaT€po<^, ov-eaTaTO<^ 
(^evSat/jicoVj Gen. €vSaifjbov-o<^y €vSacfi-ov-6aT€po<;, &c.). 

391. A few in u?, po?, have icov, tcrroi. The ccov has 
neut. cov (G. iovo<;, &c.), and the c is long in Attic Greek. 
— The only regular adjectives that take this form in 
Attic prose are rjSv<;, Ta')(y^, al(jyjpo<^, i')^p6^ (those in 
po9 lose the p, alo-x^Lcov, &c.). 

For Ta')(^Lcov, Td')(^Lov, the Attics said ^do-acov, ^daaop^ 
later ^drrcovj ^drrov, 

(Eng.) Too wise to be deceived. 

(Greek.) Wiser than so-as (rj wore) to be deceived. 

392. Vocabulary 45. 



Spiritless, faint-hearted, a?ivfjios, 

OP. 

Soft, fiaXaKos, rj, 6v. 
Mischievous, KaKovpyos, ov. 
Impetuous, TrponeTTjs, €9 (Trponcr-, 

short root of TriTrra) = niTreT-ci), 

cado). 
Thoughtful, (f)poirn(mK6s, rj, 6v. 
Spirited, courageous, Sv/xwS?;?, cs. 
Savage, aypios, a, op. 
Plotting, treacherous, €7rL(3ov\os, 

OP, 

Compassionate, €\€r)fi(ap, -opos. 
Tearful, dpidaKpvSi v. 

7* 



Envious, (f>?iop€p6s, a, 6p. 
Dissatisfied repining, picp.y\rip.oi' 

pes, OP. 
Bitter, niKpos, a, op. 
Abusive, (f)LXo\oLdopoSi op. 
Disposed to strike, quarrelsome, 

ttXtjktlkos, t), op. 
Desponding, dvaeXnis, idos. 
Shameless, dpaidrjs, €s. 
Easily deceived, evaTrdrrjTos, op. 
Having a retentive memory, fiprj^ 

pOPlKOS, T), OP. 

Sleepless, aypvnpos, op. 
Timid, oKPrjpos, a, op. 



154 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [393. 



Immovable, not easily moved, 

aKlin)Tos, ov. 
Ready or able to help, ^orj^rjTiKos, 

T). 6v. 

Bear, apKTos, ov, rj. 



Panther, TrdpbakLs, ews, r], 
Male, apprjp, appev. 
Female, '^rjXvs, cm, v. 
Desponding, down-hearted, Svo"- 
'^vpos, ov. 



Exercise 50. 

393. a) Translate into English, 

1. ^A^v^orepa ra ^TjjXea irdvra tcov appivcov ttXtjv 
apKTOV Kal TrapSdXeco^;' tovtcov Se rj ^TJXeia 8gk€l elvau 
avhpetorepa • iv Se toc<; oXXol^ jivecn ra ^ifkea fiaXa/co)^ 
repa Kal /ca/covpyorepa Kal tjttov aifka Kal TrpoTrerearepa 
fcal irepl rrjv tcov reKvcov Tpo<^riv (fypovrcaTLKcoTepa, ra 
8' appeva ravavria*^ ^vfjicoSearepa yap Kal aypicorepa 
Kal cLTrXovarepa Kal tjttov^ iTrilSovKa, 2. rvvf) avdpo^ 
i\€7]/jLOV€(TTepov Kal dplSaKpv fiaXKov, en he (p^ovepcore- 
pov re Kal /jLe/jb-yln/jLOLporepov Kal (piXoXoiSopov /ndX- 
Xov Kal TrXrjKTLKcorepov, ere Se Kal Svcr^v/jiov fiaXKov 
TO ^rjXv Tov dppevo<; Kal SvaeXirt Kal dvacSeaTepov Kal 
'yJrevSecTTepov evaTraTTjTOTepov Se Kal fivrj/jLovLKcoTepov 
€TL Se djpvTTVOTepov Kal oKvrjpoTepov Kal 6Xco<; clklvtjtO' 
Tepov TO ^rjXv tov dppevos, Kal Tpo^rjs eXduTTovo^^ eaTiv* 
8orf^7jTLK(OTepov Se coaTrep eXen^^?;, Kal dvSpeiOTepov to 
dppev TOV ^^Xeo? eaTtv {^Aristot.). 3. 'O ^a^vTaTo^ 

V1TV0<^ 7]Sl(Tt6<^ eCTTCV, 4. OvSkv ^aTTOV eCTTL TTjS '^^8?^?. 

^ = TO. iuavTia, sc. iarl, are the opposite °ofallthis. 
b Note 13. 

b) Translate iiito Greek, 

1. Nothing is more bitter than compulsion. 2. 
He asked if the son were braver than his father. 3. 
Is the son wiser than his father? — [No. K. 344. 5.] 
4. The man is more shameless than brave. 5. This 
woman is very enviotfs and dissatisfied. 6. I hate 
abusive ° persons. 7. The soldier is too brave to 



394, 395.] 



VERBS IN fit. 



155 



fear death. 8. The man has a most immovable na- 
tm-e. 9. Friendship is the most deUghtfal of all 
things. 10. Nothing is more disgraceful than to have 
one thing in one's mind and to utter another.*^ 

« Say : other things — dut others ; ^AAa fihv — 6,Wa 5e. 



LESSON LII. 
Vej^bs ill /jlc. Tl^tj/jlc 



394. Vocabulary 46. 

/ place, I appoint, I hold or set 

down (as) ; / make, render ; 

1 enact, appoint, &c. (laws), 

ri2J77/xt. 
/ put up, offer, dvaTi?ii]fxi. 
I dispose (a person) , diarl^iTjfjLi. 
1 put in, instil, ivri'^r^fiL. 
I put down, I lay (down) upon, 

Kararl'^TjiJii. 
I change, alter, fxcTarl^iTjiJiL. 
I put or set round, 7reptrt37;/x«. 
/ add, TTpocTTL'^rjiJLi. 
1 put before, lay out (for view), 

set out for display, ttpotl^tjijll. 
Citadel, aKponoKts, ccos, r). 
Lioness, Xeaiva, rjs, Tj. 



Another^ s, of others, dWorpios, a, 
ov (alienus). 

Heavy, troublesome, dpyaXeos^ 
ea, €0V. 

One who rules, ruler, Archon 
(at Athens), apxcov, ovros, (pro- 
perly, partcp. of apx^Lv). 

Head-band, diadem, diddrjiia, a- 

TOS, TO. 

Sweat, toil, IBpoDs, S)to^, 6. 

Thyrsus (i. e. the staff of the 
Bacchantes, w^ound round with 
ivy and vine leaves), '^vpa-os, 
ov, 6. 

Ivy, Ki(T(r6s or kittos, ov, o. 



Exercise 51. 

[ The Act. Voice of tI'^tj^i is to be learnl by heart.] 
395. a) Translate into English. 
1. ToSe ^av/jid^co el'^ iv dperrj^; Kal ao<^La<^ Ti^7]<; 
fiipec ^ rrjv dhiKtav, 2. ^O ttXovto^ TroXXa/ct? fxera- 

TL^7](TL TOV Tcbv dv^pO^lTWV TpOTTOV, 3. IToXXa/C69 OL 

av^pcoTTOt Tot9 t8/o69 KaKol^ dWorpca irpoan^eaaiv, 4, 



156 FIRST GREEK BOOK. 

Eh TO /3e\TL0V TL^6L TO JJbeXXoV. 5. ^ AvTL^OVO'^ AlOVVCTOV 

iravra'^ efiLixelro, kcu klttov fiev TrepLTC^eU rfi Kecj^aXfj 

dvrl hiahrjjjbWTO^^ MafceBovLKoVy ^vpaov Se avrl aKrjTrrpov 

^epcov, 6. 01 ao(l)C(TTal rrjv aperrjv irpoeTt^eaav, 7. 

^EvTL^cofjL€P T0Z9 vioi^; T7]<; ao<pLa<; epcora, 8* 'H tv^t) 

TTOLvra av fxeTaTL^eirj, 9. Ov paSiov rrfv (pvcrtv fierart' 

^evac. 10. ^A^rjvaloi ')(^a\Krjv 7roL7]adjjLevoL XeaLvav iv 

TTvXaL^ TTj^ d/cpo7r6\€co<; dve^ecrav. 11. ^Paov [Note 13] 

ef dya^ov ^elvac /caKov, 7) etc kukov dya^ov, 12. To 

fcaKov ovBeU ^/ot^cttoz^ av ^eirj, 13. Merd^ere rd^ Sea- 

(f)opd<;. 14. ^O TToXefJio^ irdvra fierareirei/cev. 15. Upo 

T7]^ dp6T7](; ^€ol ISpcora e^ijKav. 16. 01 irakaiol Tolg 

diro^avovaiv o^oXov ek to aTOfjua /caTe^rjfcav* 17. ^^Ottco? 

dv Toru<; dWov^ Trpo? cravTov Sia^y^;, ovtco kcu av irpo^ 

eicelvov^ e^€L<;, ^ 

* ^avfidCco el — =. I am surprised that — : literally, / am surprised 

i f you do it ; courteously implying a doubt whether you really do it, 

b ri^evai ri eV fxepei tlv6s — to set it down in the class or sphere 

of = to reckon or look uipon it as — . ^ in all things or respecM 

(neut. adj. used adverbially). ^ See ex^ in Index. 

h) Translate into Greek, 

1. Zeus [Jupiter) places all things as® he chooses, 
2. Rulers who attempt (p) to enact laws, enact some 
^'laws properly, and some few ^ not properly. 3. Let 
us set-down geometry as a study for the young. 4. 
I admhe Lycurgus, him who enacted {p) tlieir laws 
for the Lacedaemonians, and think him wise in an ex- 
treme degree. s 5. You propose an embarrassing^ 
choice. 6. Shall we not place sweetmeats before the 
boys ? 7. Who would not place meat and bread, not 
sweetmeats, before one who is excessively hungry {p)1 
8. Do you wish me to set-down * that you are afraid ? 

® t^TTT^ (ubi quo), where ; how. f rovs Se rivas — . S eh 

Tcfe ecrxara — to the last (degree). h ^iropos (a, non, iropos, trans- 



396, 397.] VERBS in ^i. 157 

itus), prop./?'^w ichich there is no outlet, no means of extricating oneself, 
b, 7]. i ^ovkei (re ^m (deliberative subj. [238] after jSavAet, 2iid 

sing. 285) ; = visne ? 



LESSON LIII. 
Verbs in fxi, '^laTrj/jLC, 

396. On the meaning of the verb Ilo-ttj/jll, the fol- 
lowing things are to be noted : the Pros,, Impf , Put. 
and first Aor. Act. liave a transitive meaning, to j^flace ; 
but the second Aor., Perf and Pluperf Act. (with the 
Fut. €(TT7]^co, later -o/xai) have a reflexive or intransitive 
meaning, to place oneself == to stand : earrjv^ I stoodj 
€(TTrj/ca, I have placed 7?iy self = Island, sto, ecrrij/ceLv 
(or elari^iceiv)^^ stabam, icrryj^co^ stabo (^a(j)6aT7]^co, I shall 
withdraw). The Fut. Mid. arrjcroixai =^ I will stand ; 
or / will place for myself (i. e. corresponds both to 
ecrrrjv and earrjcra). 

The forms earrjKa, {eaTrjKeiv) elarrjKeiv, eaTrjv^ are 
used for the corresponding forms of the Pass, or Mid. ; 
but the Aor. Pass, iard^ijv is in general use, often bor- 
dering on the meaning of earrfv : earafjiai^ eard/uiyv are 
very seldom found ; the Aor. 2. eo-rdfirjv never. — Whe- 
ther earrjaav belongs to eorrrjaa or earyv can only be 
known from the context. {Kr.) 

397. Vocabulary 47. 



I place, 1 raise, laT-qyu. 

I set, raise up, dvia-rrjfjLi. Mid. 

raise myself up, stand up. 
I put away, tarn aside from, 

cause to revolt, d(f)LaTT]fii : Aor. 

2. fell away : Mid. / go, stand 

apart. 



1 place apart, separate, Bda-rqfii. 
I put into, ivla-n)pLi : perf. / am 

present. 
I lay doivn, establish, Ka^LOTrjfii : 

KaTCKTTijpai = to he reduced to, 

to be placed in : Ka^ieo-TrfKevai. 

= to be established^ to be. 



168 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[398. 



I place beside^ Trapla-rrifxt. 

Cretan, KprjTLKos, 17, op. 

To draw away, dnoo-Trau (= a- 

€iv). 
To turn away, to alienate, an- 

0(Trp€(j)-€LV. 

Dry, thirsty, avos-s r}, ov. 
Sacrifice, ^va-la, as, 17. 



Marsh, pond, lake, Xlp.vrj, rjs, j}. 
Where, ttyj. 

Constitution, TrokiTeia, ay, 17. 
Difficulty, perplexity, embarrass^ 

ment, dnopia, as, rj. 
Multitude of friends, TroXv^tXia, 

as, 17. 
That, 0)?. 



Exercise 52. 

[ Go through the Act. Voice of toT7;/xt.] 
398. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^A^vfjiovvres avhpe^ ovttco rpoTracov ecrrrjaav. 2. 
Ka^€crT7]/ce tl e*^09 StKacov iraatv dv^pcoiroc^;^ tmv avrcov 
ahiKTifJidTCDV ^ [JboXiaTa opyi^ea'^aL ^ Tot<^ /jLoXLcrra hvva- 
fjuevoi^ /jLtj dhifcelv, 3. Ttjv Kprjrt/crjv TroXoTetav Xeyerai, 
'Trp(joTO<^ KaracTTrjaai * Mlvco<;, 4. ^H iroXvc^Ckla Buarr)^ 
(TL ical dirocnra Kal aTrocrrpecpeu 5. Et rt^ ^vatav 
7rpoa(j>ep(ov evvovv voni^eu rov ^eov Ka^tardvaL, (ppeva^ 
Kov^a^ e')(eu 6. ^vXdrrov, /jltj to /cepSo<; ore Tr]<; hiKauo- 
avvrj^ d(j)LcrTfj, 7. Mrj d(j>icrT7] tov<; veov<^ rrj^; eVl rrjv 
dperrjv oSov. 8. 'O TdvTaXo<^ ev rrj Xl/jivrj avo^ elarrjicei. 
9. To fJLev Tov ')(^p6vov^ yeyovo^;, to 8e iveaTcof;^ icTTi, to 
Se jJbeXXov* 10. 01 Kopiv^toL 7roXkov<^ o-vfjL/jid')(ov<; dirk-^ 
<jTr](Tav dito t&v ^A^rjvatcov. 11. 01 Nd^coL diro tcov 
^A^Tjvalcov aTTecTTrjo-av, 12. UapdaTd tol^ aTvykcnv. 
13. lir] aTO) ;^ irr} /3(b ; 14. 01 ^A^rjvaloL T0t9 Na^tois 
diToaTaaiv dir avTCOv eTToXefirjo-av. 

a for the same faults. b K. 284. 3. 6. c What 

force has the Aor. Infin. after a verbum dicendi 7 ^ rh p.\p . . . 

th Se, one part ... another^ &c. ^ iuearcvs = prcesens, Perf 

partcp. syncopated, Pdm. 63. yeyovos {= quod fuit, praeteritum), 
Perf partcp. neut. from yeyoua, Perf of ylyuo/jLai. f The delibe* 

rative subjunctive, 238. ^w is subj. of ^aiva, Pdm. 66. 



399.] IMPURE NOUNS. 159 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The bad reduce you to a total-want ^ of friends. 
2. Lycurgus established the ° national truces ^as a 
common benefit 3. Lycurgus did not attempt to 
establish his laws before he had made the most 
powerful Mnen in the state ^ ° to be of-one-mind. 4. 
After this man Alcamenes received the supreme 
power,i after whom Alcander, a moderate man, was 
at the head of affairs.^ 5. The cities place the 
images of their benefactors in the temples. 6. Make i 
your own temperance an example to others. 7. 
Change what is not rightly established.™ 8. 
Conon raised the walls of Athens [say : of the Athe- 
nians). 

s ifrn/jila. h Say : the most powerful of those in the state, 

i TO, irpdy/jLaTa. affairs = the management of (state) affairs, 
k To be at the head of affairs. irpoarT^pai. l Ka^iffTTi/JLi. 

^ Say : the things not rightly established ; and use pe?-/. partcp. of 
the syncopated form from ko^Ictttjijli. Pdm. 65. 



LESSON LIV. 

AlSayfjLt. Act. Ace. from impure Nouns in 6s\ 

399. Ace. of Third Decl. in v.] This Ace. belongs 
to the terminations 69. u?, au9, ou?. We have seen that 
2)ure nouns (i. e. those with a vowel before the termina- 
tion of the cases) all take this Ace. — For impure nouns 
(those whose root ends in a consonant) the following 
rule generally holds good for Attic prose. 

a) Ace. is never v if the final syllabic of the (im- 
pure) root is accented : do-Tr/?, dcrTriS 09, shield ; 
ace. dairlSa. 



160 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [400, 401. 

b) Acc. is never v for a monosyllable root : ttou?. 
TToh-o^^foot ; acc. iroSa. 

c) If a hyper monosyllable impure root is no^ ac- 
cented on the final syllable^ the acc. is usually v. — 
This applies principally to ept?, eptS-o^;, .strife ; acc. 
epiv : %a/ot9, %ap6T-095 gratia ; acc. %ap6i^ (but Xapna 
= one of the Graces). 



400. Vocabulary 48. 

I give, grant, didcofju. 

I give hack, repay, dTrodldcofii : 

Mid. JsdZ. 
/ ^ire awy 07?e « sTiare o/* any 

thing, fieradidcofxi riui tlvos. 
I betray, npodidcofiL (prodo). 
Salt, SXs, d\6s, 6. (Note 9.) 
Firm., sure, lasting, efincdos, ov. 
I forget, emXav^dvofxai. 



Immediately, ev^vs. 

Happy, blessed, paKap, apos* 

Thoroughly bad, jrayKaKos, ov. 

Again, on the contrary, TraXtv. 

I am in want, xPllC^ (with gen.). 

To fatten, Tnaiv-cLv. 

Favor, grace, X"P'^5 ;(aptT-off, n. 
xdpiv aTTodLdovai. (= gratiam 
reddere), to make a return. 



Exercise 53. 

[Go through the Act. Voice of dldapn,'] 
401. a) Trafislate into English. 

1. TlLalvei /jLokiaTa to Trpo^arov to ttotov Slo /cat 
rod ^ipov^ hiioacTiv aXa<;'^ Sca^ irevTe rjfjbepMv, 2. 

TwaLKL dp^€LV OV SiScOCTLV T) (f)VaL<^. 3. XdpLV Xa^cop^ 

/jbifjivrjcrOy'' Kal Sou9 iirCka^ov. 4. Aa/3(bv airoSo^;, ical 
XTJyjrr] '^ iraXiv. 5. ^fl iJidicape<; ^eoi, hoTe jjlol oX/Sov Kal 
So^av dya^rjv €')(eiv. 6. '^O ttXouto?, ov av Scoac ^eol, 
€/ii7r€do^ eaTiV. 7. A i] cpvai^ oeocoKe, TavT e')(eL fiova o 
dv^pco7ro<^. 8. '^flv^ aoL ^eo9 eSco/ce, tovtcov ')(^p^^ovcrL 
BlSov. 9. 0609 p^OL SoLT} (j)l\ov<; iTiaTov^. 10. Tol^ ttXov- 
crioi^ irpeiret^ toI<; itto)')(oI^ hovvai. 11. 01 aTpaTCcoTat 
T7]v iTokiv Tol^ 7ro\€fiiot<; TTpovSiSoo-av. 12. ^O aya^09 
\aipei Tot9 rn-€V7]cn '^prjp^aTcov yL66TaStSou9. 13. A el tol'9 
dya^ovs dv8pa<^ jevvaLco^ cj>epeLV, o tl dv 6 S^eo9 StSdJ. 



402.] VERBS IN t'|Ut. 161 

14. *^0^ av fjieWj) rfjv irarpiSa TrpoScSovac, ixejiarr)^^ 
^rjfjbia^ a^LO^ ecrriv, 15. 01 ^eol (jlol avrl KaKOdv dya^a 
SiSotev, 16. $/\o9 (ffiXov ov TrpoSaxrec. 17. Ev Tra^ov- 
re? ^ VTT i/jLOv roLavrrjv X^P^^ airehoaav. 

* Note 9. b Aor. 2. partcp. fr. hafjL^dj/(a, List IV. 

^ fjLefjLy7)iJLaL (/ have recollected —') I remember. d Aor. 2. Imper. 

fr. iTTi-Xay^dv-ojJLai, List lY. ^ Attraction. . ^ irpiireiv, c. 

dat. ° Note 13. ^ Aor. 2. partcp. fr. Traa-xw, List VII. 

6) Translate into Greek. 

1. The gods give all things. 2. Give immediately 
to a poor man. 3. Endeavor i^pl.) to give each man» 
his due ^ accm^ately. 4. He repaid the money. 5. If 
you give him money, he will make you also wise. 
6. If any one were to give ^ him money, he would make 
him also wise. 7. If you had given him money, he 
would have made you also wise. 8. The earth, giving 
us food, is seen to be a kind of mother. 9. Give me 
my shield. 10. Give {j^L) me an example of this kind 
«of thing. 11. The gods have given [Aor,) this °as 
a privilege "^^ to ° but a few that are easily-counted." 

i efs (EKacTTos, lit. ' each one man.' k rh irpoariKov (partcp. of 

TTpoaiTKeiv, to come to him =) to belong to him. i K. 260. 2. 

^ Use ovTos, V'ithout prefixing the article to yepas. 
" evapi^fjLrjTois 5r] tlq-lv (dr) adds emphasis to the superlative). 



LESSON LV. 
Verbs in vfjn, jdet/cvvfjuL 
402. Vocabulary 49. 

/ show, dcLKWfJil. 

I show, represent, explain, declare 
any one as any ihinf^ ; hence, 
I appoint, anode LKuvp.1 (with 



t2vo accus.) : Mid. shoio of my- 
self, express, declare, display, 
render. 
Not to be seen, d^^earoSi ov. 



162 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[403. 



Justly, fairhj, dLKaicos. 
Inconsiderately, unadvisedly, cIkyj. 
To remain with, abide by, ifjLjxcv' 

€Lv (with dat.). 
Within, ivTos (with gen.). 
To cause to swear, administer an 

oath to, i^opKovp (=6€lv). 
Forsworn, perjured, false, eTrlop- 

KOS, OV. 

I swear by, inoiJLvvixL (with ace). 
Moderate, fierpLos, a, ov. (Attic, 

-OS, -oy.) 
Never, firjiroTc. 
An imitator, jjLifjirjTrjs, ov, 6. 



1 swear, ojjlvvjjli. 

An oath, opKos, ov, 6. 

In every way, throughout, wholly, 

ndvTcos. 
To order, napayycKK-eLv. 
Modelling {art), sculpture, TrXa- 

o-TiKT] (rexvr), underst.). 
I strengthen, poovvvfii. 
Rarely, seldom, o-Trauicos. 
A decree, a resolution, ylrrj(j)Lo-fxa, 

aros, TO. 
I lie (jaceo)j / am enacted (of 

laws), Kelfxai, 



Exercise 54. 

[Go through the Act. Voice of dciKwixL.] 

403. a) Translate into English. 

i. N6/jbo<; Sf) Keta'^a) Sifcaorrrjv o/JLVvvat Scfcd^etv fiiX- 

\ovTa, 2. "Opfcov (j^evye, Kav huKaiw^ 6/Jivv7j<;. 3. Mt] tc 

^eou? iirtopKov eTro/jivv, 4. 'O olvos /jberpto^; \r]cj)^€l<^ 

pwvvvaiv, 5. 01 SiSdcr/caXoi tou9 pLa^Tjrd^ /jLCfjb7)Td<^ eav- 

Tcov diToSet/cvvacrLV, 6. IIv'^ay6pa<; TraprjyyetXe roc^ 

/jbav^dvovcTL, aTravLco^ fjbev opivvvaiy '^prjaafievov'^ Se TOL<i 

op/coL<; TrdvTco^ ifipieveiv, 7. ^H ifKaariicr] heitcvvau ra 

elhrj Tcbv ^ewz^, rcov dv^pdoircov, Kal eviore /cal r&v ^rjpwv, 

8. ^Av8po<; vovv dlvo<^ ehet^ev.^- 9. ^pvye<; opfcoi^ ov %/oai- 

vrat ovT ofivvvre^, ovr dXKovs i^opKovvT6<;. 10. ^OXi- 

yoL^ Set/cvv ra ivTo<; (j)p€va)v, 11. 01 Kptral rd 'ylrrjcpt- 

cr/jbara direSeLKvvaav, 12. MrjiroTe el/crj o/jLvvoire, 13. 'O 

^aaCkev^; top avrov vlov crrparTjyov dnToheheij^ev, 

^ The Aor. is often used in making general assertions founded on 
experience. We should use the Present. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. If you fear [pL) the gods, you will not ever 
swear a false oath. 2. He is said to have sworn a 



1 



404.J 



PASS. AND MID. 



163 



false oath. 3. We are swearing false oaths. 4. Let 
us endeavor both to investigate and to prove why in 
the worlds such persons are unfortunate. 5. They 
appointed Alcibiades general, with four others. 
6. Even though '^ you should not swear, all will trust 
you. 7. Such a man will swear false oaths. 8. My 
{saj/ : the) tongue hath sworn, but my mind ° i s un- 
sworn. 

b Ti TTore {= quid tandem). <^ kUp = koI idy (c. subj.). 



LESSON LVI. 
Ti^TjfjLL. Pass, and Mid, 



404. Vocabulary 50. 

Ijput aivay, clttot'C^tjixl \ Mid. lay 
aside, lake off (from myself). 

/ put in order, manage ; with 
an adv. put into a disposition, 
diaTi'^TjfiL. Pass, to be affected 
by. KGKc^s (dSXicor, &c.), to be 
miserably indisposed, distress- 
ed, &c. 

/ add, put upon, €7nTL?irjfjLL. Mid. 
put on (oneself) ; with dal,, 
attack, set upon. 

I lay down, KaTaTL?iTjpL. Mid. lay 
down for oneself, to deposit 
(money in any body's hands), 
to lay by or up. 

I place by or near, 7rapaTLJjr]p,i ; 
TO. napuTL'^cfieva (ea quse ap- 



ponuntur), the dishes placed on 
the table. 

Celtiberian, KcXrl^Tjp, -rjpos, 6. 

Self-control, continence, eyKpar- 
€La, ay, rj. 

Travelling-money, provisions (for 
the way), ccpodiov, ov, to (vi- 
aticum). 

Foundation, Se/xeXioj/, ov, to. 

Helmet, Kpavos, foj, to. 

Cretan, Kprjs, Kprjros. 

Cresf, \6<pos, ov, 6. 

To legislate, to make laws, vopc 

Purple, (fyoivLKeos, ea, €op (con- 
tract. oi)f, ?), oi/v). 



164 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [405. 

Exercise 55. 

[Go tJirough Pass, and Mid. of ri'^rjfxi.l 

405. o) Ti^anslate into English. 

1. TIpoarjKeiv eycoye vojjllI^o), orav fxev vofjio^erco/Jbev, 
Tov^^ rjfid^ aKonrelv, ottco? koKw €')(pvTa<; kol av/Ji(f)6po- 
vra^ v6/jLov^ rfj iroKet ^rjcrofie^a, eireihav he vo/jlo^€T7]0'co- 
fievy Toh v6/jbOL<; T0t9 /c€LfjLevoL<; Trec^ecr^aL, 2. 01 Kprjre^; 
ap')(0VTaL • T&v iraparc^efjiivcov airo rcov ^ivcov • pbera 8e 
TOv<; ^€Vov<; tm ap')(0VTL StSoacrc Tecrcrapa<; fiotpas. 3. 01 
K.e\TLJ3rjpe^ irepl Ta<; Ke<pa\a^ Kpdvrj yoKKa TrepLTL^evrai 
^oiVLKol'^ r](jKriiJieva^ \6^ol^, 4. Ovheva ^rjaavpov nrai- 
(tI Kara^Tjarj a/jLeivco^ alSovf;. 5. T/? av e/ccov (f>l\ov 
dcppova ^OLTO ; 6. aevocj^covri ^vovrc rJKe tl^ i/c Mavrc- 
veia<; dyye\o<; \eycoVj top vlov avrov rbv TpvXXov re^vd- 
vai • " KCLKelvo^; dire^ero fiev rbv are^avov, hiereket he 
^vo)v • eirel he 6 dyye\o<^ irpoae^rjice kol eKelvo, on vl/coov "^ 
re^VTjKe, irakiv 6 Uevocjxjov iire^ero top arecfyapop, 7. '^A,- 
/CL^idhr]<; ecpvyep €69 ^irdpTrfp koX tov^ AaKehaifJiopiov^ 
Trapco^vpep eTTL^ea^ai toI<^ 'A^r]paLOL<i, 8. 01 iroXirau 
(j)o/3ovpTaL, fjirj ol jroXefjiLOL rfj iroXei eTTLTL^oypTai. 

^ a(TK€7i/ {= e-eiv), to wo7'k curiously; adorn ; ornament. b Note 

13. ^ Pdm. 65. d viK5.v = victor sum. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. The citizens attack the enemy. 2. They had 
feared that the enemy would attack the city. 3. The 
boys put-on their garlands. 4. Do you wish that I 
should set-upon ° the man ? 5. They are afraid that 
the Lacedaemonians will attack them if they divide 
their forces. ^ 6. We call the sign of a sound that 
is affixed ° ° to it its name. 7. Place very great gates 
to your ears. 8. Then at once {rore r^hri) we will at- 
tack the enemy. 9. The judge was reduced to a sad 



406, 407.] 



PASS. AND MID. VOICES. 



165 



condition^ by the disease. 10. They had been 
grievously indisposed both in body and soul. 

^ K. 259. 1. ^ To divide their forces, yiyvea-^ai dixa. 

s To be affixed to — , iirire^Tjyai. h To be reduced to a sad con- 

diti-on, a^Xicarara ^Lan^rtvai. 



LESSON LVII. 

^^larrj/jLL, (fee. Passive and Mid, Voices. 
406. Vocabulary 51. 



I know, I understand, inia-Tayiai 
(with pass. aor.). 

/ put together, o-wLo-TqfjLL : Mid. 
assemble, unite, bring together. 

To keep awake, to spend a sleep- 
less night, to forego sleep, ay- 

Worth mentioning, noticeable, 
memorable, u^LoKoyos, ov. 

Second, devrcpos, a. ov. 

To be able, can, bvvafiai (with 
pass, aor.) ; with iroWd, ovhev. 



&c. = / have poicer (like mul- 
tum, nihil, Slc, valere). 

Foolish, pcopos, d, OP I 6 ficopos, 
the fool. 

Drunkenness, pe^rj, tjs, rj. 

Belonging to ships, nautical, 

PaVTLKOS, 7], 6v \ VaVTlKT] fivJ/tt- 

pLs, naval power. 
The rule of a few, oligarchy, oXt- 

yapxta, as, rj. 
First, TTpQiTos, T}, ov. 
To fill, TrXrjpovv (= oeiv). 



Exercise 56. 
[Go through Pass, and Mid. ofLarrrjpi.'] 

407. a) Translate into English, 

1. At ev AaKeSal/jLovL yvvai/ce^^ rpecf^ovaL ra reKva 
&arT€ /jLr]Se7roT€ TrXrjpovv, Iva i'if L^covrat, hvvaa^ai Tretvfjv.^ 
2. 01 AaKehatfiovLOL e^t^ovcrc rov^; rralha^ KXeirreiv kuI 
TOP aXovra" KoXd^ovac TrXrjyal^, 'iv iic tovtov irovelv Kal 
aypvirvelv Svpcoprac ev rol'^ iroXefMOL^, 3. 'O itXovto^ 
iroXXa hvvaTat, 4. Tt? av /jLcopo^ SvvacTO ev olvcp atco- 
rrav ; 5. ^Avrjp BUaco^ earcv, oarc^ ahiicelv BvvdfjL€V0<i 



166 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [408. 

fjur] ^ovKerau 6. Updrre ^irjoev S)V fjLrj eTTiaraaai, 

7. ^'Apuarov icTTC irdvr eiriaraa^aL kclKcl* 8. ZSyfJuev^ 

ov')(^ ft)? ^ekofjuev, aXV &>? hvvdijue^a, 9. TIpo /Jbi^7]<; 

dvlaraao, 10. Tl av/Jb(j)6p€L eviOi<; . TrKovreiv, orav fiff 

iTTLarcovTac tg5 irKovrcp ')(pria^aL ;^ 11. KaraXv^evro^ 

rod TIe\oTrovv7]aLafcov TrdXifioVy 6\ijap')(^iav ev Tal<^ irXeU 

aTaL<; iroXeac Ko^taTavro, 12. O 6 TroXi/jitoL ov/c dTroarTJ- 

aovrac, irplv av eXcocn'^ rrjv ttoXlv 

* See 346. b How is ireivdoo contracted % how faco 7 how 

Xpa-eo-^^at ] 346. ^ aXovs, -6yT09, Aor. 2. partcp. from aAi- 

(TKeff^ai. Pdm. 64. d a/pew, List VII. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Men have much power through wealth. 2. Rise- 
up {ph) before intoxication. 3. The enemy were not 
able to take the city. 4. Of what use is it to you to 
be rich, if you do not know-how to employ riches? 
5. Did the good men understand this virtue ? 6. About 
such ° matters you know better than they. 7. Who 
could better know-how to count ? 8. Thus you also 
would understand music. ^ 9. No man is able to know 
all things. 10. I should not be able to contradict you. 
11. I shall not be able to learn such ° subjects. 



LESSON LVIII. 
ALhcofjii, Pass, and Mid 
408. Vocabulary 52. 

/ give at the same iime^ crvv€7n- 

bidcofjLL: Mid. I give myself up 

with others to a thing. 
Exchange, recompense, return, 



An army, (rrparos, ov, 6. 
Option, choice, alpca-is, €<os, f). 
Gladly, readily, acrfxevos, rj, ov 
(libens = Ubenter). 



409.] PASS. AND 3ITD. 167 

Exercise o7. 

[Go through Pass, and Mid. of dibcoixi.] 

409. a) Translate into English. 

1. Tcp ev nroLovvTi TroXXaKL^- KaKrj aTroSlSorat a/jiOL/3rj, 

2. Harpihe^ iroXkaKL^ hia Kepho<^ 7rpov86^7]crav. 3. UoX- 
\a Scbpa SeSorac tol(; av^pdoirots irapa rcov ^ecov. 4. '/29 
fjueya to /xt/cpov eanv ev Kacpcp So^eV. 5. ' Ore elXe rrjv 
Grj/Saicov ttoXlv ^AXe^av8po<;, airehoTO tov<^ iX€v^6pov<^ 
iravra^;. 6. 'Ofjiolco^ alcr^pov, aKovaavra '^pTJo-L/jiOv \6- 
jov firj iiav^dveiv. /cal hihoixevov tl aya^ov irapa Ta)v 
(f)LXcov fir] Xa/ji/Sdvecv. 7. 01 iroXlrai (f)o/3ovvTaL, firj 7) 
7r6\^9 TrpoSiScoraL. 8. Mijirore viro rcov (plXcov TrpoSc- 
Solo. 9. 'O arparo^ vtt avrov rov crrparTjyov TrpovBi- 
SoTo. 10. ^AttoSov TO /cvireXXov, 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. I gladly receive the things given ° me by {irapd^ 
K. 297) my friends. 2. The property was restored. 

3. They sold eight-hundred of the Corcyreans, who 
were slaves. 4. Pay was given to the others according 
to this same proportion. 5. They learnt^ nhat the 
island ° was given to the Corinthians. 6. If a choice 
were given, which of these °two things would you 
choose 7*^ 7. They think that if peace is offered 
(p), the Athenians will receive ° it gladly. 

* aia^dvo/jLai, List III ; with partcp. K. 310. 4. b Use Aor. 

Mid.of:alp((v, List VIL 



168 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[410, 411. 



LESSON LIX. 
AeUvvfJiaL, 
410. Vocabulary 53. 



I show, ivbelKvvjii : Mid. / show 
any thing of myself. 

I show braggingly, make a boast- 
ful display of iTndcLKvvfii, : 
Mid. / show any thing of my- 
self boastfully, show off. 

Truly, in reality, dXrj^icos. 

I put on, dress in, dfKJiuvwfiL. 

I ruin, aTToWvfjLL : Mid. I am 
ruined or lost, I perish. 

I mix, KepdpvvjjLL. 

I quench, extinguish, cr^evpvfxi. 



Freedom in speaking, frankness, 

7rappT](Tia, as, fj. 
I ruin at the same time, o-vvdirok' 

XvfiL : Mid. I go to ruin at the 

same time, I am ruined with 

(some one else). 
Dress, io-'^rjs, ia'^rjT'OSi 17. 
Garment, IfiaTtov, ov, to. 
To dwell, oIkcIv (=€€lv). oLKelv 

o-TTopddTjv (to live dispersed- 

ly=:), to live some here and 

some there. 



Exercise 58. 

411. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 TOiovTOL dperrjp avrl l/jiartcov aiK^ieaovrai. 2, 
To aTraXKcLTTea^ai rrj^; overtax; apa'^ ovk airoWva^aL 
KcCkel^ ; 3. Ovtco<; rj 'ylrv^rj av jiyvoiro re Kal airoXku- 
OLTO. 4. 01 dv^pcoiroc, olfcovvre^; cnropdSrjv, dircoWwro 
virb Tcov .^rjplcov, Scd to iravTa^fi da^evearepoL avroov 
elvaL. 5. ^Avhpo^ hiicaiov /cap7ro<; ovk diroXkurai. 6. 
Al ^vvoXice^ yalpovaw d/jb(j)Levvvfjb€vat /ca\d^ ecr^T^ray. 
7. 01 dXTJ^o)^ cro(j>ol ov aTrevSovcnv iTrLSeUvva^at rrjv 
avT&v cro(pLav. 8. ^O olvo<;, edv vSarc /cepavvvrjraL, to 
aco/jia pcovvvaLV. 9. ^H opyrj €v^v<; cr^evvvoLTO. 10. 
^Ael iv tS /3t(p dp6Trjv Kal acocj^poavvrjv ivSeLKVvao. 11. 
01 UepcraL iroXvTekei'^ aTo\a^ d/jb(pLevvvvTO. 12. 'O pTj- 
Tcop Tr]v yvco/jLTjv jjieTCL irappTjalas direhei^aTO. 13. AXkl- 
ficdBr]^ viro t&v ^A^rjvaicov aTpaT7jyo<i direSel'^r}. 

^ K. 344. 5. 



412.] 



VERBS IN sea. 



169 



b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The soul never perishes. 2. He was in fear ^ 
about himself, and his children and his wife, lest they 
should be destroyed by their slaves. 3. The tale was 
lost. 4. The woman puts-on a certain expensive attire. 
5. The sophist is displaying his wisdom to his admi- 
rers. 6. You have now beheld this man showing-ofF. 

b 61/ <p6^(f yevicr^ai. See yiyvofiai, in Index. 



LESSON LX. 

The Verbs ltj/jll, elfjul, and elfiu 



412. Vocabulary 54. 

I am away, absent, aTreifit,. Pres. 
usually = / ivill go away. 

I go away, aTrei/j^t. 

I satisfy myself, dpiceofiaL (with 
dat.). 

I let go, give wp, neglect, d(l>L7)fii, 

Thai which is owed, duty, deov 
(Set), TO. 

Namely, drj^icp (scilicet). 

I go or come into, ela-ciyn.. 

To drive into the net or snare, ifi- 
^poxtC'^Lv. 

I let or send out, i^LTjfii : of riv- 
ers, i^uvai = to discharge it- 
self, 

I send up to, ((f>irj^i : Mid. (with 
gen.), I send myself or thoughts 
after any thing = I desire. 



Afterwards, then, eTreira, 

I let down, lay doivn, Ka'^irjpi. 

Goat, Karrpos^ ov, 6. 

Strong, KapT€p6s^ a, 6v, 

Cry, Kpavyr), rjs, t). 

Stone, XtSos", ov, 6. 

I let go, I give up, p,€?iLTjfii. 

To remain, pev-civ. 

To prepare, 7rapaa-K€vd(-€Lu : Mid. 

prepare oneself. ■ 
I let pass, loose, Traplrjfii. 
Oftener, nXeovaKLs. 
I go to, approach, npoo'eLp.i, 
Mouth, (TTopia, aros, to. 
To help, Tipcopclv : Mid. revenge 

oneself on (with ace). 
Evident, known, <f>av€p6s, a, 6p, 
Snow, x'-^^i ;j(toi/o$', rj. 



170 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [413. 

Exercise 59. 
413. a) Translate into English, 

1. Sd/jiov TO fxev i^ ^p%^9 ^ ipojfirjv ovaav Xiyerao 
KaTe')(€iv Trkrf^o^ ^TjpLoov jJbeyaXrjv (j^covrjv d(piivTa)v, 2. 
01 dya^ol ov Sea rov virvov fie^idac rd Seovra irpdrreiv, 
3. ^A(f)eU rd cj^avepd fjurj Stco/ce rd d^avrj. 4. TLoXkol 
dv^pcoTTOt ec^ievTai ttXovtov. 5. ^HpaKXrj^; rov ^Epv/id- 
v^iov Kairpov Si(o^a<; /Jberd tcpavyrj^; els %^6z/a iroWrjv 
Trapet/jbivov eve^p6')(^bcrev, 6. 'O NelXos i^irjatv els ttjv 
^dXarrav eirrd dTOfjiaaiv. 7. "Arra ^ eTrecr earaiy 
ravra ^eols /jieXec. 8, El ^vrjros el, ^eXriare ^ ^vrjrd 
Kal (ppovei, 9. Me/jLvrjao"^ veos cov^ co? yepcov ecrrj irore. 
10. AiKaios ivy, Xva Kal Sc/calcov ti)^779.* 11. Bias 
TrapovarjSj ovSep la')(yeL vo/jlos. 12. EvSal/jLoov ecrjv Kal 
^eoLs (f>iXoS' 13. ^AXe^avSpos elrrev • ^ el iir] ^AXe^av- 
Spos rjv, Aioyevqs dv rjv. 14. ^Ajdira rocs irapovai, 
T&v dTTovTcov ovK icfyte/jbevos. 15. Kal veorrjs Kal fyrjpas 
d/iM^Qy KaXd earov, 16. 01 dv^pcoiroi evhaijjbovelv Svva- 
vrai, Kav Trevyres Sxrcv. 17. ^AXtf^ecd crot TrapecrTO), 
18. "IcofxeVj o) (piXoc. 19. ^evye hi')(oaTaaLas Kal eptv^ 
TToXe/jLOV irpodiovTOS* 20. Eirel rj MavSavrj irapeaKev- 
d^ero fo)9 diTLOvo-a irdXiv irpos rov dvhpa, 6 ^ Aarvdyr]^ 
eXeye irpos top Kvpov • ^/2 irai, rjv jJievrjs irap ifiol, 
irpcoTov fJikv, orav ^ovXrj elaievab ft)9 e/^e, eirl aol earau,^ 
Kal %a/otz^ (TOL pbdXkov e^co, oacp dv irXeovaKis elairjs co? 
i/uue. 21. 'Eirecra Se lttttols tols e/juots XPV^V^ ^^^^ orav 
diTLrjs^ e')(cov direi ovs dv avros e^eXrjs Xttttovs- 

^ rh i^ apxns = originally. b Pdm. 50. ^ Note 

13. ,d MefipTJiiiaL (= memini), / remember. ^ List IV. 

Gen. K. 273. 3. "b. f List VIL ? ehm iiri rm, to be in 

any body'' s potoer ; to depend on him. 



PASS. AND MID. 171 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Men utter indeed the same voice, but not the same 
language. 2. We ought to be satisfied with w h a t we 
have {sai/: with present ° things). 3. Not every 
one who wishes [p) will enter into this abode. 4. The 
chorus of the Muses will most probably come-in first. 
5. We went in to^^ Socrates. 6. It would not become 
me to come before^° you, framing studied speeches.'* 
7. There are two forms of government. 8. O Greeks, 
ye are always children. 9. You and I (^ay ; I and 
you) are not poets. 10. Do not be harsh towards^° 
us. 11. Know well, i that this will be so {say: will 
have °itselfso). 12. They were not one ° person, 
but two. 13. Such a person would not be able to em- 
ploy his wealth. 14. Come now,^ read' me the 
decree. 15. Let us go back-again to the beginning. 
16. It is right (Set) that this man, looking af one 
•object, should ever shoot all his arrows af it. 

h To frame studied speeches, Tr\drr€iu \6yovs. > Pdm. 70, 

Note 7. ^ hi) : for come use imper. of clfii. i Imper. 

Aor. of ava-yiyucixTK-u). See €7i/wj/ in Pdm. 63. 



NOTES. 



On the Division of Syllables. 

1. Beside what is stated in 38, 39, it may be remarked that when 
two or three consonants come together, they are usually considered 
to belong to the following syllable, if they are so easUy pronounce- 
able that they can begin a word (e. g. a-fivos, d-Kiirj, Se-cr/xoy, c-arpo- 
(t>a). 

Sometimes a mute before /x or z/ is connected with the following 
syllable, even though no word begins with that combination, pro- 
vided any word begins with another mute of the same organ and 
ft or V. 

Thus (t)d-rvrj (no word begins vdth tv, but some do with 3j/). 

So drj-yfjiosi dd-(f)vi,s, because words begin with /c/x, nv. 

Three consonants are connected with the following syllable when 
the first pair and the second pair can each begin a word (e-o-SXoy, 
i'x^pos ; since words begin with x^^ 3p.) (So d-cr^ixa : since words 
begin with r/x, though not with 3/x.) Kr. 

According to these rules, (f)aLbp6s is divided into the syllables 
(pai'dpoSi not (paid-pos. yjrrjcpLcrp^a into ylrTjipt-afia. 

2. Lesson 3.] — The accent of a verb is, as a general rule, as far 
back (i. e. as near the root) as possible. Hence (a) in verbs when 
a long termination is exchanged for a short one, an acute on the pen- 
ult is thrown to the antepenult (if the verb is hyper dissyllable) : 

TVTrrO), TV7rT€T€. 

b) If the penult, being the tone-syllable, has a long vowel or diph- 
thong, and the verb is dissyllable, the acute will pass into circumflex 
when the final becomes short : c^euyo), c^evye (but /ceXeuo), KeXcve). 

[For the general rules for the accentuation of verbs, see Pdms. 
56, 57.] 

3. Lesson 11, (95).] — a, G. as, is always long from an oxytone 
or paroxytone (if a hyper dissyllable^ 

But a, G. a?, is short in 

1) Polysyllable feminine names or appellatives : ^//-dXrpta, *Ep€- 
rpia. 



174 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[4—6. 



2) -pa is short if the penult has v or any diphthong but av ' 

'^'6<pvpai fjLolpa, also in Tdvaypa (by 1). 

3) In polysyllables in em, ota, it is short, except in (a) abstract 

substantives from verbs in euw, and (/3) dissyllables in eia, 
avoia, okrj'^eLa (from adj. aXrj'^-qs), oxpeXeia (from w^e- 

Xelv) : but dovXeid (from dovXeveiv), 
j3a(7tX€ta= queen (from ^aaiKcvs). 
Paa iXe id =^ reign (from Paa-LKeveiv, to reign), 

4. From Adjectives in or, the a is long in Nom. Sing. So 
TrXea, fem. of ttXccds* From Adjectives and Participles in as, vs, €iy, 
ovs, a)ff, (OV, it is s/ior^. Hence the former are paroxytone : the latter 
proparoxytone or properispomenon. 

N. B. Ace. and Voc, singular follow the Nom, 

6. A muta cum liquidd does not lengthen a short vowel [i. e. 
does not make a syllable long by position], unless it be a middle 
mute (/S, y, d) before X, p, v. 

Hence areKVOs, aTreirXos, ^uKpr), ^orpvs '. but jSljSXos, evoS/xos, 
TrenXeypai, 

6. Usual Contractions. 





A 


E H 


12 


I Y 


A 


aa ^= d 




a€ = a: a€L = 


9 


ao =(0'. aoL=-(o 


aL=aL: dL^=a 




aaL=^ a 




ar)=^a:ar] ^= 


a 


aoi;=a): ato^o) 


dv=dv: dv^=dv 


E 


ea =Tj', 


sts. a 


€€-=€L,rj:€€L= 


€L 


€0 =01;, €0L^=0L 


€'l = €L 




cat = 77, 


€L 


€€S = €LS, rjS 




€0V = OV 






eas = 


€LS 


^1 —V' w== 


■V 


€(0=(0: €(0=Cp 


€V = €V 


O 


oa =■ (0, 
oat = at 


sts. a 


0€ "= OV 
0€L = OV, OL 
orj =: co,T} 
or] = ft), OL 




00 = OV 
OOL = OL 
OOV= OV 

oa>=(i>: oft)=ft) 


o'l = 01 


H 


r)ai == rj 




r]€ =:r} 
r]€L = D 






rfl = rj 
7]v^= rjv 


Q. 


a)a = 0) 




0)0 = 0) 


(OL = ft) 


I 


Las = Is 


L€S= Is 




a= Z 


Y 


vas= vs 


V€S = VS 







From this table it appears generally, 



7,8.] 



NOTES. 



175 



d) That in the collision of A and E sounds, the vowel which pre- 
cedes the other, remains predominant in the contracted syllable, 
although its shape may be modified : XeiTreai, X^Itttj or XeiVet : TLfiac, 
TLfjid : TToXeas, Trokeis : except in ea, which, in the first two declen- 
sions, is contracted into a : oarea, oara : ^oppeas^ poppas. 

b) That, where an O sound appears, it maintains itself, in con- 
traction, against all A and E sounds, i/o€, vov'. Sareov, oaTovv: ^oas, 
/Sous : TLfidoifii, TiiupfjLt : (pCKeovcrt^ (ftLXovo-L : except that, in adjec- 
tives, 07] becomes r; : aTrXorj, ottX^, and oa sometimes a : dirXoa, 
ttTrXa : also dnXoaL, aTrXal ( Thiersch.) 



7. There are some words, cases, and moods that must be care- 
fully distinguished, because they look like what they are not. The 
following are a few instances of the kind that occur in these lessons. 

a) 'ovs, as nam. or ace, pi. of a comparative in <dp, e. g. fxei^ovs 

= fl€L^-OT^£, fl€L^'OVaS- 

-6), acc. sing, or nom. pi. of ditto. 

b) oPTcov, 3rd plur. of Imperative Present, which looks like gen. 

plur. of Pres. Partcp. Act. 
oyvTwv = aovTcov, 3rd pi. Imper. Present from verb in d(o (also 

gen. pi. of Pres. partcp. Act.). 
ovvTodv = c-ovrcov, 3rd pi. Imperat. Pres. from verb in cw 

(also gen. pi. of Pres. partcp. Act.). 

c) araL, 3rd sing, of the Pres. Indie, or Suhj. (Pass, or Mid.) 

from d<o. 

d) ^lo-St (from olha) ' know,'' and tcrSt, ' Je.' 



EupJionic Rules. 

8. When two consonants come together in the formation of 
words, the former is often changed for the sake of easier pronun- 
ciation. 

The principal changes of this kind are the following:* 

* These changes may be exhibited in the following table, which 
is aiTanged as the multiplication table often is : 



Any ;7-sound with 
Any /.--sound with 
Any ^sound with 



T 


5 


S^ 


^ 


M 


TTT 


i35 


<ps^ 


^ 


M/* 


KT 


75 


X^ 


1 


7M 


(TT 


1 


a^ 


(T 


(TfM 



* This combination does not occur. 



176 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[8. 



Any ^-sound with t becomes ttt. 
Any p-sound with b becomes ^b. 
Any ^-sound with 3 becomes (^3. 
Any p-sound with s becomes y^. 
Any ^-sound with /x becomes /x/z. 

Any /c-sound with r becomes kt. 
Any /c-sound with b becomes yb. 
Any /c-sound with 3 becomes •^, 
Any /c-sound with s becomes |. 
Any /c-sound with /x becomes •yjLt. 

Any ^-sound with r becomes or. 

Any ^-sound with b (this combination does not occur). 

Any i(-soiind with 3 becomes o-S. 

Any ^sound with o- becomes o- (i. e. the i-sound is thrown 

away). 
Any i-sound with /x becomes o-/*. 

O" This table shows : (1) that h p or /c-sound before a ^sound 
must be of the same order of breathing as the ^-sound :* (2) that a 
j^-sound before s is thrown away. 

Obs. 'Ek. ' out of,' in compound words retains its k : thus, e/c- 
blbcDfiL, eAc-^eo), not ey-bibayfjii, &C. 

(Examples.) 



T€Tpi^Tai, 


= 


TerpnrTai, 


XiXeyrat 


=: 


XeXe^rat. 


€0-Tpa(pTai 


= 


eo-rpanraL. 


^ePpexrai 


= 


^ejSpeKTat. 


pdnbos 


z= 


pd(3dos. 


oKboos 


•=z 


oyboos. 


eTTLypdcjybTjv 


= 


€7nypd^br)v. 


jrXeKbrjv 


= 


Trkeyb-qv. 


irvTr'^rjp 


= 


irvcjy'^-qv. 


eTrXeK'^rjp 


= 


iirXex^Tjp. 


rpLp^rjo-ofxaL 


= 


TpL(p^r](Top,ai. 


X€y?irj(Top,aL 


= 


Xe^firjo-oixai, 


e7ret32fr;i/ 


z= 


€7r€L(r^r)P, 


dpvTO-Qy 


z=: 


dpv(rco 


rjpeib'^rjv , 


= 


T}p€L(T?i7)P. 


€p€Lb(r(0 


z=z 


€p€L(rOi>, 


XeiTTO-O) 


= 


Xei'vf^o). 


7ret3(ra) 


= 


TTClVo). 


rpiPcrca 


= 


Tpiyjrco. 


Terim/jiaL 


=: 


TeTvp.p.ai. 


ypd(j)(r(D 


= 


ypdyj/co. 


Terpi^paL 


= 


T€Tpipiliai. 


TrXeKO-o) 


z= 


TrXe^co. 


yeypacppai 


z=z 


yeypafifxat. 



* That is, the first becomes a smooth mute, if the second is a smooth 
mute ; a middle or aspirate^ respectively, if the second is a middle or 
aspirate. 



8.] 



NOTES. 



177 






= Xe^O). 



TrcnXeKfjLai 



=■ TreTrXcyixai. 



N before a P-sound (or \Ja) becomes /x. 
N before a K-sound (or |) becomes y. 
N before a T-sound remains unaltered. 
N before a liquid is changed into that liquid. 

N is usually * dropt before f , before a- in inflexion,! and in those 
compound words in which another consonant follows o-. 

(Examples.) 
€P-7r€ipia = e/XTretpia. avv-^eco = crvy^eo}. 

cv-jSaXXo) = ep/SaXXo). avv-XoyL^o) =■ crvWoyi^co, 

€P'(f)pCDV = €fl(f)pa}V. (TUV-pCTpta = (Tvpp€Tpla, 

sv-\j/vxos =■ epyj/vxos. (TVV'^vyla = au^vyia, 

o-vp-Kokeo) = (TvyKoXeco. daip^ov-aL = balpo(Ti. 

<Tvv-yLyvco(TK(t> ^= (TvyyiyvodCTKOii. (rvvcTTqpa = (rvarqp^a, 
ovp'xpovos = (TvyxpovQs. 

But : crvpTCLPco, (rvp^ca), (rvp'^ca). 

Exceptions* The enclitics ; as : ovrrep, ropye. 
ip before p ; as : ippiTrrco. 

When a T-sound and p together are ejected before cr, the remain- 
ing vowel, if short, is changed into a diphthong (e into et, and o into 
ov) ; if doubtful, it is lengthened. The long vowels (77, ©) are left 
unchanged. Thus : 

Tv(f)'^€(vT)cri becomes rvc^SJeto-t. Tvy\ra(pT)(Tt, becomes rv\l/d(n. 

ar7r€(vd)(To> becomes o-TreiVo). yLya(pT)(ri becomes yiyda-i. 

\€o{pt)(tl becomes \€ov(tl. b€LKPv(vT)cn. becomes deUpva-i. 

TVTTro{pT)(TL bCCOmCS TVTTTOVdL. TVTTT(ii>{pT)(Tl beCOmeS TVTrT(0<Tl. 

When the same aspirate would regularly be doubled, the former 
is changed into the kindred smooth: as 2a7r(/)a) (not Sa(/)c/)a)) . BaKxos 

(not Baxxo?)- *Ar3tr (not 'AS3iy).t 

. » ■ ■ ■ 

* Exceptions. *E»', as ; ipcnrfipco, ii/^€vypvpi : irdKip, as ; Tra\ip(XKios : 
some forms of inflexion and derivation in trat and <ny, as ; it^cpavcrai, fr. 
(paiv(t} : and some few substantives in ivs and ut/s.*' The p in avv be- 
comes (T in composition before o- followed by a vowel ; as : ava-cruCu, 
instead of (rvpa-co^u}. 

f That is, in the declensions and conjugations. 

X Even the middle mutes ()3, 7, 5) are very seldom doubled, with 

8* 



178 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [9. 

Of two aspirates in two consecutive syllables, the former is often 
changed into its kindred smooth. 

This rule applies principally to roots beginning with 3 and end- 
ing with some other aspirate. The initial aspirate reappears, when, 
in the formation of cases or tenses, the final aspirate is changed. 

Thus the roots 3pe^, ^ptx^ become rpe^, rpix - but when the ^, 
for instance, is changed into yjr or /n, the reason for getting rid of 3 
no longer remains, and 3 will reappear : 2ipe>/r, Spe/A. So rpix-os, 
TpLx-i, but '^pl^i Spt^iV. 

In the Imperative of the 1st Aor. Pass, the last aspirate is 
changed in the 2nd pers. sing. : e. g. ypd^j^r* (not ypd(f)rj^i) : Kpycf)- 

^TJTL (not ACpV(^37;3t). 

Irregular Substantives. 

9. ITT R. means root (from which the word is declined regU" 
larly), 

drfdoDV, (17), nightingale. G. drjdovs (for drjbovos). V. drjdou 

aXs, dXos (6), salt. PL usually ol aXey, wv, &c. 

oKcos (jy), threshing-floor: mostly after Attic 2nd Decl. (with ace. 

oXo)) ; aK(ovoSi fcc. later. 
ava^, dvaicT'OSi king. V. dva (but only when a god is invoked). 
'AttoXXo)!/, covos, Apollo. Ace. *A7roXXa). V. '^AttoWov. 
"Aprjs (Mars). G. '^Apecos : in the poets (for the sake of the metre), 

''Ap€os/^Ap€i/'Aprj 3.nd''Ap7]v. Y.'^Apcs. 
da-TTjp, star. Dat. pi. da-rpda-i, but not syncopated in other cases. 
ydXa (to), milk. R. ydXaKT. (Dat. pi. ydXa^i, Plat.) 
y€X-a>s, (OTos, &c. (6), laughter. Ace. yeXwra, and, in poets and 

Lucian, yeXo)!/. 
yovv (to), knee. R. yovaT. 
yvvrj, woman, wife. R. yvvaiK.^ V. yvvai. 
bevbpov, tree. Regular : but in D. pi. (usually) devdp€(n(v), 
dopv (to), spear. R. dopar. Thuc. has old D. dopl. 
eyx^Xvs (o), eel. G. -vos, &c. ; but in dual and pi. like tttjxvs. 

the exception of 77 (of which the first 7 = ng). Of the smooth mutes, 
TT and K are but seldom doubled (Vttttos, Aa/c/cos) : r frequently ; as are 
also (T and the liquids. 

* With accent on the ult. of G. and D. ywaiKSs, yvvaiKi, yvvaiKwv^ 
yvvai^i, yvvaiKotv (^sch. Chceph. 302), (fee, but yvyaiKu, ywouK^s. &c. 



9.] NOTES. 179 

etVo)!^, ovos (rj), image. G. cIkovs. Acc. cIkch (mostly Ion. and 

poet.). Acc. pi. cUovs (Observe the accent). 
Zevs, Jupiter. At-ds, Att, Am. V. Zev. [ZrjvoSi Zrjvi, Zrjva, poet.]. 
^p-(0Si (oos, hero. Acc. ^pcoa^ and also ^pco. In poets rS rjpco^ and 

ol, Tovs TJpcos (the last also Luc). 
edKrjs, Thales. BaXeo), QaKrj, QoXtjv. In later writers also GoXoiJ, 

and QdXrjToSi -rt, &c. 
Spi^ (i?), ^«i^- G- rpLX-os, &C. D. pi. ?ipL^L(v). [R. VX-] 
/captf (to), /ieo^:?. G. Kparos. D. K/aari and Kapa. A. ro Kapa, and 

(Trag.) TQV and ro Kpara. Acc. pi. rot's Kparas (Eur.). 
kKcIs (77), Zee?/. AcXetSds, xXetSt, KXetSa and Tnore commonly kKcIp. 

Plur. Kkeldes. Acc. /cXeiy, later Kkeldas. [Eur. /cX^^Sa, -Say from 

old Att. /cXj/y.] 
KVKcoDv (6), mess ; pori'idge. Acc. KVKea),for KVKeava. 
Kvcop, dog. R. Ki7i^. V. Kvot'. 
Xaa?, Xas (6), s/one. Xaos (in Soph. Xaov), Xat, Xaav and Xai/ (Xaa, 

Callim.). PI. XafS", Xawi/, Xaeo-o-ii/ and Xdecriv. 
Xina, prob. acc. from obsol. ro XiVa ; found with aXet^eti^, as flcc. 

cognatcc signijicationis. 
fidpTvSi witness. pAprvp-os, i. Acc. a and (Zess commonly) pidpTvv, 

D. pi. pdpT\j(n{v). [MdpTvp nom. JGol. and late.] 
yavff (^), s?i7/). The Attic forms are : i/ea>ff, j^t, mui/ | (i/ee ?), i/foii/ | 

VTi€s. v€(ov, vaval, vavs. [G. 1/7709, &c. Att. poets and later prose.] 
Oldinovs, (Edipus. Oldlnodos and OtStVou. D. OiSiTroSt. Acc. 

OiSiTToSa and OlbiTrovv. V. OlblTrov. 
opvis (6, 17), iirtZ, opi/l3os, &c. Acc. opvl^a, less commonly opvii'. 

PL reg. also (more poetical) opveis, oppecov. D. opvicn(v), only Acc. 

opi/eay, or opj/lf. [On the quantity of the t see Liddell and Scott.] 
ovs (to), ear. R. wr. [G. plur. cotcdv.] 

Uvv^ (17), the Pnyx. G. nuKj/-dff, &;c. with transposition of the con- 
sonants. 
noo-ei^coi/, Neptune. Acc. noo-ftSo). V. Hucreidou. 
(TKOip (to), filth. R. (TKaT. Hence G. o'/cards, &c. 
vb<ap (rd), water. R. vSar. 

X€ip (^), /iflrjf/. x^'po'f J ^^' ^^^^ ^- ^^ ^- ^"^^5 X^P^^^f ^^^' P^' X^P^*- 

;(eXlSa)i/ (17), Swallow. ;(6Xi5di/of, but D. jj^eXiSoi. 

vtdy, 5071. G. vioO, reg., hut also the following cases from vlevsi 
vuos, vlcl. Du. vt€f, vUoiv. PI. i^ieif, vU(m>i/, vUcri(p), vlcls* 
Thucydides, Plato, and the orators prefer these forms. 



180 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [10, 11. 

On the place of av, 

10. As av represents the predicate as conditional, it ought properly 
to be joined with the predicate, e. g. Xeyot/xt aV, eXeyov av ; yet it 
commonly follows that member of a sentence which is to be made 
emphatic, e. g. koI ovk oXcl a(r;j^77/xoi/ ap (pavelar^ai to tov ScoKpa- 
Tovs TTpayfjia. Hence it is regularly joined to such words as modify 
the whole meaning of the sentence, viz. to negative verbs and inter- 
rogaiives : ovk av, ov§* av, ovttot av, ovbeiror av, &C. — tls av, tl av, 
TL S* av, TL drJT av, ttcos av, ivSys yap av, ap av, &C. ; — also to adverbs 
of place, time, manner, and other adverbs, which in various ways 
modify the expression contained in the predicate and define it more 
exactly : ivTav^a av, tot av, cIkotcos av, tVcay av, to-x av, pLoKia-T av, 
7)KL(TT av, padicos av, rjdecos civ, &C. ; to et, eTreibr), oTe. ottotc, 6s with Subj, 
(hence idv [rjv, av,~\ iiTeibdv, oTav, onoTav — os av^=quicunque ; si quis), 

Crasis.^ 

11. Both Crasis and Elision are marked, as the soft breathing is, 
by a comma over the syllable. 

When two words, one of which ends and the other begins with 
a vowel, come together, it often happens that these vowels are 
changed into one long vowel-sound. This union is called Crasis, 
and the sign of it CorOnis. The Coronis is placed above the vowel- 
sound formed by Crasis ; and when this is a diphthong, above the 
second vowel ; but it is omitted when the word begins with the 
vowel-sound formed by Crasis ; as : to ovofxa = Tovvop.a, to eiros = 
TovTTOs, TO. dyaSa = Taya'^d, 6 olvos =■ covos. 

When the combination foraied by crasis is a dissyllable or tro- 
cliaic word (""), some grammarians still retain the accent of the se- 
cond word ; others change the acute into the circumflex. Thus, 
when the second word is paroxytone, some write tovttos, ToKKa, 
Tapya (for to eivos, to. aXXa, tcl epya) : others, tovttos, TaXKa, Tapya. 
The change into the circumflex is founded on the authority of the 
best MSS. It is, however, against the principle, that in contractions 
the circumflex arises only when the first of the contracted syllables 
has the acute, the second the grave. 

If of the two vowel-sounds that are blended into one sound by 
Cr&sis, the latter is a diphthong that contains i, the t is written under 

* Kpaffis means a mixing or blending. Kopcavls, any thing curved ; 
hence, a little curved mark with the pen. 



12.] 



NOTES. 



181 



(i subscript) : it is not underwritten, when only the former is such 
a diphthong. Thus : koI eira = Kara ; but kol encLra = Karreira. 

Elision* consists in simply throwing away a short vowel at the 
end of a word before another beginning with a voivel. The sign of 
this is called Apostrophe ;* e. g. dno oUov = dir o'Ikov. 

If the elision causes a smooth mute to precede an aspirate, the 
smooth mute must be changed into the aspirate. Thus, not utt ov, 
but d(f)' ov ; not dvr a)v, but di/S' wv. — So in Crasis ; a smooth mute 
before an aspirated vowel is changed into the aspirate mute of the 
same organ : ra crepa = ^iarepa. 

Correlative Adjectives and Adverbs. 
12. Correlative words are those which express a mutual relation 
(correlation) to each other, and represent this relation by a corre- 
sponding form. 

(a) Adjective Correlatives. 



Interrogative. 


Indefinite. 


Demonstrative. 

t6(tos, -7;,t 'OV, 

so great, so 
much, tantus 
Too-osde.Toa-rjdc: 
Too-ovde 


Relat. and De- 
pend. Interrog. 


TTocroy, -77, 'OV ; 
how great ? 
how much ? 
quantus ? 


TToaos, -r), -ov, 
of some size 
or number, 
aliquantus 


o<Tos, -rj, 'Ov, and 
OTToo-os, -r), -ov,X 
quantus 






TOO-OVTOS, -aVTTJ. 
'0VT0(v) 




TTolos, 'd, 'Ov ; 
of what kind? 
qualis ? 


TToidf, -a, -ov, 
of some kind 


Tolos, 'd, -ov,\ 
of such a kind, 
talis 

TotdtrSf , rotaSe, 

TOLOvbc 
TOLOVTOS, -aVTTJ, 
-OVTo(v) 


oioy, -d, -ov, and 
oTToToff, -a, -ov, 
qualis 


nrfkUosrV'^^y 
how great 1 

how old? 


wanting 


ttjXlkos, 'OV, so 

great, so old 

TTjXLKOsde, -)]§€, 

-di/Se 
Tr]XLKoiiTOSi-av- 

TT), -OVTo(v) 


r]\LKos, -Tj, -ov, 
and 

OTTT/XlKOff, -7;, -ov, 

how great, how 
old 



* El'isio (Lat.), a squeezing out. *Airo(Trpo<p'fi means a turning away. 

•f Except in the combinations toTos koI (?)) to7os • rSaos koI rScros* 
gjj.^ — T^fff^ (= qiio — eo, rare), and iK tSo-ov, these forms were super- 
seded by the compound forms : roi6sS€, &c. 

:j: The forms beginning with dir*- are regularly the dependent inter- 
rogatives. 



182 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 
(b) Adverbial Correlatives. 



[13. 



Interrogative. 


Indefinite. 


Demon- 
strative. 


Relative. 


Dependent 
Interrog. 


TTov; where? 


TTOV, some- 


wanting [eV- 


ov, where, 


07T0V, where ^ 


ubi? 


where, ali- 
cubi 


de, here : e/cet, 
there] 


ubi 


ubi 


it6^€v ; whence'l 


TTo^ev.from 


wanting [iv- 


6^€v, whence. 


OTTO^eV, 


unde? 


someplace.^ 


SeVSc, €VT€V- 


unde 


whencejUii" 




alicunde 


^€u, hence: i- 
Kel'^ev, thence] 




de 


TToi; whither! 


TTot, to some 


wanting [e- 


ot, whither, 


oTTot, whi- 


quo? 


place, ali- 
quo 


K€l(T€, thither: 
sts. ivrav'^a, 
eVSaSe = 
hither] 


quo 


ther, quo 


TToVe ; when ? 


TTore, some- 


T6T€,then,tum 


ore, when. 


oTroTCjWhen, 


quando ? 


time, ali- 
quando 




quum 


quando 


TrrjvUa ; quo 


wanting 


TTjVL' 


hoc 


TjuLKa, when. 


OTrrjVLKa, 


temporis pun- 




Kade 


[ipso 


quo ipso 


when, quo 


cto ? quot^ 




TTJVl- 


tem- 


tempore 


ipso tem- 


hora? 




Kavra j 


pore 




pore 


TTCOff,* how? 


TTcoff, some 
how 


ovTco(s), code, 
so 


o)s, how 


OTTO)?, how 


Trrj ; whither ? 


ITT], to some 


Trjbe ) hither 
TavTTj \ or here 


fi, where. 


OTTT), where f 


[also where ?] 


place, some 


whither 


whither. 


how ? 


how 









Irregular Comparison. 

13. These comparatives and superlatives really belong to some 
obsolete positive, but are conveniently arranged under some extant 
positive with which they agree in meaning. 

Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 



1. ayd!^6s, good 



2. KttKos, had 



( afxeivcov, neut. afxeivov 
I ^eXrlcov 

\ Kp€L(T(rCOV, Att. KpCLT- 



rcoi/* 



^ apKTTOS' 

j^eXria-TOS' 
Kparia-TOS' 



[^XacOV (for \(OL(OP) I^XcOOTOS'. 

C KaKlWV ^ KaKLdTOS. 

f ^cro-cov, Att. J7rrG)i/* (inferior). 



* The forms in -a-crcoj/ occur in the earlier Attic writers. 



13.] 



NOTES. 



183 



3. KaXos, beautiful koKXIcov 

4. akycLvoSi painful \ ^ 75^^*^^^po^ 
fjuiKporepos 



5. fuiKpos, long 

6. fiiKpos, small 

7. oXiyos, little 

8. fieyas, great 

9. TToXt;?, much 

10. /aadtoy, easy 

11. TreVo)!/. ripe 

12. 7rL0)v,fat 



\ 



fjLLKporepos , 

iXdo'O'coVi Att. eXarro)!^* 

p,€L^(DV 

ttXclcou or TrXecoi/ 

TTCITaLTepOS 
TTLOTCpOS 



KaWicrros. 
oXyeLVoraTOs. 

okyLCTTOS. 

pLaKpoTaros and /xi]^*- 
fjLiKpoTaros. [OTOS. 

eXa;(iaToy. 

oXtyiOToy. 

/ieytcrros-. 

TrXelcrros'. 

paoTos*. 

7r67ratVaroy. 

TTioraros'. 



* The form in -trcrwj/ occurs in the earlier Attic writers. 



PARADIGMS. 



O" For the convenience of the pupil and for easy reference, the 
various Paradigms given at intervals (as well as the others required 
for use) are here collected together. 

1. The Article. 

• Dual. 

m. f. n, 

N. A. TO) [to] TO) 

G. D. Toiv [tolv] Tolv 

a) In the dual the feminine is more commonly rco, toTz/, than ra, 
TOLV. Ta (sisfem. dual) is very uncommon. 

2. Terminations of the Three Declensions. 

I. IL III. 





Singular. 






Plural. 






m. 


/. 


n. 




m. f. 


n. 


N. 


o 




TO 


N. 


OL at 


TO. 


G. 


TOV 


Trjs 


TOV 


G. 


TCOV TCOU 


TCOV 


D. 


T(3 


T.7 


T(3 


D. 


Tols TOLS 


Tols 


A. 


TOV 


Tr)V 


TO 


A. 


TOVS Tas 


Ta 



Sing. 
Nom. 

Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace. 
Voc. 

Plur. 
N. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

Dual. 
N.A.V. 
G. D. 




T]s or as 




ov 



rj or a 

rjv or av 

T] or a 



at 

a>v (circumflexed) 

ais 

as 

a 

CUV 



n. 




m.f. 




OS, neut. 


ov 


ov 




9 




ov, neut. 


ov 


e, neut. 


ov 


ot, neut. 


a 


0)1/ 




OlS 




ovr, neut. 


a 


o> 




OIV 





various 



OS ((os) 

I 

a or V ^ 



neut. as 
nom. 

neut. a 



as, 

(OV 

o-iv or (Tt 

as, neut. a 

€ 

oiv 



In the second declension, and in mascuhne nouns of theirs/, the 
original termination of the gen. sing, was o (the final letter of the 
roots being a, o, respectively) ; a-o and o-o being contracted into ov. 
The termination of the dative singular is i in all the declensions, but 
in the first two it is subscript. 

In the formation of the dative plural the T-sounds and v are 
rejected : and 



avTai 
become do-t 



€VTCn 



OVT(Tl 
OVCTL 



VVTO-l 

vai. 



186 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[3, 4, 5, 



Sing. Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc; 
N.A.V 



Plur. 



Dual. 



G. D. 



First Declension 

Muse. 
Mou(7a 

Movdrj 

M.ova-av 

Mouora 

Movdai 

Movcrcov 

Mov(rat^ 

Movcras 

MovcraL 

Movo-d 

Mov(raLV 



Sing. N. 
^ G. 



3 

victory, attempt. 

VLKTj Trelpa 

VLKTjs Trelpas 

VLKTJ Tret pa 

VLKijv Treipav 

VLKTJ TvfLpa 

vlKai irelpaL 

VLKCOV 7r€Lpci)V 

VLKaLS neipaLs 

VLKas "^elpas 

vlKai Trelpat 

VLKO. ireipd 

VLKaiv Treipaiv 

4. Second Declension. 

island. 
vrj(ros 



citizen, young man. 
ttoXltijs (?) veavids 

TToKlrov veavlov 

TToXirrj veavia 

ttoKlttjv veavlaV 

TToXira veavLd 

TToXlrai veaviai 

TToKLTOiV veaPLtDV 

TToXiraLs vcavlais 

TToXiras veavlas 

TToXTrat vcavlai 

ttoXltS' veavid 

TToXiraiv veavlaiv 



Plur. 



D. 
A. 
V. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 
Dual. N.A.V. 
G. D. 



word. 

Xoyos 

Xoyov 

Xoyco 

Xoyov 

X6y€ 

Xoyoi 

Xoyoav 

XoyoLs 

Xoyovs 

XoyoL 

Xoyo) 

Xoyoiv 



vr)(TOV 

VTjOrCO 

v-qcrov 
vrjo-e 
VTJaoi 
VTjacov 

VT](T0LS 

vr](rovs 
vr]oroi 
vr)(T(0 
vrjo-oiv 

The Vocative of words in os sometimes ends in as ; as 
and « (f)LXos ; always a> Seoy. 

5. {Adjectives in 09.) 



way. 

ohos 

ohov 

odS 

odov 

ode 

680L 

Gd(OV 

6do7s 

obovs 

odoL 

odo) 

odolv 



garment. 
l/jLartov 
Ijiariov 
Iparloj} 

IjiaTLOV 
IjiaTLOV 

Ifxarca 

IfiaTLCOV 
IjiaTLOLS 
IjlOTLa 

Ljidria, 

IjiarloLV 

a) <^/Xe 



Sing. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 

Plur. 
Nom. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

Dual. 
N. A. V. 
G. D. 



m. 
dyaSoy 
dya^ov 
dya^ii^ 
dya'^ov 
dya^€ 

dya^oL 

dya?ia)V 

dya^ols 



(good.) 

dya^irj 

dya?ir]s 

dya^fj 

dya'^rjv 

dya'^rj 

dya^iai 
dyaSwi/ 
dya^OLS 



dya'^ovs dya'^ds 



n. 
dya^iou 
dyaSoO 
dya^^ 
dyaSo'i/ 
dya'^ov 

dya?id 
dya'^cDV 
dya'^ols 
dyaSd 



dya^ft) dya^jd dyaSco 
dya^iolv dya^aiv dya?iolu 



(hateful, hostile.) 



m. 

ix^pos 
i-Xppov 

ex'^pov 

ix^pi 

ix^poL 

ix^p^v 

ex^pols 



ixppa 
ix'^pds 
ix'^pa, 
ix'^pdv 

ix^pd 

ix^pal 
ixppoav 
ix'^poLS 



ix^povs ex^pds 
ix^polv ix'^palp 



n. 

ix^pov 
ix^pov 

ix^pj 

iXr^pov 
ix^pov 

ix^poav 
ex^pois 
ix^pd. 

ix^poLV 



6, 7, 8.] 



PARADIGMS. 



187 



6. Contraction of tlie Second Declension. 



S. 



D 



N. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

V. 

N. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

V. 

N. A. V 

G. D. 



{a) 
voyage. 
ttXoos =7rXoos 
ttXoO 



ttKco 

ttKovv 

ttKov 

ttXol 

ttXooi/ 

ttKols 

ttKovs 

ttXoI 

ttXco 

ttXolv 



voyage round. 
nepiirkoos = nepiTrXovs 
TreptVXov 
TreptTrXo) 
TrepiTrXovv 
TrepiVXou 
TrepiTrXot 
TreptTT-Xo)!/ 
7r€ pLTrXoLS 
TTfpiTrXouff 
TreptTrXot 
TreptTrXo) 
TTcpinXoLV 



(c) 
bone. 

6(TT€0U = OCTTOVV* 
OCTTOV 

oa-ra 

6(TT0VV 

oarrovv 
6(TTa 

OCTTCdV 
OOTols 
OiJTCL 

oara 
otrro) 
octtoIp 



7, Adjectives in (eo9, 009 =) of 9 



(a) 






P. 



D. 



XpVCTOVS 

Xpvaov 
^^pvero) 
Xpv(Tovv 
Xpvaol 



Xpvo-V 
Xpvo-^J 

xpyo-n 

Xpv(T^v 
Xpyo'cil 



Xpycrovv 
Xpvcrov 

XpvcT^^ 

Xpvcrovv 

Xpvcra 



Xpvo-o^v (m.f. n.) 
Xpva-ols xP^^"''^ xP^^Z''^ 
Xpvcroijs XP^^"^ xP^^^ 
Xpvaa xP^^^^ XP^^^„ 
Xpvarolv XP^^"^^ xP^^^^^ 
(The fern, ea^a, when a vowel or p precedes : {dpyvp€os=) 



^ anKo-os dnXo-rj 

( dnXovs airXr] 

dnXov dnXris 

dnXS dnXfj 

dnXovv dTrKrjv 

dnXol dnXoL 
dnXcov (m.f, n.) 

dirKols dTrXals 

drrXovs dTrkds 

dirXciy drrXa 
dTrXoiv aTrkalv 



drrKo-ov 

dnXovv 

aTrXov 

drrXw 

dnXovv 

dnXd 



aTrXoTff 
ttTrXa 
ottXcS 
dirkolv 



apyvpovs, dpyvpd, dpyvpovi^.) 



Lesson 18.] 

Sing. N. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

V. 

N. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

V. 
Dual. N. A. 
G. D. 



PL 



8. Attic 

(a) 
people. 
6 Xecoff 
Xeci) 

XfO) 

Xed)S 
Xfwi/ 

XfO)? 

Xccoff 
Xeo) 
V. XfO) 
Xeoii' 



{Seco7id) Declension. 

(b) 

rope. 

f] KoKcos 

KoXo) 

KoXcp 

KtiXcat' 

AcaXo)? 

K«X(y 

KaXo)!/ 

K(iX(w? 

KfiXcoff 

KaXa> 

KuXo) 

KciXa)!/ 



(c) 
dining-roont. 

TO di/coyeo)!/ 
di/coyfo) 
dvGiy€(0 
dv(j)y€(OP 
avcoycoav 
di/coyeo) 
di/coyeooi' 
dv(i)y€(os 
dvcoy€(i) 
di/coyeo) 
dvwyfo) 
di/cay€(jpi/ 



188 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 

9. Adjective in €a>s (^./), ecov {n). 
Sing. piur. 

m.f, 

iXfo) 

iXeojv 

tXecoff 

Dual. 



[9, 10. 



n. 

iXeco 
iXecp 
tXeoyv 
tXeayv 
N. A. V. IXeco 



tXeft) 

'iXecov 

tXews 

TXecos 

iXeo) 

G. D. tXeo)i/ 



10. Third Declension 
Sing. 



6 (raven) 
N. Kopa^ 
G. KopaKos 

KOpaKL 

KopaKa 



D. 
A 



Plur. 



V. Kd/)a^ 



N. 
G. 



KopaKcs 

KOpaKCOV 



Dual. 
N.A. 
G.D. 



D. K6pa^i(vY 
A. KopaKas 
V. KopaKcs 

V. KopaKC 

KOpCLKOLP 
* = KSpaK-CL^v). 

Sing. 6 (animal) 

N. StJp 

G. ?ir]p6s 

D. 2f7;/)t 

A. 3^pa 

V. % 
Plur. 

N. ^T^pey 

G. ?ir)pQ)P 

D. '^■qp(ri(v) 

A. '^rjpas 

V. Sijpeff 
Dual. 

N. A.V. S^pe 
G. D. ^Tjpoiv 



Roots, KopaK, Traid, Slo), Trpay/xar, Siyp, 
aicoz/j daLfiov, XeovT, yiyavr 
6, 17 (child) 6 (jackal) to (thing) 



nais 

TraMs 

iraibi 

Tralda 

TTol 

Traibcs 
7raid(av 
7rai(TL(v)^ 
7ra7das 

Traldc 
TraidoLV 



Sq)os 

Scot" 

3coa 

So) 0)1/ 
Scoe 



b = 'jraid-o'iu. 



TTpayfxa 

TTpdyparos 

Trpdyixari 

TTpaypa 

TTpayfxa 

TTpdyfxara 

TTpayixdrcov 

TTpdypa(ri(vy 

TTpdyixara 

TrpdyfJLara 

Trpdyfiare 
TTpayfidroiu, 

= irpdyiJLaT-a'iv. 



6 (age) 

aloov 

alayvos 

alavi 

alcova 

alcov 



6, T), (divinity) 6 (lion) 
8aLfi(ov Xecov 

daipovos Xeovros 

daipovL XeovTL 

balpova Xeovra 

balpov Xiov 



6 (giant) 

ytyds 

ylyavTos 

ylyavTL 

yiyavra 

ylyav 



alcoves 
alcov(ov 



daip,ov€s 
daipovcdv 
aio)(rt(z/)** daipoo-i(p)^ 
alcjvas dalpopas 
alci)V€s daip,ov€s 

alave dalpovc 
aiojvoiv baipovoiv 

e = daiiJLOp-a'i(v). 



Xiovres ylyaPTcs 
XeoPTcop yiydvToap 
Xeov(TL(py yLyd(TL(p)f^ 
XeopTas ylyaPTas 
XeoPTes yiyaPTCs 

XeoPTc yiyavre 
XeoPTOLP ylyaPTOLP 

f = \4opr-(ri(p). 



11—15.] 



PARADIGMS. 



189 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



N.V. 



G. 
D. 



N.A. 
G.D. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

N.V, 
G. 
D. 
A. 

N.A 
G.D 



11. 

(Root evbaLiJLOv.) 
m. f. n. 

cvdaifxovos 

€v8aifM0VL 

cxjdal^oua evdai^ov 

evdalfibves evdaifiova 

evbaifiovcov 
€vbaifJiO(Ti{v) 

eldaliiovas cvdalfiova 



Comparative in cdv* 
12. 



Singular. 

m, f. 



^ei^ovos 

fJL€L^OVl 

fiei^ova or /xeifo) 



n. 



ficl^ov 



Plural. 

S fl€L^OV€S 



^ fjLCL^ovas 



Dual. 



V. €ijbaLfjLov€ ^ I 

cvdatfjLovoLU I 

13. 

(Root /xeXai/.) Singular. 

fieXavos fieXalvrjs ^eXavos x^^pUvros 

fjLeXavL fJLcXaivT) fieXavi ^apUvrt 

fieXai/a p^eXaLvap fxeXav ;(apiei/ra 

fxeXas fjLeXmva fieXav \apUv 



S ficiCova 

fiei^ovcop 
p.€Llo(n(v) 

\ p,el(ova 

14. 

(Root ;(apie2Ar.) 

Xap^€o-(Ta ;(ap/ej' 

XapL€(T(rrjs x^P'-^^'^^^ 

XCLpL€(Tcr]] ;(api6j/Tt 

Xapi€(T(rav ;(apt€i/ 

Xapl^a-aa ;(api6y 



Plural. 



, fiiXavcs p^iXaLvat peXava 
peXdvcov piXaLvoav peXdvoav 
peXacniv) pcXaiums p€Xacn(v) 
peXavas peXaivas peXava 



Y.pLeXavc peXalvd peXave 
, yiiXdvoiv p.€Xaivaiv p.€Xdvoiv 



XO.pi€VT€S X^P''^^^^'' X^P''^^^^ 

XapUvTcov ;!^apt€(r(ra)z/ ;^apteWa)j/ 
;^apieGrt(v)*;(apteo-orats;(apie(rt(i') 
XapUvras x"-?*'^^^^^ x^P*'^*^" 
Dual. 

XCLpUvTC x^P''^^^^ x^P^^^^^ 
XaptevToiv x^P*-^^^^^^ x^P'^'^o*^ 



Singular. 



15. 
(Root navT.) 



Plural. 



N.V. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



nas Traaa nav 

navTos Trdarjs iravros 

nairri ndar] iravri 

Trdvra nda-av ndu 

Dual. N.A.V. Trdirre 
G.D. nduTOLv 



7ravT€s Traa-QL iravra 

7rdvT(DV Traacop iravroiv 

Tvdcniy) TrdaaLS 7rao-t(j/) 

Trdirras ndcras Trdvra 



IT OCT a 

Tvdcraiv 



navre 
irdvTOLV 



* Obs. dat. x^'^^^h ^^^ x^P**^^*' 



190 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[16—19. 



16. Participle of Pres. 



Sing. 



Plural. 



Dual. 



Sing. 



N.V. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

N.V. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

N.A.V. 

G.D. 



XcLTTOVTOS 
\cLTrOVTL 

XcLTTOvra 

XcLTTOVTCS 
XeiTTOVTCOV 

\€L7rov(n(v) 
XciTTovras 

\CL7T0VT6 
XeiTTOVTOlV 



N.V. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

Plural. N.V. 
G. 



17. Participle of Aor. 

XeiyjravTOS 

\eL\jravTi 

Xci'^avTa 



Dual. 



D. 
A. 

N.A.V. 
G.D. 



18. 

N. 7ro\vs 

TToXXoO 
TToXXo) 
TT0\vV 
TToXv 



(a) 



\€L\j/'aur€s 
Xeiyj/dvTcov 
X€L\j/da-c(v) 
Xei'^avras 

X€L\j/aVT€ 

XeiyJAavTOLV 
Sinfif. 



G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



TToXv 

TToXXoV 

TToXXS 

TToXv 

TToXv 



N. 
G. 



TToXXoL 

7roXXa>v 



TToXXd 

7roXXci)V 



etc 
19. 



Sing. 



N. I 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 
Plural. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

N.A.V. 
G.D. 



Dual. 



ttoXXt) 
TToXXrjS 

TToXXfj 

TToXXrjv 
TToXXr] 

Plural. 
TToXXal 
7roXXci)u 
regular. 

(a) 
father. 
TraTrjp 
narpos 
narpL 
narepa 
Trdrep 
7raT€p€s 
Trarepcov 
7raTpd<Ti(y) 
narepas 
7raT€p€s 
Trarepe 
Trarepoiv 



Act. (Root 

XeiiTova-a 

X€L7T0V(TTJS 

XeLTTOVo-rj 

XeLTTova-ap 

Xeinovo-at 

XcLTTOvcraiv 

XeLTTova-ais 

XcLnovo'as 

XcLTTovcra 

XeiTTOvaaLV 



XeiTTOVT.) 
XcIttov 

XeLTTOVTOS 
XcLTTOVTt 

XeliTov 
XcLTTOvra 

XcLTTOVTCOV 

X€L7rov(ri(v) 

XeLTTOvra 

XeiTTOPTe 

XeiTTOVTOLP 



Act 

Xciyf/'dcra 

XcL'^dcrrjs 

XeL^dcTTj 

Xclyfraa-av 

Xeiyj/'aarat 

X€Lyj/a(Ta)P 

XcLyfrdcrms 

XeLyjrdcras 

Xeiyjrdcra 

Xec^dcraLV 



(Root XeuYavT,) 

XclyJAap 



XciyjraPTOS 

XciyjraPTi 

Xclyjrap 

Xeiyj/'avTa 

Xef^dpTdiP 

X€iy\rd(Ti{p) 

XcL-^avra 

XeLyjravre 

Xec^dpTOLP 



fjLcyas 

peydXov 

peydXco 

fxeyap 

fxeya 

fxeydXoL 
fieydXcop 



(b) 
mother. 

flTJTpOS 

firjrpL 

pr)T€pa 

fx^rep 

fJLTjrepcs 

prjrepcop 

IJLr}Tpdcn(p) 

fjLrjTcpas 

fJLT]Tep€S 

fJLr)T€p€ 

fXr)T€pOlP 



(6) Sing. 
p,€yd}<T} 
fxcydXrjs 
fi€ydXr] 
fjLcydXrjp 
fxeydXrj 
Plural. 
fxeydXai, 
p,eydXcop 

etc 

(c) 

daughter. 

?ivydTT]p i 

^vyarpos 

^ivyarpl 

^vyarepa 

^ivyarep 

^vyaripes 

^vyaT6p(0P 

^vyaTpd(Ti{p) 

^vyarepas 

'^vyarepes 

'^vyarepe 

"^vyarepoLP 



fjieya 

pcydXov 

/ieyaXo) 

fjLcya 

likya 

/xeyaXa 
p^yaKoap 
regular. 

man. 
6 dvr]p 
dv-d-p6s 
dp-h'pi 
ap-d'pa 
apep 
aP'b-pes 
dp-d-pa>p 
dv'd'pd(TL(p) 
av-8-pas 
av-d-pes 
civ 



OP- 



-pe^ 
-poip 



20—25 


2.J 


PARADIGMS. 

20. 


1 




Sing. N. 


TO Kepas TO Kpeas 




G. 


K€pdT-OS, Kepcos 


Kpecos 




D. 


KepaT'i, K€pa 


Kpea 




A. 


Kepas 


Kpeas 




Plural. N. 


Kepar-a, Kepd 


Kped 




G. 


Kepar-cov, Kepcov 


Kpecou 




D. 


K(:pa-o-i{v) 


Kpea-a-i{y) 




A. 


K€paT-a, K€pd 


Kped 




Dual. N.A.V. Kepar-e, K€pd (?) 


Kped 




G.D. 


K€paT-OLV, K€pCOV (?) 

21. 

Singular. 


Kpe^v 






trireme. 


wall. 


N. 


c 

V 


TpirjpT}s TO Telxos 


G. 


(TpLr]p€Os) 


TpL7]pOVS (t€LX€0s) 


Teixovs 


D. 


(rpLJpet) 


TpL^pei (rei'xe'O 


Teixei 


A. 


(jpiijpea) 


TpLTjprj 


Te^xos 


V. 




TpiTJpES 

Plural. 


Telxos 


N. 


(rpi^pees) 


TpLTjpeis (tclx^o) 


TelxT) 


G. 


(rpLTjpecov) 


TpLT]pCL>V (t€LX€COv) 


Teixcov 


D. 




TpU]p€(TL{y) 


Teix^(TL(v) 


A. 


(rpL^peas) 


TpLTjpeLS (T€Lxea) 


TeixT] 


V. 


(rpL^pces) 


TpLTJpetS (T€LX€a) 

Dual. 


Teixrj 


N.A.V. 


(TpL^pee) 


Tpiyrj (retx^e) 


Telxv^ 


G.D. 


(rpLrjpeoLv) 


TpLT]pOLU (t€LX^0LI/) 

22. Adjective in t]^. 


Teixoiv 






m.f.^ 


72. 


Sing. 


N. 


o-a(f)r)s 


aacpes 




G. 


((Ta(f)€-os) aacpovs 






D. 


(aa(t)€-L) (Taipei 






A. ((Ta(l)e-a) 


cratpri 


(Tacpes 




V. 


cra(f)€s 


(Ta(Pes 


Plural. 


N. (aracjie-es) 


cra0eTs 


((Ta(Pe-a) cracprj 




G. 


(^cracPe-cop) cracPcop 






D. 


cracPeo-L 


(") 




A. ((Ta(f)€-as) 


(ra0eTs 


(aacPe-a) cracprj 




V. ((Ta(j)€'€s) 


aacpels 


(o-acpe-a) (racpTj 


Dual. 


N.A.V. 


(Ta(p€-€ o-a(prj 






G.D. 


(ra(p€-OLV aacpolv 





191 



[Cr Compound paroxyiones in 77? remain paroxy tones in the con- 
tracted Gen. pi. ; as : crwrj^icovy avTcipK(ou (fr. avvrj^rjs, avTapKT)s). 



192 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[23—29. 



23. 

Sing. Plur. 

city, town. 
N. TToXls {rj) TToXets 

G. TToXecOS 7r6\€(x)V 

D. TToXet 7rdXfcrt(j/) 

A. TToXlv TToXcLS 

V. 7rdX6 TToXcLS 

Dual. N.A.V. TToXee (ttoXj]) 

G.D. TToXcOlV 



24. 




25. 


Sing. 


Plur. 


Sing. 


Plur. 


fore-arm ; cubit. 




city. 


TT^X^S (6) 


Trrjx^LS 


aoTTV (to) ao-TTj 


7rr]X€0i>S 


7rr]x€cov 


a(TT€OS 


a(TT€(OV 


Trrjxci 


7Tr]x^(Ti(y) 


acTTei 


a(TT€(Tl(y) 


TT^X^U 


Trljx^ii 


aCTTV 


aCTTT) 


TT^X^ 


TrTjx^Ls 


aCTTV 


aCTTTJ 



^ Dual of TTTjxvs and 
( aa-Tv not found. 



26. 



(Adjectives in vs are contracted in some forms.) 
Singular. Plural. 

m. f, n. m, f. n, 

N. yXvKvs yXvKela yXvKv yXvKcls yXvKclai yXvKea 

G. yXvKcos yXvK€ia9 yXvKcos yXvKecov yXvKetayv yXvK€<ov 



D. yXvKcl yXvK€ia yXvKel 



yXvK€(n{y) yXvKclaLs yXvK€a-L(y) 



A. 


yXvKvv yX 


vK€iav yXvKv yXu/cety 


yXvKCLds yXvKea 


V. 


yXvKv yXvKela yXvKv yXvKels 


yXvKelaL yXvKea 




Dual. N.A.V. yXvKce yXvKeia 


yXvKce 




G. yXvK€OLV yXvK€L€LV yXvKcoiv 




27. 
Singular. Plural. 


Dual. 




a king. 




N. 


o jSaariXcvs 


N. /3ao-tXa9 (old Att. Pa(TLX?js) 


N.A.V. ^aaiXee 


G. 


^acTLXecos 


G. f^ao-iXeoav 




G.D. (BaaiXioiu 


D. 


^aaiXel 


D. ^a(TiX€V(n(y) 






A. 


^acriX^d 


A. ^acnXeas (^aa-iXels) 






V. 


^acriXcv 


V. /Sao-tXelff 








28. 






Singular. Plural. 


Dual. 




N. Ix'^v, 


N. Ix'^ves 






G. Ix^vos 


G. Ix'^vcov 




D. Ix'^vi 


D. Ix^va-LV 


G.D. Ix^voiv 




A. Ix'^vu 


A. Ix^vs 






V. lx^{, 


V. Ix^ves 






29. 






Singular. 


Plural. 


N. 


^ovs ypavs 


/3o'6S [^OVS 


] ypaes [ypavs] 


G. 


^OQs ypaos 


^oa>v 


ypaa)P 


D. 


/3ot ypat 


^ovdlv 


y paver IV 


A. 


l3ovv ypavv 


\fi6ai\ ^ovs 


[ypaas^ ypavs 


V. 


[^oO] ypav 


^oes l^ovi 


ypdes [ypavs\ 




] 


Dua 


1. ]> 


^.A.V. ^6e. G 


LD. ^0 


oiv. 



30—34.] 



PARADIGMS. 



193 



30. 
Sing. N. o. 17 TTopTts, calf. 



Plur. 



G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

Dual. N. A. 
G.D. 



32. 

6, T) ois, sheep. 



TTOpTL-OS 
TTOpTL-L, TTOpTO 
TiOpTlV 

TToprt 

7r6pTl-€S, TTOpTlS 

TTOpTl-CDV 

7r6pTl-(TL(v) 

TTOpTL-as, TTopris 

7r6pTC'€£, TTOpTls 

V. TToprt-e 

TTOpTL-OiP 

Xenophon uses the Ionic forms 
and ois. — K. 



OLOS 

» / 
OIL 
•v.- 
OLV 

T 

OLS 

oUs 



31. 

eyx^^v^i eel 

iy)(eXv-'i 

ey^eXv 

iyx^Xei^ 

€yx(:X€-cov 

€yX^^^-cn(v) 

iyX^^^t'S 

iyx^Xas 

iyx^Xe-e 

iyX^X^'Oiv 

of ols, viz. otV, 6i€s, oto)!/, oias 



oI(tl(v) 



olas, rarer ois 
ohs 

0L€ 
oloLV 



33. Participle of Aor. \. Pass. (Root Xetc^'&ei/T.) 



m. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



N. \€L(j)^€Ls (oxytone) 

G. \€L(f)'^€VTOS 

Xet0SeVrt 
Xei(jf)3€Z/ra 

Xei^SeWojj/ 
Xet(5f)3ei(rt(i') 

A. X€L<p'^€UTaS 

V. \€L(p'^€VT€S 

Dual.N.A.V. \€L(t)'^€UT€ 

G. D. \€L(f)?i€VTOLV 



D. 
A. 
V. 

N. 
G. 
D. 



Xei03etcra 

\€L(f)'^€L(TTJ 

Xeti^Setcra 
XeKp'^elaaL 
Xei(jf)3eto-a)i/ 
Xetc^SetVat? 

\€LCf)?i€L(TdS 

Xet<^3el(jat 

\€L(f)?j€L(Td 
X€L(p'^€L(TaLV 



n. 

X€LCJ)'^€V 

Xei<jf)Sei/ros' 

X€L(j)^€VTL 

X€L(f)'^€V 

Xei036V 

XeKp'^evra 
XeKp^ePTcov 
X€L(p'^eLcn(v) 
XeKpi'^ivra 

X€L(p^€VTa 

Xei^SeWe 
XcKp'^evTOip 



34. Participle of Aor. 2. -4c^. (Root Xlttovt.) 

m. /. n. 

N. XtTTo)!/ (oxytone) Xmovcra Xlttop 

G. XiTTovroff XLTTOva-rjs Xittovtos 

D. XlTTOI/rt XilTOlXrrj XlTVOVTl 

A. XtTToi/ra XtTTOvoraj/ XtTroz/ 

V. Xi7ra)V XtTToOcra XtTTov 

N. XtTTOI/Tf? Xt7roi}(7at XtTTwra 

G. XlTTOI/TO)!/ XtTTOVCrCOl/ XtTTOlTa)!^ 

D. Xt7roi}(rt(i/) XiTTOvo-atf Xi7roi}(ri(i/) 

A. XtTTJi/ras" XiTrouo-ttf Xi7roz/ra 

V. XiTTOi/rer XtTToCcrat Xinovra 

Dual. N.A.V. XiTTOure XtTTovcrd Xlttovtc 

G.D. XiTTOi/roti/ XiTTOvcratz/ XiTroi/roty 

9 



Sing. 



Plur. 



194 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[35—40. 



35. Pi 


articiple of 


Perf. Act. (Roo 


t XeXfAcoT.) 




Sing. N 


. V. 


XeXvKcas 


XeXvKvIa 


XiKvKos 






G. 


XeXvKOTOS 


XeXvKvlas 


X^XVKOTOS 






D. 


XcXvKOTi 


XeXvKVLO. 


XcXvKOTL 






A. 


XcXvKora 


XfXvKv^ap 


XikVKOS 




Plural. N 


. V. 


XeXvKores 


XeXvKvtai 


XcXvKOTa 






G. 


XeXvKOTCOV 


XcXvKVLoyv 


XiXvKOToav 






D. 


XeXvKoa-L^v) 


XcXvKviais 


X^XvKoa-Liy) 






A. 


XcXvKOTCS 


XcXvKvias 


XcXvicora 




Dual.N.A.V. 


XeXvKOTC 


XeXvKvia 


XeXvKOTe 




G.E 


), 


XeXvKOTOLV 


XeXvKviacv 


XeXvKOTOiv 






36. 


Declension 


of the first four numerals. 




N. 1 €h, 1 


Ltia, 61/ 


3 Tp€7s, Tpia 


Tecrcrapes or 


T€T' 


G. 1 ivos 


/xtay 


, €VOS 


3 rpLcov 


Tapes. — Ai)o 


may 


D. 1 ivl, J 


ixta, eVi 


3 TpL(TL(v) 


also be used as in- 


A. 1 em, 


/xtai/, 




3 Tpeis^ Tpia 


declinable for 


any 










> case. — dvco is found 


N. 2 dvo 






4 Tearaapcs, a 


(when the verse re- 


G. 2 SvoTi/ (i;e?'2/ seZ^. dvclv) 


4 T€(Tcrdp(ov 


quires it) in 


non- 


D. 2 SvoTv (wn- 


■An. bva-i) 


4 T€o-(rap(Ti{y) 


Attic poets 


[not 


A. 2 duo 






4 Tecra-apaSi a j 


Pindar]. 






37 


. Tls; (interrog,) 3^ 


u Tiy (indef.). 








m./. 


n, m. f 


n. 




Sing. 


N 


tU 


1 \ 

TL TlS 


t\ ^ 






G. 


TlVOi 


TLVOS TLVOS 


TLVOS 






D 


TLVl 


TLVl TLVL 


TLVL 






A 


TLVa 


TL TLvd 


t\ 




Plur. 


N 


TLV6S 


TLVa TLves 


Tivd 






G. 


TLVCOV 


TLV(x)V TLVCOV 


TLVOiV 






D. 


TL(Tl(y) 


TL(Tl(v) TL(TL{y 


) TL(TL(y) 






A 


TLvas 


TLva TLvds 


TLvd 




Dual. 


N. A 


. TLV€ 


TLVe 








G. D 


. TLVOIV 


TLVOLV 







In sing. G. tov, and D. tS are also found ; enclitic when for 
Tivos* For neut. pi, tlvu (not for tlvo), aTTa (not enclit.) is also 
found in Attic. 



39. 



40. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



OVTIS 
OVTLVOS 
OVTlVt 
OVTLVa 



OVTL 



OVTl 



Singular. 






ovdels 


ovhepLLoi 


ovdev, no ont 


ovbevos 


ovdep^Las 


ovdevos 


ovdevL 


ovde/jLLq 


ovdcvL 


ovbeva 


ovdefilaj/ 


Qvbev 



41—45] 



PARADIGMS. 



195 



Plural. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



OVTLV€S 
OVTLVCOU 
OVTKTl 
OVTLVaS 



OVTLPa 



OVTLVa 



Though ovdeis, ^rjbels = not even onSy 
yet (like our ' none') they are some- 
times found in the ^Z., principally 
in nom. and ace, (less commonly 
gen, and dat) masc. ovd-eves (-ez/wv, 
-eo-Lv), -€vas. 

Just so firjbcLSi firjbejila, firjbev. 



Dual. 
N. ovTive 

G.N. OVTLVOIV 

'^AfjLCJxo (both') is declined like a dual : N. A. V. aiicjxo, G. &, D. dficjiolv. 



41. 


42. 




43. 




N. iya> 


o-u 




m 




G. e/xoO, fjLOv 


o-oO 




(o^) 




JJ. €flOL, fjLOL 


(Toi 




or 




A. €/x€, /[le 


0-e 




(0 . 




N. J7/xety 


vficls 




(T(l>€7s [neut. 


0'(f>€a] 


G. rjfxcjv 


VflOiV 




(r(j)Q}v 




D. TJ/XtZ/ 


vfiiv 




(t(I)l(tl(v) 




A. J7/zaff 


vfias 




(T(t)ds [neut. 


(r(l>€a] 


.A. [^'<wi], p<a 


[o-</)wt], 


(TCfxi) 


o-i^coe] 




• D. [i/ojti/], vcav 


[o-(^corj^] , 


(Tcfxap 


cr^cotV] 





Smg. 



Plural. 



Dual. 



44. 

The reflexive pronouns are : m. ifiavrov, f. ifiavrris, of myself; 
m. (TcavTov (or (rauroi)), f. aeavTris (or (ravr^s"), of thyself; m. n. 
iavTov (or avroO), f. cav-nj^ (or avr?}?), of himself, herself, itself 
The compound forms, jJ/ieTy (v/xely) avrot, are used for pi. of e/xau- 
ToC, cTfauroO. 



-01/ 



S. m. €^avT-ov -<o 

f. cfxavT-rjs -fj 

P. m. rjiJLels avTOL rjfjLcop avTcov 

f. rjficls avrai Tjficov avrcou 

S. m. n. eavT'Ov -(» -01/, n. 

I. €avT-ri9 'Ji -TjP 
P. m. n. iavT-cou -o7s 'Ovs, n 



0"€ai;r-(o'ai'r-)o{/ -g) -oV 

o-eai;r-(o-aur-)^s -^ -t^i/ 

vfxels avTOL vficov avrdiv &C. 
vyieli avrai v/jlcop avrcop Slc. 
-0 (or) airr-ov -w -oi/, n. -o 

(or) avr-rjs -fj -t)p 
a (or) avT'(bp -ois -ovs, n. a 
(or) avr-cop -als -as 



f. iavT'COP -als -as 
For _pZ. the compound forms are often used (with more emphasis). 

P. m. (T(f)cop avrcop, acfiLdLP avrols, (r(f)as avrovs 
f. a-(t)ci)P avTcop, (r(j>i(Tip avrals, acpas avrds 

45. 

The reciprocal pronoun expresses that each object does the action 
to the other or others. 

Plural. G. ak\r)\cDP, of each other Dual. dWrjXoLP aip oiv 

D. aXkrjkoLS 



ais 



OIS 



A. d\\r]\ovs as a 



dWrjXi 



CD. 



196 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[46—51. 



Demonstrative (or Pointing-out) Fronouns. 
this, 46. these. 



Sing. N. ode rjde rode 
G. Tovde rrjsde roi/de 
D. Ta8e TTJde rSde 
A. Tovde Tr}p8e rode 

Dual. N. A. Ta)Se 
G. D. roii/§e 



47. 



^?iis. 



Plur. N. o?S€ aide rdde 

G. Tci>vde Tcopde roivde 

D. roifSe raisSe roiV^e 

A. Tovsde rdsde rdde 

rdde rcade 

ralvde rolvde 

48. 

ipse (in the oblique cases, 
e^'us, ei, eum, &c.). 



Sing. 




N. 


OVTOS 


avTrj 


TOVTO 


avTos 


aVTTj 


avTO 






G. 


TOVTOV 


ravTTjs 


TOVTOV 


avTov 


aVTYjS 


avTov 






D. 


roi'TO) 


ravrrj 


TOVTCO 


ovtS 


aVTTJ 


avTCd 






A. 


TOVTOV 


TaVTTJV 


TOVTO 


avTov 


aVTTJV 


avTO 


Plur. 




N. 


OVTOl 


avTai 


TavTa 


avTol 


avTai 


avTd 






G. 


TOVTCOV 


TOVTCOV 


TOVTCOV 


avTcov 


avTcav 


aVTCdV 






D. 


TOVTOLS 


ravrais 


TOVTOLS 


avTols 


avTois 


avTols 






A. 


TOVTOVS 


Tavras 


TavTa 


avTovs 


avTds 


» / 
avTa 


Dual. 


N.A. 


TOVTiD 


Tavra 


TOVTCO 


avTCd 


avTd 


avTca 




G. 


D. 


TOVTOLV 


ravraiv 


TOVTOLV 


avTolv 


aVTCLLV 


avTolv 



Singulf 



49. 
Relative Pronouns. 
Plural 



Dual. 



lar. 
N. OS (qui) 17 
G. o^ 
D. J 
A. hv 

Often with -Trep added : oo-jrep, rjirep, oTrep, &c. 



<f 





OL 


rr 

at 


d 


&^ 


d^ 


&^ 


§J 


0^ 


COV 


hv 


hv 


olv 


ah 


olv 


§ 


T 


T 

OLS 


als 


T 

OLS 


olv 


aiv 


olv 


V" 


. 


ff 

ovs 


ds 


d 


tl 
0) 


d 


H 

0). 



60. 



Sing. 



Plural. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

N. 

G. a>vTLV(t)v (more rarely otcdv) 
D. oIstlo-l(v) (more rarely otols) 
A. ovsTLvas 



osTLs, who(ever) 

OVTLVOS or OTOV 

cpTLVL or oro) 

OVTLVa 

olTLves 



fJTLS 


6 TL [or 0, tl] 


ySTLVOS 


(as masc.) 


^TLVL 

rjvTLva 


(as masc.) 
OTL [or 0, rt] 


alTLves 


dTLva or drra 


aTsTLo-L(v) 


olsTLa'L(v) 


dsTLvas 


aTLva or arra 



Dual. N. A. coTLve, dTLve 



(alius) dWos 
(ille) cKelvos 



dWrj 
€K€ivrj 



G. D. oIvTLVOLV, aivTLVotv 

61. 

dWo ) quite regular except 
eKelvo ) neut. o. 



52, 53.] 



PARADIGMS. 



197 



52. 

TO(rovTos {quantus). 
Sing. 

N. TocovTOS Too-avTrj TO(rovTo(y) 
G. TOCTOVTOV TO(Tavrr]s toctovtov 
D. TocrovTco TocravTT] rocrovTcp 
A. TOdovTov ToaavTrji/ toctovto^v) 

Dual. 



TOLovTos (talis). 
Plur. 



TocrovTOL Tocravrai rocravTa 

TOdOVTCiiV ToarovTcov TOCrOVTCOV 

TO(rovTOL9 ToaravTais toctovtols 

ToaovTovs Toaavras Tocravra 



N.A. TOO-OVTd) 
G.D. TOOrOVTOLV 



Toaavra 
TocravTaiv 



TOCrOVTOD 

TO(TOVTOLV 



So TOLOVTOS^ TOLaVTT), TOLOVTo(v), 

rrjXtKOVTOS, rrjXiKavTr], ttj\lkovto(v). 

53. 

Terminations of the Tenses of a Verb in the first person sin- 
gular of the Indicative Mood. 
The names of the 'principal tenses are in capital letters. 
Active, Middle. Passive. 



Present, 
Imperfect, 

Perfect, 
Pluperfect, 
Future 1. 

Aor. 1 . < for liquid 

( verbs. 
Future 3. 



Ofiai 



\' 



ov 

Ka or d* fiat 

K€Lv or elv fxrju 

(TO) (TO flat ^r](TOiiai 

<ra o-dfXT] 



(TOfxat 
(rdfxrjv ) 

dfirjv ^ 



(none) 



afjLTjp 
(none) 



Tempora Secunda. 



Future 2.J 
Aorist 2. 
Perfect 2. 
Pluperfect 2. 



ov 
a 

€LV 



ovfJLai 
6fj,r}P 
(none) 
(none) 



^o/Ltatf 



fjcrofJLai, 
r)v 

(none) 
(none) 



with the strength- 
ened root (if the 
verb has one). 

root usually 
changed, by laws 
of euphony when 
termination is ap- 
pended. 

(with redupl. root). 

ffrom short root : 
the vowel-sound 
being lengthened 
in Perf. 2 and 
Pluj).. except in 
the case of o. 



* a, kiv belong to Mute Verbs whose characteristic is a P or a K 
sound. The rough breathing means that the characteristic (i. e. the 
final consonant of the root) is aspirated when the termination is ap- 
pended. 

t The Third Future is supplied in the Active Voice by ctro/xat (/ 
shall be) with the Perfect Participle, as nrvcpoos eo-oyuat. 

X The so-called 2nd Future is the regular Future o^ liquid verbs. 



198 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[54. 



64. Terminations of the Moods and Participles. 

[Cr The Greek language has five Moods : one Objective Mood ; 
the Indicative; and four Subjective Moods: (1) the Imperative; (2) 
the Subjunctive ; (3) the Optative ; (4) the Infinitive ; (Kr.) 

The Subjective Moods and the Participles are formed only from 
the Principal Tenses and the Aorists (not from the Imperfect and 
Pluperfect) : the Futures have no Imperative or Subjunctive. 

Terminations of the Subjective Moods and of the Participles for 
the Active— 



Imper. 


Subj. 


Opt. 


Infin. 


Part. Inf. Ptcp. 


e 

But Aor. 1. has 

ov 
Fut. 2. 


(0 
(0 


OLflL 

aifiL 

OLfJLL 


at 


^ in Aor. 2. elv, cbi/ > 
^^ I in Perf. eVat, q)s $ 

as 

COP 



Terminations of the Subjective Moods and of the Participles for 
Passive and Middle — 



Imper. 



ov 
But Aor. 1. Mid. 

ai 
Aor. 1.2. Pass. 

Perf. Pass. 

(TO 

Fut. 2. Mid. 



Subj. 



(OfxaL 
cofxai 



Opt. 



OLjJLTJV 
aljJLTjV 
CLTJV 

OLfirjV 



Infin. 



ca^aL 
aorSat 
rival 

^lo^^ai 



Part. 



6pL€vos (Inf. of Aor. 2. Mid. 
[eVSat). 
djievos 

cLs [rj'^t, becomes rjTi in 
[Aor.l]. 

fJL€VOS 

ovfiepos 



The Subj. and Optat. of the Peif. Pass, are for the most part 
supplied by its participle with a>, etrjv (the Subj. and Opt., respect- 
ively, of fhaiy to be). 



55,] 



PARADIGMS. 



199 



GQ 



03 












-3 
i- 









o 



^ g 

^ o 

o s 















2- - 

O 









s ^ ^ 

I I I 

in s\ ^ "si, z" 

;:i p ;i 5 vt. 

I- t- t- I- l- 



^ 5? ^ o» 



I- 



^ «j »j 

b ^ di SI 

;« a b ^ b 

-S^cc- b § -^ 

■e--S- b fe g 

;:3 ;i ;i ;i vw 

h l> h I- l< 



b.B' o ^ o 
s=" *^ b ^S"-^ 

en (51 c- VI, C 

-e--e> fe b ^ 

p p g p u, 



I- I- 



I- I- 



^< ^3 ^ -O- 



'S 5 b a 
-?> -p ?^ s> 






3 



I 


a •< 2 




<3 


s 


^s ^p 




Tii 


h 


t- I. 




\r 



<3 


S 


i 


^ 




^^ 



< 



O -3 



O 3 



f2 






I- 1 h 







3 



l- 


•A 






c- 


S\ "^ 


^ 


R- 




-1- 


^s> 


^ii 




^;i 


I- 


I- 




h 



o 












a< ^ P^ O. P«H < fo < fe 











-J 

c 

a. 

o 


5^ 


.1- 

c 


f 


h 


-\U 


''C 


'»** 



=! O S O 



X 



200 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[56. 



56. Terminations (combined with the 



TENSES. 




MOODS. 


Indicative, 


Imperative. 


Present and Fu- 
ture (the Future 
without Imperal. 
and Subj.). 


S. 
P. 
D. 


0) 

OjJL€V 


€LS 
€T€ 
€TOV 


et 

ov(rL(v) 

€TOV 


e era) 
ere ercoo-av 
or oirrcov^ 

€TOV €T(OV 

[Sing. 2. orig. e-St] 


Future 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


a) 
ovfJLeu 


fire 
cItov 


et 

OV(TL(y) 
€LTOV 


None. 


Imperfect and Aor- 
ist 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


ov 

OfJL€V 


ere 

€TOP 


e 
ov 

€T1]V 


Aorist 2 


Perfect 1 and 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


a 

dfJL€V 


as 

are 

drou 


e 

dai 

drov 


Like 


Aorist 1. 

[Obs. Aor. Imper. 

01/.] 


S. 
P. 
D. 


a 


as 

are 

drop 


e 

dv 

ar-qv 


ov aro) 
are droaa-av 
or ai/ro)i/* 
aroi/ arcoi/ 


Pluperfect 1 and 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


€lfl€P 


€LS €1 
€LT€ €t(TaV 

mostly eaav 

eiTOV €LTTJV 





Remarks. — ^The Principal Tenses and Subj. have 3 dual in ov, 
3 plur. in <ri. — ^The Historical Tenses and the Optat. have 3 dual in -nvj 
3 plur. in v. 



* The dissyllabic termination of the Imperat. 3 plur. is the more 
common in Attic Greek, though the longer form is not uncommon. 
Care must be taken not to mistake it for the gen. plur. of a participle. 

X Together with this ending, another is in use (called the jEoUc 
Aor.) in eia. It is rare in the first person : but in the second and third 
sing, and third plur. it is far more common than the other form, — 
etas, ete. — ^plur. eiav. 

% The old Attic has also an ending, t;, t;?, which is contracted from 
the Ionic form ea, ^as. Thus i^e^ovXevKri for i^e^ovXevKeiv. 



56.] 



PARADIGMS. 



201 



Mood- Vowels) of the Active Voice. 



MOODS. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


0) rjs rj 

(OfJieV rjT€ (OCTL 

rjTov rjTOP 
[rj in sing, sub- 
script.] 


OLflL OlS 01 
OLfieV OLT€ Ot€V 
OLTOV OLTTJP 


€IV 


(OP ovcra ov 

OVTOS OVa-qs OPTOS 


None. 


OljLttf ols o7 
olfxev oIt€ oIcv 
oItov olttjv 


civ 


(OP oxxra ovp 

OVVTOS OVa-qS OVPTOS 


like 


Present. 


Aor. 2. 

€lv 


Aorist 2. 
(OP ovcra op 
OVTOS ovcrrjs optos 


the 


Present. 


ivai 


(OS v7a OS 

OTOS ViaS OTOS 


Like the Pre- 
sent. 


at/zij ms at 
aifi€v aire mev 

aiTOV aLTTJV 


at 


as dcra dp 
OPTOS dcrrjs aPTos 











For Accentuation, see pp. 206-208. 



t Together with this ending the Optative of the Fut. 2. has also 
the termination oi-nv (e. g. cpavolrjv), which is a common Optative end- 
ing of contracted verbs. The Futnrum Atticum has usually this Opta- 
tive;* which is also occasionally found in the Perf. Optat. (especially 
that of Perf. 2 ; it ^iroi^ oi-nv, iKir€(l>€vyol'nv, irpoeKrjXv^olriv) ; and in 
(Txoi-nv, Aor. 2. Opt. from ix^- — 

oiriv^ oIt/js, 0177, — olrjl^fv, o'njTc, oi-ncrav, — ol-nrov, oirjTrji/, 
or o7/ji€v, o7t€, o7€v, o7tov, oIttjv. 



' The Opt. of iiTLTeXu) (for instance), F^ut. Att. for imrcKecru), is ei- 
ther iTTiTcXol-nv or iiriTcKccroiixi ' never iirireKoTfxi. 

9* 



202 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[57. 



57. Terminations (combined with the Mood- 









MOODS 




TENSES. 














Indicative. 


Imperative. 


Present and 


S. 


ofiaL 


rj (ei)* crai 


ov* eo-So) 


Future. 


P. 


o/xeSaf 


eo-Se ovrat 


eo-Se ccr'^coa-av 




D. 


o/xeSoi/f 


€a-^OV €(T^OV 


or eorScoi/J 

€(T?iOV €0-30)1/ 

(Future, none.) 


Perfect. 


S. 


fiai 


(rai rai 


(TO O-SO) 




P. 


fi€?ia 


o-3e VTaL\ 


o-3e cr'^(0(Tav 




D. 


fJL€?iOV 


o-^ov (T'^OV 


or 0-30)1/ 
o-3oi/ o-3o)i/ 


Pluperfect. 


S. 


fxrju 


(TO TO 






P. 


/xeSa 


(r^€ VTO) 






D. 


fJL€?iOV 


(t'^ov (r^r)V 




Imperfect and 


S. 


O^TJV 


OU* €T0 




Aor, 2. Mid, 


P. 


ofie'^a 


€(r'^€ OVTO 


Aor. 2. 




D. 


o/xeSoz/ 


€o-^ov €(r^rjv 




Aor. 1. Mid. 


S. 


dixrjv 


CD* aro 


at ao-3o) 




P. 


dfjLc^a 


acrSf avTo 


ao-3e ao-3o)o-aj/ 


[Obs. Imper. ai.l 


D. 


d}JL€?iOV 


ao-?iov da^rjp 


or ao-3o)i/ 
ao-3oi/ ao-3!o)z/ 


FuT. 2. Mid. 


S. 


ovjxai 


7J (cl) c^rat 






P. 


ovfxe^a 


cTcr'^e ovvrai 


None. 




D. 


OVfJL€^OV 


clcr^ov e^or'^ov 




Pass. Aorisis. 


S. 


rjv 


rjs 7) 


7;3t (Aor. 1. //rt) jJto) 


[conjugated with- 


P. 


rjfxev 


rjTC rjarav 


7;re rjTaxrap 


out mood-vowels.] 


D. 




r)Tov r]T7)V 


rjTov rjT(ov 



Remarks. — The Principal Tenses and Subj. have 3 dual in ov, 
3 plur. in rai ; the Historical Tenses and Optat. have 3 dual in 7?z/, 
3 plur. in ro. The dual -fie^ov is very rare : the 1st pi. -[xe^a being 
used instead of it. — rj^i (Aor. Imper.) becomes tjtl when the tj is pre- 
ceded by an aspirated mute (hence always in Aor. 1) : rvcp^n. 

* The second persons from fiat, jult]]/, are properly crai, tro. But 
when these were appended to the root by a connecting vowel, the o* 
was thrown away ; and earai, for instance, contracted into 77, Attice ei, 
which is the only termination for ^ovKel, oxj/ci, oXei (you choose, will see, 
think). [Kiihner says, that et is the regular form in Aristophanes, but 
is avoided by the Tragic writers ; that it is used by Thucyd. and 
JCen. ; but that Plato and the Orators use both forms.] — So ov is for 
€0-0) ; <a (Aor. 1. Mid.) for aorco ; 77 in Subj. for rja-ai ; 010 in Optat. for 

OlffO. 



57.] PARADIGMS. 

Vowels) of the Passive and Middle Voice. 



203 



MOODS. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Injin. 


Participle. 


cofJLai 77* TjTat 
(Future, none.) 


OLfJLrjV 010* OLTO 

oijie'^a OLcr^e oivto 
OLfi€?iov oia-'^ov ol(T^r]v 


ecrSat 


6fJL€P0S rj ov 






dJiat 


fJL€VOS fJi€Vr} jJLeVOV 










as 


Present. 


Aor. 2. 


As Present. 


Like Present. 


aifirjv aio airo 
alfie^a atcrSe aivTO 
aiji.e'^ov aicr'^ov aia'^rjv 


aorSat 


afxepos T) OV 


None. 


OLfjLTjv oio oIto 
oiiie'^a o2(T^€ olvto 

olfJLe'^OV o2(T^OV 0L(r?i7]V 


€to-25at 


ouficvos T] ov 


O) fjs fj 

Wfl^V riT€ (DCTL 

rJTOV rjTov 


€Lr]v eLTjs €Lr] 
€ir]fi€P €irjT€ €Lr}(rav 

or elevW 

€ir]TOV CLTjTTJV 


rjvai. 


els elcra ev 
evTos ela-rjs cvtos 



For Accentuation, see pp. 206-208. 



t The 1 dual and plural had each an extended form, fica-^ov, fxea-^a : 
they are used even by Attic poets. 

-^ The shortened form of the 3 pi. Imperative is very common : the 
Epic poets use no other form. It is identical with 3rd dual. 

^ The terminations vrai, vto, are unmanageable, except from pure 
roots. The Ionic forms in arat, aro (before which the p and k sounds 
are aspirated), are also found in the older and middle Attic writers : 
K€\€l(parai, rerdxaTai. i(p^dpaTai, k^x^P^^^'^^'' [x^P^C^]- -A- periphrasis 
with partcp. {\€\€i/jlijL€voi elal) is generally used. 

II €*€»/ is more common than 61170-01/. Similar forms for the 1st and 
2nd persons (eT/uei/, ezTe) are found in the Attic dialect, principally in 
the poetSj but also in prose. 



204 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[58. 



58. Regular Verb in co. 

THE ACTIVE. 



Pres. 



Indicative, 
S. Xv-<o 

\v-€LS 
P. Xv-OJJL^P 

\v-€Te 
\v-ovcrt(y) 



Suhjunctive. 

Xv-r]S 
Xv-7j 
Xvcofxep 
Xv-r)T€ 

Xv-Q)0-t(l/) 



Optative. 

Xv-OLjJit 
XVOLS 

Xv-oi 

Xv-Olfl€P 
Xv-OLT€ 

Xv'Oiev 



D. Xv-CTOV 

Xv-erov 
Imperf. S. e-Xvov 
e-Xv-€9 
€-Xv-€(y) 

Indicative. 

Perf. S. Xe-Xv'Ka 
Xe-Xv-Kcis 

X€-Xv-K€(v) 

p. Xc-Xv-Kafxev 
Xe-Xv-Kare 
Xc-Xv-Kacri^v) 
D. Xe-Xv-Karov 
Xe-Xv-Karop 
Plupf. S. iXe-Xv-KCLP 
eXe-Xv-KCLs 
iXe-Xv-Kei 



XV'r]TOP Xv-OLTOP 

Xv-rjTOP Xv-OLTr)p 

P. €-Xv-OfX€P D. 

e-Xv-ere 

€'XV'0P. 

Subjunctive. Optative. 



Xe-Xv-Kco 

like the 
Present. 



Xc-Xv-KOtflt 

like the 
Present. 



P. iXe'Xv-K€lfJL€V 

iXe-Xv-KciTC 

(iXe-Xv'Keiaap) 

iX€-Xv-K€(rap 



D. 



Indicative, 
Fut. Xvo-co 

like the Present. 
Aor. S. €-Xv'(Td 
€-Xv-(ras 
€-Xv-(r€(p) 
P. i'Xv-o-ajiep 
€-Xv-araT€ 

J/ -v w 

€'Av-crap 



Subjunctive, 
none 



Xv-aco 

like the 
Present. 



Infin. 



D. €-Xv'(raTOP 
i-Xv'aaTrjp 
Pr. Xv€LP : Fut. Xva-cip 



Optative. 
Xv-aroi/JLL 
like the Present. 
Xii-a-aLfJLi 
Xv-aais, '(reias 
Xv'(raL, '(r€i€(p) 

Xv-(TaL}JL€P 

Xv'craiT€ 
Xv'(raL€P, -(reiap 

Xv-aaiTOP 
Xv-(raLTr)P 



Imperative. 

Xv-e 
Xv-eTOJ 

XV'€T€ 

Xv-€T(0(rap 
or Xv'OPTcop 

Xv-€TOP 
XV'CTCOP 

€'Xv-€TOP 

i-Xv-errjp 

Imperative, 
(very rare.)^ 
(Xe-Xv-Ke) 
hke the 
Present. 



or 



iXe-Xv-KciTOP 
cXe-Xv-KeLTTjy 

Imperative 
none 



Xv-(rop 
Xv-a-cLTa) 

Xit'crare 

Xv-(rdTa>(rav 

Xv-a-dpTCiP 

Xv-(TaTOP 

Xv-adTOiV 



Aor. Xvcrai ; Perf. XiXvKepai. 
Partcp. Pr. Xt'toi/, XiWo-a, Xvop ; Fut. Xvcrcap^ Xva-ovara, Xvaop ; 
Aor. Xvaas, Xvado'a, Xvadp ; Perf. XcXvKwSi v7a, 6s, 

G. KOTOS, KviaS, KOTOS. 

* From a few words whose Perf. has a present meaning ; e. g. 
Kexhvere {Kr.). — ^The usual form is Imper. of elfii with perf. partcp. 



58.] 



PARADIGMS. 



205 



Indicative. 
Pres. S. \v-ofidi, 

\v TJ, -€L 

\v-€TaL 
P. Xv-o/xe3a 

\v-ovTaL 



THE PASSIVE. 

Subjunctive. Optative. 

\v-(OfJLaL 



\v-rj 
\v-TjTai, 

Xv-rja'^e 
\v-(OPTai 



Xv-OLflT^V 

\v-OLO 

Xv-OLTO 

Xv-oi/Lte3a 
Xv-otcrSe 

XV-OLUTO 



Imperative. 

Xv-ov 
Xv-eVSo) 

Xv-€<T^€ 

Xv-eo-'^axrav 
or Xv'€(t'^(ov 



D. [Xu-o/Lte3oj/] 
Xv-€(r'^ov 
Xv-ecrSoy 

Sinorular. 

o 

i-Xv-op-qv 



[Xv-cofteSoj/] [Xv-oi/xeSoj'] 
Xi'-T^o-Soi/ Xv-oto-Soz^ Xv-ecrSoj' 

Xv'ri(T'^ov Xv-OLcr'^rjv Xv-ecr'^cou 

Plural. Dual. 

Imperfect. i-Xv-6pr]v i-Xv-ope'^a [i-Xy-6p€^ov] 

€-Xv-ov €-Xv-€(t'^€ i-Xv-€a'^ov 

€-XV'€TO i-Xv-OVTO €-Xv-€(r'^T)V 

Perf. Indlc. X^-Xv-pai Xe-Xv-pe'^a [Xe-Xi'-jLteSoi/] 

Xe-Xv-crai Xe-Xu-crSe Xe-Xva'^ou 

Xe-Xv'Tai, Xc-Xv-irrai Xe-Xv-ar^ov 

Perf. Imper. Xe-Xu-o-o Xc-Xi^-o-Se Xe-Xv-a'^ov 

Xe-Xv-ar^co Xc-Xv-a'^coo-av Xe-Xv-cr'icov 

or Xe-Xv-a-^cov 

Pluperfect. iXc-Xvprjv eXe-Xu-/xe3a [eXe-Xi^/LteSoi'] 

eXe-Xv-cro eXe-Xv-trSe eXe-Xi;-o'3oj' 

eXe-Xu-ro cXe-Xu-j/ro eXe-Xv-o'S^i' 

[On the Subj. and Opt. of the Perfect, see Pdm. 55.] 

Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. Imperative. 



Fut. Xv-?ir)(Topai 
First Aor. 

S. C'Xv-^TJV 

€-Xv-'ir)5 
i-Xv-'^rj 

P. €-Xlf?ir]p€U 

€-Xv-?ir}T€ 
e-Xv-^rjorap 
D. €-Xv-'ir]Tov 
e-Xv-'irjTrjV 

Fut. 3. 

Xc-Xv'cropai 
Infinitive. Pres. 



none 

Xi;-3a) 

Xv-^^s 

Xv-'ifj 

Xv-'^(i)p€V 

Xv-S^re 
Xi;-3a)(7t(z/) 
Xv-S/jrot/ 
Xt^-StJtoi' 

none 



Xv-'^Tj(TOLpr)V 

Xv-'^€LT]U 
Xv-?i€lTJS 

Xv-?i€Lrj 
Xv-'^CLTjpev, -SeT/xev 

Xv-'^CLTJTC, -SetTf 

Xu-Sftr^rrai/, -Sflfi/ 
Xi;-3e/r;roi/, -Selroi/ 
Xv-Seii^TT^i/, -?i€LTr]V 



none 



Xv-^TJTl 
Xv-'^7]T<0 

Xv-^rjT€ 
Xv-^r]T(t}(rap 

[Xv-^€PT(i>P ?] 
Xv-'^TJTOP 

Xv-'^r]T(i)V 

none 
Xv^rjpat, ; Future, 



X€'Xv-(rOLpTfV 

Xufo-Sat ; Perf. XeXvo-3ai ; Aor. 
Xu3i7o-6o-3ai ; Future 3. XfXuo-eo-Sai. 
Participle. Pres. Xud/ici/os, ?;, oi/ ; Perf. XfXvpepos, ?;, oi/ ; Aor. 
XvSets, flo-a, eV, G. cvtos, clcttjs, evrog ; Fut. Xv^irjaoptpos, 
Tj, ov ; Fut. 3. XeXvcroficj/of , ?;, oj/. 



206 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[58. 





THE 


MIDDLE. 




Indicative. 
Fat. Xv-crofxai 
First Aor. 


Subjunctive. 
none 


Optative. 
Xv'O-OLfjirjv 


Imperative 
nonS 


S. i-Xv'O-dfJLTjV 
i'XV'CTCO 

i-Xv-aroTo 


Xv(T(0}JLai, 

Xvorr] 
Xv-(TrjTai 


Xv-o-aifjLijv 
Xii-aaLO 

Xv-(TaLTO 


Xv-o-ai 
Xu-o-ao-^Ci) 


P. c-Xv-o-a/LieSa 
e-Xu-o-ocrSe 
i-XV'O-avTO 


Xv-(ra}jjL€?ia 

Xv-crr)(T?i€ 

Xv-(r(DVTai 


Xv-o-aLjJLe'^a 

Xv-o-aio-'^e 

Xv-aaiVTO 


Xu-o-acrSe 
Xv-o'do-'^coGr 



D. [e-Xv-o-ci/xeSoi/ Xvo-atfie^ou 
e-Xv-crao-^ou Xv-crrjcr'^ov 
€'Xv-(rd(r'^r)v Xv-arjcr'^ou 

Infinitive. Future, Xvaeo-'^aL 

Participle. Future, Xvaofjievos, r] 

Verbal Adjective, Xv- 



or Xv-crda-'^cov 
Xv-a-aLfi€^ov^ 
Xv-cratcr?iou Xv'(Ta(r?iov 
Xv-aaicr'^rjp Xv-o-do-^coy 

Aor. Xvaao-^aL 

, ov. Aor. Xvo-dfxcvos, r), ov* 

■Tos, T), 6v' Xv'Teos, a, ov. 



Tempora 


Secunda. 




((^euyo), flee ; jSdXXco, 


throw ; kottto), Tiez^?.) 


Perf. 2. 7r€(j)€vya, Slc. 


Plupf. 


€7r€<j)evy€iV) &C. 


Aor. 2. Act. Ind. ejSaXoi/ 


Imper. 


iSaXe 


Subj. /3dXQ) 


Infin. 


jSaXclv 


Optat. jBdXoLjxt, 


Part. 


j3aXa)j/j oiJcra, oi/ 


Aor. 2. Mid. Ind. i^aXofxrjv 


Imper. 


/3aXoO . 

^aXeo-So) 

)3dXeo-2Joi/ 

i3aXeo-3a)Z/ 

/SdXecrSe 

/3aX 6 (tS 0)0-01/ 




or (SaXeo-'^cou 


Subj. ^dXcofiai 


Infin. 


jSaXeVSat 


Optat. ^aXoLjxrjv 


Part. 


^aXofievos 


Aor. 2. Pass. Ind. ckottt^v 


Imperf. 


fCOTTTySl, KOTTrjTCJi i 


Fut. 2. Pass. Ind. KOTrrjcrofxaL 







A. Accentuation of the active voice. 

O" With respect to accentuation, the terminations at, oi are 
considered Zorig" in the Optative. With this exception, the termina- 
tion at is considered short in verbs, as at, ot are, as the termination 
of substantives. 



5^.} ' PARADIGMS. 207 

d) The general rule is, that the accent is diS far from the end of 
the word at possible. 

h) But injin. Aor. 1. Act. is always accented on the penult. 
[Ivfin. KcoXvcraLy (pvkd^ai.^ 

c) Infin. of Aor. 2. Act. is perispomenon ; its Partcp. oxytone. 

d) The /TT^n. of Per/". Act. is paroxytone, Partcp. oxytone. 

e) The Imperatives elrriy eupe, eXSe, and (in Attic) Xa^e, tSe, are 

oxytone. — But in their compound forms, the accent is 
thrown back. [e^eXSc, aTroXajSe.] 

/) In the Indicative of an augmented tense, the accent is never 
moved nearer to the beginning than the augment : 

eixop, TTpocrelxov' ^crx^^> Tvapicrxov. Urai,, acfuKTai. 

— But XetTre, KaTaXenrc in the Imperative. So also if the 
augment is rejected by poetic license : €K(j)€vyov for e^e- 
(f>€vyov» 
g) The accent helps us to distinguish the three following forms, 
which but for that are identical. 

Aor. 1. Act. Aor. 1. Mid. 



InJin. 3rd sing. Opt. 2nd sing. Imperative. 

(j)vXd^aL (pvXd^aL (f)vka^ai 

TTOLTjCraL 7rOLT](TaL 7rOLT](TaL 

In dissyllable verbs these forms are not distinguished by the ac- 
cent, unless the penult of Aor. 1. Act. is long by nature : e. g. Xvaai 
(Inf. Aor. 1. Act. ; Imper. of Aor. 1. Mid.) : Xvcrai (3 s. Opt. Aor. 1. 
Act.) : but rpeVai, Xe^at, in all the forms. 

h) Participles have in all their forms the same tone-syllable as 
the nom. masc, unless the general rules make a change 
necessary. 

<j>v\dTT(i>v (f)v\dTTOV(Ta (f)v\dTrop 

r€TV(f)<aS T€TV(t)vld T€TV(f)6s 

fiakcav /SoXouo-a ^clKop 

naibcvoiv TraLbeuovaa naiSevov 



208 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [58. 

B. Accentuation of the passive and middle voice. 
Accent as far from the end of the word as possible. 

a) But Injin. of Aor. 2. Mid. is paroxyione. [o-u/xjSaXeo-^at.] 

b) Injin. and Partcp. of Perf Pass, have accent on penult, 

c) Infinitives in vai have always accent on penult [XvS^z/at]. 

Cf. A. d. 

d) The Participles of Pass. Aorists are oxytone. [XvSets.] 

e) The <Sw^'. of the Pass. Aorists (« being contracted from co)) 

is perispomenon through the sing., and properispomenon in 
dual and plur. 

/) In Imper. of Aor. 2. Mid. ov is perispomenon (XajSov). The 
other persons conform to the general rule. 

g) For the participles see A, h. 

Xv^eis Xv^€7(Ta Xv2Jei/ J Dat. pi. m. and n. 
Xv^eVroff Xv'^eia-Tjs Xv^ievTos i elai (not etrt). 



210 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



59. TABLE OF 

(active.) 



A) Pres. 


ri/x- 


<^tX- 


Xpvcr- 1 




S. 


d(Of 


-co, 


60), 


-w. 


00). 


-^j 






decs, 


-qj, 


€€iS, 


-ets, 


OCLS, 


-oTs, 






act, 


"9' 


€€(,, 


-€t. 


del, 


-oT, 




P. 


dofxcv, 


-COjJiCPj 


€OfJL€P, 


-ovfiep, 


oofiep, 


-OVfXCP, 


Indie. 




dere, 


-are, 


€€T€, 


-ctre, 


oere, 


-OVT€, 






dov(rij 


-0)<Jt, 


€OV(TL, 


-ovo-L, 


oovcn, 


-ova-i, 




D. 


dcTOVy 


-aroi/j 


€€TOP, 


-EiTOP, 


deroi/, 


-OVTOP, 






derop, 


-CLTOP. 


€€TOP, 


-elrop. 


oerop, 


-OVTOP. 




S. 


ae, 


-«) 


€€, 


-et, 


0€, 


-OV, 






aeVo), 


-dro), 


e€T(0, 


-etVo), 


oeVo), 


-OVTCi, 


Imp. 


P. 


dere, 
aercocrav, 


-are, 
'drcoaap, 


eere, -etre, 
€€T(f}(rap, -€LTco(rap, 


oere, 
oercoorap, 


-OVT€, 

-ovTcocrap, 




D. 


deroVf 


-drop^ 


€€TOP, 


-elrop, 


6€T0P, 


-OVTOP, 






aercov, 


-drcoi/. 


€€T(OP, 


-€LT(OP. 


oeTOdP, 


-OVTCOP. 




S. 


dco, 


-0), 


COD, 


-G>, 


00), 


-«> 






drjs, 


-as, 


^n^^ 


'Ss, 


OTJS, 


-ols. 






arj, 


'9' 


i^' 


-Th 


op, 


-ot, 




P. 


dcOfJL€V, 


-ci)fX€P, 


€CO^€P, 


-ci)fl€P, 


ocofiep, 


-a)fX€P, 


Subj. 




djjTe, 


-arc, 


€T]T€, 


-rjTCy 


dr}T€, 


-core, 






acoo-t, 


'OKTli 


€(0(TL, 


-Q}(n, 


ocoai, 


-o)o-t, 




D. 


drjTov, 


'droPj 


erjTOP, 


-^TOP, 


OTJTOP, 


-(OTOP, 






drjTOP, 


-drop. 


erjTOP, 


-rJTOP. 


OTJTOP, 


-a)TOP, 




S. 


doLfXL, 


'SfXl, 


eoLfxc, 


-olfxi, 


OOLfXl, 


-oljii, 






doLS, 


-as, 


€OLS, 


-oTs, 


OOLS, 


'ols, 






aot, 


-«j 


€OL, 


-01, 


001, 


-01, 




P. 


f 




f 




f 






aoLficv, 


-Sfl€P, 


eoLfxep, 


-ol^ep, 


ooLfxep, 


-olfJLCP, 


Opt. 




doLT€, 


-St€, 


eOLT€, 


'oire, 


6oLT€, 


-oIt€, 






doL€P, 


-a€P, 


€Ol,€P, 


-Ol€P, 


6oi€P, 


-oTep, 




D. 


f 


v^ 


f 


^ 


f 


/^ 




aOLTOP, 


-(arop, 


eotTOP, 


-OLTOP, 


OOLTOP, 


-OITOP, 






aOLTTJP, 


-coTrjp. 


€OlTr]P, 


-OLTTjP. 


OOLTTjPj 


•OLTTjP. 


Infinitive. 


d€LP, 


-qv [or dp]. 


eeip, 


-elp. 


oeip, 


-OVP, 




M. 


dcop, 


-a>p, 


€COP, 


-cap, 


6(op, 


-a)P, 


Prtcp. 


F. 


dovcra, 


-03 (ra, 


€ov(ra, 


-ovo-a, 


oovaa, 


-ova-ay 




N. 


dop, 


-a>p. 


€0P, 


-OVP. 


OOP, 


'OVV. 



PARADIGMS. 



211 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 

(passive.) 



\) Pres. 


TlfM- 


(j)Lk' 


Xpv(T- 




S. 


dofiai, 


-w/xat, 


eofxai, 


'OVfiai, 


oofJLai, 


'OVjiai, 






^n^ 


'?' 


9' 


"•!' 


m 


-ol, , 






derai, 


-arat, 


€€Tat, 


-eirat, 


oerai, 


'Ovrai, 


idic. 


P. 


decree, 


-w/xeSa, 


eeo-3e, 


-0L'/>te3a, 

-610-36, 


oo)Lt63a, 

060-36, 


-ov/x63a, 

-OL'O-36, 






dovrai. 


-ail/rat, 


eoi/rat, 


'Ovi^at, 


ooi/rat. 


-oui/rat, 




D. 


aofie'^ov, 
d€(r?iov, 




6d/xe3oi/j 
eeo-Soz/, 


-OVfl€^OV, 
-610-301/, 


ooV63oi/, 

060-301/, 


-0U/X630I/, 

-oixT^ov, 






dea^ov, 


-ao-?iov. 


eeo-Soi/j 


-elo-Soj/. 


060-301/, 


-ova^ov. 




S. 


dov, 


-6i), 


eov, 


-OL/, 


oou, 


-ou, 






aeerSo), 


'da-'^co, 


eeVSo), 


-6io-3a), 


O6O-30), 


-oi;o-3o), 




P. 


deo-'^e^ 


-a(r?i€, 


6fO-36j 


-6tO-36, 


060-36, 


-o{;o-36, 


np. 




aia'^ccKTav 


, -ao-Scoo-ai/j 


eeo-Sojo-ai/ 


-eLa^coa-av. 


060-3o)o-ai/ 


,-ouo-3o)o-ai/, 




D. 


aeo-Soi^, 


-aa'^ov, 


eeo-Soi^, 


-fio-'^ov, 


060-301/, 


-0U0-30Z/, 






aea^Scov, 


-aorSo)!/. 


eeVScoi/, 


-610-30) I/. 


oeo-3o)i/, 


-oi)o-3o)z/. 




S. 


dcofxat, 


-^/xat. 


ecojLtat, 


-cbfiai, 


oo)/xat, 


-cojiaL, 






a?75 


■?' 


i"^' 


■?' 


o?7? 


-ot, 


?ubj. 


P. 


dTjrai, 


-arat, 

-ci)/ie3a, 

-ao-Se, 




-^rai, 
-o)/x63a5 

-^0r36, 


d77rat, 

oa)ft63a, 

0770-36, 


-o)rat, 
-o)/x63a, 

-0)0-36, 






dcovrai, 


-wi/rat, 


ecovrai, 


'Qovrai, 


6o)i/Tat, 


-o)i/rat, 




D. 


drjo-'^ov, 
drjcr^iov, 


-ob/xfSoi/, 

-ao-Soi/, 

-dcr^ov. 


ea)/xf^oi/, 
cT^o-Soi/, 
677 0-3 01/, 


-a)/x63oi/, 

-^o-3oi/, 

-^o-3oz/. 


00)/X630I/, 

0770-301/, 
0770-30^/, 


-0)/Z630I/, 

-o)o-3oi/, 
-o)o-3oi/. 




S. 


aOLfJLTJV, 


'(ajXTjv, 


eoifiTjv, 


'OL^rjv, 


ooLfir}V, 


'OLjirji^, 






doio, 


-ao, 


€0L0, 


-oTo, 


doto, 


-oTo, 






doLTOy 


•StOj 


eOLTO^ 


-oTro, 


doiro, 


-otro. 


)pt. 


P. 


doio-3e, 


-a)/xe3a, 


€OLfX€^a, 


-oi/X63a, 

-010-36, 


ooi/x63a, 
doto-36, 


-ot/x63a, 

-010-36, 






doLVTO, 


-a)i/ro, 


ioLVTO, 


-oti/ro, 


doii/ro, 


-oti/ro. 




D. 


aOLfJL€?iOV, 


-a)/xe3oi/, 


€OLIJL€?iOV, 




OOLfX€^OV. 

doto-3oi/, 


-OLIJL€?iOV, 

-oIo-3oz/, 






aoia'^Tjv, 


-0)0-3771/. 


€oi(T'^r]u, 


-OL(T^T)V. 


0010-3771/, 


'OL(T^T]P. 


jnfinitive. 


dea'^ai, 


-da^QL. 


e'fo-Sat, 


-eio-3at. 


d60-3at, 


-ouo-3at. 




M. 


a6fX€Vos, 


-OJflCUO^, 


€6fl€P0S, 


-ou/x6r/oy, 


00'/X6Z/0f, 


-OU/Xfl/OS, 


?rtcp. 


F. 


aofi€vr), 


-co^evT], 


€Ofji€i/r)^ 


'OVfJLeurj, 


ooiJLfvr), 


'OVfJLeVTJ, 




N. 


a6fi€V0Vy 


-CJfJL€UOV. 


^Ofxevov, 


-ovfievov. 


o6fl€UOU, 


-OVfl€POV. 



212 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[59, 60. 



(Imperfect Active.) 



B) Impf. 


€TlfJL~ 


i(pL\' 


expva- 




S. 


aov, 


-(OP, 


COP, 


-OVP, 


OOP, 


-OVP, 






aeSi 


-as. 


€€S, 


'CLS, 


0€S, 


-ovs, 


Indie. 


P. 


ae, 

dofJL€V, 
d€T€, 


-«5 

'COfiep, 
-are, 


€OfX€P, 
€€Te, 


-o€/xei/, 
-ctre, 


oe, 
oofjiep, 

6€T€, 


-ov, 

-OVfl€P, 
-OVT€, 




D. 


aov, 
derov, 


'(DP, 
'CLTOP, 


€0P, 
€€TOV, 


-OVP, 

-eiTop, 


OOP, 

oerop. 


-OVP, 
-OVTOP, 






aerqv, 


-aTTjp. 


€€TT]P, 


-eLTTJP. 


oerrjP, 


-OVTTJP. 



60. 

Verbs in fic, 

Tl'^r][ii, place ; tarqfxi, make to stand ; dldcojjii, give ; deUpvfiL, show, 

(Formed from simpler roots, Se, ara, do, deiK.) 

MOODS OF THE ACTIVE VOICE. 



Indie, 


Imperat. 


SuJ>^\ 


Opt. 


In/In. 


Part. 


Pres. rl'^rjfXL 

tcTTTJfXL 

didcofiL 

dcLKPVjJLL 

Aor, 2. €?ir]p 
eo-T7]p 
edcop 


(riSert) riSet 
(toraSt) taTTj 
(dido^i) didov 
{deLKPv^i) deLKPV 

o-ttJSi 
dos 


rtSo) (rjs, fj) 
dido) (as,(p) 

(TT(D (fjS,^) 
dci) (SS: «) 


icrrair^v 
biboiT^p 

'^€Lr}P 
o-Tairjp 

doLTjP 


rC^epai 

c <C 

LCTTavai 

Movai 

dcLKPVPai 

Seti/at 

o-rrjpai 

dovpaL 


icrrds 
dtdovs 

d€lKPVS 

Sets 

(rrds 

dovs 



TENSES OF THE ACTIVE VOICE. 



s. 



D. 





Indicative. 






Present 


], 




rt^rjfJii 


LO-TTJ^l 


didcofjii 


dcLKPVfll 


TL^rjs 


LO-TTJS 


didcos 


dcLKPVS 


Tl^r}(TL(p) 


lo-rr](Ti(p) 


dLdcoa-i(p) 


beLKPV(rL(p) 


TL?i€fl€P 


LO-T.lfX€P 


dldofjiep 


deUvvfjicp 


TL^€T6 


LO-Tare 


didore 


deiKPvre 


TL^€d(n(p) 


l(TTd(Tl{p) 


§iSodcrt(i/) 


d€LKPvda-L(y) 


TL^€TOP 


LcrraTOV 


didoTOP 


dciKPVTOP 


r'C^cTov 


LcrraTov 


didoTOP 


deUpvTov 



59, 60.] 



PARADIGMS. 



213 



(Imperfect Passive.) 



B) Impf. 


€TLfJL' 


i(f)Lk' 


iXpva-' 




S. 


aojjLrju, 'aijjLTjv, 


eOfJLTJV, -OVfJLTJV, 


OOfJLTJV, 


-ovjjir]v, 






aov, -co, 


€0V, 'OV, 


OOV, 


-ou, 






aero, -aro, 


€€T0, '€LTO, 


0€T0, 


'OVTO, 




P. 


a6fi€?ia, -a)/ze3a, 


co^e^ia, 'OVfxe'^a, 


06fJL€?Sa, 


-ovfjic'^a, 


Indie. 




aecrSe, -acrSe, 


eeo-3e, -eicrSe, 


oea'^ei 


-ovar^e, 






aOVTO, -COVTO, 


€OVTO, -OVVTO, 


OOPTO, 


-OVPTO, 




D. 


aofie^ov, -G)fjL€'^ov. 


COf.Lc'^OVf -OVfJLC^OV. 


oofie'^oVi 


-OVfJL€?iOV, 






deo-'^ov, -aa^ov, 


eeo-Soi/, -elo-Soi/, 


oecrSoi/, 


-oixr^ov, 






aia^r]V, -dcr^r^v. 


eecr^rjv, -€L(t^t]v. 


oea'^ijv, 


'Ova'^-qu. 



P. 



D. 



S. 



D. 



D. 



€TL?iT]V 

(iTL?irjs) 

€TL^€T€ 
eTL?i€TOV 

irC^erqp 

t%r,v] 

[e>] 

€3er€ 
€^€(rav 



S. TlSoO 

P. TL'^co^ev 
ri3/}re 
ri3coo-i(i/) 



Imperfect [Cf. p. 218, e]. 



Larrjv 


eStSo)!/]* 


LOTTYIS 


edldcos] 


LO-TT) 


edidco] 


Larafiep 


edidofJLCP 


Lcrrare 


ididore 


lo-rdcrap 


idldocrap 


lo-rdrop 


ididoTOP 


La-Tarrjp 


ididorrjp 



2nd Aorist. 



€(TTrjP 

€(TT7]S 

eCTTT) 

€(TTr]^€P 

€(TTT]T€ 

€(TTr](TaP 

eOTTTjTOP 

icTTrjTrjp 



[e^cop'] 

edofiep 
edoTC 



€Oo(rap 
cdoTOP 



COOTTJP 



Subjunctive. 
Present. 



lo-ro) 

l(TTrj 

ICTTWfieP 

larrjrc 

1(TT0)(Tl(p) 

IcTTrJTOP 

IcTT^TOP 



diScas 

dldwfJL€P 

dlduXTL^p) 
dldcOTOP 



€0€lKPVP 
cdcLKPVS 

idcLKvv 

cd^lKPVflCP 
€d€lKPVT€ 

€d€LKPV(rap 

eScLKPVTOP 

ideiKPVTTjp 



(none) 



from deiKPvo} 



* The forms 
only Xen. An. 5, 



in use are : ibiBovp, iBiSovs, iSldov, p. 218, e. iblBws 
8, 4. (as Od. T. 367.) 



214 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[60. 



2nd Aorist. 

S. 3S otS ScS 

^fjs o-Trjs d^s 

The Terminations as in the Present. 



(none) 



S. 



P. 



D. 



S. 



TL^€LT]V 

( rtSetre 

^ TL^ieirjTOV 
( tC^€ltov 



Optative, 
Present. 



(TTairjs 

(rraLT) 

(TTairjfjLev 

a-ralrjTe 

(TTOLTe 

arraLTja-av) 
(TTolcv I 

(TTaLTjTOV S 

O-TOITOV \ 

(TTaLr)TrjV S 
(TTaiTqv ( 

2nd Aorist. 



dlSoLTjV 

dido IT] s 
St Sot?; 

diboLTJIlCP 
StSoT/X€I/ 

didoLTjre 
StSotre 
{dttoLr)(rav) 
didoUv 

didoLTfTOU 

didoLTjTrjV 

8ld0LTT)V 



^CLTJV (TTaLrjV OOLTJV 

Terminations as in the Present. 



from bciKvvoa 



(none) 







Imperative, 








Present 






s. 


[rt'Sert] 


[Jo-raSt] 


[dldo'^i] 


[dcLKpij'^t] 




TtSet 


1'^'^% 


didov 


deiKvv 




Tl'^eTCO 


la-Tarco 


StSoro) 


deLKuvTcty 


p. 


TL%€T€ 


la-Tare 


SiSore 


d€LKPVT€ 




[TtSeroxrai/] 


[icTTaTccdav] 


[didorciXTav] 


[deiKvvTaxrav] 




TC^ivT(t>V 


l(TTdvT(OV 


dtbovTcov 


deLKVVVTCOV 


D. 


r'C^€TOV 


larraTOP 


dldoTov 


deUvvTov 




TL'^€T(0V 


la-rarcov 


dLdoTCOV 


d€lKPVTQ)V 






2nd Aorist. 




S. 


3€sr* 


o-rrj^iif 


Sosr* 


(none) 




SeVo) 


<rTr)T(o 


SoVo) 






Terminations 


as in the Present. 





* The compounds throw the accent back on the preceding sylla- 
ble : irepl^es, ctTroSos, airSdore. 

t In the compounds a-Td : irapda-rd, airoa-rd. 



61.] 



Masc. 

Fern. 
Neut. 



rC^ivai 



Jicivai 



TL?i€LS 
G. -ivTOS 

TtSeV 



PARADIGMS. 

Infinitive. 

Present. 

[(TTavaL didopai 

2nd Aorist. 
arrival bovvai 

Participle. 
Present. 



215 



t J. 

ICTTaS 
'duTOS 

l(TTa(Ta 

LCTTaV 



didovs 

-OVTOS 

didovaa 
didou 



(heiKVvvaC) 
(none) 

hcLKWS 
-VVTOS 

deiKvvcra 
deiKPvp 



Seiy, 3€t(7a, 3ej/, 



2nd Aorist. 
(TTas, a-TCLcra, (rrdv, dovs, Sovcra, 86v, (none) 

61. 

PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. 



Moods of the Passive and Middle. 



Pres. Indie 

Ti'^-efjLat, 

larr-djiai, 

bib-ofiaL 

deiKV-vjiai 

Aor. 2. 

[iardfiTjv 
not found] 

CTTTdfirjV 

flew 
idofxrjv 



Imper. 

€(T0 (ov) 

aco (co) 

OCTO {ov) 

vao 



Subj. 

QCffiaL 
COfJLUL 
OJfJLaL 



Opt. 

aLfJLTJV 

OLfxrjv 



Infin. 
ea'^ai 
acrSat 
ocrSat 
vcrSat 



Imper. 


Suhj. 
deepen 


Opt. 

'^€iprjv 


Infin. 


(ivrda-o) tttco 


TTTCOpaL 


TTTaiprjv 


TrraorSat 


(doao) dov 


dcopai 


dolprjv 


doa-'^aL 



Pari, 
epevos 
dpevos 
opevos 
vpcvos 

Part, 
^ipevos 



TTTupevos 
dopevos 



TENSES OF THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. 

Indicative. 
Present. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Ti'^epai 

Tl^€(TaL 

TtSerat 



ft ^ 



Larapai 
IdTuo-ai 
[terra] 
la-TdraL 
tVra/xeSa 
7(TTaa?i€ 



didopai 
dldooraL 

did oral 



dcLKVvpai 
beLKVvcTai. 

bfLKVVTai 

deLKiwpc^a 



Ti^ievraL 


LCTTavraL 


bidovrai 


dcLKUVUTQL 




al. [TL7i€p€'':Sov] 


[to-ra/ifSot'] 


[SiSoVfSoz/] 


[8€LKUVfJL€?50v'\ 




Ti3eo-3oi/ 


lo-raa'^ov 


blboa'iov 


deLKvvcr'^ov 




Tt3€0-3oj/ 


laraa'^ov 


didod^oi/ 


deUirua'^ov 


- 



216 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[61 







Imperfect. 


J »i 


Sing. 


iTL?i€fXr]V 


Icrrafx-qv 


ibiooixrjv 


COeiKVVflTJP 




€TL^€a-0 


LCTTao-o 


edidoa-o 


edcLKPva-o 




[iri^ov] 


to-ro)] 


[idldov] 






eTL^CTO 


Lcrraro 


ididoTO 


ibeiKPVTo 


Plur. 


irC^i^c'^a 


icrrdjLteSa 


VS^o/xeSa 


€b€LKPVfJL€?ia 




iri^ca'^e 


laTaa'^e 


ididocr'^e 


ideUpva^e 




€TL?i€VTO 


IcTTaVTO 


idldoPTO 


ibcLKPVPTO 


Dual. 


[eVtSe/xeSoi/] 


Icrrd^e'^ov] 


ydidofie^ov] 


[eSetKZ/u/ieSoi/] 




eTL^ea'^op 


larao-'^ov 


ididoar^iop 


eSeiKi/vo-Sov 




hC^ia'^r^v 


lo-rdo-^Tjv 


edtdocr'^rjv 


ibeiKPva'^riP 






2nd Aorist Middle. 




Sing. 


i^efjLTjV 


io-rdfirjv] 


ib6jxr]V 


(none) 




eSoi; 


ecrra)] 


cbov 






c'^ero 


earraTo] 


edoTO 






Termination 


s the same as those of the Imperfect. 




S 


ubjunciive. 


[Cf. p. 218, c] 








Present. 




Sing. 


TtSwfiat 


la-TcjfjLai 


SiS^/xat 


from SetKi/v© 




TL?ifj 


la-Trj 


MS 






TtSfTJrat 


IcrrrJTm 


dL8a)Tai 




Plur. 


TL?iCi>fl€?ia 


toTco/xeSa 


StSco/xeSa 






TiS^crSe 


la-TTJa^e 


M^a'^e 






Tl^QiVTaL 


IcTTOJVTai 


di,dSi/Tat 




Dual. 


[rt3a)ft€3oi/] 


toTco/xeSoi'] 


[6iSa)/xe2loj/] 






TL'^rja'^ov 


i(TTrja^ov 


dido^a'^ov 






TL^rjO-'^OV 


la-rrjcr^ov 


St§c5o-3oi/ 








2nd Aorist Middle.* 




Sing. 


Sto/xai 


[oTco/xat] 


bS^ai 


(none) 




^a 


[t^'^v] 


d(^ 






Terminatio 


ns the same as those of the Present. 






Optative. 








Present. 




Sing. 


rC^eifirjv 


la-TalfJLrjv 


bidoLfiTjv 


from beiKPvcj 




' TL^elo 


la-Tcuo 


didolo 






rttJeiro 


lo-TOLTO 


didolro 




Plur. 


rtSe/jLteSa 


l(rTaL}i€?ia 


StSoi/xeSa 






rL'^€7(T'^€ 


lo-TOLcr'^e 


StSoTo-Se 






rtSeii/ro 


lo-TOLVTO 


SidolvTO 




Dual. 


[rtSei/xeSoi/] 


[IcrraLfJic^ov] 


[diboLfie'^ov'] 






tl'^cIct'^ov 


lo-raio-'^ov 


dtSotorSoi/ 






TL'^€L(r^r]v 


lo-Taio-^rjv 


diBoLO-^iTJV 





* Here too the accentuation of the compounds is often thrown 
back : iiri^cofJLai (or iiri^cofiai)' irpocr^rjTai. 



62.] 



PARADIGMS. 



217 



2nd Aorist Middle. 
Sing, '^eifirjv [irraLfjLrjv] dot//^y (none) 

Terminations the same as those of the Present. 





Imperalive. 






Present. 




Smg. rb€(To 


i(TTa(TO dldovo 


^€LKVVCrO 


[WSof] 


(jLcrT(o) [fitSoi;] 




rtSeVSo)' 


io-rao-^a) SiSoVSet) 


8€LKVV(T^(0 


Plur. TL^ea^e 


tcrrao-Se S/Soo-^e 


deUvvo-'^e 


TL'^ecr'^cja-av IcrTda^ocKrav StSoo-Scocrai/ 


deLKVvo-^coaau 


or TL^eo-^cov 


i(rrao"3a)i/ SiSdcrSo)?/ 


deLKiwcr'^cop 


Dual. TiSeo-Soi/ 


larraa'^ov didoa^ou 


dcLKvucr'^ov 


TL^ea'^cop 


2nd Aorist Middle. 


deLKvvcr'^cop 


Sing. Sou* 


(rrdcro, orco] §oO* 


(none) 


SeVSo) 


crrao-So)] ^oVSo) 




Terminations the same* as in the Present 




Infinitive. 






Present. 




TiSfeo-Sat 


2nd Aorist Middle. 


SciKwcrSat 


^€(r?iai 


[oTao-Sat] boa^^ai 
Participle. 
Present. 


(none) 


Ti^ifievos 


IcrTCLiiEVO^ dibofxevos 
2nd Aorist Middle. 


^CLKVVfieVOS 


Se/xei/os 


[(7ra/i6J/oy] d6fX€vos 


(none) 


The remaining tenses are formed from the 


original roots : of 


rbr)fJLL, 1(TTr)iJLLj di 


Sw/xt, deLKvvfjii (orig. roots, 3e, 


o-ra, do, deiK), they 


are these : 


Future. 




Act. 3j7(ra) 


art] (T CO daxrco 


Sei^o) 


Mid. ^irjo-oiiai 


OTrjcTOfiaL da3(rofjLat 


dci^ofiat 


Pass. T€?ir)(TOfiaL 


Aorist. 


8€Lxpr}(TOfia^ 


Act. €?irjKa 


((TTTjcra e^coKa 


rSftfa 


Mid. [eSr/ACci^T^i/] 


fCTTr^a-d^Tjv [edoiKaiJLiju] 


cdfL^d^Tjp 


Pass. €Te?ir)v 


icTTu'^r^v ibo^rjv 


eddx^rjv 



* In the compounds the accent is thrown back : but not that of 
the 2/id si fig., unless the prep, is a dissyllable: aird^ov, -rrpoa^ov: aW- 
^e<T^€j Trp6cr^€(r^€. 

10 



218 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[63. 







Perfect. 




Act. 


T€^€lKa 


€(TTr)Ka de^oitca 


debcixa 


Pass. 


Te^cLfiai 


{edTayiai) dedofiai 


SeSety/xat 


Act. 


iT€?i€LK€LV 


Pluperfect. 

€l(TTr)K€LV €d€dd>K€lP 


ibebeixcip 


Pass. 


€T€'^€LfJLTJV 


ioTTrjKCLV 

(ia-TdjjLTjv) idedofirjv 


cSeSei-y/Ltiyi/ 



On the syncopated forms of the Perf. eorrjKa, see Pdm. 65. For 
irjfjLi, see Pdm. 67. 

a) A fut. i<TTrj^a> (stabo) was formed fr. Perf. — io-Trj^ofim later. 
— The Aorists e^rjKa^ edcoKa are used only in the sing. Indie. ; the 
forms of the 2nd Aor. in dual and pi. ; in the other moods ; and in 
the participle. ^E^rjKafjirjv, idcoKafjLrjv are un-Atiic. 

b) The peculiarity of /ca, as termination of Aor. 1, belongs to 

c) The OpL and Subj. of the Pres, Pass, from Tbrj^ii, SiSo)/xi, 
and t77/xt, are usually conjugated as if from rtSo), didco, Ico, the accent 
being thrown back : thus rl'^cofxai, S/Sco/iat, &c. ; Ti^iol^rjv, Btdolfjirjv 
(diBoLo, didoLTo, &C.). So in Aor. 2. Mid. a7ro2Ja)/;iat, aTroSotro, &c. 

d) This analogy, as far as regards the accent, is followed by 

dvPttfxaL (am able), and iTriarTaiiaL (know liow). 

Thus : iTTLcrrcdiJLat 
(But IcrrSfxaL 
So also ovaiyiriv ovaio 

e) In the Imperf. Active the singular of T'C^r^yn and Irjiii is often, 
that of dtdcofxt regularly, formed as if from rtSeo), didoa) : h'C^ovv is 
not found ; but eTL^eis, irbei, are far commoner than eVtST/j, irl^r] : 
ididovv, idldovs, edidov. In Attic poetry the forms of the Present 
TL'^els, rtSei, and (from trjfxi) lels, Ul are also found. 

63. Verbs with 27id Aorist like Verbs in fit, 
2nd Aorist. 



-77 '-qraL 


dvvaLjJLTjv 


-mo 


-airo 


'fi -^rat) 


la-raLfJirjv 


-aio 


-aiTO 


ovaiTO. 









aTToStSpaCTACO), 


peco, 


yiyVCCKTKdii, 


(bvco, 


/ run away. 


Iflow. 


I know. I put forth naturally 








(Aor. 2. intrans.). 


Indicative. 








S. anehpav 


CppVTjV 


eypcov 


e^vp 


cLTrebpas 


eppvrjs 


eyv(os 


€(pvs 


airebpa 


eppvT} 


eypco 


e(j)v 


P. aTredpafjiev 


ippvrjjjiep 


eypcofJLep 


eCJ)VIJL€P 


air eb pare 


ippvrjre 


eypcore 


€(f)VTe 


CLTredpdcrav 


cppvrjaav 


eyvcDcrap 


€<j)V(TaP 


p. dnedpaTov 


ippvrjTov 


eyvcoTOP 


€(f)VTqP 


dTTcSpaTrjv 


ippvrjTTjv 


iyPGiTr)P 


i<pvTr^v 



64.] 

Subjunctive. 

S. dnoBpS 

aTTodpas 

dnodpa 
P. d7rodpSp.€P 

dirobpcLTc 

dTTobpCO(TL{y) 
D. CLTTohpCLTOV 
CLTTobpCLTOV 

Optative. 
S. dnodpaLrjv 
dTTodpal-qs 
dTTobpair] 
&C. 
Imperative. 

S. dlTO^pOL'^l 

drrodpaTa) 

&LC. 

Infinitive. 

dwodpavai 
Participle. 

dnodpas 
aa-a, av 



PARADIGMS. 


21 


2nd Aorist. 




pvrjs 




^vo) (prob. v) 

(j>vr]S 


pvap,€V 

pVTjTe 
pV(3(TL{v) 

pvrjTov 


yz.(g 

yv(£>p.^v 

yvcoTC 

yvScTL^v) 

yvcoTov 


<pVCOp,€V 

(pvr)T€ 
(pvcocrt, 
(l)vr}Tov 


pvrJTOV 


ypc^Toif 


<pVT]TOV 


pV€L7]V 


yvolrjv 


(pVOLflL or (f)VT]V 


pV€L7]S 


yV0L7]S 


(j)voLs or (pvrjs 


pv€Lrj 


yVOLT] 
&C. 


(pvoL or (j)ijr) 
&c. 


pvrj^L 


yi/coSi 


((/)03t) 


pVT]T(0 

&c. 


yvoiTco 
&c. 


&C. 


pvTjvai 


yv(ovai 


(f>vpai 


pvelsi ela-a, iv 


yvovs, 
yvovaa^yvQV 


(f)vs, (fivcra^ (f)vu 



64. The following are additional examples of this formation : — 



aKL(TKop.ai 

(am taken) 
^aivco, go 
/Stdo), live 

TTeTOfiai^fly 
(T/ceXXo), dry 

bvco 

(p?idp<o 

( come before 

anticipate) 



Aor. 2. 

taken) 

rjXcop, (2vas 

€d\(op (Att.) 

'^r)p (iveni) 

€^Lcop (lived) 

€7rTrjp(Jlew)'\ 
eaKXrjp (wi- 
thered) 



e5 



€OVP 



e(f)?jT]p 



(went 
into) 



Imp.! Subj. 

— dXci) (SSy 0)) 

^^3t /3co (rjs, fj)^ 
(tttcS ?) 



dv^L 



Bvco (rjs, rf) 
(^3(5 (fjs, fj) 



Opt. 
dXoL-qp 
PaLTjp 

pLCOT]P 



TTTaiTjP 



[dvrjp 

Horn.] 

(p'^airjp 



Infin. 



Partic, 



dXoDj/at dXouy[aex- 
Iceptinlnd.] 
^rjpaL /Say 
^Lcopai Plovs 

(oii(ra, ovp) 

TTTaS 



TTTTJPai 

CTKXrjpaL 

dvpaL 

(f)'^TJpaL 



8vs (v(Ta) 
<^3aff 



* i>v7]p for (pvi-nu. Hippocrates has Aor. 2. i<pv-qv ((pvrjvai, &c.), like 
i^pv-qv. This is the usual form in later writers ; and the Subj. <pvS> 
''Plat.) must bo referred to this, not to i(pvv. (Butlmann.) 

t Late : eVro/xi?*' the usual form. 



220 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[65, 66. 



65. Syncopated Perfect. 



Indicative 


Sing. 
earrrjKa 


^Plural. 
ecrrdfieu 




Dual. 




eorqKas 
€(Trr]K€(v) 


eo-rdre 
i(Trd(TL(v) 




ea-rdrov 
eardrop 


Subjunctive 


io-ro) 




Optative 


iaraiTju, icrraLrjs, &.C. 




Imperative 


eard^L, ia-rarco, &c. 




Infinitive 


ia-rdvai 




Participle 


icrras, axra, Ss or 6s, Gen. ccrrwroy, axrrjSi g>tos. 




Pluperfect. 






Sing. 


Plural. 


Dual. 


iarrjiceiv or ela-rijKCLV 


ecrrdixev 


— 


€(Trr)K€is or clo-rrjKeis 


ccrrdre 


ecrrdrov 


€(Trr)K€i or clcrrrjKeL 


ecrrdcrav 


icrrdrrjv 



a) These syncopated forms are only found in the Dual and 

Plural. The regular forms of ca-rqKa are sometimes met 
with, though the shorter forms are the commoner in the 
best authors, especially for the Plural. — iarr)K€vai rare in 
Attic (Kr.). 

b) In the Pluperf. of ta-rrjfjLi, ea-raa-av is the form of this kind 

that principally occurs. 

c) The Participle arises by contraction from am. The co (as 

arising from ao) is retained through the oblique cases : 
but the neuter ia-ros has better authority than io-rcas. 

66. (Other Syncopated Perfects.) 

deiSco (Horn.), fear, Sedta (rare in Sing.) PI. ^edlixep, deBlre, SeS/dcrii/. 
Part, bebim. Imperf. SeStSt. Subj. dedlay. Opt. 
dedLclrjv. Impf. SeSteVat. Pluperf. 3rd Plur. 
idedia-av or idedUo-av. 

^pr}(TK(o, die T€?ivr)Ka (-as, -e), re'^pdfJLev, reSi/are, Tc'^pdai. 

Imperat. reSj/aSt. Opt. re'^pal-qp. Inf. re^pa- 

pai. Part. reSi/ecos (-ecoo-a, -ecos). 

The Perfects re^iprjKa and dedia are the only Perfects besides 

€arrr)Ka whose syncopated forms are in common use in prose, the 

Partcp. I3€(3a)s (from jSaipo)) forming a partial exception. Of reS- 

PTjKa, it is only the Infin. and Partcp. that are common in Attic 

prose : the Participle is re'^pem, with the (Ionic) intercalation of e. 



67.] 



PAUADIGMS. 



221 



Aedia occurs throughout : the longer form, dedoiKa. occurs only in 
the Indicat. of Perf. and Pluperf. (where it is commoner in the Sin- 
gular than the abridged forms), in the Infin. in the Dramatic writers, 
and in the Participle. 

67. ^^IrjfjLL, — el/jLL and el/jitj — ^rj/xi. 

It is very important that the pupil should acquire a thorough 
familiarity with the forms of 177/xt, ei/xt and elfiL, which, from the re- 
semblance of some to others, are often hard to distinguish : indeed 
some forms (especially in the compounds) are identical, and can only 
be distinguished by the sense. '^Irj^i occurs principally in its com- 
pounds, d(f>Lr]fxt, fi€?iLr)fii, &c. The I is usually long in Attic Greek 
[as short, it occurs principally in the farticiple]. 





(Vt. Root, €.) 










Active. 








Ind. Imper. 


Subj. Opt. 


Inf. 


Partcp. 


Pres. 


«f rf 

LrjfJiL L€t 

Utco, &C. 


La> lelrjv 


UvaL 


ieisy letcra, Uv 


Impf. 


Lr}V 








Perf. 


eiKa 








Plup. 


CIKCIV 








Aor. 1. 


r)Ka 








Aor. 2. 


r t ff rf 
r? -I > €S, €70), 

t''"] \ &c. 


O) €Lr]U 


elvai 


cis, ettra, ev 


PI. < 


€t/X€J/ 

etre 
^ clcrav 






^ 


Fut. 


^(T(t> 


Passive. 






Pres. 


Icfiai (as TL'^ejiaL). 


[On Subj. and 


Opt. see 


p. 218, c] 


Impf. 


lefJLTJV 








Perf. 


elfiaL cIo-Q 




ela^ai 


elfiivos 


Plup. 


elfxrjv 








Aor. 


c't^-qv e^TjTL 


eSo) i'^elrju 


i^irjuai 


i^iels 


Fut. 1. 


€'^7](rofiaL 








Fut. 3. 


(none) 


Middle. 






Aor. 1. 


(rjKayLr]v) 








Aor. 2. 


c^firjp ov 


SiJJLaL CLfMrjU 


€(T?iai 


€fJi€POS 


Fut. 


rjaofxai 









Verbal Adjective, eVor, cVcoy. 

As a general rule, LTjfXL is conjugated like t'C^tj^li. 



222 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [68. 

a) The 3rd Plur, of the Present Indie. Act. is lacn{y) only, for 

Udcniy). 

b) The Imperf. trjv is doubtful in the singular : low, teis, tei are 

undoubted, and it seems that Ulp also was used as 1st sing.* 

c) From d^tT^/it the Imperf. appears with a double augment : 

rj(f)l€L' r](j>L€(rav. But d(j>L€i, and especially dcpiea-aVi hai'e 
more and better authority. 

d) The Aor. 1. rjKa, which is not found except in the Indicative, 

was in general use in the singular. In the plural it is 
rarely used by any Attic writers. Of rjv the singular of 
the Indicative is no where found. 

e) What is here said of rJKa, rjv, applies also to cdcoKa, e^irjKa : 

edcov, e^rju. In Aor. 1 . Mid. rjKafxijp is sometimes, but edoy 
KCLfiTjv, i?i7]KdjjLr)v, never found in Attic writers. 

/) The Dual and Plur. of 2nd Aor. Ac^;. the Indie, of Aor. 2. 
Mid. and Aor. 1. Pass, are found in the common language 
(also in Herodotus) ; but always with the augment. Hence 
d<pLOiT€, d(f)LOL€V, €fX€V, eT€, e(Tav, e'^rjp, cfxrjv, never OCCUr. 

g) Whether clficv, etre, clfxrjv are Indie, or Opt, can only be de- 
termined by the context. 

Ji) In the compounds of tTjfxi the accent of the Imperative es is 
thrown back : a^ey. But ov retains it, even in compounds, 
in this form, not in the others : npoov ; but Trpdeo-^c 

i) Of forms conjugated like barytone verbs (besides the Subj. 
and Opt. of Pres. Pass, and Aor. 2. Mid. ; cf. p. 218, c), 
dcl^LOLTe, d(l)LOLev, are found as Pres. Opt. ; and ico is some- 
times accented as a barytone Subj. (for lai), 

68. (ElfjLi, elfjLL.) 

[O' EljjLt (am) has root is ' elfxi (ibo) root *. 
(1) et/xi, lam; clfjn, I shall go (Pres. mostly with Fut. meaning). 

Imperat. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. 

■It* J S elfJLL, tVSt, (eoTco, &C.) a) e'lrjv elvai a>v (am) 
I et/xt, tSt, (tro), (fee.) to* tot/it tei/at tooi/ \gO) 

* This and the following remarks are from Kruger. 



68.] 



PARADIGMS. 



223 



Indicative. 
Present. 


SuBj. of ^0 he. 


SuBJ. of ^0 g-o. 


S. elfjLL, I am 


elfjLL, I will go 


S. J, 


J/ 


€1 


€L 


5^ 


t77s 


e(TTL(y) 


€i(n(v) 


V 




P. ea-jxev 


tfl€U 


p. a)/x€i/ 


tco/xei^ 


ia-re 


tre 


^re 


tT/re 


€LcrL(v) 


a)0-t(i/) 


la)o-i(p) 


D. icTTOV 


LTOV 


D. TjTOV 


['IrjTOP ?] 


€crr6v 


Xtov 


rjTOV 


[t7;roj/ ?] 


Imp. S. torSt 


i'St (7rpd?i3t : 


Opt. S. ,^v 


totut or lolnu 




seld. Trpojet) 


€Lrjs 


if 

iOlS 


ecrro) 


tro) (irposLTO)) 


€17] 


LOL 


P. eare 


'1 

LT6 


r. emiiev. €lii€V 


'lOLflCV 


eo-TCDcrav 


'iTcoo-av or 


€Lr)T€ l€iTe\ 


'lOLT€ 


and eo-Tcov 


loi/rcov (trcov 


^'irjcrav^ eUu 


Xoup 


{oVTOdV 


JGsch. E. 32.) 


D. [c'irjTov. elrov^ 


[toiroi/ ?] 


Plat.) 


LTOU 


elrjTTjv, e'lTTjV 


[iOtTT/V ?] 


D. €(TTOV 


Irtov 






eCTTCOP 




Inf. ctVat 


lepai 






Part, wv, ouora, op 


loiP, lovo-a, lop 






G. 6pToS',ov(rT)s 


loPTOS, loVCTTJS 



Imperfect. 



S. rjp, I was 

rjp (from rjC'V) 
P. rj^cp 

tJt€ (rjcTTc) 

rjaap 
D. rj(TTOP [rfTOP 

rjarrjp [^ttjp 



fi€LP ; old Attic, fja^ I went. 

fjELSi usu. jfeto-Sa 
if 

f]€L 



7J€Lfl€P, US. ^fJi€V 



7j€LT€ r]T€ 

fjco-ap 

fjeiTOP, ^TOV 

7J€LTr}P, J]T7]V 

Ful. €(rofiaL, I shall be^ €(T7j or co-et, etrrat (for the poet, ecrerai), 
&c. Opt. iaoLfiTjp. Inf. eVetrSat. Parte, iao^icpos. 

The Middle form (tefuu^ tea-ai or t?;, lerai, &c., Imp. tecro, Inf. 
teo-Sai, Partcp. le^icpos, Impf. /e/xr/i/, iVo-o, &c.), signifying to 
hasten, ought probably to be written with the rough breathing 
(a supposition which is mostly confirmed by the manuscripts), 
and referred to IrjfjLL. Verbal adj. Itos is found in compounds : 
Ireos is more common than iTr)T€os {Kr.), 

a) Elfii, to be (with the exception of eO, is enclitic in Pres. Indie. 
[See Rules for Enclitics], In compounds, the accent is on 



224 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [69. 

the preposition, if the general rules of accentuation will allow 
it to be so far back, e. g. 7rapet/xt, Trapet, irapeo-rt,^ &c., Imp. 
wdpLa^t ; but Tvaprjv on account of the augment ; Tfapea-rai. 
(= 7rap€(T€Tat) ; Trap-elvat from the general rule for infini- 
tives in i/at ; subj. Trapoo, -fjs, fj, &c., on account of the con- 
traction ; and Opt. Trapet/zei/, &c. =^ Trapel-qfxep, &c. The 
accentuation of the Partcp. in the compounds should be par- 
ticularly noted ; e. g. 7rap(i>v, Gen. Trapovroy, so also irapicdv^ 
Gen. TTapiovTos. 
h) With reference to accentuation, the compounds of cF/it, iho, 
follow the same rules as those of elfxt, sum (Gottling says. 
Inf. tevai) ; hence several forms of these two verbs are the 
same in compounds, e. g. TrapeLfjn, rrdpsL and irdpeLcn (third 
sing, of cJfjLiy and 3rd plur. of elfiL), 

c) Efei/, esto, he it so, good, 3rd plur. Opt. (=€X7i(rav). — The first 

person Impf. is often rj in Attic poets, sometimes in Plato ; 
^jjLTjv (which occurs in no other person) is very rare in Attia 
Greek. (Xen.) The un-Attic form of the second person 
Impf. ^s is found frequently in the later writers, and now 
and then in lyric passages of the Attic poets. The dual 
forms with a (-^arov, ^(tttjv) are preferred ; but in the 2nd 
fl.^ rjT€ seems to have been exclusively in use (Kr.). ''Eo-ra)? 
is less common than earaxrap. 

d) From et/xt, the third pers. sing. Impf. ^eiv instead of ^ei is 

found in the Attic poets only before vowels, 'Kpo(Tr}€Lv. [Be- 
fore a consonant, PI. Crk. 114.] 

e) The Pres. of etftt, to go, has, in Attic prose, almost always a 

Future meaning. 'leVat and lonv occur both as Present and 
as Future » So also the Optative. {Kr,) 

69. $^/^/, to say, \ov cprjfjLc = nego ; say . . . not\ 

{M.oods : <^r]p.L, (j)d'^t or ^aSt, (f>a>, (jiaiTju, (j)di/at, (pds.) 
Present. Singular. 

(})i]S ((jyrjs ?) 
ct)r}(rL(v) 
Imperfect. €(j)7)v 

(€(pr]s) €(j)rj(r?ia 
Hi 
Fut. ^jjo-co. Aor. €(l>r}o-a. 



Plural. 




Dual. 


(j)afjLiv 






ijyare 




(j)aT6i/ 


(j>ao-L{u) 




(j^aroi/ 


€(f)aiJL€U 






€(paT€ 




ecj^arop 


e(j)a(Tav 




€(pdTr)V 


Verbal Adjective, 


(paras, (f>aT€(ys 



70.] PARADIGMS. 225 

d) The second sing. (^T/y is quite anomalous both in accent and 
in the i subscript. (Gottling and Kriiger print <\ir]^^ The 
compounds retain, in this form, the accent on the ultima, 
e. g. dvTi,(j)^5, but (rvfJL(j)rjiJLi, crviKpa'^t, &c. 

h) This verb has two significations, (a) to say in general, (b) to 
affirm, to assert, &c. (aio). The Fut. (f>rja-iD, however, has 
only the last signification. — ^co, <j)aLT]v often and (l)dvaL usu" 
ally relate to the past. The Participle (pas does not belong 
to Attic prose, 

c) With (prjfjLi the verb r)fii, inquam, may be compared. The 
Imperfect rjp, tj is used in the phrases rju 5' eyco, said I, 
rj 5' Off, said he (inserted parenthetically), in relating a con- 
versation. 

The pres. ^^/xt (with the exception of (^tJ^) is enclitic, [See 
Rules for Enclitics.] 

70. Olha. 

Ol^a (novi) is properly a Perf. 2. from root eld- [vid-ere] ; but it 
passes over to the forms of a verb in /it : having second sing. -3a (as 
€(j)T](r'^a, ^(T^a have from (prjfjLL, clfxi). 

Moods : 

oI8a I 1(T^L (1o-T<o) I cldcj I eldeLTjv \ clbevai \ eldas, via, 6s* 

Present. 

Sing, olda Plur. IV/xei/ Dual. 

olo-'^a iVre 'lcttov 

otSe(i/) 'IcrdorL^v) 'ia-rov 

Imperfect 
Sing. ^h€Lv, Att. fibt) PL il^ciiJLev Dual. 

rjdcLo-'^a, ? A j-i- S fjh-qa'ta TjdeLTe fjdciTOU 

^dcL, Att. ^dcLV, fjdrj fjbea-av [rj^ciaav] rjb^LTqv 

Fut. €L(Toixai. Verbal Adjective, lariop. 

a) Though the sing, forms ^^rj, &c. are usually called Attic, 
the forms fjdcLv, &c. occur even in the best Attic writers. — 
In the Dual and Plur. of Imperf., fiarqu, Tja-fxcv, -re, -o-ov, 
are also found in the poets. 
h) Fut. cidoyiai, and the ^uhj. [Opt.'] and Injin. of the Present 
have also the meaning of to understand. 
10* 



226 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[71. 



71. Kecfjuat (jaceo), rj/juat [sedeo), 

KeT/iat, according to Kriiger, is from Kclofiat-^ Keofxai : according 
to Buttmann, a Perfect for KCKeifjLai. 

a) The Infin. is accented like a Perf. Infin,, and retains this 
accent in compounds : Kela^^ai, KaraKcla-^ai, 

h) But KaTaKeLfxaiy KaTaKeicraL throw back the accent. 
^H/xat (in Attic prose Ka^rjixaL is the usual form) is in form a 
Passive Perfect. 





Present. 






Ind. 
KclaaL 


Subj.^ 
KecjfJLaLJ 


Opt. 
[KeoLfxrjv] 
[KeoLo] 


Imperfect. 

€K€L(rO 




Kerjrat 


K€OLTO 


€K€LTO 
€K€LjJi€^a 


Kclvrai 
[/cei/ieSoi/] 
K€i(r3ov 


K€(CVTai 


K€OLVTO 


€K€iVTO 

e/cetcrSoj/ 


Kela-^ov 






€K€L(r'^T]V 


Imper. kc^o-o, kclo-'^co, 


&C. Infin. K€7(T% 


2L. PartCp. K€lfJi€VOS 



Fut. Keia-ofxai. No Aorist. 

a) Present, fjfiai, fjo-au, fjo-Tai^ Sic. 3 plur. fjvraL. 

Imper. r)(ro, ^a'^co, &c. Infin. rjo-^ai. Partcp. rjfxevos. 
Imperf. rjfx-qv, rjo-o^ fjcTTO, &C. 3 plur. rjvro. 

h) Present, Kd^irjixaL, Ko.'^rjaaL, Ko.'^rjTaL, &C. 

Subj. KQ^wiiai. 3. Ka'^TJraL. Plur. 1. fc«Sa)/xe^a. 3. fcaS- 

(ovrai. 
Opt. Ko^oiyir)v \^K.o!^r}fjir]v 1^ 3. /caSJotro [/caS^^TO ?]. 
Imper. Kd^irja-o [kcl^ov]. Inf. /caS^orSat. Parlcp. Ka'^rjfxevos. 
Imperf. €Ka'^r]fJLr)V {Ka!^rjiJLr}v.) 3. €Kd?ir]TO, Ka^rjcrro (Ka'^rJTo), 

3 plur. eKa^iTjvro, Ko.'^rjvTO. 
The Imperf. of Ka'^rjfjLaL often prefixes the Syll. Augment to the 
preposition (but not in the Tragic poets) in iKa!^r]fxr}v : but also 
Ka'^rjo-o^ Ka?ir)To are found (more commonly Ka?iri(rro, Ka?irjvTo) where 
the Augment is compensated for by the accentuation. So also ^aS- 
^crSe, whereas Ko.'^rjo-'^e is the Present. In the Subj. Ka'^Syfjim is more 
regular than /cdScojuat : so also fcaSoTro, Opt., for which, perhaps, 
Ka!^rifjirjv, Ka^^rjro (but only in these forms) were used {Kr.), 



72, T3.] 



PARADIGMS. 



227 



72. Anomalous Verbs. 
It is an anomaly of meaning when the Future Middle (in form) 
has a Passive sense. 

FUTURE IMTDDLE with PASSIVE SOnse. 

dBiic-qo-ofiai, shall be injured 
o^ofxaL, shall be led 

1 In these the Pass, meaning is pretty- 
steady. 



^peyjrofjLac, shall be nourished 

(also Mid.). 
olKTjo-ofiaL, shall be inhabited 
Ti/jL-fjcroiJiaL, shall be honoured 
CrjfJLLooo-oiJLai, shall be punished ^ 
(TTeprjcrofjLaL, shall be deprived 
(f)o(3rj(roiJLaL, shall be feared 
oxpeXTjo-ofjuiL, shall be benefited ^ 

So, ap^ojjLai (shall be ruled, and [3fzrZ.] shall begin), etp^ofiac 
(shall be restrained), ^Xdylrofxat (shall be hurt), Tapd^ofxai (shall be 
disturbed), rpiy^opai (shall be rubbed) , (j)vXd^ofJLai (shall be guarded) ^ 
are all found in good Attic writers. 

73. Futura Media of regular verbs, which in classical writers 
are the quite or nearly exclusive forms. 



In these, usage fluctuates between 
these forms and those in -S^o-ojuat ; 
those in -ST^o-o/xat denoting rather 
a continued action. (Herm.) 



dKovcrofMiL (-ovcd), shall hear. 

akaXd^opai (-d^co), shall shout. 

d7ravTr](Toixai (-ao)), shall meet. 

dnoXavo-opai (-avco), shall derive 
(from any thing). 

^abiovpai (-lC^^), shall walk. 

fioTjcrofxaL (-dco), shall sJiout. 

yeXdo-opaL (-dco), shall laugh. 

KcoKV(Topcu ('V(o), sJiall wail. 

olfiw^oiiaL (-0)^0)), shall wail, la- 
ment. 



oXoXv^ofjiaL (-v^co), shall cry aloud 

(to the gods). 
7rrjdr)(rofxaL (-dco), shall leap, 
cnyrjo-ofiai (-dco) , shall be silent. 
(TLcoTTTjo-ofiaL ('dco), shall hold my 

tongue. 
(TTrovddcrofiai (-afo)), shall make 

haste, be busy. 
(Tvpi^opai (-L^co), shall pipe. 
Tco?idcrofiaL (-d^co), shall jeer. 



Futura Media of regular verbs whose Future Active is a less 
common form : 



acTopm, acrco (-^co), will sing. 
dpTrdo-ofiai, -dcrco (-d^co), shall 

snatch. 
fiXeyJAopai, -ylrco (-nco), shall look. 
yrjpdcrofjLm^ -dcrco (a\_(rK]co), shall 

grow old. 
8ta)^o/xat, ^o) (-Kco), shall pursue. 
iyKcoyadcTopai, -dcrco (-d^co), shall 



€7raLV€crop,ai, -ecrco 
praise. 



(-ceo), shall 



iirLopKrjcrofJLai, -rjcrco (-€(o), shall 

forswear myself 
'^avfj.dcrofjLaL, -dcrco (-d^co), shall 

wonder. 
KXeyJAopaL, -yfrco (-tttco), shall steal, 
po(f)r)CTopaL, -Tjcrco (-eco), shall SUp 

up. 
cTKcjyj/ofiaL, -yj/co (-tttco), shall mock, 
XcoprjcTOfiai, -rjcrco (-eco), shall re* 

tire. 



228 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74. 



Br)pd(rofiai and ^iripevaofxatri will chase, and KoXdaofiai, will chaS' 
tise, do not belong here ; for the Middle Form of other tenses is 
found as Active (implying that the action is done /or the agenCs own 
satisfactiori) , and the Futures in -g-co are also in use. So iyj/^rjo-ofjiai 
(Plat.) = mihi coquam. The Regular Fut. is iyj/rjaco. 

74. Deponents Passive (i. e. that have a Passive Aorist.) 



r}bvvrpr]v or ebvvrj^rjv ; idvvda'^rjv, 

was able (^vvafxat). 
T)pd(T^7fv, loved (epapai). 
TjX'^^o-^rjv, was vexed at (ax^o/xat)- 
ijiovKrf^r]v, r]^ov\rpr]v, wished ; 

chose (/3ouXo/xat) . 
cderj^irjv, begged (deofiai). 
^or^rjv, ivas delighted ; was pleased 

{rfdopai). 
(or)'^7]u, thought (oto/xat). 
€cr€^3?7i',* reverenced (o-e^opai). 
€<pauTdcr^i]v, likened myself ((f)av- 

Td(opai). 
diekcx'^Tjv, conversed with (diaXe- 



(-eofxai). 



€7r€ peXrj^rjv, called for (-[cJo/naO' 
€V€^vfxrj^r)v, considered^ 
7rpo€'^vpT]'^rjv, was eager 
€P€vor)'^T)v, considered, 

intended 
buvorf^r^v, thought over; 

intended 
d7T€vor)'^r]v, was beside 

myself; was desperate ^ 
TjvavTLoo'^Tjv, opposed ('oopat). 
€v\aPr)^ijp, shunned scrupulously 

(-eo/uas). 
i(^L\oTLprp7}v, was ambitious (-eo- 

paC). 



yopai), 

I. Verbs in <o, with collateral forms in ecu or copai. 



Present. 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Aorist. 


dXe^o), ward off 


[dXe^rjorco^ 




[fX^fa] 


Middle 


dX€^T](Topai 




rjke^dpr)V 


^6(TK(o,feed 


^oaKYjaco 






(€)2JeXQ), will 


(e;3eX7^crci> 


Ti'^eXrjKa 


Tj'^iXrjcra 


cppco, take oneself off 


epprjcrco 


rjpprjKa 


rjppWO- 


€vd(o, sleep 


evdrjaco 


(none) 


(none) 


€■^(0, boil 


€>7io-to (Pdm. 73) ? 


r]y\rr)(Ta 


Passive 




^ylrrjpai 


jyj/'^'^r]!/ 


Middle 


ey\rr](Topai 




Tj^Tja-dprjv 


/xcXet, curcB est 


peXrjcrei 


p€pe\r]K€V 


ipe\r)a€V 


/xeXXo), am going 


peXXrjo-co 


? 


epeWrjaa 


pevco, remain 


pL€VQi 


pcpevrjKa 


epcLva 


vepw, distribute 


vepo) 


veveprjKa 


epeipa 


Passive 




vcveprjvai 


€V€pr)^r}V 


oCo, smell of 


6^7) (rG> 


[odcoba] 


a)^r](ra 


o^eiXo), owe (ought) 


6(j)€iXr)(r&} 


60(l>€l\rjKa 


a>(f>€iKr](Ta 


TVTTTCD, beat 


TVTTTriO-fO 


7 


(ervTTOp) 


Passive 


TVTTTrjcropat 


T€Tvppai 


€TV7rr)V 


XCLLpco, rejoice 


Xaip-qcrco 


KexdprjKa 
(■qpai) 


ixdprjv 


ax^opai, am vexed (at) 


dx^€(T(?ir)(r)opai, 


? 


T}x^€(r^r]v 



* Plat. Phaedr. 254. 



74.1 


PARADIGMS. 




'^2y 


Present. 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Aorist. 


povXofxai, will ;. choose 


^ovXrjo-op^aL 


Pe^ovXrjfxat. 


eQovXrfir)V 


[epofxat], ask 


iprjo-ofxai 


(none) 


^p6pr}V ^ 


fxaxofMai, fight 


p.axovp.ai 


p,efxdxr)fiai 


€p.ax€(Tdp,T}p 


fiiXofiai, care for 


fjieXTjcrofJiaL 


jjLep.eXrjp.ai> 


epeXrj^irjv 


o'tofjiaL, think 


olr](TopLai, 


(none) 


(arpr)v 


o'lxofJLai., am gone 


olxr]crop.ai 


[©X^/^at] 


(none) 


11. Verbs in ew, with a collateral form in ©. 


Present. 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Aorist. 


yafieo), marry 


•ya/iQ> 


yey dp.7}Ka 


eyrjpa 


Middle 


ya/xoO/xat 


yeydprjpai 


eyrjpdprjp 


doK€(o, seem 


do|a) 


beboypat 


edo$a 


piTTTeo), /SiTTTft), throw 


pt^^o) 


eppKpa 


€ppL\jra 


Passive 




€ppip.paL 


ippL(l)(p)rjp 


wSeo), thrust 


wo-o) {Qouir](r(o) 


(^ecoKa) 


ecoaa 


Passive 


Q}0-?ir](Top.aL 


ecxxrpuii 


iaxr'^rjp 


Middle 


aKrofxaL 




icocrdprjp 


III. Verbs in avco, 


av-ofxai ; i. e. whose roots are 


formed by ap 


appended to the simpler root. (With some in v(o, Lpa>, avv<o. 


aivo fiai, peofiai.) 








Present. 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Aorist. 


GuiapTCLVdn^ miss; sin 


dfJLapTrja-ofjLat 


rjpdpTrjka 


rjpaprov 


Passive 




rjpdpTTjpat 


dpapr-q^ripai 


av^{dv)(o, increase 


av^r)(r(o 


7jv^r]Ka 


Tjv^rjcra 


Passive. 


av^r}(^r])(TOfjLai 


Tjv^rjpai 


rjv^^^irjp 


PKaa-rdvcOi ^^<^ 


^Xa(rTrj(Tco 


(Pje^XdcrrrjKa elSXacTTOP 


8ap^dva>, sleep 


dap^irjcrofjLaL (?) 


deddp'^TjKa 


edap^iov 


oXio-^dva), slip 


6Xt(r^{)(r(o (?) 


(aXi&'^rjKa) 


a>Xi(T?iop 


al(r^dvop.ai, perceive 


al(T?ir}(rofjLai 


jjcr'^ijpaL 


fjcr'^oprjp 


dwcx'^dvop^ai, become hat 


- d7r€x^r}(rop,ai 


aTrrjx^Tjpai 


dmjx'^dprjp 


Tii/o), pay [ed ria-co 


TeriKa 


ericra, Tiaai 


Passive 




TeTLO-p.aL 


eTLo-'^ijv 


Middle 






eTLcrdp-qv 


03ai/co, come before 


cfi^rjo-ofJLai 


e(j)^dKa 


ecjf^aa-a^ e(f>- 


ddKV(o, bite 


drj^ofiai 


? 


ebaKov \pr)P 


Passive 


brjx^r](TOjxai 


dedrjypai 


ebi)x^r]P 


Kdfivco, become weary 


fca/xoO/xat 


KeKprjKa 


eKapop 


T€p,v(o, cut 


re/xo) 


rerp-qKa 


erepov 


Passive 


T€Tp,7](TOfXat 


TerprjpaL 


erp.r]^Tjv 


^alvco, go 


Pr)(rop,aL 


^e^rjKa 


ePrju 


iXavvco, drive 


eXo) 


eXrjXaKa 


rfXdo-a 


Passive 




iXT)Xdp.aL 


rjXa'^rjp 


Middle 






rjXaadprjp 


6(rcl)paLvop,ai, smell 


6(r(f)pr](Topiai 


[a)(T<f>pi]p.at] 


warcppoprjp 


iKveofxat, come 


l^op.ai 


lypai 


iKoprjP 



230 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74. 



> IV. Verbs in ava>, < 


ivofim, whose short 


root was strengthened by v, 


before av was 


appended : Xt;^-, Xa3- ; Xai/3-, Xcy3-az/-a). 


1 Present. 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Aorist. 


1 Xav^dvco, am hid 


Xrjcrco 


XeXrj^a 


eXa'^op 


Middle 


Xrjcrop,aL 


XeXrjcrfjiai 


iXa'^ofiTjp 


IJLav?idi/(o, learn 


p,a?ir]o-op.ai 


p.€p,d'^r]Ka 


efia'^Qv 


XafjL^dpo), take 


Xr]\j/op.aL 


elXrjcpa 


eXa^op 


Passive 


Xrjcp'^rjcrofJiaL 


6tX7//>t/xat 


iXr]<p^-qp 


Middle 






eXapOfJLTjP 


?iLyydva), touch 


^l^opai (-0) ?) 


? 


c'^Lyop 


^ Xayxdvo), receive by lot Xrj^o^ai 


€iXr)xa 


cXaxov 


Passive 




eiX-qyfxaL 


jXrjx^rjv 


1 Tvyxdvco, hit a mark 


T€V^OfXaL 


T€Tvx^<a 


ervxop 


TTVP^dvofini,) inquire 


TrevcTOfiai 


iriirvcTpiai 


CTTV'^OfirjV 


V. Verbs 

1 .-f 


in (TKco appended to the simpler ] 


root. 


Present. 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Aorist. 


yr)pd((rK)<Oi grow old 


yr}pacroiJLai((ra)) 


y^yrjpdKa 


iyrjpdcra 


r)^d((TK)co, pubescere 


0r]crco 


rj^rjKa 


rl^rjcra 


dp€(TKco, please 


dp € a CO 


(dprjpeKa) 


fjp€CTa 


, €vpL(TK(o, find 


€vpr]o-co 


evprjKa 


€vpop 


Passive 


cvpe'^rjcrofiat 


€i)pr)pai 


€vpe?ir]p 


ai/dXiV/co), spend 


dpaXQ)crco 


dpaXcoKa 


dpdXcocra 






dpfjXcoKa 


dprjXcocra 


Passive 


dpaXco'^rjcroiJ.ai 


dpakcop,aL 


dpaXcD?ir)P 






dprjXcopiaL 


dvr}X6)^r]P 


dfxjSXta-Ka), miscarry 


(a/ijSXaxro)) 


fjfx^XcoKa 


fjfx^XcocTa 


^PTjo-KCD, die 


^iapovfxaL 
IXdcTOfjiai 


TWiPYjKa 


e'^apop 


> iXda-KOfiai, propitiate 




tXacrdfXTjv 


Passive 




{ikacrpiaL) 


IXdcr'^rjp 


aXldKopai, am taken 


dXdxrofJLaL 


edXcoKa 


idXcDP 






^XcoKa 


TjXcov 



VI. Verbs in ctkco appended to a simpler root reduplicated : 

^pCO-, ^LJBpcOCTK'. 

Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. 



^L^poicrKco^ eat 


\Ppd)CTopai\ 


^€^pCOKa 


[elSpcocra] 


Passive 


(Ppco'^r]crop.aL) 


(Beppcofxai 


iPpco?ir]P 


yiypcacTKci)^ know 


ypa>CTop,ai 


eypcoKa 


eypcov 


Passive 


ypcocr?ir]CTopai 


eypcocTfxat 


iypcocr'^rjv 


TLTpCOCTKCO, WOUTld 


Tpcocrco 


7 


erpcocra 


Passive 


rpco'^rjcrop^ai 


rerpcopai 


€TpC^?ir)P 


IxLixpT] CTKCO, put in mind 


fxprjcrco 




epprjcra 


Passive (=remember) p.p-qcr'^rjcToum 


pi^cpprjpiaL 


cjipTjcr'^rjv 




pL€p.pr}CTop.aL 







74.1 



PARADIGMS. 



231 



Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. 

dpacrofiai dedpdKa cdpop 

TrerrpaKa 
7r€7rpdcro[xaL 7re7rpdp.aL inpa'^r^v 

VII. Verbs that supply their tenses from other roots. 



dtdpda-Kco, run away 
TTLTTpaarKcOi buy 
Passive 



Present. Borrowed Root. Future. Perfect. 



alpeco, take, cX- 

cLTTclv, say, ip- 
Passive 

cpxofiai, go, iXev'^' 



€(t'^l(o, eat, 
Passive 

€;(a), have, 
Passive 
Middle 



(pay 

OTT-, i8'i 



aipr](r(o 

alpe'^Tjcrop.ai 

€pco 

prf^r](TopaL 

elp-qaofiai 

iXevaopai 

edofJLaL 



rjprjKa 
^pr)iiaL 
elpTjKa 
eip-qpiaL 

ikrjKv^a 
edrjdoKa 
idrj^ecrnaL 
eo-)(T]Ka 



6^(0, (TX^O'CO 

[/xat ecrx^pai 



opdco, see, OTT', tS-, oylrofiaL 

Passive 6cf)^r](Top.at, 

Middle 

TTOLCrX'^'. S'^ff^f-) TTT^S-, TT€V^' 7TeL(T0}XaL 

7TLV(o, drink, rre-, no- 7riop,aL 

Passive Tro'^Tjo-oiiaL 

7ri7rTco,faU, Trer-, Trero- Trecrovpac 

Tp€X(>ij run, 8pap- dpaptovpai 
Passive 

(pepcD, bear, ivcK-, ol- 

Passive 



Aorist. 

elXov 
T^pe^irjv 
eiTTov, (-a) 
ipprfir]V 

rfM^ov 
€(payop 

ecrxov 
[jax^'^rjv] 
€crxopr]U 
€ldop 



€copaKa 
i(jopdpaL,ci)p,paL axp'^rjv 
eldop-qv 
ireTTOvfia 



\ oicr'^rjG 



TTencoKa 

Trenopai 

TiiivrccKa 

dedpdprjKa 

dedpaprja'^aL 

ivrjvoxa 

€VT]V€ypaL 



€7ra^ov 

CTTLOV 

€7r o^rjv 
errecrov 
ebpapLOV 



otcrco evqvoxa fjvcyKou 

v€x^r](TopiaL €VT]V€ypaL rjvex'^Tjv 

r]cropaL 
Middle oLaopai rjpeyKdprjp 

VIII. Verbs in pn whose original root ends in a (like to-TTjpLi). 
Present. Future. 



KLXpr)pL (1), lend XPW^ 

Mid. borrow xpW^H'^'' 

6vlvr)pi (2), benefit 6v7]orcD 

ovLvapai, Mid. to ovrjaopiai 
derive advantage. 



Perfect. 
K€XprjKa 



Pass. 

TripTrXrjpL {3), fill 
Mid. C 



ttXtjo-co TrenXrjKa 



Pass. 



TTl/X- 

TvKdpai 



TrXrja'^rja'o- 
pai 



7r€7r\r](r- 
pat 



Aorist. 

€xpw^^ 
*€Xpr](Tdpr}V 

covrjcra 
^ 6vr]p-qv, 
(■qa-o, &C.) 
wvdp-qv, 
later 

€7r\Tjcra 
€7r\TjadpT]U 
iirKriprjV 
^(poet.) 
enXrjcr'^rjp 



Root. 
Xpa- 

ova- 



TrXa- 
(7rX?;3- 

for 

other 

tenses) 



i 



232 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Present. Future. 

TrifjLTrprjixi (4), burn Trprjo-co 
Mid. 5 TTt/x- 
Pass. \ TTpafiai C Trprjo-^irjo-o- 

] M«t 
f 7r€7rpr](Top,aL 
[rX^jLit] (5) endure rXfjorofxai 

On (j)Tjp,[, see Pdm. 69. 



Perf. Aorist. 

7re7rpT)Ka CTrpTjaa 

TreTrprja-' eTTprjcr^rjv 

TerKrjKa ctXtjv 



[74. 

Root. 

TTpa- 

(irprfi' 

for 

other 

tenses) 
rXa- 



Oiher forms : 

(1) Inf. KLxpdvai, * ixprja-^M^ = ^ I borrowed,'' un-Attic, 

(2) Inf. Pr. opivdvai. — Aor. Imper. ovtjo-o. Opt. opaifjirjv. Part. 
6vr)p.€vos {Horn.) [The rest supplied by ax^eXetj/.] 

(3) The /i in the reduplication of this and the following verb is 
usually omitted in composition, when a p. precedes the reduplication ; 
e. g. €p,7rL7rXap,aii but iv€7np^7rKdpr)v, 

Inf. Pr. TTip^irkdvai, Impf. €7rLp,7r\r]v. Inf. Pr. Mid. 7rip>7r\aar^ai. 
Impf. i7np7r\dpT]v. 

(4) Exactly like tti/xttXt/jlii. Xen. has iripLTcpda, 

(5) erXrjv, rX^St, rXw, TkairjVi rXrjvaL^ rXds* The word Is rare in 
Attic prose. 

(Deponents,) 



Present. 
ayapai, wonder 



Future. 
dydarop^ai (Ep.). 



8vuap.aL (1), can dvi/rjcropLai 



Perf. 



debvvrjp^ai 



iTrla-Tapai (2),* 

understand 
€pap,ai, love 



€7n(rTrj(rop,aL 
ipaa-'^rjcropaL 



Aorist. 
T]ydo-?irjv 
rjya(rdp.r)v (Ep, 
once Dem.). 

< rjdvvrj^Tjv 
( ibvvda^-qv {Ion, 
and Xen.), 
rjiTL(TTrf^r]v 

r)pd&^7]V 



(ipd(o is the prose form). 
Kp€p,ap,ai, (see Kpep,dvpvp.t, Table X). 

Other forms : 

(1) Moods of Pres. ^vv-ao-o, 'a>p,ai, -aiprjv, -ao-Sat, 'dp,€Vos, [5uz/- 
(o/xat, acceniu retracto.] Imperf. idvvdp^rjv or rjdvvdp^rjv. 



* Properly ^(? stand upon (i. e. as having mastered it). 



74] 



PARADIGMS. 



233 



(2) Moods of Pres. iirloT-Qi (less commonly -ao-o)^ -(ofxai, 'aifXTjVj 
-acrSat, -dfjievos. Impf. TjTna-TdjjLrjv, 2 sing, ^ttioto) (less commonly 
-aao). iCr €7rtW(i)/xat, accentu retracto. 

To these \nust be added : 

(1) xPVi oportet, €xpr)v, or xp^^j oporiebat, xPW^h oportebii (R. ^pa- 

or xpe-)- 

Imper. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. 

Xprj (none) xp5 XP^^'^ XP^^«^ ^o XP^^'' 

(2) dnoxpTj, sufficit, Inf. dnoxpiiv [or -xp^^]j Part. aTroxpo)!'. Im- 

perf. dnexpr}, Fut. d7roxpT](T€L, Aor. diTexpT](T€{y). It also 
takes some personal forms (as from aTroxpaco), dTroxpcoo-iv, 
d7roxp^(Tov(rL(v). In jVIid. aTroxp^orSat (= ^o Aare enough) 
is conjugated like xpao/iat. 

(3) €7rpidpir)v, to buy (used by the Attics as Aorist to wz/eo/xai). 

Imper. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. 

fTrpidfxrju Trpico Trptco/iat 7rpLaLp.r]v TrptacrSai irpLdpi^vos 

IX. Verbs in w/it appended to an impui^e original root. 



Present. 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Aorist. 


ayi/v/xt, break 


ci^co 


edya 


ea^« 


Passive 




[eay/zat] 


(eayr?!/) 


detKvvpL, show (Pdm. 


60) 






^evyvupi, bind 


fev^o) 


7 


efei^^a 


Passive 




efeuy/ittt 


cCvyrjv (iCevx^rjv) 


Middle 


(ev^ofiaL 




(C^V^dpTjV 


IxlywpL, mix 


/Xl^O)^ 


(/ie/xixa) 


T\^^ 


Passive 


fiLX'^rja-oiia 


t ficptypai 


jpLx^rjv, iplyrjv 


ly vvfjLL, oiycD, open 


o'l^(i> 


ecpxa 


ecp^a. OL^ciL 


Passive (= am open) 


ecoy/xat 


^Vx^^^5 olx'^rjvai 


ofiopyvvp^L, wash ojf 




? 


a>pop^a 


Passive 




? 


wpopx'^rjv 


Middle 


6p,6p^ofjiaL 




ojpop^dprjv 


7rr}yvvpL, fix ^ fasten 




TreTTTjya (*284) eizr^^a 


pT]ywfiL, tear 


pj)^(D 


€ppci)ya (*283; 


^PPl^a 


Passive 


payr](TOfiai 




cppdyrju 


Middle 






ippn^dprju 


o/ii/u/xt, swear 


dp,ovpaL 


opcopoKa 


copocra 






6p(op6a?iai 


dpo(cr)'^TJvai 


oKXvpi. destroy 


oXo) 


oXcoXeica 


(uXfcra 


Middle 


oXoO/iat 


oXcdXu (peril) 


(tiXoprji/ 



234 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74 



X. Verbs in vvvfii appended to a pure original root. 



Present. 



Future. 



d[jL(j)L€vvvfii, put on (clothes) djjiCJ^LS) 






Middle dii(l)L€(TOfiaL 

KopivvvyLi, satisfy (Kopeao)) 

Passive 
o-pivuvjXL^ extinguish. 

Passive 

Intransitive o-^rjo-ofxai 

o-ropevvvjjLL, strew^ spread o-ropco 

(Com p. &TpQ)VVVp,L) 

KepdvvvjjLL, mix K€pd(rco (?) 

Passive 

Middle 
Kp€p.dvvvfxL^ hang (trans.) Kpeficj 

Passive 
Kp€p,ap.ai, hang (intrans.) KpefirjcroixaL 
Trerdvpyfit, spread out ; ^ Trerao-o), 



Perfect, 
(none) 

7)fJL(f)L€(rfJLat 
[K€K6pT)Ka] 

KCKopeo-jJiai 



Aorist. 
rjiJL(pL€(ra 

cKopecra 

€K0p6(r?iT]V 

€(r$€ora 

eo-jSrjv 
iaropea-a 
[io-Topear^rjv] 



(none) 
icrT6p€(TfJLaL 

KEKpuKa (?) iKepacra 
S KeKpdjxai S €Kpa^r]v 

( K€K€pa(TfJLaL ( €K€pdGr^r)V 

cKepao-djJLrjp 



extend 

Passive 
(TK€bdvvvp,L, scatter 

Passive 
^<i)vpvp,L, gird 

Passive 

Middle 
pa>vvvp,L^ Strengthen 

Passive 
(TTpoavvvpLi^ strew 

Passive 

Middle 
XpQ>vwixLi color 

Passive 



Att. TreTO) 

f 0)0-0) 



(KCKpepLajxai) 

[TreTreraAca] 

7r€7rTdp,ai 

ia-Kedaa-fxat 
[c^coKa] 
e^ooa-fiat 



pMcroi) l 

pcoo-^rjo-ofiai eppcofxai 
orpcotro) 

ccrrpcofxaL 



K^xpdiO'y^ai 



cKpefxaara 
€Kp€fjido-?irjV 

€7r€Td(ra 

€7r€Td(r?irju 
ecTKeddaa 
eo-Kcdda^iriv 
€^o){ra 

€^<t>(rdfxr)V 

€ppa)(r?ir}V 

earpaxra 

carpco'^rjv 

io-Tpaxrdfirjv 

cxpoxra 

ivpoxr^iriv 



LIST OF NUMERALS. 





CARDINALS. 




ORDINALS. 


1 d 


elSi fMLa, €V 


1 


6 TTpCOTOS, rj, OP 


2ff 


dvo 


2 


devrepos, a, ov 


3y 


TpeTs^ rpia 


3 


TpLTOS, rj. ov 


4 d' 


T€(r(Tap€Si T€<T(Tapa 


4 


rerapros, r], ov 


5 e 


7rivT€ 


5 


TrefXTTTOS, &C. 


6 r' 


^ 


6 


CKTOS 


7 r 


iirrd 


7 


e^dofxos 


8^' 


OKTO) 


8 


oydoos 


9 3' 


ivvia 


9 


evaros (evvaros) 


10 I 


d€Ka 


10 


deKaros 


11 ta 


evdcKa 


11 


ev^eKaros 


12 liS' 


drndcKa 


12 


dcodeKaros 


13 ty 


TpLaKaldeKa 


13 


TpLo-KaibeKaros 


14 tS' 


T€(T(TapaKaih€Ka 


14 


T€(rcrapaKaib€KaTOS 


15 te' 


TreuTCKaidcKa 


15 


TrevTeKatdeKaros 


16 tr 


eKKaidcKa 


16 


eKKaLdeKaros 


17 er 


eTTTaKaideKa 


17 


iirTaKaibe KOTOS 


18 tr;' 


OKTCOKalbcKa 


18 


OKTCOKaibe KOTOS 


19 i3' 


ivveaKaidcKa 


19 


ivv^aKaibeKOTOS 


20 /c' 


eLKoa-iiy) 


20 


cIkoo-tos 


21 Ka 


e'lKOCTLV els, pna, ev 


21 


CLKOO-TOS TTpCOTOS 


22 /c^' 


€*LKO(TL bvO 


22 


cIkoottos devTepos 


23 Ky 


c'lkoo-l Tpels, Tpla 


23 


elKOa-TOS TplTOS 


24 Kb' 


cIkoctl T€(Tcrap€s, pa 


24 


eiKoa-Tos rirapTos 


25 zee' 


etKOCrt 1T€VT€ 


25 


CLKOOTOS Tre^TTTOS 


26 Kr 


>f rtf. 

€LKOaLV €^ 


26 


CLKOa-TUS €KTOS 


27 ^r 


eiKoa-LV eirrd 


27 


€LK0O-T0S €p8op,OS 


28 x»y' 


cXkoo-lv OKTOa 


28 


cIkootos oyboos 


29 k3' 


cIkoctlp ivvea 


29 


elKoa-Tos evvaros 


30 V 


TpLaKovra* 


30 


TpiaKOO'TOS 




* l^^ TpLOLKOVra ' 


TifforapaKOvrd. 



236 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 







CARDINALS. 




ORDINALS. 


31 Xa' 


T^LCLKOvra CIS 


31 


TpiaKOO-TOS TTpcOTOS 


32 X^ 


TpiaKovra dvo 


32 


TpiaKoa-Tos 8evT€pos 


to 




to 


to 


to 


39 X3' 


TpiaKOVTa ivvia 


39 


TpiaKocTTos evvaros 


40 


f 
M 


Tco-crapaKovra 


40 


Tca-a-apaKoo-Tos 


50 


V 


TTevTTjKovra 


50 


TrevTrfKoo-Tos 


60 


r 


i^rjKOvra 


60 


c^TjKoarros 


70 


o. 


ePdojjLrjKOPTa 


70 


ipdofxrjKOOTOs 


80 


r 
TV 


6ybor]KovTa 


80 


oydoTjKoa-Tos 


90 


G 


ivevrjKOVTa 


90 


ivcvrjKOdTos 


100 


P 


iKOTOV 


100 


iKarocTTos 


200 


t 
(T 


bidKoa-ioi^ at, a 


200 


diaKOCTLOO-TOS 


300 


T 


TpiCLKOO-LOL 


300 


TpLaKOCnOCTTOS 


400 


f 
V 


TerpaKocTLoi [reo-crep 


.] 400 


Tca-o-apaKoa-Loa-Tos 


600 


<!>' 


TrevTaKoo-LOL 


500 


TTCVTaKOO-LOO-TOS 


600 


X 


e^dicoo-Loi 


600 


i^aKOCTlOO-TOS 


j 700 


V 


eTTTOLKOCnOl 


700 


eiTTaK0(TL0(TT6s 


■ 800 


1 


OKTCLKOCTLOL 


800 


OKTaKOa-lOOTTOS 


' 900 


^ 


ivoLKoa-Loi {ivvaK.) 


900 


ivaKoa-iooTos (iwaKoa.) 


' 1000 


P- 


XtXi-OL, ai, a 


1000 


XtXtOOTOff 


I 2000 


fi 


dtcr;^tXto6 


2000 


StO-XlXtOOTOff 


[ 3000 


.7 


rpio'xt^t'Ot 


3000 


rpto-;(tXto(rro$' 


i 4000 


.S 


TerpdKLcrx'^f'OL 


4000 


TCTpaKtaxf'^i'Oa-Tos 


: 5000 


.f 


TT^vrdiacrx'-^t'Oi 


5000 


TzevTaKicrxt^f'OcrTos 


6000 


.^ 


i^dKKTXiklOl 


6000 


e^aKLcrx'^f'Oo-Tos 


1 7000 


.f 


eTTTCLKLO-XL^LOL 


7000 


CTTTaKLO'XI'^l'OO-TOS 


8000 


.V 


OKTCLKldXl^t'Ol 


8000 


OKTaKKTXf^f'OCrTOS 


9000 


P 


ivdKL(TX'^^^^ 


9000 


evaKLo-xf-^ioo-Tos {ivvaKKT' 


10,000 


/ 


fJLVpLOl 


10,000 


pLvpLocTTos [xtXtocrros) 


20,000 


.'^ 


dio-fivpioi 


20,000 


dio-fivpLoa-Tos 


to 




to 


to 


to 


; 100,000 


.<^ 


bcKaKKTiivpioi 


100,000 


bcKaKlCpiVplOCTTOS 



DIFFEREi\CES OF IDIOM, GRAMMATICAL 
HINTS, &C. 



A. PREPOSITIONS. 

1. About. 

To be employed about any thing. 
About = nearly (of numerical 

approximation), aix(f)l or Trept 

with ace. ; wy {conjunct). 
About (of approximate time). 
About noon. 



a/i<^i TL cx^iv or elvat, 
(TTpaTicoTas cTrefiyfrap d^cjA rovs 
diaKocriovSi or ws diaKoa-iovs. 



Trept fXio-Tjv rrjv rjfjLepav, 
diJi(p\ fj,€(Tov r]p.epas. 



2. Above (ywip), 

(1) Above = more than, imep^ c. ace. ; TrXeoi^ rj. 



Above 100. 



Men who are above 50 years old. 



TrXeiovs [=: TrXeioi/fff] or ttXcio) 

(neut.) TQ)U €KaTOV. 

avdpes TrXelop tl rj TrevTrjKOvra errj 

yeyovoTcs dno ycvcds. 
6 Kopa^ vnep to. hiaKocna erq (fj. 



The raven lives above 200 years. 

(2) Above =z beyond (of degree). See Beyond. 

3. After. 

To see any body after a long 
time. 

4. Against. 
To avail against any thing. 
To assist any body against any 

body. 

5. Amidst, Amongst. 

Amongst the enemy. 
To be (have fallen) amongst rob- 
bers. 
Amongst men. iv dv^pdmois. 



IdeTv Tiva dia xpovov 



^Orp€LV TLVL CTTL TIVO, 



iv fie(Tois To7s TToXf/XtOtf. 
€P \r](TTals elvai. 



238 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



6. Around, Round. Trept. — a/i(^t (= on both sides). 



Trep i/3aXXeo-3at or d/x7re;(e(r3at 

i/xtirtoj/. 
(fcu/cXo)) Trepuevai rrjp nokip. 



8 La 7revT€ rjfxepcov, 

€LS €v pXineLV. 

Tvpos TL d(f)uvai, TO. ^eXf], 



To sit round any thing. 

To throw a cloak round one. 

To go round the city. 

7. At. 
At intervals of five days (= eve- 
ry five days). 

To look at one object. 
To discharge arrows, &c. at an 
object. 

8. Before, e^ ivavrias (gen.). — eV (dat.). — irpos, els (ace). — 
eVt (gen.)- — TTpos (gen.). 

(1) Locally, npo (gen.). — 'ipLirpoo^cv or inLTrpoa'^ev (gen.). — 
ivcoTTLov {■= in the presence of a person). — ivavrlov (= in the pre- 
sence of). — Trpb Trjs TToXicos {"^vpas, &-C.). — ep.npoo-'^ev ttjs ^vpas 
(Trpos rfj '^vpa = close to it). 

arrjvai. 6jLi7rpo(r3sv tlvos ' npo- 
(TTrjvai TLVOS, (TTrjvaL cvodttlov 

TLVOS, TTpos TLVOS* 

i^ ivavrias tov KaroTTTpov or^- 

vai, 
XiyeLV iv tS brjfico (npos or cts 

TOV drjpov). 



To stand before any body. 

To stand before a glass. 
To speak before the people. 



ivavTLov TToXk^v p,apTvpoi}v, 
els vpas elo-LcvaL. 



= In the presence of.] 

Before many witnesses. 

To come before you (with refer- 
ence to an assembled body 
amongst whom a person 
comes). 
(2) Temporally, irpo (gen.). — rrporepov (gen.). 



Before the war. 

A year before the taking of . 

Before sunrise. 



(nplv with Infin.) 
Before day-break. 



TTpO TOvde TOV TToXe/xov. 
ivLavTco npoTcpov ttjs dXaxrecDS. 

TTpO (or TTpOTCpOv) TjXloV dviOVTOS 

or dvicrxovTos. 
Trplv Tjpepav ytyi/etrSat. 



(If ' before ' introduces a sentence.) 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, fcC 239 

9. Behind, omo-'^ev, gen. (only of place). — KaTowLv, gen. (of 
place or time). — ixcrd, ace. — eV/, dat. place or time. — vtto (dat.) and 
duTL (only of place). 

To stand behind a tree. clvtl dh^pov, or wo divdpcp io-TTj- 

Kevai (the former = facing it ; 
the latter under it for protec- 
tion). 

To be behind any thing. oTricrSei/ ytyve o-^ial tlvos. 

To place oneself behind any e^irpocr'^ep Troielo-Sat rt (i. e. 
thing. to cause it to be before one). 

10. Below. vTro, gen. and dat. — Kara, gen. (so that the object 
envelopes or covers us). See Under. 

To be below any body. tjttco (ace. m.) eti/at rti/os. 

To think any thing below (be- dna^Lovv ti. 

neath) one. 

This thing is below them. dva^iov avrcop tovt iari, 

11. Beneath. See Below, Under. 

12. Beside, napd (dat. of person; ace. of thing). 

To shoot beside the mark. TrapafiaprdveLv tov (tkottov, 

13. Between, fxera^v (gen.), eV fieaco (gen.). eV (dat.). 

Between ourselves. < o)s irpos ae (if one person only is 

\ addressed). 



14. Beyond, napd, vnip (both ace), p.€7^ov rj. 
Above (beyond) my power. irapd (vnep) bvvap,Lv. 

That is above the power of man. to epyov eVri /leTfoi/ rj kqt av- 

^pcoTTov ( = the Lat. major 
quam pro ). 

15. By (of agent) : = beside, vid. Trpo?, dat. = close by. rfj 
TToXet, &-C. 

Day by day (daily) ; year by year /caS* T)p,€pap : Kar eros. 

(every year), yearly. 

To judge a person by any thing. pi^Tpflv (metiri) nva e/c tlvos. 

To stand by any body. irapacrTrivaL Tiva. 



240 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



(By = NEAR, vid.) 
To implore any body hy the gods. irpos rav ^eav. 
By the father's side. rrpos irarpos* 

16. Down, /cara, gen. = down into ; under. 
In compos. Kara, To fall down, KaTaTrinTeiv. 

KaTaTp€X€t,v, Kara'^clv, 
Down (the) hill. 

17. For. 

To fight, brave dangers, Sic. for 

any thing. 
A remedy /or any thing. 



To run down, 
Kara (or /ciiro)) tov opovs. 



fldx^O'^ClL (KlvbvV€V€tV, &C.) VTTCp 

TLvos (= on behalf of). 
A remedy of any thing (objective^ 

gen.). 
v6p.0L im TovTois T€Tayp.evoi. 



XapL^dveiv ri Trap a tlvos, 
p.erpelv (= metiri) riva €K tivos* 



Laws drawn up /or this purpose 
(= to secure these objects.) 

18. From. 

To receive any thing from any 

body. 
To take an estimate of a person 

from any thing. 

From (denoting a cause). Thus ; From thinking so and so, r« 

VOfXL^CiV, 

(1) dat. 

(2) Std with ace. 

(3) €fc with gen. 

To remove any body from a ma-' 
gistracy. 

19. In. 

To exceed (surpass, excel) any 
body in any thing. 



7rav€LV Tiva ttjs apxqs. 



To delight in any thing. 

To end in any thing. 

I am poor, rich in any thing. 

To inquire, &c. in what way any 

thing may be done. 
To be shut up in a place. 



dLa(l)€p€Lv (=: to differ, to he dis- 
tinguished), TLVOS TLvi (dat. of 
thing in which one excels — ). 

rjbea-'^al nvi. 

reXevrav eXs ri. 

€vd€r}S clpLL (TrkoVTw) TLVOS* 

TTUJ^Sai/ecrSat riva Tponov — . 

To be shut up into (els, ace.) a 
place. 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 



241 



20. Into, els (ace). 

With verbs of motion, iv with the dat. is found instead of els with 
the Ace. ; " but only with the Perf. and Pluperf, in Attic writers. 
The iv denotes the point to which the motion is directed as reached : 
ol iv TO) ^lApalco KaranecpevyoTes [but is to 'Up. KaTe(f)vyop]. It is 
only with rC^ivaL and the like, that iv occurs (though also els) with 
all the forms, to denote rest as a result of the motion." Kr. 'Ez/ 
X^P^f- ^ci^^lv, 

21. Near, iyyvs (gen.). ttXtjctlov (gen.). 

To be near any body. iyyvs or ttXtjo-lov elvai rivos* 

To put any thing near any body. ttXtjo-lov iroielv tl tlvos. 



22. Of. 

To die of disease. 

23. Off. 

I am off. 

To be three stadia off. 

To take one's clothes off. 

To take any body's clothes off. 

24. Out (of). iK (gen.). 

Dat. — also = cause, motive. 
vTTo (gen.). — fita, ace. 

Out of kindness. 

25. On, Upon. 

To spend money upon any body. 
To sow u]pon stones. 



On the wing (of an army). 
To look on the ground. 
All depends on you. 

26. Over, vnip (gen.). 

11 



VOfTG} T€\€VTaV. 



OixofJLai. 

rpeis (TTahlovs airixciv (e. g. r^ff 

TToXea)?). 
aTToSveo-Sat (e. g. shoes). — iKbv' 

ca'^aL (a garment from which 

one has to come out), 

CKdveLV TLvd Tl. 



cK (less commonly diro) c. gen.- 



evvoia. — VTT evvoias. 



Xp'^fiaTa dvaXiorKCLV e'ls Tiva. 

els Xl^ovs (T7T€Lp€iv (a proverb ; 
sowing usually consisting of 
putting seed into the earth). 

iirl K€p(os. 

els yrjv opav. 

iy q-oi irdv tq Trpdyfia, 



242 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



27. Through. 

(1) Of direction from one extremity through to the other, did 
with gen. 

To wound any body through his dia rov ?ici)pdKos rirpaxTKeip rim. 

breastplate. 
To flow through the country. pelv dta rrjs yrjs, 

(2) Of extension over all parts of a surface : did (gen.), dvd 
(ace). 

Through the whole country. dva iracrav rrjv x^P^^' 

(3) Occasion, Cause, &c. See Out of, 
(In composition, bid.) 

28. Till, Until, /xe^pt? gen. 

Till sunset. M^'XP* rjKlov dv(rfjiS)v (or bvvovroi). 

Till death. H-^XP'' '^(^^drov. 

Till morning. els ttjp ecu. 

As a temporal conjunction with a sentence : ecoy, ccrre, M^XP* 
(ov), — TTpLv (prius). 



ayeiv (riva) els dv^poanovs, 

TTpos with ace. 

^Xeneiv wpos ti, 

eve-)firivai irapd riva. 

av^is eTTL TTjv dpxTjv levai ttoKiv, 

elaievai irapd Tiva. 



29. To, Unto. 

To conduct to — mankind. 
Any thing is good for nothing to 

(= compared with) another. 
To look to any thing (i. e. to 

consider it, make it an object). 
To be brought to any body. 
To come or go back again to the 

beginning. 
To go in to any body. 

30. Towards. 

To be harsh towards any body. 

31. Under. 

vTTo (c. ace), to denote motion 
towards an object that is above 
us. — VTTO (dat.), of rest be^ 
neath (vtto lixarico e^eiv rt). 



^aXcTTov elval tivl* 
VTTO devbpov KaTaa-Trjvai, 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 



243 



Kara (c. gen.), if we sink into it. 

Under = in less than, ivros (within 
Under twenty years. 
Under fifty years old. 



Under = in subjection to. 
Under these circumstances. 



To be under arms. 

32. With. 

To build houses with the saw. 
To be angry with any body. 



Kara yrjs Karabvvai. 
KaTadv€(T?iai, Kara tov vdaros. 

c. gen.). 
€Vt6s €Xko(tl ir&v, 

dvrjp OVTTdi TTCVTTJKOPra €T7J ycyo" 

V(bs aiTo yeveas. 
dvTjp Tkacrcrov tl tj TrevTrjKovra errj 

yeyovojs (= somewJiat under). 
eJvai VTTO Tivi or cttl tivl. 
o)S' ixovTcov Ta>v Trpay/zarcoi/. — 

our cos ixovTcav. — ore ra€Sl' ou- 

Ta>5 €)(^€L. €K TOVTOiV TOIOVTCOV 

OVT(OV. 

iv ottXois elpai. 



OlKLaS TTOULV UTTO TTpiOVOS* 

6pyL^€(T?ial TLVL (Jv opyfj e)(€i,v or 
TTOtelo-Sai TLva), 



33. Within.] eWoy, Gen. {oi time. See Under). 

34. Without.] dvev (Gen.). x^P'^^ (Gen.), e^© (Gen.). 



Without transgressing the laws. 

Without friends. 

Without any right. 

Without any body's knowledge. 



aVU TOLS vopLois. 

(^lKchv €pr)p.os. 

Trapa iravra ra dUaia, 

Kpvcpa or Xd'^pa tlvos. dyvoovv- 

Tos TLVOS, or by circumlocution 

with Xav'^dveiv tlvcl. 



Often by a negative with particip. ; or by a negative compound. 
Without laughing. ov (or /x^) yekdaas : dyeXao-ri. 



244 FIRST GREEK BOOK. 

B. MISCELLANEOUS. 

35. Words that modify a substantive (i. e. attributive notions) are 
usually inserted between the article and its substantive, or after 
the substantive, the article being repeated. 

a) Thus : the men in the town, v^ould be, in Greek, Uhe in 
the town men,^ or ' the men the in the town.^ 

b) In this way the Greeks often use long attributive notions 
where we should use a relative clause : e. g. 

Eng. Those who are in the enjoyment of all earthly bless- 
ings, &c. 

Greek. The in the e^njoyment of all earthly bless- 
ings (persons). 

c) The substantive is here usually omitted, when it is men^ 
things, &c. ; so that the article often stands alone, in con- 
nection with a substantive governed by a preposition, &c. : 
e. g. ol iv rrj yfi {the in the land =) the inhabitants of the 
country, ol iin ro) tclx^i,, the men on the wall. 

Hence in translating, when an article is followed by some 
word or words with which it does not agree, read on till 
you find a substantive with lohich the article can agree, con- 
necting the intermediate notions, attributively or otherwise, 
with this substantive. If there is no substantive of the kind, 
understand men or things, &c. 

36. The girl has beautiful hair. The girl has the hair beautiful. 

37. The article is used when a substantive denotes a class. Thus 
horses, poets, &c. (when a truth is asserted of the class ; of any 
horse, &c.), are ol Itvttoi, ol noir^TaL 

38. It is not possible to — ovx olov re (sc. ia-Tiv), with infin. 
I am not able to — ovx ^^^^ '^^ (^^' ^^VO? with infin. 

(plos is ^ such^). Hence ovk 
clfu alas TTOLcIv rt = I am not 
such a one (as) to do it. The 
re = que is a remains of the 
old mode of affixing re as a 
connecting particle to rela- 
tives, &c. 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 245 

39. The dual is not always used for two ; but very often bvo with 
plural. 

40. a) 'O 7T01C0V = he who does. 

'O TTOLrjcras = he who has done, &c. 

h) The participle may, of course, be resolved, as in Latin, (1) by 
a relative clause (with who, which, that) ; or (2) by an ad- 
verbial one, w^hether conditional (if), adversative (though), 
temporal (when, after, &c.) : — and often (3) by the partici- 
pial substantive with in, by, &c. [Xrj'i^ofxevoi. (axriv, they live 
by plundering ; raptu vivunt] , and (4) by a Jinite verb con- 
nected with the principal verb by and, &c. [' having fallen 
sick, he died' = ' he fell sick, and died^]. 

c) Hence conversely, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, the par- 
ticipial substantive (with in, by, &c.), a verb preceding ano- 
ther verb, and connected with it by and, may often be trans- 
lated by a participle. 

41. a) When two opposed notions are connected by an unemphatic 

but {be), the first usually takes /xeV Hence prefix /neV to the 
first of such opposed notions, although the English has no 
indeed. 
b) Also place the opposed notions at the head of their clauses. 
For instance : arrange ' / like honey, but not wine,^ thus : 
* Honey indeed I like, but wine not' [in Greek it must be : 
wine but {plvov de), because be follows its word]. 

42. With three others. Himself the fourth, rerapros av- 

TOS. 

43. This' (with emphasis). ro{)roy€(yeenclit.). This ye em- 

phasizes the preceding word : 
it may sometimes be rendered 
at least, quite, &c. 
Diagoras. Aiayopas ye or brj. 

44. SeoLT jJyeTo-Sat or vopi^eiv = deos esse credere, to believe in the 

existence of the gods. 
Tovs ?ieovs Tjyelo-'^aL or vofii^eLv, credere deos esse, quos esse 

credi solet. 
diicrju vofjLL^eLP = to observe or practise justice ; to acknowledge 

there is such a thing. 



246 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



45. (To have) any thing a foot 
long (broad, deep) ; or, of a 
foot in length (breadth, depth). 

46. With A not B. 

47. A, B, C, D, and E. 



48. a) He evidently desires. 



b) It is just (fair, &c.) that 
he should bear the blame 
of this. 



49. To come with twenty hop- 
lites. 

To walk with a stick. 

50. I am come to do it, 

I send a man to do it, 

51. A sort of prophets. 

52. Many great men. 

53. I say that it is not — . 
I think it does not — . 
I pretend it is not — . 

54. I should like to (behold). 

55. I naturally desire. 

It is my nature to desire. 
I desire by reason of a natu- 
ral inclination. 



( To have any) thing (the) length, 
breadth, depth of a foot. 

'With A but not (aXV ov) B' 
(but often koL ov or ov only). 

(1) A, and B, and C, and D, 

andE. 

(2) both (/cat) A, and B, and C, 
and D, and E. 

(3) A, B, C, D. 

That is, in Greek the ' and^ is 
not placed only between the 
two last terms of a series. 

a) He is evident desiring, &c. 
(drjXos ia-Tiv €7n?ivfia)v). — So 
ipavepos iariv. 

b) He is just (fair, &c.) to bear 
the blame of this. biKaios 
ia-Ti TovTov TTjv alriav (^epeti/. 
So a^Los i(TTLV (e. g. Tov yeye- 
vr}fX€vov aTToXavcral tl dya'^ov). 

To come having (cxov) twenty 

hoplites. 
To walk bearing ((j)€p(ov) a stick. 

I am come about to do it (tvoit)- 

(T(Ov). 

I send \tov\ TToirja-ovra, 
jiavTCLS rives* 
Many and great men. 

ov (j)r}fiL — civai. 

ovK o'iofxai — civai. 

ov TTpoGnToiovfxai — eivai. 

Tjbecos av ^eaa-aifxrjv. 

7r€(j)VKa iirC^vyieiv = (ita naiurd 

comparatus sum, ut — concu- 

piscam). 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 247 

66. Who, whom, what are often indefinite : = any person who, 
whom ; any thing that. They are then to be translated by bs av 
with Subj. after Pres. or Fut. ; by bs with Optative after the 
historical tenses (cf. 295). 

So, whatever = 6 av, d av, oaa av with Subj. after a principal 
tense ; 6, a, oaa with Opt. after an historical tense. 

57. The Aorist is often translated into English by the Perfect. Es- 
pecially, 

a) The Aor. Infin. after verba putandi et declarandi has the 

force of a praeteritum ; and is often translated by the Perfect : 

, , ^ (he says that he did it. 

<pr)(TL TTOtncrat = < , i . , 

^ he says that he has done it. 

h) In the statement of general truths founded on frequent expe- 
rience (especially with rjbry), the Aor. is often translated by 
the Perfect. 
Men have often been compelled. rjhri ttoXXoI r^vayKao-'^rja-au 

68. The Aorist has often the force of the Pluperfect. 

a) The Aor. is regularly used (the Pluperf comparatively sel- 
dom) after inel, iireibr}, &C. 

h) The Aor. Infin. is used after an historical tense of a verbum 
declarandi et putandi : 

he said that he did it. 

he said that he had done it. 



€<^j; TTOirjcrai = < 



69. Too wise to — . (ro(f>(jiiTepos rj coo-rc c. infin. (In 

Latin, sapieniior quam ut — ). 



INDEX L 
GEEEK AND ENGLISH. 



IT The Roman nnmerals refer to the Lists of Irregular Verbs, 
pp. 228-234. — Adjectives in os that are followed by 2, are of 
two terminations ; i. e. the form in os is also used for the femi- 
nine. 



A. 



*A^\d^€La (a. /3Xaj3, short root of 

IBXaTTTCLv, to hurt), innocence. 
^ dya^op (neut. adj.), advantage. 
) ayaSoff, good, brave. 
ayav {nimis), too much ; too. 
dyanav {■= d-€Lv)^ to love ; (with 

dat. or ace.) to be contented 

(or satisfied) with. 
ayyeXos-, 6, messenger. 
^ aye (Imperat. of aye «/=), «g"e, 
come now. 

ayeti/, to lead, carry. ayeiv 
r)(rv)(Lau, to keep quiet. 
dyevprjs, -€s (d. yev, root of verbs 

relating to production, origin, 

&c.), ignoble, low-bred. 
ayrjpcos, -cou (a. yrjpaSi old age), 

not growing old ; immortal, 

imperishable. 
dyKcov, -ciivos, 6, (bend of the) 

elbow. 
ayuvfiL, I break (pf. eaya). ix. 
dyopd, T], market-place {dyeipeiv, 

to assemble). 
aypa(f>os (a. ypdcjieiv, to write), 

unwritten, 
dypos, 6, a field. 
dypvTTvelu (^= €-€Lu), tO keep 

awake, to forego sleep (d. v- 

7ri/o£, sleep). 
dyxl-vovs 2, shrewd, clever, quick- 
witted (ay^t, near, j/ovy, mind). 

ir 



ay coy Lfios (ayeii/), that may be 
conveyed or imported amons^st : 
— hence current (of foreign 
money). 
dyatv, dya)V-os, 6, contest. 
adcLv (detSet^'), to sing. 
) ddeXcjyr}, 77, sister. 
( dd€\(p6s, 6, brother. 
"^ddiKelp (= €-€Lv), to commit 
injustice ; to do wrong. — c. 
ace. to wrong (d, not. dUr], 
^ justice). 
ddUrjfia, TO, wrong, unjust act. 
dhiKia. 77, injustice. 
cidiKos 2, unjust. 
C ddwarelu {=zi-eLv), to be un- 

< able. 

^ d^vvaros 2, impossible. 
del, always. 

detfCT^y, -ey, unseemly, disgrace- 
ful. 
deros, 6, eagle. 

dr/So)!/, drjbov-os^ rj, nightingale. 
d'^dvaros 2, immortal (d. ^idvaros, 

death). 
C 'ASt/i/q, Athene (Minerva). 

< 'A^irjuaL, -cov, at, Athens. 
( 'A?iT]vaLos, Athenian. 

S oSXtoff, miserable. 

} dSXiooy, miserably. 
aSXoi/, TO, prize. 
d^ivpelv {z=ze-€iv), to be dispirited 

(d, not. 3i;/xoff, spirit). 
AlaKOi, 6, -^acus. 



250 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



t 



S AlyvTTTios, Egyptian. 

( A'lyvTTTos, T]^ Egypt. 

C aiScio-Sat (= €-€(T'^ai,) to reve- 

< rence. 

( ald(i)Si h^ shame, reverence. 
Alr)Tr]s, iEetes (king of Colchis). 
al?irjp, -epos, 6, ether, pure air. 
at/xa, a1fjLaT-os, to, blood. 
at^, aly-os, 6, t], goat. 
alpelv (= €-€Lv), to take. vn. 
aLp€Lv, to raise. 
^aio-3di/eo-3at, ai(rS?J(ro/xat, &.C., 
to perceive, iii. 

aL(r'^r](TLs, eoay, 17, sensation, per- 
ception. 

ato-;(tcrrOi", superl. of alo-xpos. 

ai(rxpoK€pdr}s, pursuing gain by 
base means (alaxpos, base. 
K€pdos, gain). 

al(rxp6s, disgraceful, base. 
^al(Txpoi)s, disgracefully. 
al(Txyv€LP, to shame. Mid. al- 

(TxyT^^cr^aL, to be ashamed. 
alrelv (=■ e-€Lv), (tlvcl tl), to 

ask. 
alnaa^aL (= a-eorSai,), to accuse, 

charge, blame, &c. ; nvd tl 

(rare), otl — . 
atx/^aXooroy, op, prisoner of war. 
alyJAa, quickly. 
aKo^apTos, uncleansed, impure 

(d. Ka'^alpcLV, purificare), 
cLKfXT], point. 00 rjXiKLas, the full 

vigor (or flower) of one's age. 
aKor), hearing (^aKoveiv). 
cLKokaa-Tos, intemperate ; prop. 

unchastised, unchastened (d. 

non. Ko\d(€Lv, casiigare). 
QKoveLv, to hear, to listen to ; 

Fut. aKovo-ofxai ; Pass, with cr. 
aKova-Los, involuntary. 
aKpa, rj, summit. 

aKparrjs, -es", intemperate, immo- 
derate (d. Kpdros, strength). 
dKpl(3T]s, -€$•, accurate. 
C aKpoda^ai (=: d-ccr^ai), to hear, 

< listen to. 

( aKpoaTTjs, -ov, 6, auditor. 



S dfcpd-TToXi?, -eooy, fj, citadel. 
} cLKpos, highest. 
cLKcov, -ova-a, -ov, unwilling. 
C dXyelv {= e-eiv), to feel pain. 
< dXyeivos, painful. 
f akyos, -ovy, to, pain. 
d\€l(j>€LP, to anoint, rub. 
dXe/crpvo)!/, -oi/os, 6, a cock. 
'AXe^avdpos, 6, Alexander. 
rdXj^Seta, 17, truth, 
j d\rj^€V€Lv, to speak the truth. 

I d\r}^r]s, -es, true. 
[dX7?S&)ff, truly. 
aXts, enough. 

dXio-K€(T?iai, to be taken, v. 
dXic)7, 77, strength. 
'AXKLpid^Tjs, -ov, 6, Alcibiades. 
dXXd, but. 

dXXrjXoyv, of one another. 
aXXo^ei/, from another place. 
akXos, -T), -o, another, alius. 
dXkoTpLos (= alienus), others', 

another's. 
akXcos, otherwise. aXXcos re 
/cat, especially. 
faXoyia, unreasonableness, ab- 
I surdity (d. non. Xoyos, ratio). 
^ aXoyos (d. Xoyos, ratio), irra- 
I tional, senseless (2 termina- 
ls tions). 
dXs, dXos, salt ; pi. dXes. Note 9. 
a-XvTTCDs, without grief or sor- 
row. 

dXcdTTT}^, dXci}7r€K-0S, T), fOX. 

aXcos, T), halo. 

dXcoa-Ls, '€(05, T] (dXo-, simpler 
root of dXio-K-opai), taking, 
capture. 

dp.a (simul), at the same time : 
also used as a prep, with dat., 
together with : a^ta Trj ecp (at 
the same time with the dawn 
=) at day-break; dfjLa roj cri- 
Tcp aKpd^ovTi, &C. 

dp^a'^ia, rj (d, non. ftaSi, short 
root of pav'^dveiv, discere), ig- 
norance. 

dp,a^a, rj, wagon. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



251 



afiaprdveLv (1) errare^ to miss 
(with gen.) ; (2) peccare, to 
sin, commit a fault, err. 
dfidpTrjfia, dfjiapTrjfxaToSi ro, er- 
ror, fault. 
dfjLapTLa, T), offence. 
dfiavpovu (= 6-€Lv), to darken. 
dfxelvcou, better (cifietvov as adv.). 
C diJLeXeia, jy, carelessness. 

< d/xeXeti/ (= e-6ti/), to neglect 
( (gen. — d. fieXcL, curcc est). 

dfxoL^T}, exchange, return (dfxel- 
/Seo-Sat). 

apneXoSi 17, vine. 

dfivp€Lv, to ward off; Mid. to 
ward off from myself; also, to 
revenge myself on any body 
(ace.) ; for any thing, virep tl- 
vos. 

d/xc^t-eWv/it, I put on ; I clothe, x. 

ap(j)(D^ both. 

av, with Subj., =1 idv. if. This 
ai/, which has d, and can stand 
as the first word of a clause, 
must not be confounded with 
av with a, the modal particle, 
explained in 279. 

dva-yLyuco(TK€iv. to read. VI. 

C di/ayKd^eiv^ to compel. 

< dvayKOLos, necessary. 
f dudyKT), necessity. 

dvaideia, rj, shamelessness. 
dv'dXL(TK€Lv, to spend, v. 
dva-fjL€V€LP, to wait. 
dpd-Travo-Ls, -€cos, rj, rest {dpa- 

TrauecrSat). 
dp-mpelp (= €-€Lp)i to take up, 

take away, destroy (aor. dp- 

clXop). VII. 

dpapxia (d. dp^r}), anarchy, licen- 
tiousness, ungoverned Hcence. 

apda-rdros 2, ruined, laid waste 
(of cities and countries) : dp- 
ddTarop TToielp, to destroy ut- 
terly, to lay wast 3 (properly, 
to make the inhabitants rise up 
and quit. — di^d, up. o-ra-, sim- 
pler root of IcTTTjfjii). 



dpa-T'C^T^pLL, dpa-Ti^€Pai, to put up, 

offer. 
dpa^oopT^o-LSt retreat (dm. ^^co' 

pdp, cedere). 
C dudpeia, dpdpla, 17, bravery, 

< dvdp€Los, brave (dprjp, man). 
( dpdp€L<Ds, adv., bravely. 

dpdplas, -dpTos, 6, image or sta- 
tue (of a man. — dpr}p, dpdp-6s). 
*Apdp6y€(os, 'CO, 6, Androgeus. 
apcjjLos, 6, wind. 
dp€v (gen.), without. 
dprjp, dpdp-6s, 6, a man. Pdm. 19. 
ap?jos, t6^ a flower. 

dp^spcoTTLPo?, human ; to which 
humanity is subject : hence 
(of faults) venial. 
ap^ipcoTTos, 6, man. 
dp-Lo-TTjfjLL, -Lo-rdpat, to set up. 
dpoTjTos, unintelligent, silly (d, 

not. poeIp, to understand). 
apoia, rj, want of sense, stupid- 
ity, folly. 
dp-otypvpai, dp-olycLP, to open. IX. 
C dpofjLLa (d. pofjLoSi law), lawless- 

< ness. 

( apofxos 2, lawless. 
apov9 (=^ oLPoos), 'ovp, senseless, 

imprudent (d. vovs, mind). 
dpTL-Xey^Lv, to contradict. 
aVo), above, more inland, beyond 
, (gen.). 

dpcoyeoav, to, upper floor, dining- 
room (ap(D, above, yrj, earth). 
d^Lo-Xoyoi, worth mentioning. 
a^L09^ worthy (gen.). 
d^Lovp (r= d-eti/), to think wor- 
^ thy, claim, expect. 
d^icopa, d^ioopar-os, to, consi- 
deration, reputation, dignity, 
rank (a|to?). 
doidr), song (deldcLp). 
dwdycLP, to lead away. 
dTraibevTos 2, uneducated (d. Trat- 
d€V€LP, to educate, naid, root 
of TTOLs, boy). 
dTT'dKXdTTCLP, to set free from ; 
Mid. to depart from. 



^52 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



ana^, once. 

diras, all, whole, altogether. 
C aTretSeli/ (J-€iv) , to disobey (dat.) . 
< (ZTretST^y, disobedient (a. ttci- 
( Seti/, to obey). 
czTr-ei/cafetz/, to copy. 
otTT-etftt, Inf. aTT-elvai^ to be absent. 
a7r-€LixL, Inf. aTT-iivai, to go away 

(Pres. with meaning of Fut.). 
ancipos 2 (gen.), unacquainted 

with, inexperienced (d. Tretpa, 

attempt).. 
dn-cpxca'^ai, to go away. vii. 

cLTr-exeiu, to keep off; to be 
distant from. vii. 

aTT-exeo-Sat (gen.), to abstain 
from. vn. 
CdTTLo-Te^v (= €-€tv), to disbe- 

lieve, distrust. 
\ airicTTos 2, unfaithful, faithless. 
— suspected (by) (d. ttkttos^ 
y faithful). 
dTrXdos", -ovs-> simple. 
diTo-^aiveiv^ to disembark ; to go 

away. m. 
d7ro/3dXXetz^, to cast away ; to 

shed (horns). 
aTTo-iSXeVeti/, to look upon. 
drro-deLKuvfjii, diro-beLKvyvai^ to 

show ; to appoint. 
dTTo-Sex^o-Sat, to receive, accept. 
dTTO-didaijjLt,, dTro-dLdovai, to give 

back, to give, allot. 
drro^iav-. See dno'^vrjo-K-eLV. 
d7ro-^vr](rK€LV (-Sai^oO/xat, -T€?ivr)Ka, 

-e^iavov), to die. v. 
drro-KdixveLV, Fut. -KafiovfJiaL, -Ke- 

KfXTjKa, -iKafxov (c. partcp.), to 

grow weary. In Aor., to be 

wearied. 317, 
diroKonTeiv^ to cut off. 
dTTo-Kpivco-'^ai, to answer. 

dTTO-KpVTTTCLV, tO COnCCal. 

d7ro-KT€iv€iv, to kill (kt€lv(o. f. fcre- 
va>. pf. cKTova: later cKTaKo), 

aTTO-XeiTreti/, to leave, to quit. 

dTT-dXXv/Lti. dTT-oXkvvaL, to ruin, to 
destroy, ix. 



'AttoXXo)!/, -0)1/0$", 6, Apollo. 
aTTo-Xvetz/, to dissolve ; to acquit. 

divopelv (=: e-CLv), to be in 
want. 

airopos 2, difficult (d, not. tto- 

poy, passage through). 
^dnoppelp (= €-€i,v), to flow 
from. 

diroppoT)^ a flowing off, an efflu- 
ence or emanation. 
aTTo-a-nav (= d-eip) , to draw away. 
diTo-(TT€p€Lv (= e-€iv), to dcprlve 

of. 
dno-(rTpe(j)€Lv^ to turn away. 
d7ro-(T(pdTT€Lv, to cut (a man's) 

throat ; to slay. 
drro-Ti'^rjp.L^ dno-Ti'^evai, to put 

away ; Mid. take off*; lay 

aside. 
d7ro-(j)aLV€iv, to show ; to make ; 

to appoint : Mid, declare. 
dTTo-'^vX^Lv, to dry up. 
dirpoa-^aTos 2, inaccessible (d. 

TTpos, to. )3a-, simpler root of 

^aiv€iv, to go). 
aTTTea-'^aL, to touch (gen.), 
apa ; (interrogative.) 
dpa, igitur. therefore. 
dpyakeos^ troublesome. 

dpyvpeos, (made) of silver ; 
silver (adj.). 

dpyvpLov, TO, silver money ; mo- 
ney. 

apyvpos, 6, silver. 
"Apetos" Tray OS, Mars' hill (the 

hill on which the court of the 

Areopagus sat) ; the hill of the 

Areopagus. 
dpcTT], T), virtue. 
dpL^fjLos, o, number. 
dpKTTos, best. 
dpKTos, 6, 17, a bear. 
dpp,a, appar-os, to, chariot. 
dpvelo-'^aL (z= 6-e(r3at,) Dep. Pass., 

to deny. 
dpTrdCeLv, to seize, plunder, carry 

off: 
appi]p, '€v, male. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



253 






aprt, just now. 

apTLos, -a, -ov, even (opp. odd) ; 
of an even number. 

{dpTOTTcokrjs, breadseller, baker 
(apTos, bread, loaf. TrcoXeli^, 
to sell). 
apTos, 6, bread. 

(gen.), to rule over, to 
be master of; to begin. 
apxea'^aL (gen.), to begin. 
dpxT], T], beginning, commence- 
ment ; commencing-point. 
d(r€^€ta, rj, impiety. 
acreiSeli/ (=z€-€lv), to be guilty 
of impiety (cre^cLv, venerari). 
d(T€Pr)p,a, TO, an impiety, or 

impious act. 
dcrSeVeta, 77, weakness. 
dcrS5ei/6tz/ (= e-etz^), to be weak, 

to be ill. 
d(T?i€VT]Si '€s, weak (a. o-Sei/os", 
strength). 
d(TK€Lv (= e-eti/), to practise. 
do-TrdXaSos, 6, the aspalathus (a 

prickly shrub). 
da-TTLs, danid-oSi tj, shield. 

JdcTTpaTrr). 77, Hghtning. 
d(TTpdnT€iu, to lighten. 
aa-rpov (aslrum), star. 
dcTTv, TO, city. 
d-o-vv€T09 2, stupid. 
dcr(f)aXr]s, -es", firm (d. (r(j)dX- 

XecrSat, to stumble). 
dTeX^La (dreXT7?), exemption (from 
pubHc burdens : immunilas. — 
d. T€\€lv, to pay). 
C dTLjjid^€Lv, to despise (d. Tifxr], 
< honor). 
( dTtpia, 77, dishonor. 
^Attlkt], 77, Attica. 

drvp^elz^ (= €-€Lv), to be un- 
successful or unfortunate 
(d. Tu^, short root of Tvyxd- 
v€Lv, to Ml [a mark, &c.J, Lo 
obtain, ru^^, fortune). 
dTvxnp-a, TO, misfortune. 
dTvxr]^', '€s, unfortunate. 
i^dTv^ia, 77, misfortune. 



Sav, again ; on the other hand. 
av?5Ls, again. 
avXos, 6, flute. 
avos, dry. 
avTos, -77, -o, self: but avTov, -(5, 

-01/, ejus, et, ewm. — So in pi. 
avx'f]v. avx^v-os, 6, neck. 
dcfj-aLpela^aL {= e-ecrSat) rtm rt, 
to deprive of, take away. Cf. 
alp€lv in VII. 

^dcf)avr)s, -€s, unseen, unknown, 
(d. (f>av, short root of (paivcLi/, 
to show). 
d(j)avLC€Lv, to cause to disap- 
pear. c/D r77z/ yrjv, to cover it. 
a(p?ioi/os (d. 0301/09, envy), abun- 
dant (there being so much, that 
none need envy another). 
dcf>-Lr]pL, d(p-L€vai. to let go. 
d(p-LKi'€7o-'^aL (= e-eo"3at), to 
come. III. 

d(f)''L(TT7)IJLL, d(j)'L(TTdvaL, tO pUt a- 

way, to turn aside from. — Aor. 
2, dnoo-TrjvaL (dejicere) , to revolt 
from, desert from. — Aor. 1 , dTro- 
(TTr]crai = to make to revolt. 

a-(f)pcov, foolish. 

dxdpiaTos 2, ungrateful (d. x^' 
pis, gratia). 

ax'^ea'^aL, to be indignant. 

'AxtXXevs, -ea)s, 6, Achilles. 

axpT)o-Tos 2, useless (d. xpd-eo-Sai 



B. 



SBdSo?, -ovy, TO, depth. 
/SaSuff, -cla, -i», deep. 
^alvGLv, to go. III. 
^aXavclov, bath, public bath (i. e. 

bathing-room). 
pdXXcLv, to throw. 317. 371. 
f^dnT-cLV, to dip. 
(3dp^apos, barbarian. 
^ lia(TLX€v€Lv, to be a king, to 

reign. 
^aaiXevs, -eo)?, 6, king. 
JiadiXia-cTa, »;, queen. 



254 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



^elSaios 3 and 2, firm. 

S ^eXrio-ToSi best. 

( ^cXtlcov, ov, better. 
pta, r)^ violence. 

C 13l^\lop, to, book. 

< j8t/3Xto-7rcoX7;y, bookseller (ttco- 
( Xeti/, to sell). 

t /3/os, 6, life. 

< ISlotos, livelihood. 

f Piovv (= 6-€Lv), to live. 
C pXa^epos, injurious. 
) ^Xd^T), T), injury. 
f ^XdnTELv, to injure, to hurt. 
BXeireLv, to look at. 
1 ^ojp€La^ J7, help. 

< ^orj'^clv (= €-€Lv), to help (dat). 
f PoTj'^rjTLKos, ready or able to hel p. 

8ofxp€7v (= €-€Lv), to hum, buzz. 
Boppds, -a, 6, Boreas, the north 
wind. 
f ^6arK€Lv, to feed. 
^ocTKrjpia, TO (^6o-K€iv)^ fed or 
fattened beast : pi. cattle (as 
fed for the butcher). 
^ ^ovXea'^aL, to wish. 
^ovXeveiv, to deliberate, ad- 
vise ; Mid. to advise oneself. 
jSovXrj, Tj, advice, council, se- 
nate. 

^ovs, 6, 77, ox. Pdm. 29. 
(3pa8vs, -€7a, -V, slow^. 
PpovTav (== d-€Lv), to thunder. 
^poTos, mortal. 
^cofjLos, 6, altar. 



r. 



TdXa, TO, milk. Note 9. 
yaXrj, w^easel. 

S yafxelv (= e-eiv), to marry. 
( ydfxos, 6, marriage. 
ydp, for (stands after the first 

v^ord of the sentence). 
ya(TT^p, rj, belly. 183. Pdm. 19. 
yavpovv (=d-eiv), to make proud ; 
Mid. exult in, be proud of. 



r 



ye (quidem, certe)^ at least. — Of- 
ten only adds emphasis to the 
vi^ord it follows. 

yeypafjLpievos, written (perf. part. 

of ypd<p€Lv). 
^ yeXav [=z d-civ), to laugh. 
} yeXcos, -coTos, 6, laughter. 
^yepi/oLos, of noble birth. 
yeuuaicos, with spirit, bravely, 

nobly ; with fortitude. 
yevos, yevovS') to, kind, race. 
ye pas, to, honorary privilege, 

reward. 
yepcov, -ovTos, 6, old man. 
yeveiv, to cause to taste ; Mid, 
to taste {gen.). 

yecopeTprjs, -ov, 6, geometer 
(yrj, earth. p,€Tpeiv, to mea- 
sure). 
yrj, rj, the earth. 
^yrfivos, of earth, of brick. 
C yrjpas, to, old age. 192. 
< yqpd(TK€iv, yqpav (= a-«i/), 
f to grow old. 
■ytyi^eo-Sat* {fieri), to become, to 

be formed. 
yiyvcoo-Kieiv, to know. vi. 
yXvKvs, -ela, -v, sweet. 
yXoorra, 77, tongue. 
yvdyjjirj, 77, opinion, mind. 
S 70779, TjTos, juggler. 
( yor)Tev'€Lv, to juggle. 
yovevs, 6, parent {yev, root of verbs 
denoting procreation, origin). 
ypdfjLjjLa (for ypd^-fxa), to, let- 
ter ; pi. {liter (b), a letter. 
ypapifxaTevs, ecos, 6, scribe. 
ypd<p€Lv, to write, to draw up 

(a law). 
ypa(p€vs, ecos, 6, painter. 
TpvXXos, 6, Gryllus. 
^yvfivd^eiv, to exercise {yvfjLVos, 

naked). 
^ yvpLvadTLKT] {fern. adj. : under- 
stand TexvT), ars), gymnas- 
tics. 



* yiyvofiai, yev^ffOfJLat. 



i yeyeprifxai ) 
\ yiy ovcL \ 



eyev6p.t\v. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



255 



( yvvaiKclos, belonging to women. 
< yvvT}, 77, woman. R. ywaiK-. 
I Note 9. 



AaifJLCDv, dalfiov-oSi 6, tj, deity, 

divinity. 
daKveiv. to bite. m. 

SdaKpv€LP, to weep. 
daKpvov, TO, a tear. 

daKTvXcos, 6, ring. 

de (au/.em), but (stands after the 
first word of the sentence). 

del (opor/et), it is necessary. 

deldeLv. to fear [Perf. dedoiKa and 
dedia ; Aor. edciaa] . 

^ deiXla, cowardice, timidity. 

) deiXos, timid, cowardly. 

delv (= e-eij/), to want ; to need : 
to bind. Aeco, / bind (not decoj 
I ivant) mostly contracts eo 
and €(Mi into ou. o). 

C b(Lv6s (deL^-eiv, to fear), fear- 

< ful, terrible, dreadful. 

( dcLvcos, terribly. 

dcla^ai (= e-eo-Sat), to want, 
need (gen.). 

SeAca, ten. 

deXeap, deXear-os, to, bait. 

AfXc^oi, Delphi. 

devdpou, TO, tree. Note 9. 

deov, TO (id quod (xportet, sc. fa- 
cere), duty. 

decnroTrjs. -ov, 6, master. 

dcvpo, bither. 

dex€o-'^aL, Dep. Mid., to receive ; 
also, of receiving. 

81], with an imperative, empha- 
sizes it, = pra}^, I beg. It 
also occurs with numerals, 
pronouns, adverbs. Sic. ttoXXoI 
8r), vvv hr), &LC, 

S/7S61/, namely, scilicet. 
'' drjXos, evident. drjXos dpi Tvoioiv 
TL, I manifestly do something. 
drjXovv (= 6-€Lv), to make evi- 
dent. 



^dr] pay coy OS (StJ/xo?, people. a- 

yeiv, to lead), demagogue. 
drjpoKpaTLa, tj, democracy (drj- 
pos. KpaT€Lv, to be strong ; 
to rule). 
< drjpos, 6, people, democratical 
constitution. 
Arjpo-cr'^ivqs, -ovs, 6, Demo* 

sthenes. 
hripoaia, in one's public cha- 
racter or life. 
d-qpiovpyos, 6. See Vocab. 22. 
br]TTov (opinor), I imagine, I sup- 
pose. 
drJTa, certainly. 

dL-dy€Lv, to carry through ; live. 
dLadrjpa, to, diadem {did. delv, 

to tie). 
§ta-Xey-eo-3at, to converse (dat). 
dia-Xveiv, to dissolve. 
hia-peveiv, to remain. 
bia-vepeiv, to distribute. 
bidizXavs. 6, a passage (across) 

{bid. irXeiv, navigare). 
bia-TTpaTTeLP, to effect. 
dL-dp?ipo>(Ti,s, -60)9. rj, articulation 

(of a joint. — cip'^pov, joint). 
bLa-(T7T€ip€iv, to scatter. 
bia-TeXelv (= i-civ), to complete, 

to continue. 
dia-Ti'^rjpL, bia-TC^ivaL, to put in 
order, to dispose (a person). 
^dLa'(f)€p€Lv, to differ (from any 
thing or person, tlvos) ; hence 
to excel, to surpass (gen.) vii. 
hia-cpopd, rj, difference (of co- 
lors, shade) : also, diflerence 
= dispute, &c. 
bLa-cj}^€Lp€Lv. to corru pt, to destroy. 
bLa(j)oipfLu (= €-€Lv), to sound 
apart ; hence, to dissent from, 
disagree {bid. cfxDvr], voice). 
^ bibaKTos (dLddaK€Lp), capable 
of being taught, that can be 
tauirht. 
bLdda-KuXoi, 6, teacher. 
^diddo-KCLv, to teach. 
dtdpdaKfiu, to run away. vi. 



256 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



dldcofjii, Mouat, to give. 
dirjyelo-'^aL (e-eo-Sat) ? to go through 
relate, narrate (did, through. 
Tjye'ia^ai, to lead). 
di-io-TTjiJLi, dL-Lo-rdvai, to separate. 
^ diKaios, just. 
dLKatoo-vvr), r], justice. 
diKalcos, justly. 
diKaarrjs, -ov, o, judge, juror. 
^diKT], r), justice, a cause o?' trial. 
ALoy€UT]s, 'ovs, 6, Diogenes. 
Alovvo-os^ 6, Bacchus. 
bi-opvTT€Lv (lit. to dig through =) 

to break into (a house). 
diTrXoos, -ovs, double ; double- 
minded. 
S/y, his, twice. 
dla-Kos, m. quoit, discus. 
dicr-fjLvpLoi^ twenty thousand. 
dixa (gen.), apart from. 
di-^^p (= d-€Lv), to be thirsty, to 

thirst. 346. 
^Ld)K€Lv, to pursue. 
C doKclv ( =e-€Lv),to seem, think. 
< doKel, (1) videtur ; (2) placet, 
( visum est. 
boKLfjid^eLv, to test, to prove. 
bokovv (= 6-€Lp), to deceive, en- 
trap (SdXoy, trick, deceit). 
do^a, opinion, credit, honor, glory. 
^dovXevcLv, to be the slave of, 

be wilhng. 
dovXos, 6, slave. 
dovXovv (■= o-eti/), to enslave ; 
Mid. to subject to myself 
dpav (= d'€Lv), to do, act. 
dpofxos, 6, running, race-course. 
dpofxco Sell/ (of a charge of in- 
fantry =) to charge at double 
quick time ; to rush to the 
charge (SeTi/ = cur r ere). 
^dvvajjLLs, T), power. 
Sili/ao-3at(Suj'a/xat), posse. ttoXl', 
TO(rovTov, &C. dvvacT^iaL (= 
-{ multum, tantum, &c. posse), 
to have much (so much, &c.) 
power. 
^dvvaros, possible, powerful. 



dva-poos, 'OVS, ill-disposed (to any 
body) ; disaffected (to — , or 
towards — ). (dvs, ill. vovs, 
mind). 
bvaropyrjTos, passionate (dvy, ill. 
opy^, anger). 
( dvarvx^^i^ (= e-eiv), to be un- 
I fortunate (dvs, ill. tvx^ short 
^ root of Tvx^'iVi to hit [a 
I mark]). 
(^ dvarvxia, misfortune. 
daypov, to, gift. 



E. 



^KaryoT', see ayvvfxi, 
idv (with Subj.), if. 
eav (= d-€Lv), to permit. 
eap, eapos, to, spring. 

^ €yyij?i€v, from near, near. 

( eyyvs, near. 
iy€Lp€iv, to awaken. 
eyKXtjIJLa, to, charge, accusation 
(iy-Kokclv). 

fiyKpdT€La, self-control. 
eyKpaTrjs, -ey, continent (eV, in. 
KpdTos, strength. KpaTeiv, to 
be strong.) 
eyprjyopa, I am awake. Cf. 388. 
iyx^i'p'i-CcLv (eV. x^^'P' hand), to 

put into the hands ; (rt Tivi) 

to hand over. 
€yx€\vSi -voSi Tj, eel. 
iyxcoptos, national, native (eV. 

Xcopa, country). 
iyco, I. Pdm. 41. 
eSeXetz/, to wish, be willing. 
€^l(€lv, to accustom. 
eSz/oy, -ovs, TO, nation. 
eSoy, -ovs, TO, custom. 
el, if; (in a question), whether, 
eldos, e'l^ovs, to, form. 
e'be (with Opt.), O that. 
elKd^eiv, to liken. 
€iK€Lv, to yield. 
cIkti, rashly, inconsiderately. 
etVorcoff, adv., naturally. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



257 



€iKa)v, cIkov-os. t), statue. 

€l\ov. See alpelv (=€-€lv). vn. 

€i/xt, etVat, to be. 

fi/xt, leVai, to go. Pres. = I will go. 

€Lpy€iv Cgen.), to shut out. 

elcr-PdWcLv, (1) to throw into ; (2) 

intrans. to fall into. 317. 371. 
6to--et/xt. elcT'Levai, to go into. 
ELTa, then, and then. — next. 
€LT€ — etVe, sive — sive, whether — 

or. 
6ta)3a, I am accustomed. — eSt- 
€Kds (gen.), far. [fetj/. *384. 

eKaorroS', -r], -ov, each. 
€KaT€pco?5€v, on both sides. 
€K-(3aX\€Lv, to throw out. See 

iK-di8cofXL, -Movai, to put forth, 

to pubhsh (a book). 
cKclvos, -7?, -o, that, he. 
€KKXr)(rLa, rj. assembly (eK. Kokelv, 

to call : root /<Xa, kXtj). 

CK-KOTTTetV, to cut OUt ', CUt OfF. 

cKirefjiTreLv, to send out. 
€kt6s, without (gen.). 
'*EKT<op, -opoSi o, Hector. 
cKoiv, -ovcra, -6u, willing. 
eXaiov, oil. 
eXarro)!/, less, fewer. 
€\avv€Lv, to drive, m. 
€Xa(f)os, T), stag. 
eXap^toTOf, least, shortest. 
iX€y)(eLu, to examine, correct. 
^eXev^iepia, rj, freedom, liberty. 

eXetiSepof, free. 

€X€v?i€povu (= 6'€Lp), to make 
free, liberate. 
€Xe(pas, 6, elephant. 
eXSeti/ (riX^iou, Aor. of epxofiai). 

vn. 
iXKveip and cXkciu, to draw [Fut. 

eX^o) ; Aor. etX/cucra, Inf /Xkv- 

crat ; Aor. Pass. clXKvcr'^rjv ; 

Perf Mid. or Pass. elXKyafiaL]. 

*EXXaf, -ados, 17, Hellas. 

''EXXr/Vi 'T}vos, 6, a Greek. 

'EXXyjcr-TToi/ros', 6, the Helles- 
pont. 



S iXTTiCeiv, to hope, expect. 
( cXttls, -idos, 17, hope. 

e/x-/3aXXeii/, to throw or fling in ; 
(2) (intrans.), to fall in or 
upon = to charge. 317. 371. 

ifx-^Lovv (o-eiz/), to live in or at. 

efi^poxtC^, to catch in a noose. 

ipi-jxiveiv (lit. to remain in) ; to 
abide by (treaties) ; to observe, 
or not to transgress (laws). 

e/xTre^oj, firm, lasting, secure (eV, 
in. nedov, solid ground). 

cjjL-TrXecos, n. cov, full (gen.). 

iyLTToboav (eV, in. Troys', irohos, 
foot), fl!f/r. in the way of (dat). 
CO clval TLVL, to be in the way of 
(or a hindrance to) any thing. 

ijjL-TTOLelv, to cause. 00 Ti Tii^t, to 
cause any thing to any body, 
or in any body. 

ifjL-TTopLov, the mart ; (at Athens) 
the custom-house (eV, in. iropos, 
passage. — efjcnopos, merchant). 

€fji-cf)pdTT€Lv, to block up, to bar 

^ €fjL-(j)v€Lu, to implant, [(a port). 

( €fjL-(f)vT€V€Lv, to implant. 

C ivavrlost opposite. 

< ivavTLOvcr^aL (= o-ecrSat), to 

( oppose, Dep. Pass. 

epdeia, 77, want (eV. Seo), I need)- 

€V-8eLKWfXL, €V-b€LKVVVaL, tO shoW. 

eV-Sueti/, to put on. 
€v-ehpev€iv, to lie in wait for, plo^; 
against (ace. — iv. edpa, seat). 
€peKa, (propter) for the sake of; 

on account of (gen.). 
C eVSa, there. 
^ eVSaSe, hither. 
( eVSei^, whence. 

€U?ivpi€la-?iaL (=■ e-eo-Sat), Dep. 
Pass., to consider, think (iv. 
3i;/xo?, mind). 
euuivTos, 6, year. 
5 euLOL, some. 
I €vl6t€, sometimes. 
ep-LO'TrjiJLi, €P-LO-rdvaLi tO put into. 
^ euparos, ninth. 
( ippea, nine. 



258 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



ivrav^ia, here, hither (also, in eum 

locum). 
ip-TeX\€Lp, -€o-3at, to commission, 

command, enjoin. 
€V-rt377/xt,€Vrt^eVat,to put in,instil. 
epTOfjLov, insect (ei/, in. re/x, root 

of Tefxveiv, to cut). 
ivTos^ within (gen.). 
iv-Tvyxaveiv^ to fall in with (dat.) ; 

to meet. iv. 
C evv7TVid^-eLV (Jv. vttpos), to 
< dream; 
( ivvTTVLov, TO, dream. 
€^-dy€Lv, to carry further out, ex- 
tend. 
i^-ak€L(l)€Lv, to wipe off, expunge. 
€^-afxavpoiiv (= o-eti/), to ob- 
scure utterly. 
i^-anarav (= d-€iv)^ to deceive 

utterly (completely). 
€^-€luaL, licere, e^-€o-rt, licet^ it is 

lawful, in one's power, one may. 
€^-€LiiL, e^-teWt, to go out. 
e^-elTTOv (Aor.), i^-ciTrelUi to utter. 
e^-erdCetv, to examine. 
i^rjs, iu order. 
i^-Lo-ovv (= 6-^iv), to make equal 

(to-off, equal). 
eotKa, I am like. 384. 
€TT-dy€Lv, to bring on. 
^ iiT-aiveiv (= e-eti^), tO praise. 
\ en-aivos^ 6, praise. 
'E7ra/xt?/a)i/Saj,-ou, 6,Epaminondas. 
indv (inrjv), = inel av, C. subj., 

when, after. 
ineL when, since, after : = else, 

otherwise. 
€TV€Lhdv (= eVetd^ aV), C. Subj., 

when, after. 
€7T€ibr], since, because, when. 
eireiv, to be busily engaged in ; 

in prose only in comp. (jrcpii- 

TTCLv, duTTCiv, &c.) *, Aor. Act. 

eo-TTov not used in Att. prose] ; 

Mid. eTrofiai, to follow [Impf. 

elTTOjirjv ; Fut. eyp'oixai *, Aor. 

icTTToiJLrjV, €(j)€o-Tr6iJir)v ; Inf. (TTre- 

a'^at,] Imp. (tttov, eVto-TTou]. 



€7r€Lra, then. 

€7r-€px€(T'^at, to come to. vn. 

eTTL-^orj^ielv (= e-€tv), to COmC tO 
the assistance of (dat.). 

eTTL-SovXeveLv, to plot against ; 
have a design against (dat.). 

€7TL-ypd(p€Lv, to luscrlbe. 

eTn-deLKvvfjLL, eTn-beiKvyvai^to show 
boastfully ; show off for display. 

i7n-8taiK€Lv. to pursue. 

iTTL-cLKTjs, 'Es, fair, equitable, rea- 
sonable. 
C iTTL^ivfielv (= €-€iv), to desire 
< (eVt. Su/xoff, mind). 
( ini'^vfjLLa, 77, desire. 

iniKav'^dveo-'^aL, to forget, rv. 
eVt/xeXeia, 77, Care (eVt. fteXa, 

€Tn[jL€\€(T?iaL, -etorSat, to care 

for (gen.). 
€7nfjL€\T)TT]s, Superintendent, in- 
spector : 01 roi) ifXTTOplov €7n- 
fjLeX-qral, the custom-house 
officers. 
cTTLVoia, 77, device (eVt. vovs). 
C iTTiopKeiv (= €-€Lv), to swear 
^ falsely (eVt. opKos, oath). 
( eTTLopKos, 6, perjured. 
€TrL-7rL7rT€Lv, to fall upon. VII. 
irrippyTos 2, flowing in or to ; 

well watered. 
€7rL-(r7]fxos, distinguished, famous. 
eVt-o-KOTreTi/ (= e-eiv), to look 
upon. 
€7r-L<jTa(T?iaL, to know how ; to 

understand. 
i7n(TTr)fjLrj, ^, knowledge. 
€7n(rTr)p,(ov 2 (gen.), acquainted 
with. 

iina-Tokr]^ r)i epistle (enL crreX- 
Xeti/, to send). 

€7TL-TdTT€LV, tO eutrUSt tO. 

iTn-reXelv (= e-eiv), to accom- 
plish. 

€7n-Tl?ir]ixti CTTL'TL'^evaL, to put 
upon. 

eVt-rpeVeti/, (1) to entrust to; 
(2) to permit, to give up to. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



259 



C eTTix^ipe'LV (= ^-^t-v). c. dat., to 
put the hand to something 
<j (eVt. x^^'P' hand). 

inLx^LprjiJLa (€7nx€LpT}fxaT-os),T6, 
[^ attempt. 

CTTOfJ-at. Comp. €770). 

eTT'OiJLuvfjLL, to swear by. ix. 
€Tros.-ovs, TO, word : pi. epic poetry. 
€7ra}d^€LV (t-TTi, on. coov, Ggg), to 

sit ; to be sitting. 
ipav (= d-€t,v), to love. 

(epyafeo-Sat, to work, perform. 
ipyadT-qpLov, to, workshop. 
ipycLTTjs, laborer, cultivator. 
€pyou, TO, work, action. 

ipeidcLP, to prop ; to lean against. 

epecrSat. I. 

\ €pL^€Lv, to contend with. 

/ €pis, -idos, T}i contention. 

eppiaLop, a windfall, a godsend : 
a lucky discovery (supposed 
to be sent by Hermes). 

C €ppr)V€vs, interpreter. 

< 'Epprjs, -ou, 6, Hermes, Mer- 

t cury. 

€pp(op€Pos, strong. 

cpvpa, -aTos, to, defence. 

epx^a-'^at, to go, come. vn. 

epoff. -coTOS, 6, love. 

€p(DTav (= d-€Lv), to ask. 

io-T]y7]o-Ls, tj, introduction (€$•• 
Tjyelo-'^aL, to lead). 

€o-'^r]s, -rjTos, 77, dress. 

icr'^Uiv, to eat. 

eVsXof, noble, good. 

canXovs (= ecrTrXooj), 6, the en- 
trance to a harbor (is. ttXcIu, 
navigare). 

€(rT€, until. 

€(TxaTos. last, extreme. 

cTepos, the other ; a/j!er. 

trt, besides, moreover, still. 

eTos, -ovs, TO, year. 

€^, well. €v 7rpdTT€Lv, to be doing 
well ; to be prosperous, ev 
TTOLclv, to confer benefits on 
(benefacere, prodesse). 

Eij^oLai Tjy Euboea. 



€v-y€vr}s, of high birth. 
'' evbaLpovelv (= e-etv) , to be for- 
tunate {€v. daipoiv, deity). 
cvdaipovia, 77, happiness. 
evdaipom^eLv, to account happy. 
evdaipovcos, fortunately. 
evdaipcov, -ovos, fortunate, 
happy. 

evdoKipclv (= €-€iv), to be cele- 
brated, honored, popular (eu. 
doK-, root of SoKelj/, videri). 
€V€py€o-La, T], beneficence, 
et/epyereii/ (= e-eti/) , to benefit, 
confer benefits on (cv. epyov, 
work). 

€vr}^7]s, simple, foolish (cv, well. 
rj^ios, character). 

cv'^vs, adv., immediately. 

evKketa, rj, fame, good report. 

6L'-Xa/5eto-3at (= e-ecrSat)? Dep. 
Pass., to be cautious, to be- 
ware of; — to reverence (cv, 
well. Xaff, short root of Xa/x- 
^dp€Lv, to take). 

€vp,€va)s, in a friendly way ; kindly. 

cvvoos, €vvovs 2, well-disposed ; 
kind ; kindly-disposed (to a 
person), (cv, well. vovs). 

€V7r€Tcos, adv., easily (eu, well. 
Trer-j root of ttlttt€lv = ttl- 
iT€T'€iv, to fall). 

Evpnrl^ris, -ovs, 6, Euripides. 

€VpLO-K€LV, to find. v. 

€vpus, -cTa, -V, broad. 
C €\)G-€^ilv (= €-€Lv)i to reve- 
< rence {ev. o-ejSeti/, venerari). 
f €vo-€pr]s, -€?, pious. 
etTi^jj^eii/ (=^ €-€iv), to be for- 
tunate or prosperous. 
cvTvxi??, -€$•, fortunate (cu, well. 

Tvx^}, fortune). 
€VTvxui, r), good fortune. 
S €vx-^(T'^aL. to pray. 
I €vxr], T], prayer, request. 
€v\j/vxUi, spirit, courage (ev, well. 

\/^ux^, spirit. 
i(^6hLov, TO, travelling money. 
(eVi, for. 6S0S, roadj. 



260 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



€X€iv, to have ; c. inf., to be able. 
€X(o has root e^- ; the rough 
breathing is changed into the 
smooth,' whilst the x remains ; 
but returns, when it disappears : 
hence fut. e|-a) (with aspirate). 
ovToos ^X^^^ (^^^ ^^^ ^^ habere), 
to be so affected or disposed ; 
€v or KaX(os ^e'xeiv (= bene se 
habere), to be well ; to be well 
off: for any thing, tlvos. vii. 

ex^poSi hostile : used substantive- 
ly^ = an enemy. 

ecosy as long as ; until. 

ecosi -0), ^, dawn, morning. 



Z^v (= d-€Lv), to live. 346. 
(rjXovv (= 6-€Lv), to emulate ; 
to pursue emulously (f^Xoy, 
emulation). 
C f7;/xta, rj (damnum), hurt, loss, 
< injury, calamity. 
( (rjfXLovv (= 6-€iv), to punish. 
Crjrelv (= e-eiv), to seek. 
fooj7, 37, Mfe. ^ 
^wov, TO, animal. 
^oaoTOKos, viviparous (t€k., tok, 
short roots of tlkt€lv, to give 
birth to), 
^fooos, alive. 



H. 



'H (in questions), cf. K. 344. 5. 
rj, or, than ; fj — rj, aut — aut. 
■^^rj, T), youth. 

C r)y€7(r?iat (= e-eo-^fat), tO lead, 
< to think. 

r]y€fxa}v, ovos-, 6, rj, leader. 

'rjdea^aL, to rejoice. 

T]d€(os, adv, pleasantly, gladly. 

r)8ovr), rj, pleasure. 
^T]dvs, -ela, -v, sweet, pleasant. 
^'8rj, already, at once ; before now. 
rj'^osi 'ovs, TO, habit, character, 

disposition. 



rjKLdTa, least of all. 
r)Kai, I am come ; rj^oi, will come. 
rjkC^ior-qs, ('Tr)Tos), rj, silliness. 
^ TjXiKLa, rj, age. 
( tjXlkos, as great as. 
^Xios, 6, sun. 
r?7/xepa, 77, day. ^ 
I rjfxepodpojjLos, 6, courier (dpa^, 
j root used to supply the tons- 
il es of Tpexco, curro). 
rjfjLepoTTjs, rjfi^poTrjTos, 77,tameness, 
rjv, C. subj., if. (=: edu.) 
r)VLKa, when. 
"Hpa, J7, Hera or Juno. 
'lIpaKXrjSi-€ovs,6, Hercules (201). 
rjpcos, -cDoy, 6, hero. 
rja-'^ai, to sit. Pdm. 71. 
rjcro-ov (later Att. tittov), less. 
" rjo-vxd.^^i'V, to be quiet, still. 
Tjo-vxt-a, quietness, &lc. rja-vx^ap 
ex€LP or aycLv, to remain qui- 
et, to keep quiet. 
^^(Tvxos 2, quiet. 
^fjTTa, T). defeat. 
riTTCLo-^at (= d-eo-'^aL), to be 
defeated ; to be inferior to 
(gen.). 

e. 

QdXao-ora, '^dXaTTa, rj, sea. 
^dXXetv, to bloom. 
?idvaTos, 6, death. 
'^dnreLv, to bury. 
^^iappaXecos, adv., boldly. 
^app€Lv (= €-€Lp), to be of good 
courage ; 3. tlvi, to have 
conjfidence in ; 3. Tcva, not 
to be afraid of a person ; 3. 
Tt, to endure (not to fear) 
something. 
^ ?iappovvT(Ds, confidently. 
'^cLTTop, more quickly (neut. of 

compar. adj.). 391. 
3av/xafe6i/, to wonder, wonder at, 
admire, be surprised at. S. 
Tivd or Ti = to admire : tlvos, 
to be surprised or wonder at 
(mostly with blame). 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



261 



Sea, fj, goddess. 

Seao-Sat (= d-ea'^ai), Dep. Mid., 

to behold. 
Sell/ (= €-€Lv), to run. 

S Seloi/. TO. deity. 

) SeToy, godlike, divine. 
^eky€Lv. to charm, soothe. 
Se/xfXtoi/, TO. foundation (3e, short 

root of TL'^T)fJii). 

QefiKrTOKXrjs., -eovs, 6, Themisto- 

cles (201) 
Qeos- 6. God. 
C SepaTreta, 77, care. 

< SepaTre^eti/, to honor, pay court 
( to. 

S ^€pi^€Lv, to reap. 
\ ?i€pos, -ovs, TO, summer. 
QeaaaXos, ThefcsaUan. 
©/)/3at, at, Thebes. 
^qy-€Li/, to whet, to sharpen. 
S^Auf, -€ia, -u. female. 
^3j7p. -Off, 6, wild beast. 
ST^pa, chase, hunting, ^iiqpav 

TTOLela'^aL, to hunt. 
^Tjp€V€Lp, to hunt. 
37;ptoj/, (any) wild beast : also, 
Ta ?ir}pLa = game, any beast 
that is hunted. 
?irjpL<s}8r]s (^T)pL0P. eldos), brut- 
ish. 

Sj^ff, ST^r-off. 6, paid laborer. 
3r;crai;p6ff5 6, treasure. 
Qrjaevs, -e'coff, 6, Theseus. 
3j/r;r6ff, mortal (3i/a, root of ?ivf)- 

(TK€Lv). 

^pi^, TpLxos, J7, hair. 
"^■uyaTT^p, -rpof, 77, daughter. 183. 
i Sveti/, to sacrifice. 

< 30/xa (Sv/xar-off), rJ, sacrifice, 
f offering. 

Su/ii6ff, 6, mind. 
Svpa, ^, door. 
Svpo-off, 6, a thyrsus. 
2fuo"/a, 17, sacrifice (Sveti/). 



C 'lao-Sat (= a-eo-SaO, Dep. Mid., 

< to heal, cure. 

f laTpos, 6, physician. 
iSea. 77. appearance. 
C Idia, privately ; in one's private 

< character or life, 
f IdLos, one's own. 
l8pv€Lv, to build. 
Idp6)s, 'COTos, 6. sweat. 

^ Up€L(i, 77, priestess. 
iepevs, -ccos, 6, priest, 
tepdi/. TO, victim, temple. 
^lepos^ sacred to (gen.). 
LTjpL, Uvat, to send forth ; to emit ; 
to utter. Pdm. 67. 

SUavos, sufficient, able, 
kai/ooff, sufficiently, adequately. 
C iKeTTjSi -Of, 6, suppliant. 

< iKPela'^m ( = e-eo-^at). See 
(^ dcjytKuelo-'^aL. 

IktIvos^ o, kite. 

tXecoff, -cov, merciful, propitious. 

IpaTLOp, TO, garment ; especially 

the outer garment, pallium. 
Iva, (1) where ; (2) in order that ; 

that. 
C lirTrevs, -ecos, 6, horseman, horse- 

< soldier. 

t Lnnos, 6, horse ; 77, cavalry. 
'lotos, equal. 

to-TrjpL, io-Tavat, to place. For the 
meaning cf. 396. 

( tVxi^f t^5 to be strong, to avail. 

< Lo-xyp'^s, strong. 

f laxvpios, severely. 

Ix'^^Si -yos, 6, fish. 

LX^os, 'OVS, TO, track, trace. 



K. 



Ka'ialpcLv, to purify. 
Ko^-e^ea'^aL, to sit dowH. Fut. 

KaljcbovpuL. 

Ka'^-€vd€Lu, to sleep. 

Ka'^-ricT^iaL, to bit down. Pdm. 71. 



262 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



KaS-tVrr;/xi, -LcrrdvaL, to establish, 
fcai, and, even : Kai — /cat, both — 

and (et — et). 
Kaivos^ new. 
Kaipos, the right time, season : 

els Kmpov, at the right time ; 

opportunely. 
^ KaKia, T), vice, flav7. 

KaKL^ecv, to v^^orst (KaKos, bad). 

KUKLov, worse (as adv.) : neut. 
adj. from kukIcov, com p. of 

KaKOS' 

KaKos, bad, wicked, cowardly. 

KaKOTTjs, J7, wickedness. 

KaKovpyeiv (= e-eti/), acc, to do 
evil to ; to harm ; to ravage. 

KaKovpyos, 6, evil-doer. 

KaKovv (= O'CLv), to treat ill, 
hurt ; to injure or ravage (a 
country). 

KaKcoSi adv., badly, ill. 
KoKclv (= €-€Lp), to call, name. 
KaXXias, -Of, 6, Callias. 
'^/caXXoy, -ovs, TO, beauty. 

/caXoKoyaSia, 17, rectitude, hono- 
rableness (Ka\oKdya?i6s = 
KoXos Kol dya'^os). 

KaXos^jbeautiful, honorable, good. 

Kokcbs, adv., well, honorably. 
KaXvTTT-eiv, to cover, hide, &c. 
KdjjL7]\os, 6, 17, camel. 
KapvcLv (= laborare), to toil ; to 

be sufferinor or ill. m. 
Kciv, even if = kol idv. 
Kapbia, rj, heart. 
Kapiros, 6, fruit ; wrist. 
Kdpra, very. 

Kaprepia, f], endurance ; patience. 
KapxrjbSv, -ovos, rj, Carthage. 
Kara-yeXap (= a-etv), to laugh at 

(gen.).' 
KaTa-hv€Lv, to go down. 
Kara-KkaUiv, to bewail. 
KaTa-KkeUiv, to shut. 
Kara-KpvTTTeLV, to hide. 
Kara-XcLTTCLv, to leave behind. 
Kara-XvcLv, to loosen, dissolve, de- 
stroy. 



Kara-fxe'^va-K-eiv, to make drunk 

Fut. 'pc^vo-co. 
Kara-pheip, to remain behind (in 

a country). 
Kara-vociv (== e-eiv), to perceive, 

to discover. 
Kora-TT-qbav ( = d-eiv), to leap 

down. 
KaTa-7rXr]TT€i,v, to astonish. 
KaTa-o-KaTTTeii/, to dig down. 
Kara-o-Kcvd^eiv, to prepare. 
KaTa-aTp€<p-€cr?iat, to overthrow 
(for oneself) ; to subdue, to 
conquer. 
KaTa'T€LV€Lv, to stretch tight. 
Kara-Ti^rjpL, -rC^evai, to lay down. 
Kara-cfAeyeLv, to burn up. 
KaTa-(j)pov€lv (= €-€«/) 5 to despise 

(gen.).^ 
KaTa-(j)vyr], rj, refuge. 
KaT-ex€Lv, to restrain. 
( KaTrjyopelv (= e-eiv), to ac- 
cuse. 
-^ KaTrjyopos, o, accuser (/cara. 
dyopa, assembly, market- 
[ place). 
Kara), below. 

Kelpai, Kela^aL, to lie down ; (of 
a law) Aceto-Sat = to be enacted, 
Pdm. 71. 
KcXevcLv, to order, bid. 

Kevodo^ia, vain-glory ; vanity 
(k€p6s, empty, do^a, opinion, 
glory). 
Kevos, empty, groundless, vain. 
KevTpov, TO, prick, sting. 
KepdvvvpL, K€pavvvvai, to mix. 
Kepas, TO, horn. Pdm. 20. 
C K€p8aLV€Lv, to gain ; [Perf. kc' 
^ KcpdaKa.^ 
( Kepbos, -ovs, TO, gain. 
K€<pakrj, T), head. 
KTjheo-^aL, to care for (gen.). 
KTJTTos, 6, garden. 
Krjpos, 6, wax. 
C KT]pv^, -vKos, 6, herald. 
< KTjpuTTCLv, to proclaim (by a 
( herald). 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



263 



1 



C Kt,v8vv€V€iv, to be in danger ; to 

< incur or brave danger. 
( KLvdvvos, 6, danger. 

Kicraos, KLTToS't 6, ivy. 

KkaicLv, to weep. 

i kXcUlv, to shut (Perf. pass. k€- 

< KKcLdjxaL and KeKKeiiiaC). 
( KkeV^pov, bolt, bar. 

Kk€7TT€LV, tO Steal (Fut. kK€\J/(0 

and Kkeyj/oiiaL ; K€K\o(f)a. Aur. 

2. Pass. €K\d7rr)v). 
kKlvclv, to bend. 
AcotXo?, hollow. 
fKOii/off, connmon : to koivov, 
• commonwealth. 

KOLvcovia, Tj^ communion, parti- 
^ cipation (tlvos). 
KOKKos, ov (gran um), the seed (of 

a pomegranate, &c.). 
KOKKv^, KOKKvy-os, 6, cuckoo. 
KoXd^€Lv, to chastise, punish. 
^ Ko\aK€V€Lv, w. acc, to flatter. 
( fcdXaf , KokaK-os, 6, flatterer. 
acoXtto?, 6, bosom. 
Ko^L^cLu, to bring. 

KOTTTELV. tO CUt. 

Kopa^, KopaK-oSi 6, crow or raven, 
/cop?;, damsel. 
KoptVStos', 6, Corinthian. 
KO(TpL€lv (= €-€Lp), to adom, to 
order or arrange (harmonious- 

Kov(t)os, light. 

KpdCcLu, to cry out [Fut. KCKpd- 

fo/xat], K€Kpdya. 
Kpdvos, -ovs, TO, helmet. 
^ KpaTeiv (=z e-€Lp)^gen., to have 
power over ; to prevail, con- 
quer. 
^KpdTos^ -ovs, TO, strength. 
Kpeas, TO, flesh. 
Kp€Lo-o-(i)v or (later) KpciTTcov, more 

powerful, better. Note 13. 
\ KpLV€Lv, to judge. 
( KpiTTjs, -OV, 6, judge. 
Kpolo-oy, 6, Croesus. 
KpoTac^os, 6, temple. 
KpvnTciv, to conceal, hide. 



/crao-Sat (= a-eo-Sat). to acquire ; 

KeKTTjiiaL z= possideo. 
KT€LV€LP, to kill ; usually ajro- 

KTeiveiv. 

KT€LS^ KT€v6s, O, COmb. 

KTrjiJLa, -aTos, to (KTao-3at)j pos- 
session. 

ktl(€lv, to found. 
S Kv^€VTr]9, 'oif, dicer, gambler. 

^ Kv^os, 6, a die, cube. 

kvkXos, circle. 

KVTreWov, to, goblet. 

Kvpt€V€Lv, to be master of (gen.). 

Kuplvos, Quirinus. 

KvpLos, having authority. Kvpios 
elp,L TToielv rt, I have a right to 
do it. 

KVpLTTCLV, to butt. 

Kiipos, 6, Cyrus. 

KVCOV, KVVOS, 6, T), dog. NotS 9. 

KcoXvetv, to hinder. 
K(ocf)6s, dumb. 



A. 



Aaycos, -o), 6, hare. 
AaKcdaip^ovLos, 6, Lacedaemonian. 
\aKTL^€Lv (fut. lo-co), to klck (at). 

JXaXelu (=z €'€Lv), to talk. 
XdXos 2, talkative. 
XapL^dvcLv, to take, receive, iv. 
^Xaprrpos, brilliant, bright. 
J Xap,7rpvP€Lu, to brighten ; Mid., 
to brighten (something of my 
own). 
Xap?idv€LP, to be concealed from. 

IV. 

Xdpva^, XdpvaK-os, rj, chest, coffin. 

Xeatpa, r), lioness. 

XiysLP, (1) to say, tell, — call. (2) 
to collect. — Aor. Pass. eXex^rjp 
and eXeyrjp : also to read (what 
is written) out to another. 

Xeip-diP, XeLfjLcov-os, 6, meadow. 

XeincLP, to leave ; leave behind 
[Aor. cXiTTOP : Perf XeXonra], 

Xecop, XeoPT-os, 6, lion. 

Xeo)?, 6, people. Alt. decL 



264: 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



krj'^rj, obliviousness, forgetfulness. 
^Xrjpelv (= €-€Lv), to talk non- 
sense. 
< Xrjpos, (mere) talk, (mere) non- 
I sense ; after which wpos = 
[^ to, i. e. in comparison of. 

XrjcrTTjs, -ov, d, robber. 

Xiav, very. 

AiSoff, 6, stone. 

XlfjLTjv, 37, marsh, lake. 

KifjLos- 6, hunger. 

Xoyos, 6, word, speech, reason. 

XoLdopclv (= €-eLv), to scold, rail 
at (Mid. c. dat). 

XoLp,6s, 6, plague, pestilence. 

XoLTTos (X€L7r-€Lv). remaining. 

Xov-€Lv, to wash ; Mid., to wash 
(myself or some one belonging 
to me). 

Xovrpop^ bath. 

X6<pos, 6, crest. 

XvypoSi sad. 

Xveiu, to loose, dissolve ; repeal 
(a law) ; break (a truce) ; dis- 
miss (an assembly). 

XyKOS-) 6, wolf. 

AvKovpyos; 6, Lycurgus. 

XvfjiaLV€(T^aL (acc), to abuse, mal- 
treat. 

JXvTrelv (= €-€Lv), to distress. 
XvTrr], Tj, sorrow, grief. 

Xvo-LTcXelv (= €-€Lv), dat., to be 
useful to (Xv€Lv, to solve, re- 
Xof, end, object). 

Xoi)7rodvTr]s, ov, cutpurse, footpad 
(properly a filcher of clothes. 
XcoTTos, or -7;, robe, mantle, dv- 
€Lv, to get into). 

XfflCDj', better. Note 13. 



M. 



''Md^rjfia, ro, thing learnt, lesson 
(/LtaS-, short root of pav'^av- 
€Lv, discere). 
lia'^rjTTjs, ov, 6, a disciple, pu- 
pil. 
uaKap, -aposi happy. 



fMaK€^ovLa, 17, Macedonia. 
MaKehovLKos, Macedonian. 



■ovos, o, 



a Macedo- 



MaKcScoz/, 
nian. 
paKpos-, long. 
paXaKos, soft. 

JpdXiara, most, especially. 
pdXXov, more, rather (jpotius), 
pav'^dveiv, to learn. IV. 
pavla, 17, madness. 
pdvTLs, -€cl>s, 6, prophet. 
i papTVpelv (= €-€Lv), papTvpc- 

< o-'^at, to bear testimony. 
f p.dpTvs, -^vpos, 6, witness. 

p.dxaLpa, hunting-knife ; cut- 
lass (short sword), 
ftax^o-^at, to fight. Fut. pa- 
Xovp,aL (== pax^(Topai). Aor. 
ipaxca-dprjv. Perf. p.€p,dxr]- 
p,aL. 
\^pdxi], T], battle. 
'^ peyas, -dXrj, -a, great. 

p€y€?ios, -ovs, TO, greatness ; 
magnitude. 

peyio-ros, sup. of peyas, great. 
/xe3?7, ^7, drunkenness. 
pe^-irjpL, p^^-uvai, to let gO. 
p€^v€Lv, to be drunk. 
p€i^a)v, comp. of pLcyas, great. 

Note 13. 
pcLpaKLov, TO, boy, lad (of about 

fourteen). 
peXas, -aiva, -av, black. 
pieXei, it concerns ; curce est (dat. 

of pers., gen. of thing). 
^ /xeXt, -iTos, TO, honey. 
} peXiTTa, Tj, a bee. 
/xeXXeiv, to be about (or, be going) 

to. 
/xeXos", 'ovs, TO, limb ; song. 
pLepcpea'^aL, c. acc. to blame ; c. 

dat. to reproach. 
pL6v — Se (indeed), — but. 
p,€V€Lv, to remain ; c. acc. to a- 

wait ; wait for. 
C p€pL^€Lv, to divide. 

< pepipva, rj, Care. 

f p,€pos, -ovs, TO, part. 



GREEK AND EXOLISH INDEX. 



265 



r ii€(n]iJi^pla. r], mid-day (fxearos, 

< middle. rjfMepa. day;. 
( fjLeaos. middle. 

fiearos, full (li<?n.). 
) fjL€Ta-l^dXX€iv, to change. 
( ljL€Ta^oXr], rj, change. 
lieTa-didcofiL, -didovat^ to give a 

share of (gen.). 
fjL€Ta^v, between (gen.). 
fi€ra-7r€p.7r€<T^(u, to send for, 
fi€Ta-Ti?:i]fii, 'Tt'^evai, to change ; 

transpose. 
fi€T-€X€tv, to share in, take part 

in (gen.), 
fxeroLKoSi 6, resident-foreigner. 
i fji€Tp€LP (== €'€ip), to measure. 

< {i€TpLcoSi adv., moderately. 
( fxerpov. TO, measure. 

fji€xph until ; as prep, up to. 

fjLTj, not. On fjLT). pLT) ov, after ex- 
pressions of fear, cf K. 318. 7. 

fjLTjdafjLoi), nowhere ; p,. cluai, to be 
of no value. 

p.r]hapws (nequaquam), by no 
means. 

MT]d€ta, Tj, Medea. 

prjdeis, -€p.La, -eV, no (one), no- 
body. 

prjdeTTore, never. 

p,rjv, -vos, 6, mouth. 

prjTTOTe^ never. 

prjTroi, not yet. 

pTjpos, thigh. 

prjre — pr)T€, neither — nor. 

pr]TT]p, -rpos, f), mother. 183. 
i pT])(avd(T'^aL (= a-e(r3at), Dep. 

< Mid,, to contrive, devise. 
I prjxavT], contrivance. 

C puiLvetv, to pollute. 

< pidpos, unclean, impure, abo- 
( minable (of persons). 

pLKpos, small ; /xt/cpw (by) a little : 
piKpov, within a little ; almost. 
C pipLild'^aL (= €-eo-3at), to imi- 
J tate. 

f pLprjTTjs, OV, 6, imitator. 
MiVoof, -o), 6, Minos. 
iiiaeiv (= €-(fii/). to hate. 

12 



C fito-Soff, 6, reward ; pay. 

< /i£(j3a)7"os {niercenarius), hire- 
f lifig ; a mercejiary, 

pvd. as, Tj, mina. 
C p^vrfpfiov, monument. 

< pv7]pcov, -ovos, of retentive me- 
(^ mory. 

p,o2pa, r), fate ; share. 
poXis, with difficulty. 

f povapxiCL, Tj, monarchy (p,6vos, 

I only, apx^' government), 

I p.6vov, only. 

\^p6vos, alone. 
popLov, part, portion. 

^ Movaa, rj, a Muse. 

( pLOvcTLKYj, T}, music (sc. T€xvrj). 
pveXos, 6, marrow. 
p,v?ios, 6, tale, legend. 
pvKTTjp. pvKTTJp-os, 6, uostril, trunk 

(of elephant). 
pLvpLos, innumerable. 
pLcopos, foolish, a fool. 



N. 



l^avpaxia, rj, sea-fight (po-xfji 

battle). 
vavs, Tj, ship. 
vavTT]s, ov, sailor. 
vavTKos, nautical : vavriKov. a 

fleet ; a navy. 
vcavlas, -ov, 6, a youth. 

v€pi€Lv, to divide, distribute, or 

nllot [Fut. vcpcD and vcp-if- 

(Toa '. Aor. €V€ipa : Perf. v€ue- 
-{ pr)Ka : Aor. Pass, cvep-q^jrjv 

and -e'^rjv]. 
i/€pL€o-Ls, €cos, T}, just - reseut- 

ment ; hence, avenging-fate. 
veos, young. 

V€OTT€V€LP (OT V€00r(T€V€Lv}, tO 

hatch its young ; to breed. 
(We may translate it /o build 
its nest, since ice should ra- 
ther refer to that preparatory 
act.) 
veoTTiov, young bird (pi. young 
ones). 



266 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



veoDs, -co, 6, temple. 
j/r], yes, by — (in swearing). 
vrjo-os, rj^ island. 
S vLKQv (= d-€Lv), to conquer. 
) vtKT], 77, victory. 
VL(p€t, it snows. 

vorjcriS') -ecos, ^, intellectual fa- 
culty, intellect (i^oeTi/, to per- 
ceive). 
^ vofjLL^€Lv, to think, 
f vofxioTfjia, TO, coin, money. 
^ voixo^erelv (= i-eiv), to legis- 
late ; to make laws. 
vofjLo'^eTrjs, ov, 6, lawgiver (i/o- 
jjLos, law. 3e-, original root 
of Ti^evai, ponere). 
vofxos. 6, law. 
voos ■= uovs, 6, reason ; intelli- 
gence ; mind : eV vca exeiv (in 
animo habere) , to purpose, in- 
tend. 
S vo(T€lv (= e-eiv), to be sick, 
f vooros^ Tj, disease. 
vvKTcop (adv.), by night. 
vvv^ pvvl, now. 
vv^, vvKT-os, Tj, night. 



^€vos, 6, stranger, guest, -host. 
!S€vo(f>a)i^, -cbvTos, 6, Xenophon. 
^L<pos, -ovSi TOy sword. 



O. 



*Oj3oXoff, oi5, 6, an obelus (a small 

coin). 
ode, ^de, rdSe, this. 
odos, rj. way, road. 
odovs, odopT'Os, 6, tooth. 
odvpea-'^aL, to mourn. 
o'^€v, whence, 
of, whither. 
otSa (=: novi), I know. Pdm. 

oteo-Sat, to think. 



^oIk€7v (= €-«!/), to dwell. 
olKelos, belonging to ; own ; in- 
timate. 
olK€T7]i; -ov, o, domestic ; serv- 
ant. 
o'lKYjais, -€Q)y, 7), dwelling. 
^ oi/c/a, J7, house ; family. 
olKidiov, small house, house. 
oIkl^€lv, to colonize. 
OLKodofxelu (= €-eiv), to build 
(a house). (defxcip, to 
build). 
oIkos, 6, house. 
olKT€Lp€iv, w. ace, to pity, 
oi/iot, I think. It is used instead 
of the longer form otofxai : prin- 
cipally when inserted parenthe- 
tically ; = opinovy credo. See 
oteorSJat. 
oLvos, 6, wine. 
otV, oioff, 6, J7, sheep. 
ot;)^eo-2Jat, to depart : oixoyiai = 

ahii. 
i oXiyapx^a, oligarchy (dpxr), go- 

< vernment). 

f oXiyos, little. oXtyoL, few. 
oXXvpi, oXKvuaL, to destroy, ix. 
oXoy, whole, complete, perfect. 
6\o(f)vp€o-'^aL, to pity. 
oXcoy (omnino), at all ; altogether 

— in general. 
'Oprjpos, 6, Homer. 

C ofxlXelv (= €-eLv)i c. dat., to 

< associate with. 

1^ SfxiXia, Tj, intercourse with. 
oppvetv, to swear. See 6p,vvpc, 

IX. 

ofjiOLcos, in like manner. 

6p,oXoyeiv {^= i-eiv), to agree 
with, admit {6p6s [poet], 
same. Xeyeiv. Xoyos). 
opoXoyia, confession, conces- 
sion. 
opovoia (opos. vovs), concord, u- 

nity. 
C oveLdiCeip, Fut. -aco, to reproach 

< (W tlvl). 

( oveidos, 'ovs, to, reproach, 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



267 



Oi^TjTcop, Onetor, prop. name. 
6vLVT)fii, ovLvdvaL, to benefit. 
S ovofia, -aros, to, name. 
( ouofid^eiv, to name. 
opos, 6, T], ass. 
ovTcos, really (oio--, root of cov, 

being). 
ow|, 6vvK-os, 6, claw, talon. 

o^vppOTTOs (o^vs. peneiv, ver- 

gere), quick. 
o^vs, -eta, -V, sharp, sour ; quick, 
hasty. 
oTTTj, whither, where. 
oTTLo-co, back. 
677X17, hoof. 
C ottXittjs, -ov, 6, heavy-armed 

< soldier, hoplite. 
( 077X01^. TO, weapon. 

oTTOh whither. 

077010 s-, qualis, of what sort. 
oTToo-ovovv, how great soever, 
how long soever. [Since it 
means of what magnitude 
soever, it may sometimes 
mean however short.] 
oTTocros, quanius, as great as. 

oTTOTav, c. subj., when. 

oTTOTc, when, since. 

o7rou, where. 

0770)9, how, that. 

opav (= d-€Lv), to see, look. 

C opy/7, 77, anger. 

< opyifeo-Sai, Dep. PahfS., to be 
( angry (dat.). 

op€^is, -ecus', 77, a longing after ; a 
yearning for (opeyea-'^aL, to seek 
for ; to desire). 

'OpeVrr;?, ov, 6, Orestes. 

C dp^os, straight, right. 

< op'^ovp ( = 6-€Lv), to 
( straight. 

SpiCeiv, to fix, limit, define, 



make 



opKos, o. 



oath. 



Spfidv (= d-eii/), to rush. 
C opi/tSo-Sj^pay, -a. 6, bird-catcher 
< (^rjpup. to chase). 
f opviS' -I'^os, 6, 17, bird. 
opoj, -ovf, rd, mountain. 



(opvy-pa, TO, pit (fovea). 
I 6pvTT€Lv, to dig [Fut. dpr^co : 
Perf. opoipvxa (with Att. re- 
dupl.) : Perf. Mid. or Pass. 
6p(jopvyp,at]. 
o(Tios, holy. 
oaros, as great as, as much as ; 

after demonstratives, as. 
I oareov, -ovv, to, bone. [who. 

oo-Tis, rJTLs, 6 TL, OT o.Ti, whoever, 
oo-<ppr]o-Ls,-€OL>s, r}, (sense of) smell 

(do-<pp€, shorter root of 6a(f)pai- 

pea'^aL, to smell). 
oTav, c. subj., when (= ot€ ap), 
0T€, when. 
OTL, that, because, 
ov, not. 
ov, where. 
ovdap,rj, nowhere. 
ov8e, not even (ne — quidem), 
ovdeis, -€p,La, -eV, no (one). 
ovd^TTOTc, never. 
ovK, not. 

ovKCTi, no longfer. 
ovp, therefore, then. 
OV7TOT6, ovbeiTOTc, nevcr. 
ovTTons never yet. 
ovpd, rj, tail. 
ovpapos, heaven. 
ovs, cjTos, TO, ear. 
ovcria, possession (over-, root of 

fern, participle of elvm). 
ovT€ — ovre, neither — nor. 
ovT(o(s), thus, so. 
ov)(, not. 
ocfjeiXeLP, to owe. 
d03aX/Lidy, d, eye. 

6(j)kL(TKdp€LP, to owe. 6(f)\lG^KdP€LP 

p,oipiap ^=z to incur the imputa- 
tion of folly. 0(^X770-0). ai^Xr/Ka. 
— ojCpXop. 

ox^os, 6, a crowd, mob ; the com- 
mon people (plebs). 

oxvpovp (=: 6-€ip), to make-fast, 
bar, &c. 

6-^€, late. 

oyj/Ls, '€Ois, Tj, (power of) sight, 
visage. 



268 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



n. 



HdyKaKoSi thoroughly bad (nas- 

KUKOs). 

TrdyoSi 6, hill. 

S naLCLV, -avos, 6, war-song. 
\ 7TaiavL^-€Lv, to sing the Paean. 
^TraibeveLv. to educate, train, in- 
struct (naLd, root of nals, 
boy). 

< iraihlov, TO, little child. 
TraidovojjLos, ou, 6, the inspector 
of the boys (a magistrate at 
Sparta. — vofios., law). 
ttuUlv, to strike. 
S Tra/feiz/, to play. 
( Trals, -Soy, 6, r), child, boy. 
VdXat, formerly, long ago. ol 

TraXat, the ancients. 
TraXatdy, ancient, oi tt., the 
men of old. 
TrdXtv, again. 
IlaXXdSioj/, Palladium. 
TrdfjiTroXv, very much indeed (Tras. 

TT exits'). 
7raPTdTrdcrL(v), wholly, quite. 
Travraxov. Travraxrj, every where, 

in all respects. 
7ravT€Xci)s, perfectly (Tray, omnis. 

rekos, finis). 
TravTodaTTos, of every kind. 
TrdvTCDSi wholly. 
ndvv, altogether, quite, very. 
7rapa-^aLV€Lv, to transgress. 
Trap-ayyeWeLv, to order. 
Trap-aiveiv (= e-eiv), dat., to ad- 
vise, to exhort. 
Trapa-Kokelv (= e-etz/), to call to ; 

to exhort. 
TTapd-vopos 2, contrary to law. 
7rapa-Tr\r)(rL0Si like. 
7rapa-GrK€vd^€iv, to prepare ; Mid. 
provide any thing (for my- 
self). 
7rapa-TL^T]pL, -ri^evai. to place be- 
side, provide ; to place on the 
table (apponere). 



TrdpbaXts., -fcos, rj, pard, panther. 
Trdp-€LpL, Inf. nap-elvaL, to be pre- 
sent : Trdp€(TTL(y), it is lawful ; 
in one's power. 
7rdp-et/it, Inf. Trap-teWt, to go by, 

near. 
7rap-€px€(T'^ai, to go by. vii. 
Trap-€X€LP, to offer, grant. 
Trap-LYjpL, -Uvai, to let pass, ne- 
glect. 
Trap-Lo-TrjjjLL, -La-Tavai, to place be- 
side. 
7rap-o^vv€Lv, to encourage, incite 
(o^vs, acer). 

irapprjCTLa, rj, frankness ; bold- 
ness of speech (Trapd. pe, 
root of the obsol. present peco, 
dico ; whence et-p-q-Ka. prj- 
^€LS, &c.). 
Trapprjo-id^-ea'^at, to use frank- 
ness or boldness of speech. 
Tvapcov =z praesens. Partcp. of 

Trapelvai. 
irds, ndcra, ndv, in sing. (1) wiih- 
out article : every ; all manner 
of : hence sometimes all imagi- 
nable ; extreme. (2) with arti- 
cle : Trds 6 — := the whole : 
sometimes 6 nds — . In plur, 
wdvTes (ol) — , all. ol Trdvresy 
in all. 
Trdo-xeti/, to suffer, vii. 
C TraTTjp, -Tpos, 6, father. 183. 
< TrarpLs, -Ido:!, tj, (native) coun- 
( , try. 

naveiu, to cause to cease, stop, 
put an end to ; Mid. to cease 
[Aor. Pass, iiravo-'^rjv ; Perf. 
Mid. or Pass. TrtVav/xat, to 
cease ; Third Fut. TreTravcropai, 
will cease]. 
Trediov, to, a plain. 
Trends (pedes), foot-soldier. 
(neL'^eLv, to persuade ; TretSo/xai, 
I I am persuaded, I obey (dat.) 
<{ [Aor. €7r€La'^r]v, I obeyed]. 
TretSo), '0V9, rj, persuasiveness, 
persuasion, obedience. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



269 



TT^ivfjv {■=z a-eti/), to hunger, be 

hungry. On the contraction 

into 77^ of. 346. 
7T€Lpa(j'^aL {■=: a-6o-3at), Dep. Pass. 

to try, endeavor. 
TreXeKus", -ecos, 6, hatchet, axe, bat- 
tle-axe. 

^YlekoTTovvqa-LaKos^ Peloponne- 
sian. 

Iie\o7T6vv7](Tos, rji Peloponne- 
sus. 
TreXraoT/}?, 6, targeteer. 
7r€ fjLTTCLv, to seud. 
^ 7r€V€or^aL, to be poor. 
( 7r€vr]s, -TjTos, 6. 77, poor. 
Tvev'^iiv (= e-eti/), to grieve. 
TTfi/ia, 17, poverty. 
TreVre (indecl.), five. 
TrepSt^, TrepbiK-os, 6, 17, partridge. 
7r€pL-^dXk€Lv, to throw round. 

Mid. to throw round oneself; 

to surround oneself with ; co ra- 

(;6/3oi/, to entrench themselves 

(or their position). 
rrepifioTjTos (nepi, about, ^oav, 

clamare), talked-about : en et- 

vai, to be the common talk. 
7rept/3oXos, 6, circuit (of walls, 

&c.). (TTcpt, round. /3aXXQ), 

throw). 
HepiKXrjs, -eovs, 6, Pericles. 
nepL-opau (=. d-eLv), to overlook, 

permit, allow. 
TreplnXooSi -ovy, 6, voyage round 

(nepL. TrXeli/, to sail). 
TrepLppclv (= €-€iu), to flow round 

(p€lv, to flow). 

77€pL-TL?ir]fJil, -TL'^€PaL, tO put Or SCt 

round. 

nepLTTos, beyond the usual num- 
ber, more than sufficient. 

nerpa, 17, rock. 

Trrj ;' where ? whither ? 

TTTj-yuvfjiL, to fix, make firm (77/7777- 
ya, 1 am fixed). 

nrjxvs, -ccosi o? elbow, fore-arm, 
cubit. 



TTialveiv^ to fatten. 
TTLveLu, to drink, vu. 
TriTTpdo-KecVi to sell. 

TTLTTTeLV, tO fall. VII. 

TTLo-o-d, Att. TTLTTa, pltch. 

S 7ri(rT€V€Lv, to trust, believe. 

^ 7rto-roy, trustworthy, faithful. 

7rXd(T(T€Lv, to form. 

UXdraia, 17, Plataea : better nXa- 
raiat, Plataeae. 

TrXaroy, -of y, to, breadth. 

TrXey-ixa, to, thing woven : hence 
snare, gin {ttX€k-€lv). 

TrXeTv (= €-€Lp), to sail. TrXeutro- 

/xat. TrenXevKa. — eVXevcra. 
S TrXero-ro., most. > ^^^^ ^^ 
( yrXeicDi/, more. ^ 

TrKUeLv, to knit, weave, 
f TrXeoz^e/cTT;?, -ov, avaricious (7rXe- 
oj/, neut., more, exeti'j to 
have). 
7r\eove^La, 77. avarice. 

TrXeuo-ay, partcp. Aor. 1. from 
TrXeti/. 

TrXrjyrj, rj, a blow, stroke, wound. 

ttXtjSoj, -oi;9, TO, multitude, con- 
stitution (in a democracy). 

77X771/ (gen.), except. 

C nXrjprjs, -€s, full, satisfied with 

) (gen.). 

t TrXrjpovv (= 6-€Lv), to fill. 

7rXr]o-Ld(€Lv, to approach, draw 
near. 

7rXrjTT€Lv, to strike ; [Pf. 7re- 
TrXrjya, I have struck ; Aor. 
Pass. €77X777771/ : but in compo- 
sition CTrXayrjv, e. g. c^eTrXa- 

ttXoos = ttXovs, 6, voyage (77Xeti/, 
to sail). 



1 



77X0 u 



V(TL0S, 



rich. 



7rKovTi^€Lv, to enrich. 

77Xoi}ro$', 6, riches. 
771/611/ (=r= €'€Lv), to brcathe, blow. 

ivv^vaopiat, &C. like 77X611/. 
77oa, herbage, grass. 
77o3ei/ ; whence ? 



270 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



^TToiclv {■= €-€Lv), to make, do, 
render : ev ttouIv nva, to 
confer a benefit on any bo- 

TTOteltrSat rt Trepi eXdrrovos rj, 
to think any thing of less 
importance than : yrept ttoX- 
Xou TToteTo-Sat, to attach great 
importance to, &c. See Vo- 
cab. 29. 
TTOirjfia, TO (z= thing made), po- 
em. 
TTolrja-is, -60)$", (77), the making 
or composition. See erros 
(ttolHv) . 
7roLr]Tr]s, -oO, 6, poet. 
C ttolklWclv, to variegate, deco- 
< rate. 

f noLKiXos, variegated. 
TToi^rjv, -evos, 6, shepherd. 
TToIos ; of what kind ? 
^TToXefxelp (=z e-eti/), to carry on 

(wage) war (dat.). 
TToXefjLLKos, warlike. 
TToXe/xtos-, hostile ; as subst., an 

enemy. 
TToXefjLos. 6, war. 

^TToklOpKelv (= €-€Lv), tO bC- 

siege. 
TToXiy, -ecoy, 77, city. 
Trokirela^ 77, constitution ; a com- 
monwealth. 
7r6KLT€V€Lv, to govem the state ; 

Mid., to live as a citizen, to 

govern the state. 
TToXirTyy, ~ov, 6, citizen. 
TToXXaKts", often. 
VoXvs, much ; ttoXXoi, many. 
TToXvo-xt'^Si -^s, much divided, 

branching. 
TroXvreXT^s", -ey, costly (tcXos, 

end, price). 
7roXi;(^tX/a, 77, multitude of 

friends ((piXos, friend). 
7roXi;;^et/3/a, 77, multitude of 

hands, of workmen (x^ip, 

hand). 
TTOfXTrri (TrefjiTreLv), procession. 



C TTOveiv (= €-etv), to toil. 

< TTovrjpos, wicked. 
( TTOj^os, 6, toil. 

TTOpev-ecr^ai, to set out (prqficiS' 
ci) ; to march (of an army). 

Uoaretdcou, -(ovos. 6, PoseidOn, 
Neptune. 

TToais, -€(os, 77, drinking (tto, root 
used to supply the tenses of 
Trlveiv) . 

7r6(Tos ; how great ? 

TTorajjLos, 6, river. 

TToW, at any time, ever : in ques- 
tions (=z tandem), in the world ; 
ever. 

TToVepof, which of two. 

TTOTov, TO, drink (tto, root used to 
supply the tenses of TrlpcLv). 

TTOVS-) TTodoS, 6, foOt. 

C TTpaypa, -aros, to, an action, 

< affair (npaTTCLv, to do). 
f Trpd^Ls, -ecosy rj, an action. 
C npaos, mild. 

< TTpaoTTjs (TT/aaoTTyr-os), mildness : 
(^ gentleness. 

TTpaTTetv, to do, perform : €u irpar' 

T€Lv, to be doing well. (npaTTe- 

(T^ai, to exact [money, &c., with 

two accusatives]). 
Trpenei, it is becoming (dat.) • npe- 

7T€Lv, to be becoming (decere), 

TTp€(T^ela, 77, embassy. 

TrpeajSeis, ol, ambassadors. 

TTpeo-^evTTjs, -ov, 6, ambassa- 
<{ dor. 

TTpeo-^vs, -eta, -v, old. 

7rp€o-l3vT€pos, elder, aged per- 
son. 

Trpiaa^ai, to buy. 
TTptV, before ; c. indie, or inf. : 

Trplv av, C. subj. 

TTpiCOV, TTpLOV-OS, 6, SaW (l). 

TTpo-dycLv, to move (or march) 
forward ; to advance. 

TTpofiaTov, TO, sheep (rrpo, forward. 
j3a, short root of ^aiveiv, to go ; 
from the animal's going stead- 
ily /ori^arc^ to graze). 



GPcEEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



271 



S rrpo-bidco^c, -didovai, to betray, 
f TTpo-doTTjs. 'ov, o. betrayer. 
TTpo-elnov (Aor.), 1 said before, 

ordered, proclaimed, vii. 
TTpo-epx^o-^aL, to go before, vii. 
(npoJivpLa. jj, willingness, eager- 
I ness. 

TTpo^vpos 2, willing C^vpos, 
mind, animus). 

7rpo'^vp,cos, adv., willingly. 
TTpovoLa. T). foresight (rrpo. vovs, 

mind;. 
TTpoo-'/SXeVecz/, to look at 
TTpoa-boKav (= d-€ii/), to expect. 
7rp6(T-€LpL, Inf. TTpocr-elvai, to be 

[)resent. Pdm. 68. 
Trp6(T-€ipc. Inf. Trpoo-'uvai, to go 

to. Pdm. 68. 
TTpoa-'epx^o-'iaL. to come to. \'n. 
7Tpo(r-€X€tv Tov vovv (atiwium ap- 

jdicare ad — ), to pay attention 

to ; attend to. 
npo(TT]Kcuv, belonging to ; becom- 
ing {npos, to. tJk€lv, to have 

come; . 
TTpoa^eu, before (gen.). 
TTpoaplo-yeLv. to put in at, land at. 
7rpo(r-TdTT-€iv (Fut. -^co). to com- 
mand, enjoin. 
TTpoa-TL'i^ripi. -rC^evai, to add. 
npo-ri'^ilpL. -rtSeVcu, to put before, 

.'^et out for show or sale. 
TrpocfjrjTevctv. to prophesy (Trpo, 

forth, before. 0t;, root of (^Ty/xt). 
Trpc^Tos, tirst. 
TTToixos, very poor. 
nvKTrjf. ov. 6, boxer, pugilist {nv^., 

with the fist). 
TTvXrj, r), gate. 
7rvv?:dp€(T^ai, to ask, to inquire. 

Aor., to learn by inquiry ; to be 

informed ; to have heard, or to 

hear. iv. 
nvp, TTvpos, TO, fire. 
TTO) (enchtic), yet. 
TrQjXcti/ (=z «-€«/), to sell. 
7ra)7ror€, ever. 
7ra)s ; how ? 



'PaStoff, easy. 

oadLovpyclv (= e-eti/) [to take 
it easily, padios, easy, ep- 
yov, work], to be idle ; to 
sliirk work. 
pqdicDs, adv., easily. 
pa^jvpelv (= €-€Lv), to be indo- 
lent, apathetic, lazy (pacov, 
more easy. ?:vp6s, mind). 
pclv (z= e-nv). to flow. 
pTjyvvpL. 'vvvai, to tear, break, ix. 
pTjTcop, -opos. o, orator (peo), obsoL 

in Pres.). 
pL^a (not ptfa), 77, root. 
pL7TT€Lv, to throw. 
plyj/, pLTTos, bundle of reeds, rush- 
es, &c. 
poia, 77, pomegranate. 
(p'jos =) povs, 6, stream (petv, to 

flow). 
'Pco/xaZos-, Roman. 
pcovwpi, pcovvvvai, to strengthen. 



2. 



^ SaXTTty^, -tyyos", jy, trumpet. 

\ (TaXTTL^eiv^ to blow a trumpet. 
Sa/xtos". 6, Saniian. 
^apbavdirakos^ 6, Sardanapalus. 
'2d(jh€Ls. -ecov. at. Sardis. 
o-dp^. o-apK-os, rj, flesh. 

5 (ra(pr)s, -es, clear. 

) aa<pco£, clearly. 
<Tp€uvvpL. (T^€vvvvat. to quCHch. X. 
a€^€(T?:aL. to honor. 
(TcXrjur}, T), the moon. 

;aT]paLV€Lv, to give a sign. 
arjpelou^ to, sign. 
C (Ttyav (= d-€iv), to be silent. 
< Fut. (TLyr^aopac. 
i (Ttyr}, T). silence. 
atS^peoy, -ovs, of iron, iron 

(adj.) ; iron-hear Led. 
aidijpevs. 6. smith, blacksmith. 
aidrjpos, 6, iron. 



272 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



(TLTos, o, corn. 

€rta>7rap (= d-€iv), to be silent, to 
hold one's tongue. Fut. o-io)- 

TTTjO-OfJLaL. 

CTKeddvvvfXL, (TKebavvvvai^ to scat- 
ter. X. 

(TKTjvr), n, tent. 

aKrjTTTpov, TO, sceptre. 

(tkXtjpos, dry. 

cTKOTrelu, -ela^aij to behold, consi- 
der. 

(TKvfivos, 6, young animal, cub, 
whelp, ol arKvjivoL, the young 
(ones). 

(TKa)7rT€Lv, to scoff, jeer (rtm or 

€ts, Tvpos TiUa). 
C cro(f>La, T), wisdom. 
< cro(pL(rrr}s, -ov, 6, sophist. 
( (To(p6s, wise. 

'2o(f)o!<Xr)9, -€ovs, 6, Sophocles. 
S 27rapr?7, 17, Sparta. 
( ^napTLciTrjs, -ou, 6, Spartan. 
(777 €Lp€Lv, to SOW [Pf. eawopa : 

x-Vor. Pass. i(r7rapr}v]. 
arnevdctv, to hasten ; to exert one- 
self. 
o-TTovbai (prop, libations, diriv- 

detv), a truce, a treaty. 
(TTVopdbrjv {(TTrelpeip), dispersedly ; 
in a scattered way, not in col- 
lected masses. 
^ o-TTovbd^cLv, to hasten, to be 

zealous, in a hurry. 
o-TTovdaios, earnest, serious : in 
character = sterling, good. 
(TTTovdaicos, adv., zealously. 
(TTTovdrj, T}, zeal, earnestness 
((TTrevdcLv, to exert oneself). 
aTa^Lov, TO (pi. also ol oraStoi), 
stadium. 

' (TTa(TLd^€LVi to revolt, to be divi- 
ded by factions, at variance. 
cTTda-iS', -ea>s, r), faction (^aTa, 
root of l(TTr}p,i) . 
oreXXeti/, to send. 
(TTepycLv, with acc, to love ; with 
dat. (and also acc), to be con- 
tented with. 



(TTepelv (= e-eLv) Ttvd Tivos, to 
deprive one of something (in 
Pass, also c. acc. rei). 
crT€pe6s, solid. 

o-T€p€o-^aL, to be without (rivos)^ 
o-T€(^avos, a, crowiT, garland. 
a-ToXr], rj, robe, dress (erreXXetz^, 

to equip). 
(TTopa, -aTos^ TO, mouth. 
uToxdCea^aL (gen.), to aim at. 
o-TpaTev€iv, to serve ; to bear 
arms ; to make an expedi- 
tion. 
o-TpaTevecr'^at, to serve, to march 

(of soldiers). 
aTpdT€vpa, -aTos, to, army. 
-{ o-TpaTTjyos, 6, a general (aycLv), 
o-TpaTia, rj, army. 
(TTpaTLoyTrfs, -ov, 6, soldier. 
o-TpaTonedeveo-'^ac, to encamp. 
(iTpaTOTT^bov, TO, oucampment, 

encamped army» 
o-TpaTos, 6, army. 
o-Tpe(l)€iu, to turn, twist [Aor. 

Pass. io-Tpd<p7}V, €(TTp€(j)?i7)v]. 

crvy-yLyvcoo-KELv (vi),to think with, 
agree with ; o-. ipcavTca, to be 
conscious ; o-. tivl, to pardon. 
o-vy-KOTTTCiv, to knock to pieces, 

batter. 
(Tvy-KVKav (= d-€iv), to confound. 
^ o-vKTJ, rj, fig-tree. 
avKofpdvTTjs, ov, propr. common 
or vexatious informer. Syco- 
phant ; but not in our sense 
(said to be from arvKov,Jig. 
(l)aLvei,v, to denounce, to in- 
form against : ■=. one who 
accused a man of exporting 
figs against the Attic law) . 
(TVK.o(j)avTia, sycophancy, vexa- 
tious information (see o-f/co- 
(^az/TT/y). 
avKav (= d-€Lv) Tivd ti, to rob, 

pillage, rob one of something. 
o-v\-Xafx^dv€Lv, to take with, seize : 

— to help. IV. 
o-yX-Xeyetz/, to collect* 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX 



273 



{(TV^'Pov\€V-€(T'iai TLVL (Mid.), 
to consult with him. 
avfi'^ovXevetp, to advise (dat.). 
(rvfji^oyXos, 6. adviser. 
C avfifiax^a^ rj, alliance, aid. 
< (rvfj^fjiaxos, 6, ally (avv, with. 
( {JLaXV^ battle). 
(TVfi-TTas: all together, whole. 
crvyL-TTovfiv (= e-ciz/), to work 
with. 

^crvfJL-(p€p€L, it is expedient, to 
(TVfxcpepop = the expedient. 
(TviJL-(pip€Lv (lit. to bring with ; 
^ hence, to contribute =) to 
be profitable, useful, or expe- 
dient (c. dat.). 
avfjicpopd, rj, an event, calamity. 
(Tvv-€LfjiL, Inf. (TW-eluaLy to be with. 

Pdm. 68. 
(rvv-€LiJLL, Inf. (Tvv-i€vaLi to come or 

assemble with. Pdm. 68. 
(Tvv'€^-op.oLovv (= 6-€Lv), to make 
equal or like (o/xoTo?, like). 
^(Tvueo-Ls, -€Q)s, T], Understanding, 
intelligence (o-vv, with, toge- 
ther. €, short root of Upai, to 
send, to put. dwUvai [to put 
together =r] to understand). 
(TvveToS't sensible. 
(Tvvex^os (crvv. e^w), continually. 
(TVP'^rjKr}, T], treaty (o-vp. rC^epai, 

Aor. €-^T}K-a, to place). 
crvp-LaT7]fjLL, -(.aTOLpat, to put toge- 
ther. 
avp-oida, (TVP-cidepaLy to know 
with ; 0-. ejjLavT^i to be con- 
scious. Pdm. 70. 
2vpoS: 6, a Syrian. 
ails, avosy 6, rj, boar, sow. 
(r({)aLpa, 17, ball. 
S (T(p6hpa, very, excessively. 
\ (r({)o^p6s, violent. 
(Tx^^ov TL, almost. 
0-0)^611/, to save [Perf. Mid. or 
Pass. o-eacoariiaL : Aor. Pass. 

€(70)3 /;!/]. 

Sco/cpdrr/s', -ovs, 6, Socrates. 
o-wTTjpia, 17, safety, preservation. 

12* 



^ (rco(f)poP€'LP (z= e-€Lp), to be of 
sound mind. 

o-wcppocrvprj^ rj, modesty ; tem- 
perance ; sobriety of mind ; 
self-restraint. 

aaxjypcop. wise, temperate, fxrj 
craxppcop, intemperate (o-ws, 
safe, (pprjp, mind). 



T. 



TdXapTop, TO, talent (a weight). 
ToXas^ -aipa, -ap, wretched. 
Ta^lapxos, 6, a Taxiarch. 
( TaneLPos, low, base. 

< Ta7T€LP0VP (= 6-€Lp), tO brfng 

f low. to humble. 
Tapaj, -aPTos, 6, Tarentum. 
rapdrreti/, to throw into confu- 
sion. 
Ta.(j(T€LP or TCLTTELP, to arrange, 

appoint ; to order. 
Tavpos, 6. bull. 
TavTT} (dat. fem. of ovtos, used 

adverbially), here. 
Tdcl)os, burial ; tomb. 
Tacppos, Tj, trench. 
\dxa, quickly, probably, per- 
haps. 
Tax^cos, quickly. 
^Taxy, quickly, at once, 
racof; raco, 6, peacock. 
T€ — KGL, both — and. 

T€LP€LP, to stretch [Pf. TeTUKo], 

i TeLxt-C^i-v (tcIxos, wall), to sur- 

< round with a wall, to fortify. 



t€lxos, -ovs, to, 



wall. 



T€KPop, TO, child, young one (tck, 

root of TLKTCLP [AOT. €-T€K'Op], 

par ire). 

(TcXelp (= €'€Lp), to accomphsh. 

I TfXcvTOLos, last. 

J TcXevTap (= d-6ii/), to end, to 

^ die. ' 
TeXevTT], 17, end, death. 
TeXos, -ovs, TO, end. 

T€pas, -QTos, TO, wonder, porten- 
tous monster. 



274 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



repTreiv, to delight. 
rerpdnovs, n. -wow, gen. -nodosa 
four-footed (Tea-arapes, Terrape^^ 
four, irovs, foot). 
Texvr), 77, art. 

TrjXefiaxos, 6, Telemachus. 
•^TjXiKovToSi so large. 
Tiyp?;?, TlyprjT'OS, 6, the Tigris. 
TL'^r]fjLL, Ti^evaij to place : v6p,ovs 
Seimt (of the legislator), Se- 
a-Sat (of the people : seld. of 
the legislator), to enact, pass, 
make laws. 
sUtclv, to beget, bear [Fut. t€^o- 
pai : Aor. €T€Kov : Perf. reroKo] . 
frtpav (=z d-€iv), to honor. 
Tipda'^aL ( = rtjua-ecrSat) rrpb 
TToXXcov xPlH-^T^^j lit. to value 
above much money ; to give a 
great deal (if a thing were so). 
^Tifxr), T), honor. 
CrLfjicopelv (= €-€iv), to help. 
I TLjjiaypelcr'^aL ( = i-car'^aC), to 
] punish, revenge oneself on. 
\^Ti,ficopia, Tj, punishment. 
TLV€LP, to expiate, pay. 

TLTpO)(TK€LVi tO WOUud. VI. 

^ Toi, assuredly, indeed. 
( Tolvvv, hence, therefore, 
rolos, of such a nature. 

TOLOVTOS', such. 

Toixos, 6 (= paries), wall of a 

house {or room, or court). 
ToXpav (=z d-€Lv)i to dare. 
TOTTos, 6, place. 
TocrovTos, so great. 
t6t€, then. 

STpdyoSi 6, goat. 
rpay-codia, 77, tragedy. 

Tpavpa, rpavpar-os, to, wound. 

TpdxrjXos, 6, neck, throat. 

Tp€7T€ti/, to turn ; Mid., to turn 
myself; (2) for myself, i. e. to 
put to flight [Aor. erpeyjra : 
Mid. -dpr)V : PsiSS. erpi<p'^r)V'. 
erpanop, -oprjv, irpdnriv : Perf. 
Act. T€Tpo<pa : Perf. Mid. or 
Pass. rirpap^pLai], 



Tpec^etv, to nourish [Fut. ^pi-^oi : 
Aor. e'^pc'^a : Perf. T€Tpo(f)a : 
Perf. Mid or Pass, re'^pap.p.ai '. 
Aor. Pass. iTpa<pr]v (seldom 
eVpe 03771/)]. 

^ TpifScLv, to rub, pound. 

( TpL^(ov, -coi/os-, 6, a worn cloak. 

rpLYjprjs, -rjpovs, rj, trireme. 

TpoTTULov, TO. trophy. 

TpoTTos, 6, way, manner, character. 

C Tpo(pr), nourishment, food (rpe- 

< (peiv). 

( Tpo(f>6s, r], nurse. 

Tpvycop. Tpvyov-os, the turtle-dove. 

Tpco'LKos, Trojan. 

Tvyxdv-eiv (rcv^opm. TCTvxrjKa. 
€Tvxov), to hit (a mark), obtain, 
attain to ; to cliance c. partcp. 
%Tvxov TTapoav = I chanced to 
be present : but often not to be 
translated Tvyxdvco cov (I chance 
to be), having little more force 
than lam. 

TvplSos, 6, tomb. 

TV7TT€Lv, to Strike. 

Tvpavvos. 6, tyrant, despot. 
C Tv(pXovv (= 6-€i,v), to make 

< blind, to blind. 
( TvcpXos, blind. 

TvxVi 77, fortune. 



'YjBpL^cLv, to be haughty towards 
one, to maltreat, insult, ety 
TLifa, npos TLva : also Tivd tl, 
vjdpLs, -€0)$", 77, insolence, as- 
sault. vISpecos v6p.os = the 
law of assaults. 
vdcop, TO, G. vdaTos, water. 
veL, it rains. 
S vldovs, grandson. 
( vlos, 6, son. 
vTT-dpx^f'Vi to be at hand, to be ; 

to belong to. 
vTrep-lSdXXciv, to throw beyond, 

exceed. 
v7r€p-T)(f)avos 2, haughty. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



275 



xyjpEp-opav (= a-cLv)^ to look over, 
to despise. 

V7rr]V€[JLLOs. VTTr^vefjLiop iiou, a 
wind-egg (Itto =■ sub. cw^ixos. 
wind;. 

{mr}p€T€lv (= e-ecv), to aid, serve 
(dat). 

V7n(r)(V€l(r'^at (=. e-ecrSat), to pro- 
mise. v7TO(Txh^oiiai. vneax^' 
fiat. — Aor. vTTcaxofJ^rjv. 

v7rvo£. 6. sleep. 

iJTro-d€x-€(T^ni, to receive. 

{jTTo-drjjjLaf -aroSi to, sandal, shoe 
(delu, to bind). 

{j7ro-p,€U€iv, to await, endure 
(ace). 

v7ro-cj)€p6Lv, to endure, vii, 

t^s*. vos (6, jj), sus : oo ayptos, wild 
boar. 

{jcTTepalo?, following. 

v\JAr]\6-(l)p(x)v, high-minded. 



$. 



^ay^w. see etr^Uiv. 
C (^aiv^iv, to show. 
(palvea^aL {apjparere)^ to be 
seen ; to be (c. partcp.) ; to 
appear. 
^(pavepos, evident. 

<pdppaKop, TO, drug, poison, reme- 
dy. 

<t)avXos, bad, evil, worthless. 

<f)€Ld€cr^ai, Dep. Mid., to spare 
(gen.). 

(p€p€Lv, to bear. vii. 

icpeKvbrjSi -ovff, 6, Pherecydes. 

0€i/yeii/, to flee ; also = to be an 
exile. 

<t>^pL, (fidvai, to say. Pdm. 69. 

<j)'^€yy-€o-^aL, to sound. 

cf)'':i€ip€Lv, to destroy. 

C (p'iovclp ( = €'€iv), to envy 

^ (dat.). 

f (^3oi/o9, 6, envy. 

(^LoXrj. shallow cup ; bowl (= 
paler a). 



^(pikelp (= €-€Lv), to love. 

(ptXia, rj, friei.dship. 

(pL\o-K€pdr]s, -€s, fond of gain. 

(plXos (adj.), friendly, dear. 

(J)lXos, o, friend. 

<f>iXo-<To(f>^lp (== €'€i,p), to phi- 
losophize. 

(j)LXo-(To(pLa, jy, philosophy. 

(piXo-Tlpos (^(piXoS' Tijirj,) am* 
bitious. 
(piX^-^, 0Xe/3off, 7/, vein. 
C <pov€V€LP, to murder, slay. 
«< (f>op€vs, '€(09, o, murderer. 
( (f)Quos, o, murder. 
^pd^€Lu, to say, tell. 
C (pofSeiv (= e-eti/). to frighten ; 

< Mid. to fear. 
f (p6l3os, 6, fear. 

^(ppT]p, <pp€p69, 77 ((f)pep€s)^ 

mind. 
(jipopelp (= €'€Lp), to think ; to 
be sensible, prudent, wise. 
S (fypopTL^cip, to care for (gen.), 
f (ppopTLSi 'idos, »?, concern. 
0ueci/, to bring forth, put forth. 
((pvXaKr), 77, guard, watch. 
(pvXaTTetp, to guard ; Mid. c. 
ace, to guard against some- 
thing. c/5 TTOLelv TL, to anx- 
iously avoid doing it. 
C (fyvatKos (physicus), a natural 

< philosopher. 

f (f)v(rLs, -€ci)s, 77, nature. 
(f)vT€V€LP, to plant. 
(pcjpT], 77, voice. 



X. 



S Xalpe, hail. 

f xaLp€LP, to rejoice. 

S;;(aXf7rof, troublesome. 
xaXfTTO)?, flc?i;., with difficulty. 
XciXivof, 6, bridle. 
;(^aXAC60f, -oOf, brazen. 
;caX/<of. 6, brass. 
XoXko'Tuttos, brazier, copper- 
smith (rvTTTeii/, to beat). 



276 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



^;^apiVis, graceful. 
XapUpTcos, gracefully. 
Xapi^ea^at, to gratify (dat.). 
;j^d/yiy, -Itos, r), favor. X^P*^ 
dTrodtdovaL, gratiam redder e ; 
to repay or return a favor. 
^;^aptz/ e;(€tv, gratiam habere. 

X€LfjLo>v, -(OV09, 6, v^inter ; stormy 
w^eather. 

X€7v (= €-€Lv), to pour. 

;^etp, x^^poy, 7} (d. pi. ^fpo-t)? hand. 

XeipouorSfat (= o-ecrSat), to sub- 
due. 

XeXtScov, -oro?, ^, swallovir. 

X^es-, yesterday. 

X^coi', x^o^osj ^) the earth. 

XiXtot, a thousand. 

Xta)i^5 x^o^os*, 77, snow. 

XoAos", 6, anger. 

Xopros. 6, fodder. 

XP^o-^cit (= a-eor3at), to use. 

XpT], oportet ; one (we) ought to ; 
it is necessary. 

XPiJC^'-^j to be in want (gen.). 

Xpripa, xp'iMaros', to, a thing, pro- 
perty. PL money. 

Xpr}paTL^'€ar?iaiy to enrich oneself 
by trade ; to trade for profit 
(Xp^fiara). 

XpouoSi 6, time. 

C xp'^^^^^i o, gold. 

< Xpvaeos (ovs), -id (^), -cov 

( (oCJj^), golden, of gold. 

Xpci)fJia, xp^M^'^oy, ro, color (of 
the skin), plumage, &c. 



X^/xoff, juice, taste [x^'iv (= e- 

eti/)]. 
Xcopa, 77, country, region. 
Xcdpiff (gen.), separately, apart 

from, without. 



f^. 



"^iycLv, to blame. 
''^evdeiv, to deceive; Mid. -e- 
o-Sat, to be disappointed of it. 
^lr€vbr]S', '€s, false. 
yjyevo-TTjg, -ov, 6, liar. 
yj/'TjCptcTfJia, -arost to, decree. 
^vxT], T), the soul ; the mind. 



Q, 



'Oz/eTo-Sat (= e-eo-'^aL), to buy, 
Q)6y (wfov =z ovum), egg. 
ws, as, when, how, because : a)s 
TaxicTTa, as soon as possible ; 
with indefinite numbers = 
about ; — as final particle = 
that ; in order that. 
Q)pa (Jiora). time. 
coa-7r€p, as, just as. 
co(rT6, so that. 

f o)(pe\€La, Tj, advantage, profit, 
I benefit. 
^ axjj^Xe'iv (= e-etv), tO benefit 

(ace). 
^a)(f)€Xtfxos 2, useful 



INDEX II. 
ENGLISH AND GREEK. 



Abide by, Trapafiev^LV, ifjbfieveLv 

(dat.). 
able, to be, dvvacr^iaL (dvvafxai) : 

olos re elfJLL : €)((o. 
abode, o'ckyjctls, ccos, tj. 
about, Trept, diJ,<pL 
absence of government, anarchy, 

avapx'-o.', Tj. 
absent, cltzcov. partcp. of anfivaL. 
abundant, a<p'^ovos^ ov. 
abusive, ^CkoXo'ibopos. 
accept, CLTTO^ex^a'^ai. 
accompany, enea'^aL (dat). 
accomplish, €^€pyd(ecr?iai, : riKeiv 

(= f-fti/). 
according to, in accordance v^^ith, 

Kara (acc). 
account of, on, hid (acc), evcKa 

(gen.), 
account, on this, Sta tovto. 
accurate, aKplprjs, -ey. 
accuse (of), Kar-qyopelv (= €-€Lv) 

(gen. of charge), 
accustom, i^ji^eiv. 
Achilles, 'A;(tXX6i;ff, -eoo?, 6. 
acquainted with, to be, olda, elde- 

vai. Pdm. 70. iTrio-Tacr'^ai. 
acquit, aTrokvetv. 
Acropolis, 'A/cpoTToXt?, -eco?, rj. 
act, an, npa^LS, -ecoj, rj. Trpdyfxa, 

TO : = work, '4pyov^ to. 
action, see Act. 

act-unjustly, dbiKfiv (= €-€lv). 
accuse (any body), iyKcikelv tlvl : 

atTtao-Sat (= a-ecrSat), = to 

lay the blame on, c. acc. 



adhere to (a confession, &c.), ifjt- 
pieveiv (dat.). 

admire, "^avpd^eiv. 

admirer, inaLveTTjs, ov (=z lauda- 
tor : iiTaLv^lv). 

adorn, Koapelv (= e-eiv). 

advantage, wc^eXeta, 77. 

advantage, an, dya'^ov, to. 

advantageous, xRW^l^^^ 2 or 3, 
co^eXi/xoy 2. 

advise, ftovK^veiv : arvpSovXcveiv 

TLVL. 

iEschines, Alo-xtJ^i]Si -ov, 6. 

^tolia, AtrcoXia, rj. 

affair, wpdypa, to. 

affirm, (prjpL, (pdvai. Pdm. 69. 

afford, nap-ex^Lv, nap-cx^a^aL. VII. 

afraid, to be, (polBela^iaL (= e-e- 
a'^ai). 

after, p€Td (acc). 

again, auSty, naXLV. 
I ^g^5 T]\LKLa, rj. 
! age, old, yrjpas, -coy, to. 
I aged person, npeo-^vTepos (= se- 
nior). 

agreeable, Tjbvs, -eTa, v. 

aid, ^orf^clv (= €-€Lv), dat., vnrj' 
p€T€lv (dat.). 

alas ! o'lfioL, ^eC. 

Alcibiades, 'AXKLpiddrjSi -ov, 6. 

alike, o/xoico?. 

all, Tray, OTray. 

alliance, avpfxaxLa, t}, 

allot, V€p€LV. 

allow, €av (= d-€Lv). I am al- 
lowed to do any thing, €^€crTL 
(=: licrt) fxoi TTOLelp tl. 1 was 
allowed to — , e^rju jim — . 

allowable, to be, c^cart (dat.). 



278 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



almost, (Tx^^ov (rt). 

alone, /xovos : adv. fiovov. 

already, rjdrj. 

also, Kal. 

altar, jBcoixost o. 

although, Kau or /cat idv (subj.). 

always, dei. 

am (to be), eivuL (ei/xi)? i'7ra/);(6tz/, 

cx^iv (with adverbs). 
ambassador, Trpea-^evrrjs^ -ov, 6. 
ambassadors, Trpeo-peLSj ol. 
amid, iu (da,t.). 
among, eV, napd. 
ancient, TraXaios. 
and, Kai. re (enclit.). 
Androgeus, 'Ai/Spdyecos-, 6. 
anger, opy/), J7^. 
angry, to be, opyi^ca^ac, or ;j(;aXe- 

Tralveiv (c. dat.), eV opy^7 ^'x^^^ 

or TTOietcrSat (ace). a;(3ea-3at 

(dat.). 
animal, ^cijoz/, ro. 
announce, dyyeXXeti/. 
anoint, oKel^eLv^ XP*'^'^* 
another, aXXoy. 
any one, t\s (enclit.). 
any thing, ri (enclit.). 
any where, irov (enclit.) : in a 

sentence with a negative, oh- 

dajJLov. 
appear, (palvea'^aL. 
appetite, ope^ts, -ecos, rj. 
appoint, Tdcrcr-€Lu : fut. ^o) = 

determine, &c. ; dTro-beLKvvjjn, 

anode LKvvvai rt: declare a man^ 

e. g. general, &c. 
archer, To^orrjf, -ov, 6. 
argument, \6yos, 6. 
Aristodemus, 'ApLo-Todrjp^os- 
Aristotle, 'Apio-ToreXrjs, -ovs, 6. 
arms (weapons), onXa, rd. 
army, crrpaTid, rj. orrpaTos, 6. 
arrow (missile), (BeXos, to. 
art, T€xvTj, T). 

artfully, more, rexviKayT^pov. 
Artemis, ^'Apre/Ats, -^ibos, rj. 
articulation of a joint, StapSoxrty, 17. 
as, Q)s, coaTTcp. 



as long as, cos. 

as much. foa-ovTos- 

as soon as, o)s rdxi'CrTa. 

as well — as, kcu — Kai. 

ashamed to be, alBcla'^aL (= €-e- 
(rSai), alaxyvccT^iaL. 

Asia, 'Ao-ta, rj. 

ask, cpcorau (= a-eti^), [a ques- 
tion, spea'^at,], alrelv (=z e-eti/), 
ask-f )r. I asked, rjpoprjv. 

asleep, to be, Ka'^evdetv. 

ass, ovos. 

assault, vppLs, -ecoy (prop, inso- 
lence) . 

assert, (f)i]pL (pdvai. Pdm. 69. 

assist, 7rapa(rTJ]vat (dat.). 

assistant, vnrjpeTrjs, ov (= minis- 
ter). 

Assyrian, ^Aaarvpios, 6. 

Athene (r=: Minerva)^ ^K^r^vd, 17. 

Athenian, 'A^T^i/aTos, 6. 

Athens, 'AST^mt, at. 

attack, to, €TnTL?i€(T'^aL (dat.). 

attain- to, tvxcIp (gen.), 2nd Aor. 
of Tvyxdveiv. 

attempt, to, Tretpao-^at ( == d- 
ea'^ai) : cinx^ipeiv ( = e-eii/), 
to take in hand (dat. eVi. 

attend (= follow upon), €7r-€o-3at 

(dat.). 
attend to, (jipovri^cLv, top povv 

TTpoo-ex^tV' 
attendant, vtttjpcttjs, ou (== minis- 
ter), 
attention. To pay co to, t6v vovv 

TTpocrex^iv (animum applicare), 

dat. of thing. 
Attica, ^Attikyj, rj. 
attire, o-toXt]. 
avail, i(rx^€iv. 
avoid. (f)6vy€LV. 
awake, to be, iyprjyopipai, Perf. 

2. of iyeipeip. 
awaken, iyeipeip. dpL<rTTjp,i, -tord- 

paL. 
away, to lead, aTrdyetp. 
axe, TreX^Kvy, -€«$•, 6. 



I 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



279 



B. 

Back, oTTLa-Q). 

bad, KaKos, jrovjjpos. (f)ac\os. 
bad, the (abstract), kukov. to. 
badness, (pavXoTTjs, -ottjtos, rj. 
ball, (r(j)alpa, rj. 

bar, v.. €jJi(ppdTT€LV, -^(O. 

bar, s., /cXelSpoi/. 

barbarian, a, ^dp^apos, 6. 

base, Ta7r€Lv6s. rj, 6v. 

battle, p^cLxq- rj. 

be, to, eiVat (et/xt). 

be seen, (^alv-ecr'^aL. 

be with, (Tvvcivai ((rvveifii), dat. 

bear (carry), (pepeiv. vii. To 

bear fake witness, fxapTvpelv 

TO. y\r€vhr] (= testify the thmgs 

that are false), 
beast (wild), ^ijpiov, to. 
beautiful, koXos. 
beautiful, the, koKov, to. 
beautifully, koXws. 
because, otl. 
because of, did (ace), 
become, yiyvea'^aL (yeprjo-ofxai, ye- 

yei/rjiiai and yiyova. — ly^v6p.r)v) . 
becomes, it, Trpoo-rjKa, np^TreL. 
becoming, TrpoarjKcov. 
becoming, it is, npocrrjKei. 
before, irpo (gen.), 
begin, ap)(^E(T^at. 
beginning, dpxi^ V- 
beguile, yl/€vd€Lu. 
behalf of, in, vnep (gen.), 
behave insolently, v^pl^-ctv. 
behold, Seao-Sat (= a-ecr3at). 
believe = trust, 7ret3eo-3at : = 

think, r}ya.(T'^aL {=z e-co-Sat), 

V0piL^€LV. 

believed, to be, Trto-reueo-^at. 
belly, yaa-TTjp, yao-Tpos, rj. 
beloved, to be, see To love, 
benefactor, cuepyeVr/s-, -ov, 6. 
benefit, to, w^eXeli/ (ace), 
benefit, €iJ€pyeTr)p.ai TO. €V€py€(Tia, 

Tj. To confer a — , evepyeTelv 

(= 6-61J/), acc. 



besides, eVt. 

besiege, iroXLopKelv (= e-eiv), 

best, cipiaTos. 

betray, Trpodtdopat (TrpoSiScoftt). 

better. See dya'^os in Note 9. — 

Adv. IBeXTLov. 
between, p,€Ta^v (gen.). 
beware of, (^vXarreo-3at (acc.) : 

eLfXa/SeicrSat (r= e-ecrSat) tl. 
beyond, jjvep., vnep. 
bid, K€\€v€Lv (c. acc. and inf.). 
bind, delv {= e-eiv). 
bird, opvLs. -ISos, 6, 77. 
bite, bdKveiv (List iii.). 
bitter, TTLKpos. 

black, /ze'Xa? : as .mbst., to /xeXai/. 
blame, to, aiTLacr'^aL {=: d-ea^aL, 

acc). 
blessing, a, dya'^op, to. 
blood, alpa. to. 
blow, nXrjyr], 77. 
BcEotia. Boicorta, rj. 
boldly, ^appcov. See Vocab. 23. 
bonassus, iBovao-o-os. 
bookseller, ^L^\to7rd)Kr)s. 
born, to be, cfyvvac (irecjyvKa =■ I 

am by nature, &c.). 

both, ap.(f)co. 

both — and, kcil — Kai, re — Kai. 

bow, TO^OV, TO. 

bowl, (jiLdXrj. 

boy, TTut?, 6. TTaiblov. to. 

branching (of horns), 7roXuo-xt§J7y. 

brass, p^aX/cdy, 6. 

brass (as adj.) : brazen, ;^aXKeoy, 

-ovs. 
brave, dvbpe'los, y€vvaios. 
brave-dangers, KLvbwiveiv. 
bravely, dv8p€L(*)s. yevi/aicjs. 
bravery, dvdpia, rj. dp^Trj, rj, 
bread, apTos, 6. 
breadth, TrXdroy, to. 
break (a peace, &c.), Xveiv : (a 

limb), KaTdyifvp.L, -ayvvvai. List 

IX. 

briirhten, Xap,7rpvu€iv. 
briUiant, XapLirpos. 
bring, ayeiv. 



280 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



bring up (= educate), iraidevetv. 

brother, d6eX(^os, 6. 

build, Idpveiv, KTL^eLV, oifcoSo/xet?/. 

bull, ravpos, 6. 

burn, KaUiv (Kavaco, &c.). Att. 

Impf. €Kaoj/. Aor. eKrja. 
burn down, KaraKaUiv (see the 

preceding word), 
bury, ^aTTTeiv. 

business, epyov^ to. Trpaypia^ to. 
but, §€, ak\d. 
but also, aXKa Kai. 

butt, to, KVpLTT€LU. 

buying a horse, ImTwveLa, rj. 

by, vTTo, napd. npos (gen.) : in 

swearing, vrj (= yes, by), (ov) 

fjid (= no, by), ace. 



Call, to, KoKclv (= €-€Lv), aTrayo- 
p€v€Lp, \iy€Lv. = name, dvopd- 

camel, KaprjXos, o, rj. 

camp, (TTpaTOTrebov. 

can (be able), bvvaa'^aL. 

care, to, care for, take care for, 

empeXeo-'^aL, (fypovTi^etv (gen.), 
carry, (jyepctv. vii. 
carry on war, TroXe/xeTi/ (= e-eiv), 

dat. 
carry out (to sea), dno<p€p€iv (is 

TO TreXayos) : [to be carried out 

to sea, cf. Sea], On (pepeiv, 

see List vii. 
cart, dpa^a. 
Carthage, Kapxrjddyv, -ovos, rj. 

cast, to, pnTT€LV. 

cast away, dno^dXXeiv, 
oastle, ciKpa, rj. 

catch, ?ir)p€V€LV, dyp€V€LP. 

cavalry, ol iTnrels (pi. of InTrevs) 
= equiies. tTTTroy, tj (collec- 
tively). 

cease, 7rav€(r2lat, dLaXelTreiv. See 
Vocab. 23. 

censure any thing, pL€pL(j)€o-'^aL tl. 

Ceres, ArjprjTrjp, T], 



chance, Tvxrj, rj. 

change, p€Ta-o-Tp€<p€Lv (= turn 

backwards) : /x€ra-/3aXXeti/. 
character, rj^os, -ovs, to. 
charge, ip^dXXctv els (lit. to cast 

into), 
chariot, dppa, to. 
chastise, KoXd^-€Lv (Fut. -a-opiai 

or -cro)). 
cheat, yjreudeLv. 
chest, Xdpva^, -GKOs, rj. 
child, Trats-, 6, 17. tckvov, to. 
choice, alpcais, -eays- r}. 
choose, alpelo-^ai (= e-etrSat) : 

= will, ^ovXevca^ai, eSiXcti/. 
chorus, xopos, 6. 
circle, kvkXos, 6. 
citizen, TToXFr?;?, 6. 

city, TToXlS, Tj. cicTTV, TO. 

cleave, to, e;^eo-3at (gen.). 

clerk, ypapp,aT€vs, -ecoy, 6. 

clever, dyxtvovs.. See 136. 

cleverness, o-o^ia. 

cloud, v€<p€Xr). 

collect (in a heap), d^poi^eiv (e. g. 

manure), 
colonize, oIkl^clv. 

color, XP^P<^9 -aTOS, TO. 

combat, pdxrj, rj. 

come, €px€o-?iai. vii. I am come, 

= am present, ^kco. 
command (military), o-TpaTrjyia. 
command, to, KeXevetv. iniTdTTeLV, 

TrpoarTaTTeLv \ ( of generals), 

TrapayyeXXcLv, 
commander, o-TpaTrjyos. 
commend, iTraiveiv (= C'Civ). 
commit injustice, ddiKclv (= e- 

€LV). 

common, koivos. 

companion, eToipos, 6. 

compel, dvayKa^eij/. 

complete, ^tareXeli/. 

compulsion, dvdyKi], tj. 

conceal, dTvoKpviTTeiv, KaTaKpV' 

TTTCLV, K€V?i€LV, KaXvTTT€LV. 

concerns, it, /xeXet (c. dat. jpers., 
gen. rei : sts nom. rei). 



I 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



281 



condemn, Kptvciv : co to death, 

'^ava.Tov. 
conduct. ayeLv. 
confer benetits, ev Troielv (= e-eiv) 

TLVa, €V€py€T€2v (= €-€Lv) TLVa. 

confession, ofxokoyla. rj. 
conquer, viKav (= a-eti/), Kparelv 

{= €-€Lv), gen. 
consider, a-KOTrelv (= e-eiv), (= 

reckon), vofxi^eLv. 
consult with, crvpiBovXcvccr'^aL tivi. 
consume, dvakicrKetv. v. 
contemplate, "^ecopelv (=z e-eiu), 

(TKoneiv {= e-eiv). 
contest, pdxr], rj. 
continually, o-vuexios. 
continue, diareXcIv (= e-etv), dcd- 

y€LV, 

contradict, avrCKiyciv (ripi). 
converse with, diaXeyeo-^al nvi. 
convert - into - blood, i^-aip-arovv 

{=. o-eiv). 
copper, ;)(aXKoj, 6. 

copy, d7T€LKd(€lV. 

Corcyraeans, KepKvpaloi. 

corpse, v€Kp6si 6. 

correct, cTravop^odv (= d-€«/), lit. 
to make straight again. 

count, apiS/xeii/ (= €-€Lu). 

country, x^P«5 7^- '7 • one's coun- 
try, TvaTpl^., -idos, T). 

courage, dperrj, rj. dudpia, rj. ?iv- 

fJLOS, 6. 

courageously, dvdpclcos. 

court, ^cpaneveLu (= pay court 
to), ace. 

cover, KakvTTTCLv : (of snow, &c.), 
d(f)avL^€Lv (i. e. cause to disap- 
pear). 

cow, /Sous', f}. 

cowardice, dvavdpla, rj. 

credit to, 7re/3eo-3at (dat.). 

Cretan, Kprjs, -rjToS' 

Crete, KprjTrj. rj. 
crown, a, orrecpavos, 6. 
cuckoo, KOKKv^, -vyos, 6. 
cultivate (= practise a habit), 
da-Kelv {= €'€Lv) [exerceo]. 



cup, KVTreWov, to. 

custom, e'^os : it is an established 

custom, VOpOS €(TTL. 

cutlass, p.dxo.ipa, rj. 

cut-off, drroKOTTT-eLV : iic-KonTciv 

(= cut-out, e. g. a vice, bad 

custom, &c.). 
Cyrus, Kvpos, 6. 



D. 



Danger, klv^vpos, 6 : to incur — , 

KiudvV6-U€LP. 

dare, rokpav (= d-eLv). 

Darius, Aapelos, 6. 

daughter, '^vydr-qp^ Svyarpoy, r], 

dawn, ecoy, rj (ace. eco). 

d-dY,r)p€pa,r).^^ 

daybreak, at, dp,a eco, dfia rjfjLepa. 

dead, the, ol veKpoi : to be dead, 

T€'^Vr)K€PaL. 

dear, cplXos. 

death, '^dvaros, 6. 

deathless, dyrjpcos. 

deceive, ylrcvb-etv, i^airarav (= 

d-€Lv). 
declare, txTro^aiVeo-^at (e. g. one's 

opinion, yva>pijv). 
decree, a, yjrriCJ^Lcrpa, to. 
deed, epyov. to. 
deem, vopLL^eiv : to be deemed 

worthy, d^Lova-^iaL (= o-ecrSat). 
deep, jSa^ivs. 
defend, cfyvXaTTeiv. 
define, Spi^eLv (dpos, boundary, 

hmit) ; hence the horizon = 

boundary line of earth and air. 
deliberate, ^ovXevea^iaL : co with 

anotlier, o-vp^ovXcvea'^aL (dat.). 
deliiiht in, ;(ai/j6ti/ (dat.), ijdea-^aij 

TepTreaJScH. dydXXca^iaL. 
dehglitful, r)dvs (sweet). 
dcHverance (= safety), crcjTrjpLa^ 

Delphi, AfXcfioL, -wu. 
demagogue, drjpiaycDyos, -ov. 
demand, to, (= ask), atVeli/ (=: 

€-€Lp) . 



282 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Demeter (Ceres), ArjfjirjTrjp^ -rpos, 

r 

Demosthenes, Arjfioo-^cvrjs, -ovs, 6. 
deny, apvela^iaL (= e-ca'^ai). 
depart, dmevat, (ancLfjii), uTraXXar- 

recr'^ai, a7rep;(€0"Sat. VII. 
deplore, KXaLeiv, ^Xauo^o/xat. Pf. 

Pass. K€KXavfJiat : seld. -o-fiai. 
deprive, o-rep^Lv (= €-€lp), d(f)at- 

pelcr'^aL (= €-€o-?iai). 
deserve, ci^tov cluac. 
deserving, 'a^toy. 
desire, a, 67rt3u/>tia, rj. 
desire, to, iin'^vpe'LP (= e-etv), 

gen. 
desirous, to be (=z wish), eSeXeti/. 
despise, Karacfypovelv (= e-eti/), 

gen. 
destitute, e/jfj/xoy, -rj, -ov. 
destroy, (p'^eipetv. ^La<p?i€Lp€Lv, Ka- 

raXvetv, OLTToWyvaL. IX. 
destroy (a form of government), 

Av-€iv (= dis solvere). 
determined, it is, doKel (c. dat. 

pers.). ^ 
device, eVtVota, rj. 
devise, fxr]xavd(r?iaL (= a-eo-Sat) 

=. mackinarL 
die, s., Kvl3o9. 6. 
die, to, ^vr](rK€iv, diro'^vrjcrKeLV, V. 

reXevrqp (d'€Lp). 
differ (from), diacfyepcLV (gen.), 
dio" down, KaracrKaTrrctv. 
diligently, a-ivovhaiois. 

dine, henrv^lv (= i-eiv). 
dinner, belirvov^ to (= c(Bna). 
Diodorus, AtdSajpoy, 6. 
Diogenes, AtoyeVT/y, -ovy, 6. 
dip, ^diTT-eLu. 
disaffected, dvavoos^ -ovs, 
disagree, biacfycDvelv. 
disappear, a^ai/ifeo-Sat, c. Aor. 

Pass. 
disappoint, yf/evbeiv (jivd rivos). 

To be disappointed of — , y\r€v- 

dea-'^ai (c. gen.), 
disciple, fjLa'^rjTjjs, -oO. 



discreet, (j^povifxos. 
discus, dio-Kos, 6. 
disease, z/dcro?, tj. 
disembark, diro-^atveiv. III. 
disgraceful, alcrxpos. 
disgracefully, alaxpoos. 
disobey, dwei'^e'ip {= e-eti/), dat. 
dispirited, to be, d^vpelu (= e-eip), 
display (= show off), iinbeiKPV' 

disposed, kindly, cvpovs 2. 

dissatisfied, p.^p-^'uxoipos* 

dissolve, \v€lp. 

distinguish oneself ; be distin- 
guished for, dLa(f)€p€tp, 

disturb, kIpcIp (= e-eti/), movere, 
TapdrreiPi dvyKelp {= i-€Lp). 

divine, Seioy. 

do, irpdrreLP, rroLelp (== €-€ip\ 
dpap (= d-€ip). 

do good to, €v TTotelp (= e-eip), 

aCC. ; €V€py€T€lp ( = €-€lv), 

ace. 

dog, KVCOP, KVPOS, 6, 17. 

door, ?ivpa, rj. 

draw, dneLKa^eLP (= take a like- 
ness of), 
drain away, dnoo-Trap. 
draw up (of an army), Tarreip, 
dream, ipvirpid^eLP. 
drink, to, iripetp. vii. 
drug, (pdpfiaKop, to, 
dwell, oLKeip (= €-€ip). 



E. 



Each other, dWrjXcop, -oty, -ovs» 
eagerness, (nrovhr) {cnrevheip), 
eagle, d^Tos^ 6. 
ear, ovs^ wtos, to. Note 9. 
earnest, crTrov^aloy, a, op, 
earth, the. yr], rj. 
easily, padlcos. 
eat, €o-?iL€LP. vTi. 
educate, TraideveLP. 
educated, Trenaib^vfihos. 
education, TratSe/a, rj. 
egg, oiop (cofop = ovum). 



ENGLISH AND GP^EEK INDEX. 



283 



Egypt, AtyuTrros-. 77. 

Egyptian, Aiyun-nos-, 6. 

either — or, ^' — rj. 

elbow. ayKCDv. 6. 

elephant, iXecfias, -avros, 6. 

emplov, xP^o-Sat (= a-€o-3at)j 

dat.' 
empowered, I am, KVpios elyn (ttol- 

emulate, (rjXovv (= 6-€lv). 

emulation, C^jXos. 

enact laws, rC^ivat (Aor. Seli/at) 

encampment, crTparoTTebov^ to. 

end, reXoy, -oi;?. to. 

endeavor, to, 7r€Lpaa'^aL (= a- 

ecr^ai), Dep. Pass, 
endure, vnop-eveLv. 
enemy, TroXifiLos, 6 (hostis). ix' 

^pos, o. 
enjoin upon, cvTeXXeiv. 
enslave, dovXovp (= 6-€lv). KaTa- 

dovXovv (^ 6-€Lp). Mid. '/or 

oneself or to oneself.^ 
enter, clatevai, (et/xt, iho), 
entrance (of a port), eiairXovs or 

to-irXovs-) 6. 
entreat, lk€T€ii€lv. 
entrust to, iinTpeiTeLV. 
envious, (j)?iov€p6s. 
envy, (p'^ovos- 6. 

envy, to, (p'^ovelv (z= c-etv), dat. 
Eretria, 'Ep^Tpia^ rj. 
err, apiapTdv€iv. in. 
especially, p-dXia-Ta. 
esteem = value much, TrotelcrSat 

(= e-eo-^at) iv€p\ ttoXXov '. = 

consider, think, vop,i(€LP. 
ether, aV^j)p, al^epos, 6. 
Eucles, EvkXtis (-ovs). 
Europe, Evpa)7rr), 7. 
even, of an even number, apTios, 

a, ov. 
even, after or before not, ovbe (= 

ne — quidem), the not to be 

untranslated, 
even if, even though (kol idv =) 

KCLv (subj.). 



ever (r= always), del : not ever, 

OV7TOT€^ firjTTOTe. OV OV TTOTC, 

fj-T) — TTorc (noTe, enclit.). 
every. Tray : =z quisque, eKacTTos. 
every thing, ndv. 
; every where, TravTaxov. 
evident, drjXos- 
evidently. To be translated by 

drjXos icTTL (rjv^ &.C.) with 

partcp. He evidently loves — , 

drjXos ia-TL (piXcop . . . 
evil, KaKos. To speak evil of, 

KaKQJff Xeyeiv (acc. personcB). 
evil, an, KaKOv. to. KaKia, rj. 
evil-doer, KaKovpyos, 6. 
examine, e^era^eti/. 
examine-by -torture, ^aaavl^civ. 
example (= instance), Trapadei- 

y/xa, TO. 
excellence, dpeTrj, 77 (virfus). 
excellent. dyaSo?. KdXXicrTos. 
excellently, apia-Ta (neut. adj. 

used adverbially), 
exclude, elpyetu. 
exercise, to, do-Kelv (=: e-eti/) : =: 

make trial of, Tretpao-Sat (= d- 

60"Sat). 
expect (=z hope), iXiriCeLv : = 

claim, d^Lovp (=z o-eLv) : = 

look for, vTro7rT€i>€LVy TTpoadoKav 

(= d-€Lv). 
expedition, to make an, aTpaTcv- 

€LV. 

expensive, TToXvTeXr^s. 

experience, eim^LpUi. 77. 

expunge, to, e^aXeicpcLV (blot-OUt). 

extend, i^dyciv. 

external, 6 (7, to) e^co (adv.). 

extreme, e(7;(aro?, 77, ov. 

eye, dcj^'^aXp.os, 6. opLfia. to. 

F. 

Face, TTpOO-COTTOV. 

W\r (=z beautiful), koXos. 
faithful, TTtaTos. 
faithlessness, aTriorta. 
false, yj/€vdT}s. 



284 



FJRST GREEK BOOK. 



falsely, to swear, iTnopKeiv (= e- 

fate, [xoTpa, rj. 

father, Trarrjp, Trarpos, 6. 

fear, (l)6^osj 6. 

fear, to, (po^elor^iai (= e-ccr^ai). 

deboLKevai {dedoiKa) or dedUvai. 

Pdm. 66. 
fearful, deivos : to be — , (pojSel- 

(T^iai, (= e-eo-Sat). 
feel pain, aXyelv. 
female, SfjXvs-, -ela, v. 
few, oXi'yot, -at. -a. 
fight, to, p,d)(^€a'^aL. I. 
fig-tree, o-f/cjj, 77. 
find, €vpi(TK€iv. v. 
fine (= beautiful), KaXos. 

fire, TTUp. TTU/JOS, TO. 

first, TTpcoTos : adv. Trpcorov. npS)- 

ra, rd. 
fit, iKai/oy. 
fix (^ to make firm), Trrj-yvvvai 

(List ix). 
flatter, KoXaKcveiv (ace), 
flatterer, KoXa^, koXclkos, 6. 
flee, (pevyeiv. 

flee away from, dTro(f>€vy€Lv (ace), 
fling, piTTTeiv. GO into, ijx-^aXk^LV. 
flute, ai'Xoff. 
fly (= flee), (pevyeiv. 
fodder, xopros, 6. 
follow, €7r€(r?iaL (dat.). 
fond of gain, (f^LkoKepbrjs, es. 
food, Tpo(pr)^ 77. 

foot, 7ro{)ff (or better TTouy), TToSoff, 6. 
foot-soldier, ireCds, 6. 
force, military, dvvafjLts, -ecos, rj, 
force (violence), /S/a, rj. 
foreign, dXKoTpios. 
form (= species), eldos, to. 
fortune, tvxv^ V- 
fortune, good, cvrvxici, 17. 
fortunate, €v8aLp,coi/, -ovoS' evrv- 



fortunate, to be, evrvx^'tv (= c- 
etp), ^vbaLfxovfiv (= e-eiv). 

found, to, KTL^eiv, Ibpveiv. 

foundation, '^efxeXiov, to. 

fountain, Trrjyr). 17. Kprjvrj, rj. 

fox, dXco7r77^, -€Kos, rj, 

free, iXev'^cpos. 

{i'ee.to,Xi)€tv,iX€v?i€povv{-=6-€Lv), 

freedom, eXeuSepia, rj. 

friend. (piXos- 6. 

friendship, c^iXta, 17. 

from, aTTO; €K, wapd (gen.). 

fruit, KapTTos, 6. 

full, fxco-Tos, nXrjprjSi -€S (gen.), 
e/xTrXfcos- 

future, TO jxeXkov. 



G. 



Gain, Kepdos^ -ovs^ to. w^eXeta. 

gain, to, K€pdaLV€Lv. 

game, to, ^rjpia (= small wild 

animals), 
garden, ktJttos, 6. 
garland, o-Tecpavos, 6. 
garment, io-'^rj^, ea^rjT-os, rj. 
gate, tttuXt], Tj. 
Geloni (the), TeXcovol. 
general, a, o-Tpar-qyos^ 6. 
geometer, yecojjieTprjs, ov, 6. 
geometry, yecopeTpia. 
giant, yiyas^ ylyavT-os. 
gift, hccpov, TO : = act of giving, 

give, dtdovat (dldcopii). 
give back, dirodidovai. 
give one a share of any thing, 
ficTadibovaL ( iJi€TadLd(op,L ) rti/i 

TLVOS- 

give over, X-qyeiv (c. partic). 
gladly, ao-fx^vos (adj.). 
glory, bo^a^ r). 

go, epxop^ai"^ Palveip (ill.), nopev- 
ecr'^ai. 



* el/^i ( =--- I will go) is more common than the fut. of epxop-ai ; the 
moods of el^i, than the moods of the pres. of epxoimai ; and imperf. 
yeii/ than Tjpxop.^. — BatVco is used of going on foot (gradior). 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



285 



goal, al'l, alyos, r]. ^ 
go away, dTnevai (aneifiL), aTrep- 
X^a^ai (vil.). d7raXXdTT€(T^aL 

(z= get off, come off), 
go - on - an - expedition, crrpaTev' 

goblet. KvneWov, to. 

God, a god. Sedy, 6. 

goddess, Sed. rj. 

gold, ^(pvoros^ 6. xpvatov, t6. 

golden, gold (as adj.), xP^^^^'oy, 
-oils. 

good, dya'^os, ea^XoSi koXos : ol 
dya^jOL, the good : to dya'^op^ 
the good (abstract) : = a good 
thing, dyaSdi/. Very good, 

apLO-TOS- PiXTLO-TOS, KpaTKTTOS 

(Note 13). 
good for nothing, ovdevos a^Los. 
good will, €Vvoia. r). 
govern, KpaTelv (= e-cti/), gen. ; 

«PX^t^ (gen.). 
government, TroXtre/a. r). 
governor, apx<*^v^ apxovT-os (pi'O- 

perly a partcp. ruling). 
gracious, iXeco?. 
grant, to, bMvai {hibcojiC). 
grass, TToa, 77. 
gratitude, X"P^^' -rroy, 77. 
grave, SJ7/C77 {Ti^irjpL). 
great, peyas. Very co, pey lottos. 
Grecian. 'EXXr/i/i/coy 
Greece, 'EXXdj, 'EXXaSo?, 77. 
Greek, a, "EXKtjv, "'eWtjvos, 6. 
grief, Xi^ttt;, rj. 

grieve, XuTrelo-Slai (= e-e(rSat). 
grow old, to. yrjpdaK€Lv. 
Gryllus, TpvWos. 
guard, to, (pvXdTTCLVj Sia^vXdr- 

T€LV. 

guard : to be on one's guard 
against, (j)v\dTT€o-'^aL (ace). 

GylippUS, VvXiTTTTOS. 



H. 



Halo, dXcos. 17- 

hand. x^^P^ X^'-P^^- h (^* P^- X^P^'^J' 

hand-over, eyx^tpl^cLv {ri tlvl). 

happiness, evdaipovia, t], 

happy, evdaipcov. 

hard (ditRcult), xaXeTrds. 

hardship, nouos, 6. 

hare, Xaycos. -co, 6. 

harsh, x^X€7r6s. 

hatch (its) young ; breed, veoTTev- 

€Lv (wh. see), 
hate, to, pLcrclv (^= €-€lv). 
have, €X€iv. vii. 
head, Ke(f)aXr). t). 
heal, Ida^iaL (= d-eo-Sat)* 
healthy, vyi-qs, -€s. 
hear, d/coi)eti/. 
heaven, ovpavosy 6. 
Hellas, 'EXXds, -aSoy, 17. 
Hellenes, ''EXXrjves: ol. 
Hera (Juno),'^'Hpa, rj. 
herald, Krjpv^, -vkos-, 6. 
Hercules, 'Hpa/cX^j. -€ovs, 6. 
Hermes (Mercury), 'Ep/xTJy, -oO, 6. 

hide, KpV7TT€LV. dTT0KpV7TT€lV. 

highly, to esteem more, Trepi ftet- 

^ovos TTOula-'^ai (=: e-eo-25at). To 

reverence or prize highly, Tr^pt 

i TToXXou TTOLela^aL (= e-ecrSat). 

hinder, kojXvclv. 

him, avTov. 

hireling, ptcrSajrd?, 6. 

his,* avTov (ejus). 

his own,* eavroO or avTov (ipsius, 
suus). 

hit, Tvyxdp€Lu (Aor. ri^xfi^), gen. 

hither, 8evpo. 

hold-in-estimation, TLpap {d-cip), 

hold-office, apx^LP. 

hollow, K0IX0S. 

holy, l€p6s, oaios. 

home, oiKoSi 6. 



* His father (ace), rhy irar^pa avTOv or avTov Thp iraT^pa. His own 
father, rbv eauroD Trarepa or t^;/ irarepa rhv eauroO. 



286 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



honey, /xeXt, -ltoS', to. 

honorary-privilege, yepas, to. 

honor, rt/xT^. 77. 

honor, to, tljjlolv (= d-€Lv). 

hoof, 677X77, T). 

hope, cXttls, eXTTid-os, r). 

hope, to, ekiri^eLV. 

hopHte, oTrXiTTjs. 

horn, K€paS', to. 

horse, Ittttos, 6 : = cavalry, 'lttttos, fj. 

horseman, LTTTreus, 6. 

host, ^evosy 6. 

hostile, TToXefXLos, ix^pos. 

house, oLKos. 6. oiKla^ rj. Small 
house, oIkl^lop. 

hov^ ? TTcos ; (in an indirect ques- 
tion), oTTcos (or TTcoy); how 
much, oaos. 

human, dp^paymvos* 

hunger, Xtpos, 6. 

hungry, to be, ttclp^p (=: d-eip). 

hunt, to, '^TjpeveLP. 

hurl, pLTTTeip. 

hurtful, (BXaficpos. 

husbandman, yecopyos (yrj. epyov^ 
work). 



I. 



I, ey^- Pclm. 41. 

idleness, pa^ivfXLa, 17 (= sluggish 

indifference, laziness), 
idle-talk, \r]pos, 6. 
if, el. — edp, rjp, ap (subj.). 
ignoble, dyepprjs. -es. 
ignorant, dfxa'^rjs, -es. 
ill, to be, poaelp (= e-eti^), dcr'^e' 

V€LP {= €-€tp). 

ill-aftected, dvo-povs (o-os). 
illness, poaos, rj. 
imitate, pipelo-'^aL (== e-eo'Sat). 
immediately, ev'^vs^ irapaxprjlia. 
immoveable, aKiprjTos. 
implant, epcfyvTeveip, 
impossible, ddvpuTos 2. 
in, €P. 

in order to, by Fut. Partcp., or a 
final conjunction, as ipa, wy. 



in the way of, innobcov (dat.). 
indeed, ^eV: indeed — but, /xeV — Se. 
indisposed, to be, kqkcoj StareSfj- 

pai, &C. 
injure, ^XdirTeip (acc), ddiKclv 

(= e-€ip), acc. 
injurious, ^Xa^epos. 
injury, ^Xd^Tj, 77. ^77/xta, ^. 
innocence, d^XdlBcia. 
insatiably-desirous, aTrXrjo-Tos (lit. 

770^ to be filled), c. gen. 
insect, epTop.op. 
insolence, v^pis, -^coy, ^. 
insolently, see To behave, 
inspector of boys (at Sparta), ttoi- 

dopopos, 6. 
instil, ipTC^ipai {ipTt^r^pi). 
instruct, rratdevcLP, diddo-Keip. 
instruction, TratSe/a, 77. didaxr)* 
insult, v^pL^eip (v(3pLs). 
intellect, potjo-ls, 77. 
intelligence, avpeo-iSi -ecos, rj. 
intemperate, dKpdrrjs, d/cdXacrroy. 
intend to, peXXeip : also by Fut. 

Partcp. 
interest (= gain to oneself) cocjie- 

Xeia. 
interpreter, ipprjpevs, 6. 
intimate (of friends),. oi/ceTos. 
into, els. 

intoxication, /x€377, 77. 
invasion of a country, io-fidXri (els 

yr]P Tipo). 
investigate, (rjTelp (= e-eii/), qucB' 

rere. 
invite, KoXelp (== e-etv), vocare 

(followed by eVt c. acc). 
iron (of), aidijpeosi -ovs. 



J. 



Judge, a, KpiLTr]Si -ov, 6. BiKaaTrjs, 

'ov, 6. 
judge, to, Kplpeiv. 
juggle, to, yorjTev-eiv (yoj^s, jug- 

juice, x'^1^^^1 o. 
Juno, 'H/aa, 77. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



287 



Jupiter, Zevs. Note 9. 
just. diKmos. 

justice, biKaioa-vvr)^ rj (as habit). 
diKT], rj : court of — , diKao-Trj- 

piOP, TO. 

justly, diKatcos. 



K. 



Keep, €X€Lv (vii.) : rpetpeiv (nu- 

irire, of keeping animals), 
keep an oath, ififxeveuv rw opKco. 
keep silence, KaracrLooTrau (== d- 

€LP). 
kick, \aKTl^€LV. 

kill, dnoKTeiv€Lv '. =■ murder, ^o- 

VeV€LV. 

kind, s., y€vos, to. 

kind of — , TLs (enclit.), in agree- 
ment. A kind of di>:eaj;e, v6- 
cros TLS, &c. This kind of — , 
6 TOLovTos — . This kind of 

thing, TO TOLOVTOV. 

kindly-disposed, evvovs^ -ovv. 
kindness, cvcpyeo-ia, rj : = favor, 

king, Paatkevs, -ecDs, 6. 

kite, IktIpos, 6. 

know, yiyvaxTKeLV (vi.), iincrTd' 

(T'^aL, cldeuai (olda). 
know how, iirlcTTao-'^aL. 
known, to make, drjXovv (= 6- 

€LV). 



L. 



Labor, ttovos, 6. 

labor, to (=: work), epya^eo-Sat : 
with toil, TTovelv (= €-€lv). 

laborer, epyaTrjs, -ov. (Paid) la- 
borer, 3?79, ?irjT-os, 6. 

LacedaBmonian, AaKeSat/xoi/toy, 6. 

land (opp. sea), yrj. 

land (region), y^ (17), ;^a)pa, rj. 

language, diaXeKTos, t). 

law, vopos, 6 : by law, /caret v()p,ov. 

lawgiver, j/o/xoSerT^y, -ov, 6. 

lay eggs, to, wa tlkt'€lv. 



laziness, pa'^vpta, rj. To be lazy, 

pa^iovpyelv. 
lead, to, aye IV. 
lead away, dirdyeLV. 
leader, Tjyepoiv. rjyefjLovoS' 
leap-down, Karam^bav (= d-€iif), 
learn, pav'^dveip. iv. 
least, ^KLo-Ta. 
leave, XeineLP. 
leave behind, KaTaXeiTreiv* 
leave off, Traueo-Sat. 
legend, pii'^os, 6. 
leisure, to be at, to have, crxoXa- 

(ecp. 
less (adv.), tjttop. 
lest, after a word denoting /ear, 

pr] : = that not, by ipa (oTrcoy, 

or o)i) pr). 
let (permit), iav (= a-eti/). 
letters, ypdppaTa. tu. 
liar, y\rev(TTr]£, -ov, 6. 
liberty, iXev'^epla, 17. 
lie, a, yj/cv^os. 

lie in wait for, ipedpeveip (ace). 
life, /Stoy, 6. C^T), T). 
like, opoLog, 'lo-os, TrapaTrXrjortos. 
like, I am, eoi/ca (perf.), wilh dat, 
like. I should hke to — , rubious 

civ, with Optative (= I would 

with-pleasure do it), 
limb, peXos, to. 
lion, Xecop, XeoPT-os, 6. 
little, oXlyos '. adv. piKpop '. less, 

p^lov. 
live, /StoOz/ (= o-eii^), f/yi/ (= a- 

€Lp). 
live-in, to, ipfiiovp {■=. o-eti^). 
long, paKpos : = much, noXvs. 
look (at), jSkencip, TTpoa-^XeTTCLP. 
lose, to, diToXXvpaL {dTToXXvpL). IX. 
love, epcos. -coTos, 6. 
love, to, (ffiXelp (■= €'€ip), dyanav 

( = d-€Lv ), (TTepyeip : =z ar- 
dently, €pap (=z d €Lp). 
lover, ipa(TTr\s, -ov. 6. 
low-estate, TaneLvuTrjs, TaTreivoTTjT* 

OS, T). 

Lycurgus, \vKovpyos, 6. 



288 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



M. 



Mad, to be, fxaiveo-^aL. Like a 
dog, \vTTav (= d-€iv). 

magistracy, apxr]- 

maiden, Koprj, r). 

maintain (affirm), (fxivai, c^r^fxL 
Pdm. 69. 

make, iroieiv {■= c-civ) : make one 
something, aTrodeiKvvuaL (=z ap- 
point) : place, rC^evai. 

make-fast, ox^poiiv (= o-eti/). 

make an expedition, o-TpaTcvciv, 

make use of, xpw'^^'- (= a-eo-Siat) 

TLVl. 

man, av^pconos^ 6. avr]p^ dvdpos, 6. 

mane, x^'-'^V- 

manifest, (pavepos, drjXos. 

mankind, av^pconoi (ol). 

manure (dung), Konpos^ 6. 

many, ttoXXoi, -aL -d. 

march, to, against (eTrt); (TTpaTcv- 
ecrSat, Tvopevea'^ai. 

mark, (tkottos. 

marrow, pviKos, 6. 

marry, yapelv (= i-eiv). 

mart, ipnopLov, to. 

master, deo-norrjs, -ov, 6 : = teach- 
er, diddG-KaXoS' 

master of, to be, apx€Lv (gen.). 

measure, pcrpelv (= €-€iv). 

me-^^ (i. e. flesh-meat), pi. of /cpe- 
as, TO. 

meet, to, dnavTav (= d-eiv) : = 
fall in with, ivTvyxdveiv (dat.). 

merciful, iXewy. 

mere-nonsense, Xrjpos, 6 (= idle- 
talk). 

messenger, ayyeXos, 6, rj. 

Midas, MiSay, gen. ov. 

middle, middle of, p.ecros. 

mina, pvd^ rj. 

mind, vovs. 6. (pprjVi -€v6s. 

Minerva, ^A'^ijvd. 

Minos, Mlvcos (Gen. Mlpcoos and 
MtVo)), 6. 

misfortune, a, crvp<popd. rj. 



mode of examination (i. e. by tor- 
ture, &C.), tkeyxos, 6. 
monarchy, pLovapx^a (povos, only. 

dpxT], government), 
money, xphl^o.Ta^ Td. to dpyvpiov, 

v6pi(Tpa, -aTos, TO. 
month, pr]v, prjvSs, 6. 
monument, pvrjpelov, to, 
moon, (reXrjvr), rj. 
morals, rj?ir), Td. 
more, Trkclov, ttXcoi/, plus ; paX- 

Xov, magis (comp. much), 
mortal, '^vrjTos. 
most, TrXeTo-roff. 
most [of all] (especially), /xaXt- 

(TTa. 
mother, prjTrjp, prjTp-os, rj. 
motion, to be in, Kivelcr^ai (= e- 

eorSat) W. Pass. Aor. 
move, kIv€lv (= i-eiv). 
moved, to be, KLveld'^ai (= €- 

eo-Sat). 
much, TToXvs. 

multitude of hands, TroXvx^LpLa, 
Munychia, Movvvx^a. 
music, povoriKT], Tj. 
must, one, Set, xPV (oporlet), 

N. 

Name, ovopa, to. 

native land or country, Trarpis", 

natural disposition, (jivo-Ls, ecos, rj. 
natural philosopher, (pvaiKos, 6. 
nature, (pvcris, ecos, rj. 
nearly, ax^^ov tl. 
necessary, dvayKotos. 
necessary, to be, Set, XPV (w. ace. 

and inf.). 
necessity, dvayKt}, 77. 
neck, avxrjv, -evos, 6. ^eprj, rj. 
need, to, delo-Sat (= e-ccr^at), 

gen. ; xpflC^'-^ (gen.), 
neglect, to, dpcXelv (=: e-eiv), gen. 
neighbor, 6 ireXas (= the near 

person. neXas. adv.). 
Neptune, noareL^cov, -a)Vos, 6. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX 



289 



never, ovnore. ovdeTrore. fjLrjTTore. . 
fX7]be7TOT€ {mostly i)f fut.j — ov- ' 
benoiTTOTC. jjLrjdfTTconoTe (only of 
past). 

nevertheless, oficos- 

night, vv^. vvKTos. rj. 

nightingale, dijdoov, -ovos^, rj. 

JSile, NetXos-. 6. 

no. no one, none, ovd€is, /LtT^Se/s : 
by no means. ovdafjLa>s> ^Ktara : 
no longer, ovKen (fjajKeri). 

nobly, yeuvalcoS' 

nobody, ovdeis. /XT/Seiy- 

north-wind, poppas, -a, o. 

not, ov (ovK, ovx) '• with the Imp., 
fir] : not only, ov povov : not 
the less, ovhev tjttov : not even, 
ovde (prjde). 

not one, ovdeis. 

not yet. never yet, ovTro), ovdeTro)- 
TTore. 

nothing, ovdev (prjdev). 

nourish, Tp€(f)€Lv. 

now, vvu. 

nurse, Tp6(j)os, rj. 



O. 



O that, €t3e w. opt. 

oath, opKos: 6. 

obedient, cvneL^rjs, Karrjicoos 2, 

(gen.), 
obey, TreiSecrSai (dat.), viraKovcLP, 

ireC^ap-x/iv (= c-eti/), dat. 
obliged, to be (necessary), bel w. 

ace. and inf., avayKoios elpl. 
obscurity, abo^ia. 
observe (a law), see Vocab. 19. 
obtain, /cracrSat {=. a-€(r3at), \ap,- 

^av€Lv (iv.) , Tvy^aveLv (l V.) , gen. 
CEnoe, OIvot], rj. 
offer (as a gift to a divinity), dva- 

TL'^evat : (=1 propose to give), 

pres. and imperf. of didcDpt,. 
offering, SO^a, to. 
office (in the state), dpxvj r}. 
often, TToXXciKty. 
oil, cXatoi/, TO. 

13 



old, never growing, ayrjpcos. 

(•Id age, yrjpas. to. 

old Uian, yepoov, y^poi/T-os. 

oligarchy, oXiyapxta. r). 

once, ana^ : at once {= at the 

same time), dpa. 
one, f^ls. pia, ev. 
one another (of). dWrjka^v. 
only, p,6vov : (adj.) povos. 
opinion, an, yvoour), 77. 
opponents, ol ivavTioL. 
opposite. iuavTLOs. 
orator, priTcop. pr]Top-os, 6. 
orator}^, pTjTopLKrj^ t). See Vocab. 

22. 
Orestes, 'OpecrTijs, ov, 6. 
other, the (= alter) ^ hepos : = 

alius^ ciWos. 
otherwise, aXXcoy. 
ought, del. xpv {oportet), TrpoarjKei 

= decei. 



P. 



Pain, ciXyos. -ovs, to : = grief, 

XvTTT}. T} : severe c/), 6bvj/rj, rj. 
painter, ypa(f)€vs, -ecoy, 6. 
Palladium. IlaXXuStoi/, ro. 
panegyric, enaLvos, ov. 6 (praise), 
pardon, to, o-vyyiyvwaKeiv (dat.). 

VI. 

parent, yovcvs, -eco?, 6. 

part, a, pepos. -ovs. to : take part 
in, p€T€X€Lv (gen.). 

participation, participating, kolvco- 
via. 

passion, TrdSo?, to : = angry pas- 
sions, dpyal (pi.) : = evil de- 
sire, €7rt3 v/xia, 17. 

path, odos, T). 

patience, KapTepla, rj. 

pay, /xto-So?, 6. 

pay attention (to), t6v vovv npoa-- 
eX^Lv (= animum applicare) ; 
or TTpoo-ex^^^ only, top vovv be- 
ing understood. 

peace, flprjvq. 

peacock, racoy, -o), 6. 



290 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Peloponnesus, UikoTropprjcros, rj. 

people, drjfios, 6. 

perceive, Karavoelv. 

perform, Trpdrreiv, ipyd^ea^iai. 

perhaps, 'lo-cos. 

Pericles, UepiKkris, -eovs. 

peril, KLudvuos. 

perish, aTroXXvo-'^aL. aTroXcoXa = 
perii. 

permit, eav (== d-av) : it is per- 
mitted, €^€(TTL. 

Persian, tlepo-rjs, -ov, 6. 
persuade, rrel^eLv (ace), 
persuasion, TretSco, -ovs, rj, 
phalanx, (pdXay^, -yy os, rj. 

Philip, ^IXlTTTTOS, 6. 

philosopher, (piXocrocpos, 6. 
philosophy, (f)LXooro<pLa, r). 
Phoenicians, ^oIvIkes. ol. 
physician, larpos, 6. 
piety, evae^eia, r). 
pillage, (TvXav (= d-eiv). 

pious, €V(J€^r]S, -€S. 

Piraeus, Ueipaievs, -ecos, cos. 

pitch, TTLTTa, Tj. 

place, TOTTos, 6. 

place, to. rC^evai (rt^T^/xt). co be- 
fore, TTporC^evai. 

plant, to, €pCJ)VT€V€LV. 

JPlatasa, UXdraia, r) : or pi. IlXa- 

raiai. 
Plato, UXaTcdv, -covos, 6. 
pleasant, r]dus, -ela, -v. 
pleasantly, rjdeois. 
please, dpeo-Kciv (dat.) : =r choose, 

/3oi^6cr2Jat. 
pleasure, rjbovr], r). 
plot against, ivebpev^iv (insidiari, 

ace). 

poet, TTQlTJTrjS, -ov, 6. 

poetry, epic, Trol-qcns errcdv, to, 'ifrrj. 

poison, (pdppaKou (drug). 

pollute, jxiaiviiv. 

poor, wevrjs, -rjTps. evder]^, tttcoxos. 

poor, to be, iriv^a'^ai. 

poorly (badly), KaKots. 

portentous monster, repay, -arog^ 



Poseidon (Neptune), HoaeidSv, 

-OOVOS, 6. 

possess, €X€tv (vii.) Also Perf. 

K€KTr)pm (= I have acquired). 
possession, KTvuxa, to. 
possible, dwaros. 
pound, rpL^cLv (rub), 
power, dvvajjLLs : to be in the — 

of, y ly v^a^ai iiri tivl. 
power, it is in one's (possible), 

e^ecrrt. 
power, to have much, ttoXXo, hvva- 

a'^ai^cf.muUum valere or posse). 
practise, to, jxeXerav {=. d-eiv), 

d(TK€lV (■=: e-€Lv). 
praise, eiraivos^ o. 
praise, to, iiraLveiv (==. e-eiv). 
pray, evx^o-'^aL : = entreat, ke- 

T€V€LV. 

praver, evx^]-, rj. 

prefer, aip€7(r?iai (=1 e-ecr'^aL). VII. 

prepare, TrapaaKevd^-eiv. 

[ire pare oneself, TrapacrKcvd^eo-'^ai : 
for something, eiV tl. 

present, 7rapu)v. 

present, doais, -ecos (= act of giv- 
ing). 

present, to be, Trapelvai (ndpcLfjii), 
Pdm. 68. 

preservation, o-corrjpia. 

priest, lepcvs, -ecoy, 6. 

priestess, lepela, 17. 

prisoner (of war), alxpdXcoros, rj. 

privilege, yepas, to. 

profess, eVayyeXXeo-^at. ofioXo' 
yeiz/ (=z €-€LVi to allow). 

profit, co^eXeia. 

profit, to, ccKpeXelv (= e-eiv), acc. 

prone (to), d^vppoiros, -ov. 

properly, op^^cos {rede). 

property, xPW^^^i t^- 

prophet, pAvTLs, 6. 

propitious, iXeoos". 

proportion, Xdyoy, 6. 

propose, TvpoTC^evai (jrpOTL^irjjJLi), 

prosperity, evTvxia, rj. 

prosperous, to be, (vtvx^Iv, eu 
TTpaTTeiv. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



291 



prove, dnobciKVvvat (dirodcLKVVfJLi). 

prove (= test), doKL/xd^ctv. 

provided that, el, idv. 

prudence, croxppoavprj, rj. 

prudent, (ppovi/jLoS' 

public, 8rjfx6o-Los : in a public ca- 
pacity, brj/jLocTLa. 

punish, KoXd^€Lv, rificopelcr'^ai (= 
e-ea'^ai) (=: revenge oneself or 
requite), ace. : dnoTLveo-^ai : to 
punish (by a fine), ^rjixiovv (= 
6-€tv). 

punishment, rt/xwpta, 77 : (as a 
fine), frz/xm, 17. 

pupil, fxa^irjTrjs, -ov, 6. 

pursue, dicoKetv. 

pursuing gain by base means, al- 

(rXpOK€pdT]Si -€S' 

put into the hands, eyxctpi^eLV. 

put on, dp<pL€UVVVaL {dflCpUVVVfJiL). 

X. 
put to death, dnoKTCLveiv. 

put to flight, Tpenea'^at. 

Q. 

Queen, ^no-lXtcra-ai fj, 

quick, 6^v9 (= sharp in intellect). 

quietness, rjo-vx'^d^ v- 

Quirinus, Kvplvos. 

quoit, ^iaKos, 6. 



R. 



Race, yevos, -ouy. to : human — , 

ai/SpcoTTcoi/ yevos. 
rail-at, XotSopeto-Sat (= e-ea-'^aL)^ 

dat. 
raised-in-price, to be, €7nTLp,da-?iaL 

(= d-€a'^ai). 
rather, fxdWov. 
raven, Kopa^, -aKos, 6. 
read, dvayiyvaio-KeLv. VI. 
ready, to be (vviHing), c^eXeiv, 
readiness, npo^vpla, rj, 
reality, in, dXr/Sajy. 
reap, 3ep/feti/. 
reason, Xoyo};, 6 : with — , diKaLOis. 



reasonable, iTneLKrjS', -ey. 

receive, XafM^dveiv (m.), dex^a'^au 

reed, a, piyjr, 6. 

reign over, (Sao-tXevciv (gen.). 

rejoice, p^atpeti/ (dat.), rjdea-'^ai 
(dat.). 

relate, dc-qye'lo-'^at. 

relation, o-vyyeprjs, -es (crifv, with. 
yevosi race, family) ; prop, an 
adj. 

rely upon (trust), mo-Tevciv. 

remain, p^eveiv, btap^iveiv. 

remedy, (pdppaKov, 

remember, pcpvr](T?iaL (perf. /le- 
fjLmjfxai), gen. 

remove any body (from a com- 
mand, magistracy, &c.), naveiu 
Ttva ((TTparrjyLas, dpxrjs^ &C.). 

render (= make), ivoulv. 

repay, dnobihovai (d7robidcL>p.L). 

repent, p,€TapeXea'^aL : or impers. 
fjierapeXei tivl tcvos. 

report, a, Xoyos, 6. 

reproach, oueidiCecv (oveidos), ace. 
7' e i ; dat. personam, (cf. expro-" 
hrare alicui ignaviam). 

request, to, alTelv (= e-etz/), Set- 
a'^at (= e-€crSat). 

requite a favor, d7ro§t§oVat x^P''^- 

resident-foreigner, peroLKos, 6. 

Yeso\ve,ycyvo}(rK€Lv(vL) , doKel tlvl, 

respect, alddis : with — to, Trept. 

rest, the, «XXoy : = reliquus, Xot- 
TToy. 

restore, dnodMuat (d7ro§i5a)/>tt). 

retail-trader, to be, KanrjXevctu. 

retentive memory, of a, pvr]p(ou, 

'OVOS. 

retreat, dvaxdipr)(Tis, rj. 

return, dj/axoopcli/ (= e-eip). 

revenge oneself on or upon, rt/zco- 
pela'^at (= e-€(r3at), acc, dfiv- 
i/eo-^at (jLvd vnip tlvos). 

reverence, mSco?, -ou?, rj. 

revile, Xoibopelv (=r e-av)^ acc. 

revolt, to cause to, dcfuo-rdvai ( Aor. 
inf. dnoo-Tricrai). Mid., to re- 
volt. So Aor. 2. act. dTrea-Trju. 



292 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



reward, a^Xov, to. 

rich, ttXovo-ios : be or become 

rich, rrXovrelu (:= e-eiv). 
riches, ttKovtos. 
right (just), dUaLos. 
rightly, op'^cos. 
rise up, dvLo-rao-'^ai. 
river, TroTajjios, 6. 
road, odos, r). 
rob, dp7rd^€iv : = deprive of, a- 

(j)aip€2(T^aL (= €-€a?iai) rivd tl : 

crvkav (= d-€Lv). 
robber, Xrjo-rrjSi -oO, 6. 
rock, nerpa, 7). 
root, pi^a, T), 
Roman, 'Pco/xmos. 
rose, podov, to. 
royal, pao-iXetos. 
rub, Tpt^€iv. 
rudder, nrjdaXtov. 
ruin, to, dnoXXvvaL. ix. 
ruined, dvdaTaTos, -ov. 
rule, rule over, to, apx^i'V (gen.), 

^aaLk€v€Lv (gen.), 
ruler, apxo)u, -ovros, 6. 
run, Tpe^^Lv (vii.) : run to, Trpoo-- 

Tpex^Lv. 
run away, dnohibpao-Knv (ace). 

VI. 

rush, to, opfxav (= d-€LT/). 



S. 



Sacrifice, Svo-ta, rj. SO/xa, to. 

sacrifice, to, '^vclu. 

sadness, Xvttt], rj. 

safe, do-<pd\r)s, -es. 

safely, do-cpakws. 

safety, o-(OTrjpLa, rj, 

sail, nXelv (= e-etv). — Trkcva-ofxaL. 

TreVXev/ca. Aor. eTrkevo-a. 
sail, IcTTiov. 

sail away, aTroTrXeTi/ (==: e-civ). 
sake of, for the, eW/ca, Trept (gen.), 
same, the, 6 at'rds'. 
Samian, Sa/xtoy, 6. 
satisfied, to be, dyanav (= d-eiv) 

[lit, to love] with ace. or dat. 



saw, a, Tpicov. 6. 

say, XeycLv, (pdvai (Pdm. 69), el- 

7T€LV {==. €-€Lv). VII. 

sceptre, o-KrjTTTpov, to, 

scoff at, 0-K(OTTT€LV. 

scribe, ypap-fxaTcvs, 6. 

Scythian, ^Kv'^r)s. 

sea, '^dXao-aa^ "^okaTTa^ rj : by sea, 

KttTa '^okaTTav : to be carried 

out to sea, d7ro(p€p€(r?iaL cs to 

TreXayos {-ovs). 
season, Kaipos^ 6. See Vocab. 24. 
secretly, Kpixpa. 
secure, do-c^dXj^s, -es : firm, jSc- 

jSaios. 
securely, da(pd\a)5. 
see, opav (= d-cLv). vii. 
seek, seek for, (7)T€7v (= e-civ). 
seem, doK^lv (= e-eti/), (j)aiP€cr^ai. 
seize, dpnd^-eLv. 
self, avTos. 
self-government, avTovofiia (av- 

Tos, ipse. vofjLos, lex). 
sell, TTOikelv {= e-€iv), dnodido' 

send, Tre/jLTreiv, QTroo-reXXeti/. * 

send back, d7ro7r€p,7r€iv. 

senselessness, dvoia. 

sensible, aweTos. 

sensual pleasures, al rrepl to acofia 

rjdovaL 
separate, to, duo-Tavai {bda-T-qyn), 
sepulchre, Td<pos. 6. 
serve (=: be a slave), dovXeveiv. 
set-down, TC^ivai (= hold it to 

be), 
set off (on a journey), set out, 

TTopevea'^ai. 
set upon (place), iniTi'^evaL : = 

attack, eTTiTL'^ea^aL. 
shame, aldoos, -ovy, ^. 
shameful, ala-xpds. 
shameless, dvaidrjs. 
sharpen, "^rjy-eiv. 
sheep, 7rp6(3dTop^ to. 
shepherd, TrotfirjP, iroLjjLevos, o. 
shield, do-TTLS, aanlLdos, r}, 
ship, vavs, v€(ji>s, tJ. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



293 



shoot, d(f)i€vat, d(jiL7]fjLL (= let fly). 

Pdm. 67.^ 
short, (Spaxvs, -eta, v. 
show, to, beiKvvvai (§6i/cw/xt), S7- 

Xoeti/. 
show-off, iindeLKViipat. 
shut, Kk€L€Lv (perf. pass, -cr/xat or 

-fxai) : CO in or up, KaTaKkeUtv. 
Sicily, ^.LK^kia. 7^. 
sick, da'^evr)^, -es". 
sick, to be, vocrelu ( = e-eti/), a- 

sight, o\/Aif, 77. 

sioTi, (rT]fJL€loV^ TO. 

silliness, t]\l'^l6tt]s (-rjTos). 

silver, cipyvpoSi o. 

silver (adj.), dpyvpeos, -ovs. 

sin, dfJLapTrjfJia, -aros, to. 

sin, to, dp,apTdv€iv. m. 

since (because), 6t€, eVet. 

sing, to, adcLv. 

sister, ddeXcprj, 7. 

sit, to (of a bird), incod^civ. 

slaughter, (povev-cLv. 

slaughter, (poms. 

slave, 8oi)\os, 6. oIk€tt]s (= famu- 
lus) : to be the slave of, dov- 
Xeveiv (c. dat.). 

slavery, dovXeLa^ 7. 

slay, (pov€V€LP. 

sleep, vTTvos, 6. 

sleep, to, cvdcLv, Ka^icvBciv. 

slow, ^pabvs (also oi intellect). 

small, fiLKpos, oXiyos. 

srnelUng, oacPprjatSi 7. 

snatch at, dpnd^-eLv. 

snow, ;(ta)i/. )(l6pos, 7. 

so, OVTCOS '. = this, TOVTO. 

so great, tootovtos. 

so long (adj.), ToaovTos. 

so that, ojcrre. 

sober-minded, (ro)(f)poiv, -ovos. 

sobriety of mind, craxppoavvrj. 

Socrates, ^oncpaTTjs, -ov ?, 6. 

soldier, a, (TTpaTicjTrjs^ -ou, 6. 

solid, (TT€p€6s. 

some, fVtot (often indef.), tiv€s. 
some — others, 01 ficp . . . ol de. 



\ son, vlos, 6. 
j soon, ra;(a. 

Sophocles, '2n(j>0KXrj9, -eovs^ 6. 
; soul, yj^yxv- 1- 

sound, (^001/7 (vox). 

sow, to, 0-7r€Lp€lU. 

spare, to, (^ei§eo-3at (gen.). 

Sparta, ^ndpTr}, 7. 

Spartan, a, ^TrapTiarqs, -ov, 6. 

speak, Xey€Lv. 

speak ill of — , /Calais Xeyciv (c. 

ace. fersoncc). 
spear, ^opy, to. Note 9. 
spend (one's hfe), bidyciv {tov 

filov). 
sphere, o-cpaipa. 
spirit, povs, voVi 6. 
spirit (= courage), high-minded- 

ness, courage, cvyj/vx^a (eu. 

"^vXl)' (pp6vT]fia^ TO. 
spring, eup, eap-os^ to. 
stadium, o-rciSiof/, to. 
stag, eXdcpos, o, 7. 
star, ao-Tpop, TO. 
state, a, ttoXis, -eooy, 7. 
statue, dpdpidsi -dpTos, 6. 
stay, fjL€P€LP. 
steal, KXeTTTeip : steal away, dpTra- 

still (yet), ert. 

stillness, rjo-vxia, 7. 

stir (move), to, /ctz^elv (= c-eti/). 

stone, Xi'^os, 6. 

straight, op'^os, 7, op. 

stranger, ^epos, 6. 

strength, la-xys, -vo?, 7. 

strike, tvttt€lp : iraUip. 

strive (= endeavor), ncipdcr^ai 
(= d-€(j3at). 

strong, lo-x^pos. 

study, a, fidJirjfjLa, to. 

subjugate, x^^P^^^'^^'- ( ^= ^'^* 
(jSai), SouXoui/ (= d-eti^). 

such, TOLovTos or 6 rotoOrof, the 
article when the particular class 
or kind is to be made promi- 
nent. 

such as, olos* 



294 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



sudden, al(j>vLbL0S' 
suffering, to be, Ka^veiu. 
sufficient, iKavos. 
sufficiently, iKavcos. 
summer, ^epos, -ovs, to. 
sun, 37X10^. 6. 

superintendent, iTrLfjLekrjTrjs, 6. 
supply, bestow, Trapex^o-'^ai. 
suppose, 7;yeto-3ai (= e-eo-3at), 

VOfXL^€LV. 

supreme (of laws), Kvpios. 

surpass, vlkolv (= d-eiv), rivd. 
dLa(f)€p€Lu (gen.) = to be dis- 
tinguished from him. 

swallow, ;(;eXt6a)i/, -ovos, 77. 

swear, ojjLvvvat {ojxvvixi). ix. 

sweat, idpats, -cotos, 6. 

sweet, i]dvs. 

sweetmeats, rpayrjfjiaTa, 

swift, Taxvs. 

sword, ^icpos, TO. 

sycophant, (TVKo(pdvT-qs, -ov. 

Syracuse, ^vpaKovaaL^ al. 



Tail, ovpd^ rj. 

take = capture, alpelv {^^ e-etz/). 

List VII. 
take care, eTri/xe'Xeo-Sat (gen.), 
take hold of, dnTea-'^aL (gen.), 
take place (be done), yiyvea'^aL. 
taken, to be, dXtV/ceo-Sat. vii. 
tale, Xoyoff, ov. fxv'^os, 6. 
talk, to, XaXelv {=: e-eiv). 
talked-about, Trepi^orjTos, ov. 
talk nonsense, Xripelv. 
talon, ovv^, -vxos, 6. 
taste, to, yeveo-^at (c. gen.), 
teach, dMo-K€iv tlvcl tl. TraLbeveiv 

(=z educate), 
eacher, dMo-Kakos. 
tear, a, daKpvov, to. 
tell. XeycLV, (ppd^€LV. 
temperate, eyxpaTrjs, -ey. 
tempest -tossed, to be, x^^'H'^C^' 

temple, vcoosy -ea>, 6. 



tell, Xeyetz/. 

terrible, davos. 

Thales, GaXfj?, 6 (G. eaXeco, D. -fj, 
A. rjv) : Thales and his school, 
ol djjL(j)\ Qakrjv. 

than, rj : Gen. after a compara- 
tive. 

that, in order, tW, cos, ottcos. 

Theban, Grjpalos, 6. 

Thebes, erjfiaL, al. 

them, avTovs. 

Themistocles, Be/xto'TOKX^s, 'eovs^ 
o. 

themselves. See Pdm. 46. 

then, t6t€. 

there, e^et. I was there, irapriv 
(= I was present). 

therefore, ovv. 

Thermopylae, QepfioTrvXai, aU 

Thessalian, BerraXoy, o. 

thief, KkeTTT-qs, -ov, 6, 

thigh, p,r]p6s, 6. 

thing, TTpdyp^a, to. 

think, rjyelo-'^ai (= c-ecr^ai), vofxl- 
^€Lv, o'Ua'^aL. 

thirst, diyjros, -ovs, to. 

thirst, to, or be thirsty, dLyjrfju (= 

d-€LV). 

this, ovtos. See Pdm. 47. 

this (emphatic, the accent being 
used to mark the emphasis), 
OVTOS y€ (tovto ye, &C.). 

thou, o-v. Pdm. 42. 

though, Kcip (z=: Koi idv), 

through, did. 

throughout, adv., 8l6Xov. 

throw, pLTTTCLV. 

throw away, to, aTro-^dW-eiv, 
thus, ovra)(y). 

time, xP<^voSi 6 : right — , Kaipos, 6. 
Tissaphernes, TLo-(ra(l)€pvr)s, -ovsy 

r 
O. 

together with, dfxa (w. dat.). 

toil, to, Kdp,V€LV. 

tongue, yXwo-tra (yXwrra), 17. 
tooth, odovs, 'OVTOS, 6. 
torture, ^aaavi^eiv. 
touch, to, diTTea^ai (gen.). 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



295 



town, TToXtff, -€(0S, T]. 

train, to, Traideveiv : (to — any- 
thing, TTpos tl). 

travel, to, iropevea'^ai. 

travelling-moneV; €(j)6diov, to. 

treason. Trpodoo-ia. tj. 

treaty, aw'^-qKrj^ tj. (movdal, at. 

tree, bevhpov, to. 

trial : to make — of, neipao-^aL 
(= d-ea^^at), gen. 

Trojan, Tpco'iKos. 

trophy, TponaLov, to. 

trouble, ttouos. 6. 

truce, (TTTovdal (pl.)> -^v (lit. liba- 
tions) . 

true, a.\T]?ir]s, -is. 

truly (really), dXTySwy. 

trunk (of an elephant), fivKTrjp. 
-rjpos, 6. 

trust, to, 7rei3eo-3at, ttlo'tcv^lv 
(dat.). 

truth, dXT^Seta, 77. 

truth, to speak the, Xeyetz/ Td\r)?irj 
(•= TCI aXr]'^?)). 

tunic (a small), x''T<^^iov, to. 

turn, to, aTp€<p€Lv (trans.) ; = 
devote oneself to, rpeVeo-Sat. 

twice, dis. 

tyrant, Tvpavvos. See Vocab. 28. 



U. 



Ulysses, ^Odvo-o-cus, -ecay, 6. 

unbearable, dcpoprjTos. 

under, vno. 

understand, inlcTTacT'^ai^ cldevai 

(olda). 
understanding, vovs, 6. cj)p€V€s, at. 
undertaking, epyov, to. 
undying, dyrjpojs. 
unexpected, dnpoa-doKrjTos [ d. 

TTpoa-doKav (= d-eii^)]. 
unfortunate, to be, dva-Tvxf't'V (= 

e-cLv). KaK<os npaTTCLV (:^ to be 

doing ill). 
ungrateful, dxdpia-Tos 2. 
unjust, db^iKos 2. 
unseen, dopdros, ov. 



unsparingly, dcpeidas : most 00, 

d(f)€Ldeo-TaTa. 
unsworn, dvoifioTos, 6, rj. 
unwritten, dypacpos, ov. 
up, dvd : lay up, KaTaT Clival, 
us, vfjids. 

use, to, ;Ypacr3at (= d-€(73at). 
use. to be of, orvp.(f)€p€Lv (dat.). 
useful. xPV^'-H'OS 2, wcpeXifxos 2. 
useful, to be, cixpeXclv (= i-civ). 
utter, to, Xeyeti/ : (= emit as a 

sound), d<pL€paL {d(pL7]p.i). Pdm. 

67. 
utterly-deceive, i^airaTav (= d- 

€LV). 



Variegate, TrotKtXXeii/. 

vegetables, Xdxava. Ta. 

very, Xiav, o-(j)6dpa, ndvv : also by 
the Sup. of the adjective. 

vexatious - information, (TVKo<pav' 
TLa, rj. 

victory, vlktj, rj. 

vine, a/zTreXoy, rj. 

violence, /3/a, 77. 

violently, o-(p6dpa, Xiav. 

virtue, dpcTrj, rj. 

viviparous, ^cootokos. See Vo- 
cab. 24. 

voice, (f)covrj. 

void, eprjiJLos (gen.). 

vulture, yu>//', yvTr-oy, 6. 

W. 

Wagon, dpa^a. 

wait, fievcLv. 

waking (of a waking person, &c.), 

cypTjyopiKos. 
wall, r6r;(oy (-ovs). 
want, to, Sell/ (= t-eti/). 
war, TToXe/xoj, 6. 
war, to carry on, TroXf/xeTi/ (=^ 6- 

6tl/). 

ward off, dfivvciv. See Vocab. 
29. 



296 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



warrior, aTpaTicoTrjSi -ou, o. 

war-song, naidp, Tracdv-os, 6. 

wash, Xov€Lv. 

water, vdcop, vbaros, to. Note 9. 

wax, KTjpos, 6. 

way (road, journey), obos, rj : (= 
manner), rpoiros, 6. 

we, rjpElS' 

weak, do-'^evrjSi -es. 

weakness, do-'^eveia^ rj. 

wealth, ttXovtos, 6. xP^H'^'^^i '^^* 

weary, to be, Ka/jLvcLv. 

weave (a garland), irXeK-eLu. 

weep, to, KXaicLv, 

well, KokcJs, €v : do well to, ev 
TTOulv (= €-€Lv), cvepyeTclv 
(= €-e»/), acc. : to be well, ev 
e^eti/ : to be doing well, cv 

TTpaTTCLV. 

well - appointed, K€KocrpTjp,€vos 
(partcp. perf. pass, from koct- 
fxelv [= €-€ti/], to adorn, ar- 
range beautifully). 

well-disciplined, evirei^irjs (=: obe- 
dient). 

well-disposed, evvoos, -ovs. 

well-ordered, rerayp^evos (perf. 
pass, partcp. from rdcra-eLv). 

what ? TLs ; tl ; 

what kind of, ttolos. See Vocab. 
25. 

whatever, oorty, oa-irep. 

when, ore, eVet. 

whence, e^ ov. 

whenever, orav (subj.). 

where, ov, ottov : where ? tttj ; 

wherever, ottov av (subj.). — ov, 
OTTOV (vv. opt.). 

whet, ^r)y-€Lv. 

whether, noTepou. 

which ? (of two), TTOTepos. 

white, XevKos : as subst., ro Xeu- 

KOV. 

whither ? wrj ; 

who, which, os : interrog. ris ; 

whoever, octtls^ ocTrcp. 

whole. Tray, dwas, (rvprras, oXos* 

wicked, kukos^ irovrjpos. 



wife, yvvr), yvvaLK-os, fj. 
wild beast, ^irjpLov, ro. 
willing, €Kcou, -ovora, -ov. 
willing, to be, ^ovXecr^iaL, i'^eXeiv, 
willingly, rjbecos. Most — , eKooz/, 

see Willing, 
wind, avepos, 6. 
wine, oLvos, 6. 

wing, 7rT€p6uy ro. nrepv^, -yos 
wing (of an army), Kepas, to. 
winter, x^ipcou. 
wisdom, aocfiLa. 
wise, o-o(f)6s : to be — , (jbpt 

(= e-€Lv), prudeniem esse. 
wish, to, ^ovXea^iaL, eSeXeti/. 
with, (Tvv (dat.), /xera (gen.), 
within, ii^Tos (gen.), 
without, civev (gen.), 
woman, yvvrj, yvvaiK-6s, rj. 
woman, old, ypavs, ypdos, rj. 
wonder, to, to wonder at, Jiavpd- 

(etv. 
wonderful, ^iavpaa-Tos. 
wont, to be, i^l^cLV. 
word, Xoyos, 6. 
work, €pyov, TO. 
write, ypd<p€iv. 
worst, to, rjTTaa-'^ai (= a-ea-3at)j 

KaKL(€LV. 

would that — , etSe. 
wound, Tpavpa, -aTos, to. 
wrist, KapTTos, 6. 
wrong, to do, dd^Kelv (= e-eiv). 
wrought, dpyacrpivos ( ipyd^e- 
o-^at. 



Xenophon, SevocpSv, -covroSi o. 
Xerxes, Sep^rjs, -ov, 6. 



Year, eVoy, -ovs, to. iviavros, 6, 
yesterday, x^^'^* 

yet, €TL, TTCO. 

yield, c'lkclv. 
you, vp^ds. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



297 



youijg, i/€os. 

young animal. crKVfivos, 6. 
young bird, pcottos (Aitice for 
V€oa-a6s). 



young man, veavlias, -ov. 
yourself, avros, in nom. ; creav- 

Tov (cravToO) in oblique cases. 

PI. yourselves^ v^ifis avrol. 



THE END. 



(Bxttk ml Itatia. 



ARI^OLD'S CLASSICAL SERIES. 



A FIRST AND SECOND LATIN BOOK 

AND PRACTICAL GRAISDIAR. By Thomas K. Arnold, A. M. Revised and caiefuUy 

Corrected, by J. A. fencer, A. M. One vol. 12mo,, 75 cts. 

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION: 

A Practical Introduction to Latin Prose Composition. By Thomas K. Arnold^ A. M. 
Revised and Corrected by J. A. Spencer, A. M. 12mo., $1. 

HI. 

FIRST GREEK BOOK; 

With Easy Exercises and Vocabulary. By Thomas K. Arnold, A. M. Reviaed and Co^ 
rected by J. A. Spencer, A. M. 12mo., 63 cts. 

rv. 
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION: 

A Practical Introduction to Greek Prose Composition. By Thomas K. Arnold, A. BI. 
Revised and Corrected by J. A. Spencer, A. M. One vol. 12mo., 75 cts. 



GREEK READING BOOK, 

For the iJse of Schools ; containing the substance of the Practical Introduction to Greek Con- 

etruing, and a Ireatise on the Greek Particles, by the Rev. Thomas K. Arnold, 

A. M., and also a Copious Selection from Greek Authors, with English 

Notes, Critical and Explanatory, and a Lexicon, by 

J. A. Spencer, A. M. 12mo., $1 50 

VL 

CORNELIUS NEPOS; 

With Practical Questions and Answers, and an Imitative Exercise on each Chapter. By 

Thomas K. Arnold, A. M. Revised, with Additional Notes, by Prof Johnson, 

Professor of the Latin Language in the University of the City of 

New-York. 12mo. A new, enlarged edition, with 

Lexicon, Index, &c., $1. 

"Arnold's Greek and Latin Series.— The publication of this valuable collection of 
classical school books may be regarded as the presage of better things in respect to the mode of 
teaching and acquiring languages. Heretofore boys have been condemned to the drudgery of 
going over Latin and Greek Grammar without the remotest conception of the value of what 
tliey were learning, and every day becoming more and more disgusted with the dry and un- 
meaning task ; but now, by Mr. Arnold's admirable method— substantially the same with that of 
Ollendorff— the moment they take up the study of Latin or Greek, they begin to learn sentences. 
to acquire ideas, to see how the Romans and Greeks expressed themselves, how their mode of 
expression differed from ours, and by decrees they lay up a stock of knowledge which is utterly 
astonishing to those who have draggetl on month after month in the old-fashioned, dry, and 
tedious way of learning languages. 

" Mr. Arnold, in fact, has had the good sense to adopt the system of nature. A child leama 
his own language by imitating what he hears, and constantly repeating it till it is fastene J in 
the memory ; in the same way Mr. A. puts the pupil immediately to work at Exercises in Latin 
and Greek, involving the elementary principles of the language— words are supplied— the mode 
of putting them together is told the pupil— he is shown how the ancients expressed their ideas ; 
and then, by repeating these things again and a.ga.in— iter um itcrumque—ihe docile pupil has 
them indelibly impressed upon his me'mory and rooted in his understanding. 

"The American Editor is a thorough classical scholar, and has been a practical teacher for 
years in this city. He has devoted the utmost care to a complete revision of Mr. Arnold's works, 
has corrected several errors of inadvertence or otherwise, has rearranged and improved various 
matters in the early volumes of the series, and has attended most diligently to the accurate prin:- 
ing and mechanical execution of the whole. We anticipate most confidently the speedy adoption 
of these works in our schools and colleges." 

*»* Arnold's Scries of Classical Works has attained a circulation almost unparalleled, being 
introduced into nearly all the Colleges and leading Educational Inatituiicns in the United States 



^0 






TITUS LIVIUS. 



.CHIEFLY FROM THE TEXT OF ALSCHEFSKL 

WITH 

ENGLISH NOTES, GRAMMATICAL AND EXPLANATORY 

TOGETHER 

WITH A GEOGRAPHICAL AND HISTORICAL INDEX. 

BY J. L. LINCOLN, 

Professor of Latin in Brown University. 

WITH AN ACCOMPANYING PLAN OF ROME, AND A MAP OF THE PASSAGE OP HANNIBAL. 

One volume, 12mo. Price $1. 

The publishers believe that, in the edition of Livy herewith announce^?, a want is supplied 
wliich nas been universally felt ; there being previous to this no American edidon furnished with 
the requisite apparatus for the successful prosecution of the study of this Latin author. 

OPINIONS OF CLASSICAL PROFESSORS. 

From Professor Kingsley^ of Yale College. 

**I have not yet been able to read the whole of your work, but have examined it enough to &e 
satisfied that it is judiciously prepared, and well adapted to the purpose intended. We use it 
for the present year, in connection with the edition that has been used for several years. Most 
of tlie class, however, have procured your edition ; and it is probable that next year it will be 
used by all." 

From Professor Tyler^ of Amherst College. 

" The notes seem to me to be prepared with much care, learning, and taste ; the grammatical 
illustrations are unusually full, faithful, and able. The book has been used by our Freshman 
Class, and will I doubt not come into general use in our colleges. 

From Professor Pathafd^ of Bowdoin College. 

" I have recommended your edition to our Freshman Class. I have no doubt that your labors 
will give a nsw impulse to the study of this charming classic. 

From Professor Anderson, of Waterville College. 

" A careful examination of several portions of your work has convinced me that, for the use 
of students it is altogether superior to any edition of Livy with which I am acquainted. Among 
its excellences you will permit me to name, the close attention given to particles — to the sulv 
junctive mood— the constant references to the grammars— the discrimination of words nearly 
synonymous, and the care in giving the localities mentioned in the text. The book will be nere- 
after used in our college." 

From Professor Johnson, of New -York University. 

" I can at present only say that your edition pleases mo much. I shall give it to one of my 
classes next week. I am prepared to find it just what was wanted." 



NEARLY READY. 

WOEKS OF HOEACE. 

WITH ENGLISH NOTES, CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY. 

BY J. L. LINCOLN, 

Professor of Latin in Brown University. 

WITH MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS. 

One volume, 12mo. 

The text of this edition will be chiefly that of Orelli ; and the No+es, besides embodying what- 
ever is valuable in the most recent and approved German editions of Horace, will contain the 
results of the Editor's studies and experience as a College Professor, which he has been gather- 
ing and maturing for several years with a view to publication. It will be the aim of both the 
Publishers and the Editor to make this edition in all respects suitable to the wants of America^ 
8£^eols and coUegea. 



.'^?!r 







\"\\ 









i'v 



* iVi 



'■ ': ; ) 












tlV 



ni 






> > t t 14 



'I 



r - -. . , , ; f ; J i . , ) 1 I I . . 







